diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:53:57 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 04:53:57 -0700 |
| commit | 01552ebd59cc7069936f402790680075eb406069 (patch) | |
| tree | 3abfbdf51f00fc55991ee5a5f83c508ef2595746 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18699-8.txt | 6061 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18699-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 95704 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18699-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 189726 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18699-h/18699-h.htm | 6127 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18699-h/images/p001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 86995 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18699.txt | 6061 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 18699.zip | bin | 0 -> 95702 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
10 files changed, 18265 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/18699-8.txt b/18699-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce873a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/18699-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6061 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Moving Picture Girls at Sea, by Laura Lee +Hope + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: The Moving Picture Girls at Sea + or, A Pictured Shipwreck That Became Real + + +Author: Laura Lee Hope + + + +Release Date: June 27, 2006 [eBook #18699] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MOVING PICTURE GIRLS AT SEA*** + + +E-text prepared by Marilynda Fraser-Cunliffe, Cori Samuel, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net/) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustration. + See 18699-h.htm or 18699-h.zip: + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/6/9/18699/18699-h/18699-h.htm) + or + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/6/9/18699/18699-h.zip) + + + + + +THE MOVING PICTURE GIRLS AT SEA + +Or + +A Pictured Shipwreck That Became Real + +by + +LAURA LEE HOPE + +Author of "The Moving Picture Girls," "The Moving Picture +Girls at Rocky Ranch," "The Outdoor Girls Series," "The +Bobbsey Twins Series," Etc. + +Illustrated + + + + + + + +[Illustration: RUSS BEGAN TAKING MANY VIEWS OF THE PITCHING, TOSSING +SCHOONER.--_Page 157._] + + + +The World Syndicate Publishing Co. +Cleveland, O. New York, N. Y. +Copyright, 1915, by +Grosset & Dunlap +Printed in the United States of America +by +The Commercial Bookbinding Co. Cleveland, O. + + + + +CONTENTS + + CHAPTER PAGE + + I THE GREAT MARINE FILM 1 + + II JACK JEPSON 10 + + III SOMETHING OF A MYSTERY 21 + + IV THE SAILOR'S STORY 28 + + V THE MARY ELLEN 36 + + VI CAPTAIN BRISCO 45 + + VII JEPSON IS WORRIED 53 + + VIII HARD WORK 60 + + IX THE RISING TIDE 68 + + X TOO MUCH REALISM 76 + + XI A REVISED FILM 87 + + XII OVERHEARD 94 + + XIII "ALL ABOARD!" 104 + + XIV OVERBOARD 114 + + XV "SAIL HO!" 123 + + XVI THE ACCUSATION 133 + + XVII THE STORM 141 + + XVIII GRINDING AWAY 149 + + XIX DISABLED 158 + + XX IN THE VORTEX 165 + + XXI WRECKED 172 + + XXII "MUTINY!" 182 + + XXIII HELP AT LAST 188 + + XXIV A SIGNAL OF DISTRESS 200 + + XXV CLEAR SKIES 206 + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE GREAT MARINE FILM + + +"Well, at last a breathing period, Ruth. Oh, I am surely tired!" and the +girl threw herself on the couch, without stopping to remove her light +jacket and hat. Her head sank wearily on a cushion. + +"Oh, Alice! Be careful! Look out!" exclaimed the other occupant of the +pleasant little room, a room made habitable by the articles of tasteful +adornment in it, rather than by the location of the apartment, or the +place itself. There was a "homey" air about it. + +"I'm too tired to look out, or even look in," was the answer, as the +younger girl closed her eyes. Truly she seemed much "fagged," and worn +out. + +"But, Alice, dear--your hat!" + +"It doesn't matter, Ruth. Please let me rest. I thought we'd never get +home." + +"But it isn't your old hat, Alice, and----" + +"It's an old hat from now on!" broke in the younger girl, not opening +her eyes. "It's spoiled anyhow. Some of the water from that parlor +scene, where Mr. Bunn upset the globe of gold fish, splashed on it, and +the spots never will come out." + +"Oh, Alice, is your hat spoiled?" + +"It doesn't matter. Mr. Pertell is going to buy me a new one. He said it +was up to the company to do that, especially as I did so well in that +burning room scene the other day. There!" and the girl on the couch +raised her small fist and plumped it full on the crown of the chic +little toque she was wearing. + +"Alice DeVere!" cried her sister, aghast. + +"Ruth DeVere--Lady Clarissa--Seņorita Alamondi! Whatever you like, only +let me--alone! I've posed and acted and otherwise contorted myself +before at least five thousand feet of film today, and I'm not going to +be disturbed now, just for the sake of a hat that is as good as paid for +anyhow, so 'please go 'way and let me sleep,'" and Alice murmured the +chorus of a once popular song. + +Ruth sighed. Somehow, looking at her gentle and refined face, one +understood that a sigh, from her, was the only possible answer under the +circumstances. Not that the girl on the couch, with closed eyes, was +unrefined. But there was a wholesome air of good health about her that +caused one to think of a "jolly good fellow," rather than a girl who +needed to be helped on and off trolley cars. + +"You _are_ tired," commented Ruth, after a pause. "Shall I make you a +cup of tea, dear? Or we could go over to Mrs. Dalton's, if you like. You +know she told us always to come in when we came from the theatre, and +have tea." + +"No, dear, thank you. It's awfully good of you to offer, but I don't +want you to trouble. I'll be all right in a few minutes. I just want to +rest." + +"It was a tiresome day; wasn't it, dear?" + +"I should say so, 'and then--some,' as Russ would say." + +"You shouldn't quote Russ when he uses slang," was the older girl's +rebuke. + +"Can't help it, Ruth. That just seemed to fit. But you can't feel so +very rested yourself. You had some heavy parts today." + +"Oh, I don't mind. I really was in love with that role of Lady Clarissa. +I always did like English plays, anyhow." + +"Well, we are getting more than our share of them this season. I wish +Mr. Pertell would swing to a good American drama again. Say, didn't we +have fun at Rocky Ranch?" and as she asked this some of the weariness +seemed to slip off Alice as a discarded garment is let fall. She sat up, +her eyes flashing with fun, and her cheeks that had been pale were now +suffused with a heightened color. + +"Yes, we did have fun," assented Ruth. "But it was hard work, +too,--especially when that prairie fire came a little too close for +comfort." + +"That _was_ rather scary," assented Alice. "But it was outdoors, and +that was what I love. Oh, I can just smell that wonderful air yet!" and +she breathed in a long breath. A look of annoyance passed over her face, +and she made a gesture of disapproval, "wrinkling" her nose. + +"They're having corned beef and cabbage again downstairs," she said, +pointing to the apartment below them. + +"Well, they have a right to it," Ruth said, with a tolerant smile. + +"Not when daddy hates it so," disagreed Alice. "Come on, let's make a +cup of tea. And is there any cheese?" + +"Cheese?" + +"Yes," the younger girl went on. "I'm going to make a Welsh rarebit. +Daddy just adores them, and the smell of the toast will take away the +odor of that cabbage. Is there any cheese?" + +"I think so. But I thought you were tired." + +"I was, but I guess thinking of the moving picture days at Rocky Ranch +acted as a tonic. I'm rested now. There!" + +She tossed the hat, which she had so mistreated, on a chair, slipped off +her jacket and started for the kitchen. + +"I _think_ there is some cheese," went on Ruth, following her younger +sister. "But don't make the rarebit as you did last time. It was so +tough that Russ said it would do very well to half sole his rubber +boots." + +"That was because I put the milk in too suddenly. I won't do it that way +this time. Come on, we'll get up a nice little tea for daddy. He's sure +to be tired also. They had to film that big scene of the accusation over +three times before Mr. Pertell was satisfied." + +"Is that so? I didn't know that, I was so busy with that English play. +Then father will be late." + +"A little. He said he'd follow us in about an hour, though. So we'll +just about have it ready in time. Did Russ come out with you?" + +"No," and though she uttered but this simple word the cheeks of Ruth +took on a more ruddy hue. + +"I saw Pearl waiting for him," went on Alice. "But----" + +"You did?" cried Ruth, and then she added quickly: "Oh, I mean I suppose +he had to go with her to film that scene in Central Park, near the +lion's cage." + +"Don't get jealous now," teased Alice. "I said Pearl waited for him, +but, she is--still waiting, I guess." + +"What do you mean?" + +Ruth tried to appear indifferent, but it was not an unqualified success. + +"I mean that Russ got one of the other camera men to take his place, and +go out with Miss Pennington," said Alice with a laugh as she began +cutting the bread in thin slices for toast. + +"But Russ--" + +"He went up town. He told me to tell you he thought he could get that +book you spoke of." + +"Oh, I didn't want him to go to all _that_ trouble!" remonstrated Ruth, +looking at her sister, and then suddenly averting her gaze. + +"Guess he doesn't call much _trouble_ where _you_ are concerned," said +Alice significantly, cutting up some chunks of cheese which she put in a +double boiler with some lumps of butter. "He said if you wanted a book +to give you some of the details of the country, where that English play +was supposed to take place, you were going to have it." + +"It's awfully good of him," murmured Ruth. "I just casually mentioned +that I'd like to know something about the people of that section, and he +offered to get a book he had once heard of. But I didn't want him to +make such a fuss over it." + +"La-la-la!" chanted Alice, about nothing in particular. + +The girls busied themselves getting tea. The kettle was soon singing on +the gas stove, the crisp odor of toast had replaced the heavier one of +cabbage, and the rarebit was almost ready to serve, when a step was +heard out in the hall of the apartment house where the DeVere family had +their New York home. + +"There's daddy!" exclaimed Alice. + +"And just in time," added Ruth, as she poured the boiling water on the +tea, adding to the fragrant food perfumes that now filled the apartment. + +The key clicked in the lock, the door opened, and a rather imposing +figure of a man entered, laying aside his hat and light overcoat, for +the Spring day was a bit chilly. + +"Hello, Daddy!" called Alice, putting up her face to be kissed, as she +came in from the kitchen with a plate of delicately browned toast. +"You're just in time. And it's such a _lovely_ rarebit!" + +"That's good, my dear." + +"Oh, Father, how hoarse you are!" cried Ruth. "Is your throat bad +again?" + +"Well, this harbor dampness isn't just the best medicine for it. But I +shall spray it, and it will be better." + +He sank somewhat wearily into a chair as he spoke, and Ruth glided over +to him. + +"Daddy," she said, "you look worried. Has anything happened? Is anything +wrong at the moving picture studio?" + +"No, nothing wrong, but--" + +It was evident that something out of the usual had occurred. Even +light-hearted Alice sensed it. + +"What is it?" she asked. + +"Oh, nothing so much," her father said in weary tones. "I suppose I +shouldn't make such a fuss over it. But Mr. Pertell has finally decided +to film the great marine drama, and that means we shall have to go out +on the water, more or less. And with my sore throat that isn't just the +best thing in the world for me." + +"A marine drama!" cried Alice. "Oh, I shall just love _that_!" + +A look of worry still clouded Mr. DeVere's face. + +"Father, there is something else," insisted Ruth. "You haven't told us +all about this sea film." + +"No, I--I haven't," he said. "And, to tell the truth, I'd rather we +weren't going to be in that marine drama." + + + + +CHAPTER II + +JACK JEPSON + + +Hosmer DeVere's words and manner alike were alarming to his daughters. +Seldom had they seen him so moved, especially over such a seemingly +simple matter as the announcement of a new moving picture drama. He and +the girls, in common with the other members of the Comet Film Company, +had to portray many different scenes in the course of a season's work, +and though some of it was distasteful, it was seldom objected to by +anyone, unless perhaps by Pepper Sneed, the "grouch," or perhaps by Mr. +Wellington Bunn, an actor of the old school, who could not reconcile +himself to the silent drama. + +"Why, Daddy, what is the matter?" asked Alice. "I think it will be +perfectly fine to have a little trip out to sea, especially now that +Summer is coming on." + +"But not if the damp salty air is going to irritate his throat," +declared Ruth. + +"Oh, it isn't so much that," Mr. DeVere said, "but you girls evidently +don't know that the big scene in this drama is a shipwreck, and what +follows. I am to be 'cast' in that, and so are you." + +"Well, what of it?" asked Alice. "It won't be a _real_ shipwreck; will +it?" + +"Real? Of course not!" exclaimed Ruth. "The idea!" + +"I certainly hope it won't be real," Mr. DeVere said, "But--Oh, well, I +suppose I may as well admit the truth. You'll probably call me fussy and +all that, and laugh at the superstition of an old actor. But you know we +have our traditions, though I am free to confess that I have lost many +of them since entering on this moving picture work. But I had a dream +about this same shipwreck, and that was before I knew we were to be in +it, for I might mention that Mr. Pertell has included you girls in the +drama, and has prominent parts selected for you." + +"Oh, I'm glad!" cried Alice enthusiastically. + +"I'm not," her father said, and he did not smile. "As I said I had a +dream about this drama before I knew we were to have parts in it. And in +that dream I saw----" + +"Oh, Daddy! Now don't tell a depressing dream before tea!" begged Alice, +slipping her arms about his neck, and imprinting a kiss on a spot, +which, if it were not already bald, was fast becoming so. "Wait until +after supper--the rarebit will spoil if we don't eat it at once. Wait, +Daddy dear!" + +"All right, I will," he assented with a sigh. "Perhaps I may have a less +gloomy view of it after a cup of tea." + +And while the little family party is gathered about the table, I shall +take just a moment to tell my new readers something about the previous +books of this series. + +Ruth and Alice DeVere were moving picture girls, which you have probably +guessed already. That is, they were actresses for the silent film dramas +that make so much for enjoyment nowadays. Mr. DeVere was also an actor +in the same company. He had been a semi-tragedian of the "old school," +but his voice had failed, because of a throat ailment, and he could no +longer declaim his lines over the footlights. He was in distress until +it was suggested to him that he take up moving picture work. + +This suggestion came from young Russ Dalwood, who, with his widowed +mother and little brother, lived across the hall from the DeVere family, +in the Fenmore Apartment on one of the West Sixty streets of New York. +Russ had invented a new attachment for a moving picture camera, and he +himself was a camera operator of ability. + +At first Mr. DeVere had refused to consider moving picture work, but he +finally consented, and even allowed his daughters to take their parts in +the silent drama. In the initial book of the series, "The Moving Picture +Girls," I related their first experiences. + +All was not smooth sailing. Though Mr. Frank Pertell, manager of the +Comet Film Company, was a most agreeable man, the other members of the +theatrical company were like those of any other organization--some were +liked, and some were not. Among the former, at least from the standpoint +of Ruth and Alice, was Russ; Paul Ardite, who played juvenile leads; Pop +Snooks, the property man and one who did all the odd tasks; and Carl +Switzer, a round-faced German, who was funny without knowing it. + +But neither Ruth nor Alice cared much for Laura Dixon and Pearl +Pennington, two former vaudeville actresses who thought they were +conferring a favor on the cameras to pose for moving pictures. Mr. Bunn, +an actor of the kind styled "Hams", was in like case. + +Mr. Bunn was always bemoaning the fact that he had left the "legitimate" +drama with a chance of playing "Hamlet", to take up moving picture +work. But he might have been glad--especially on paydays--for he had +made more out of camera work than he could have done on the regular +stage. + +Pepper Sneed was never satisfied. He was of a gloomy nature, and always +looking for trouble. Sometimes he found it, and for a time he was happy +in saying "I told you so." But more often he proved a dismal failure as +a predicter of calamities. + +This was the company, with others whom you will meet from time to time, +in whose fortunes Ruth and Alice DeVere had cast their lots. + +After the girls' first introduction to the camera they went to Oak Farm +where a series of pictures were taken, and, incidentally, a mystery was +cleared up. Getting snowbound was another experience for our friends, +but they forgot the cruelties of Winter in the happy days under the +palms. And they had only recently come back from Rocky Ranch, where a +number of Western dramas had been filmed, when the little scene of our +opening chapter took place. + +Those of you who have read the previous books of this series do not need +to be told much about moving pictures. And even those who select this +volume as their first venture in becoming acquainted with our heroines +must well know how the film pictures look from the front of the screen. + +To the uninitiated I might say that in making picture plays a company, +somewhat like a regular theatrical organization, is gotten together. The +play is decided upon, but instead of the acts taking place before an +audience they are enacted before a camera and a man who acts as +director, or manager. + +Some of the action takes place out of doors, amid the surroundings of +nature, but most interior scenes are "filmed," or taken, in the studio, +under the brilliant glare of electric lights. The pictures are taken in +succession on a narrow strip of celluloid film, of the same nature as +those in any camera. The strips are of a standard length of one thousand +feet, though some plays may "split," and take only half a "reel" while +others will fill several. + +When the film has been exposed, it is developed in a dark tank, and from +that one "master" film, any number of "positives" can be made for use in +the projecting machines. Doubtless you know that the same machine which +takes the pictures does not show them on the screen. + +But enough of this detail. + +"Was the rarebit good?" asked Alice, smiling up into her father's face, +as the supper progressed. + +"You may give me some more, which is the best answer in the world, my +dear," he replied, smiling. + +"Be careful!" Ruth warned him. "You may have dreams, Daddy!" + +A shadow seemed to pass over the face of the old actor. He had been +jokingly gay during the meal, but now there seemed to be a sense of +depression. + +"Might as well tell us, and have it over with," suggested Ruth. "We +don't believe in dreams, anyhow. Do we Alice?" + +"Not a bit, and I've named the corners of my bed ever so many times," +and she laughed at that old sweethearts' superstition. + +"Well, my dream was very vivid," Mr. DeVere said. "I don't usually +believe in omens, but this one impressed me. I dreamed we were all at +sea, on a vessel in a storm, and, somehow, we became separated. I saw +you girls going down with the ship, while I was taken up on a life +raft." + +"Well, what of it, Daddy?" asked Alice. "I've often had unpleasant +dreams myself. Probably you ate something you ought not to have taken. +I'm rather sorry, now, I made this rarebit." + +"Oh, not at all! It was excellent!" he exclaimed. "I would perhaps, +have thought nothing of my dream had not Mr. Pertell, a short time ago, +told me something of his plans for the future. He spoke of a great +marine drama he had in prospect, and we are to have prominent parts in +it. But I was startled when he told me that one scene--the great one, in +fact--was to be a shipwreck. He has engaged an old vessel for this +purpose, and he is going to sink it with all on board." + +"All on board!" cried Ruth. "You don't mean----" + +"Well, that's how it will appear in the camera, anyhow. You girls are to +be well in front, and your swimming abilities will be very necessary, +for you will have to go into the water." + +"I hope it is warm," murmured Alice. + +"Oh, it will be Summer before we get to the shipwreck part," went on Mr. +DeVere. "But what worries me is my dream in connection with the drama. I +almost told Mr. Pertell we would have nothing to do with it." + +"Oh, Father! You can't do that!" exclaimed Ruth. She, as housekeeper, +knew how much money was required in these days of the high cost of +living. Though Mr. DeVere and his daughters received fair salaries, +there were many expenses to be met, and if they refused present +engagements they might not find it so easy to get others. + +"Oh, of course I didn't actually turn it down," said the old actor, "but +it gave me quite a turn, I must say. I haven't gotten over it yet, +seeing you girls disappear under the waves." + +"Don't think of it, Daddy!" urged Alice. "Have some of this apple slump. +Mrs. Dalwood sent it in." + +"Your idea is that a man's mind is in his stomach, isn't it, daughter," +laughed her father. "Well, I will have some of the dessert. Oh, but I +almost forgot, you will have to go down an hour earlier in the morning +to the studio." + +"Why?" Ruth wanted to know. + +"A heavy day's work on, and Mr. Pertell wants to sketch out the +preliminary scenes of the marine drama. We are actually going to sea, I +believe, and he has engaged some old sailors, or at least one so far, to +give it a proper nautical flavor. It's only for tomorrow that we have to +go earlier than usual." + +Mr. DeVere seemed more like himself after he had told his daughters of +his vision. It did not so depress him now, and the rest of the meal +passed off in a much more jolly manner. + +In the evening Russ Dalwood came in from across the hall, and they +played bridge whist, of which Mr. DeVere was fond. + +"Fancy daddy, Russ," laughed Alice, "wanting us to give up a chance to +go to sea just because he dreamed of a shipwreck!" + +"Oh, I didn't actually want you to give it up," her father remonstrated. +"Perhaps I was foolish even to mention it. But I can't forget it--I +can't!" and he seemed to look through the walls of the room on some +distant and fateful scene. + +"Well, I must be getting back," Russ said. "You've won the rubber, as +usual, Mr. DeVere. Lots to do tomorrow, and I have a new assistant to +break in, so I'll say good-night." + +There were busy times for all next day, in the studio of the moving +picture concern. In the big room brilliant with electric lights as well +as from the illumination that came through a sky-glass, there were +several scenes from different dramas being filmed at the same time. + +When Ruth and Alice DeVere entered with their father, Mr. Pertell, the +manager of the Comet company, was engaged off to one side, evidently +instructing a man in what he must do before the camera. The man was a +sailor, and it needed but a glance to show that he was a real one, and +not "made up" for the occasion. + +"You see," said Mr. Pertell, "you come into the shipping office, and +pretend to hand over the papers. But you slip the clerk the wrong ones, +and while he is examining them you reach over behind him and take the +documents you want." + +"Avast there! Belay!" came the hoarse voice of the sailor. "I do that +there, do I?" + +"Yes." + +"Steal the papers?" + +"Well, it isn't _stealing_, exactly. It's only----" + +"Stealin' is what I call it, and it can't be called by another name to +my way of thinkin'. It won't do, sir, it won't do! Jack Jepson got into +trouble once, but he isn't goin' to do it again. No sir! That stealin' +won't do for Jack Jepson. You've got to get someone else to sign them +articles for you. No stealin' for Jack Jepson!" and the figure of the +old sailor turned and, with a rolling gait, he started across the big +studio room. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +SOMETHING OF A MYSTERY + + +"Look out there!" + +"Where you going?" + +"Hold him back, somebody! Look out, you'll spoil that scene! Don't cross +in front of the camera!" + +Half a dozen frantic voices were calling to the sailor who, with dogged +persistence, kept on, shaking his grizzled and gray head, and muttering +over and over again: + +"It won't do for Jack Jepson! No sir! It won't do. I had one experience +with trouble and I don't want any more. No sir!" + +Evidently utterly unused to a moving picture studio, the old man kept on +his way. He was headed directly toward a camera that was "filming" an +elaborate ball room scene. + +If any figure came between the scene and the camera with the pictures it +was imprinting on the sensitive celluloid film (at the rate of sixteen +per second) part of the elaborate work would have to be done over +again. And as one of the characters in the little play was a celebrated +dancer, whose time was paid for at an almost unbelieveable sum per hour, +it would mean a heavy expense. + +"Stop him!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Come back here!" + +"Halt! Vamoose! Turn about!" Paul Ardite called to the worked-up +traveler of the deep blue sea. + +This had no effect. + +"Avast there! Belay!" cried Russ Dalwood, who was not at that moment +engaged at the crank of some camera. He used the same sea terms the old +man himself had uttered, but this salt-water "lingo," or translation of +the command to halt, had no effect either. + +Then came an interruption at a most opportune time. Just ahead of the +sailor a scene from a Wild West drama was being enacted. A group of +cowboys were engaged in a quarrel in the bunk house, which had been set +up in the studio. The outdoor scenes of the little play were to be made +later, for it is the custom in this business to make all the scenes, +taking place in one locality, at the same time, regardless of their +sequence in the finished play. Later the film is cut up into strips, +pasted together with the proper headings, or captions, and the finished +play results. + +And just as the old sailor, who called himself Jack Jepson, was about to +step in front of the ball room scene camera, to the frantic horror of +the operator, one of the cowboys, following out his lines, drew his +revolver, and fired a blank cartridge at the "villain." + +In the studio the noise was like that of a small cannon. + +"Mutiny!" yelled Jack Jepson, jumping in the air a foot or more. +"Mutiny!" + +But he stopped, and just in time. Two steps more would have brought him +in front of the clicking camera. + +"Mutiny!" he fairly roared. "What is this! Who's firin' a shot across my +bows? All hands on deck t' repel boarders! Avast there!" and he stood +looking around in bewilderment, while the smoke from the revolver +floated upward. + +"Come here!" called Mr. Pertell running forward, and grasping the arm of +the sailor before he could get away to step in front of any of the other +moving picture machines. "You don't understand, Mr. Jepson. I merely +want you to----" + +"Yes, I reckon I heard you say what you wanted me to do. Now look here! +I don't know much about you, but you come over t' our Sailors' Snug +Harbor, an' you took some pictures. That was all right, I'm not captain +there an' I haven't anything t' say. You said you wanted an old +able-bodied man for certain work, an' I volunteered. I didn't know where +the voyage was, but I signed on, an' come here; didn't I?" + +"You did," said Mr. Pertell. "But let me explain." + +"No, you listen to me, first!" exclaimed the old salt, shaking a +thickened and roughened finger at the manager. "I come here, willin' to +do anything from slushin' th' mast, or holystonin' th' decks t' furlin' +sail in a blow. But what do I get; eh? I ask you what do I get? Why an +order to steal shippin' papers, that's what I get! An' that's a serious +crime. I'm not goin' t' be mixed up with it. No sir! Not for Jack +Jepson!" and he tried to break away. + +"Wait a minute!" Mr. Pertell begged. "You don't understand. It's only +the business of stealing the papers, you know." + +"Well, it's mighty poor business for any man t' be in; that's my +opinion. I was raised honest, an', man and boy, I've lived honest for +fifty years, with one exception, an' that wasn't my fault, and now----" + +Again he made an effort to leave, which effort, if not blocked, would +have once more taken him in front of some clicking camera. + +"Oh, can't you understand!" cried the manager with a hopeless gesture. + +"Perhaps I could explain to him," suggested Ruth in a low voice. "I have +plenty of time, Mr. Pertell, and though I don't know this gentleman----" + +"Oh, I forgot. He's going to act with you and your sister, Miss DeVere," +said the manager. "Come over and be introduced. You too, Mr. DeVere. +He's to have a part in our great sea drama, that is, if I can ever get +it started. I began explaining to Jepson, here, about taking the papers +which have to do with the case, but he can't----" + +"You can't make me believe stealin's right, no matter how you go at it!" +interrupted the old salt, doggedly shaking his head. + +"Perhaps _I_ can," put in Ruth with a smile, as the manager mentioned +their names to the newest and, seemingly, the most refractory member of +the company. + +"Well, Miss," said the sailor, "you look honest. I would believe what +you'd tell me, for I know you couldn't do no wrong. Perhaps I was a bit +hasty, but you see this is all new to me--this play-actin', an' shootin' +at folks unexpected like. I wouldn't have tried it, only the captain at +the Sailors' Snug Harbor, over on Staten Island, where I'm berthed, +asked me as a favor to come here. But I don't like it!" + +"I didn't at first," said Alice, joining with her sister, in an attempt +to placate the old salt. "But I became used to it." + +"Ha! You're pretty young to be in this business," said Jack Jepson, who +evidently said what he thought. + +"Oh, I'm older than I look," replied Alice with a smile. "I just love +the sea. I wish you would tell me about some of your voyages, for I'm +sure you must have been on many." + +"That I have, Miss, but this is th' queerest cruise I ever started on," +and he looked around at the many scenes being enacted. + +Meanwhile Ruth had slipped to Mr. Pertell's side. + +"Give me a brief outline of the play," she suggested. "I think I can +make it plain to him. He is all fussed up because it's something new. +You haven't time to go into details." + +"That's right--I haven't," agreed the harassed manager. "Well, this is +enough for you to know just now. There's a plot to sink a ship, and it +is necessary that certain papers appear to be stolen. + +"I picked Jepson up, as he says, at a sailors' home, over on Staten +Island. He's a typical salt, but he balks at even a semblance of +wrong-doing." + +"I think I can make him understand," Ruth said as she took the +typewritten pages of the scenario, or plot, of the drama from the +manager. + +"I wish you would," Mr. Pertell said. "I've a thousand and one things to +do." + +Ruth started toward the old sailor. To her surprise her sister Alice was +now in earnest conversation with him. Jack Jepson seemed to have warmed +to Alice at once. And Ruth heard him saying, as she approached: + +"Well, Miss, you see it was this way. There was a mutiny, an' I was +accused, but I wasn't guilty. There was a mystery about it when the +captain disappeared, an' that mystery hasn't been solved yet, though I'd +give a good bit if it were. It's hangin' over me like a nightmare, Miss. +Now I'll tell you all about it, if I don't tire you." + +"I should love to listen!" exclaimed Alice, with dancing eyes and +flushed cheeks. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE SAILOR'S STORY + + +Ruth, on her way to explain to sailor Jack Jepson what was wanted of him +in the matter of acting for moving pictures, paused as she saw Alice and +the aged salt in earnest conversation. + +"I think I had better defer my explanations a while," Ruth told herself. +"Perhaps he will be in a bettor frame of mind to listen, after he has +talked with Alice. What a wonderful way she has of making friends!" the +older girl mused as she looked at the interested and flushed face of her +pretty sister. At that moment Alice glanced up and caught Ruth's gaze on +her. + +"Do come and listen," she called. "I'm going to hear a wonderful story, +Ruth dear." + +The old sailor looked up quickly, stopping in his progress toward a +bench, whither Alice was leading him. It was in a quiet corner of the +studio, some distance away from the various little groups that, in +three-sided rooms (before the open part of which cameras were placed, +and over which big lights hissed) were going through their parts in the +silent dramas. + +"This is my sister," Alice said. + +"Oh, yes, I remember now," Jack Jepson said. "There's so much goin' on +that I get a bit confused. But I can see you two look alike. Are you +goin' to put me reefin' sails or scrubbin' decks?" he asked. + +"Neither one," Ruth said with a smile. "I told Mr. Pertell, our manager, +that I'd explain what was wanted of you. It is very simple, and----" + +"I don't call it simple t' rob an' cheat!" cried Jack with energy, "an' +that's what he wanted _me_ to do." + +"I'll explain, and I think you'll find it all right," Ruth went on. "My +sister and I are in this business," she added, "and I don't believe you +think _we_ would do anything wrong." + +"Far be it--far be it," said the old salt, earnestly. + +"Oh, but before you came, Ruth dear," suggested Alice, "Mr. Jepson was +going to tell me----" + +"Avast there! Belay! Hold on!" exclaimed the sailor, his voice ringing +out through the studio, above the tones of those actors who, to give +greater verisimilitude to their work were talking their parts, as well +as going through them. They smiled at the old salt's energy. + +"Wait a minute, Miss," he went on in lower tones. "I didn't mean t' be +so quick, but that Mr. Jepson business won't do. Not at all!" + +"Why, isn't that your name?" asked Ruth. "I understood Mr. Pertell to +say----" + +"Oh, that's my name--at least the Jepson part of it is. But I don't like +the mister. I'm not used to it. The only time of late years when I was +called Mister was when I was up before the lawyers, and I didn't like it +then. Jest please call me Jack Jepson, an' 'twill sound more natural. I +ask it as a favor, Miss," and he looked from Ruth to Alice. + +"Why of course we'll call you Jack," assented the latter. "It will sound +nicer anyhow, I think," she added. "Now go on with your story. You said +there was a mystery in it. Has it anything to do with--buried treasure?" +and Alice leaned forward eagerly. + +"Buried treasure? No, Miss. What made you ask that?" + +"The idea!" exclaimed Ruth with a laugh. "I'm afraid you'll think my +sister very romantic, Mr.--er--Jack." + +"That's better!" he laughed. "Well, I don't know much about romance. My +life's been mostly hard work." + +"I just mentioned treasure," Alice said with a little laugh, and a +glance toward where Miss Pennington and Miss Dixon, having a rest from +their moving picture work, were curiously eyeing the old sailor and the +two girls. + +"Well, my mystery hasn't anything t' do with buried treasure," resumed +Jack Jepson. "It's about a mutiny that took place off th' Hole in th' +Wall, about five years ago, an'----" + +"Hole in the Wall!" interrupted Ruth. "I thought mutinies always took +place on the high seas." + +"Well, this _was_ the high seas," Jack answered. + +"But the Hole--?" + +"That's the name of a passage between Great Abaco Island and Eleuthera, +in the West Indies," the sailor replied. "I don't know why it's called +that, but it is." + +"A queer name," murmured Ruth. + +"Go on, please," urged Alice. + +"Well, I was second mate aboard a five masted schooner engaged in the +lumber business," went on Jack Jepson. "We were going down to South +America, in ballast t' bring back a cargo of hard woods, an' off the +Hole in the Wall th' trouble started. + +"Some of the crew kicked on account of the grub--that's the stuff we +eat on a ship," he explained. + +"Oh, we know _something_ of such talk," said Alice with a laugh. "We +haven't been out West among the cowboys for nothing!" + +"Well, some of th' hands laid it to the grub, an' others t' th' hard +work of sailing th' craft," went on Jack. "She was a mighty poor +schooner in ballast, an' owing t' storms an' rough weather we had t' be +takin' in or lettin' out reefs all th' while. It wasn't so bad up t' th' +time we got off th' Hole in th' Wall, but from then on it was fierce! + +"I'd heard rumors that th' crew was goin' t' mutiny an' demand that we +put in at some port, an' get better grub, an' more hands, for we was +short of sailors. But I didn't pay much attention to th' underhand talk +until it was too late. Then, all at once, when we had got away down +about off Anegada, th' mutiny broke in full force. The men riz up, an' +overpowered th' officers--th' captain was made a prisoner in his cabin, +an' I was given my choice of joinin' th' mutineers or walkin' th' +plank." + +"What's that?" asked Ruth, a bit startled. + +"That's when they blindfold a man, and make him walk a plank that is put +out over the bulwarks, or side of the ship," said Alice. + +"Why, if he were blindfolded I should think he'd fall off, not knowing +when he came to the end," Ruth remarked, with a little shudder. + +"He doesn't know," Alice said. "That's an easy way of sending a man to +his doom." + +"That's it, Miss!" chimed in Jack. "You got th' idea!" + +"But Alice, how did _you_ know that dreadful thing?" her sister +wonderingly demanded. + +"Read it in a book. Go on please, Mr.--er--Jack." + +"Of course I didn't want t' walk no plank," resumed the sailor, "so I +temporized. I thought maybe I could beat th' mutineers after all. So I +pretended t' join 'em. Things got pretty bad. Many of 'em was for +puttin' th' captain away--tossin' him overboard, an' there was a fight +about it. Matters got t' such a pass that pistols were fired, an' th' +captain would have been shot, an' killed, only a fellow named Mike +Tullane, a rough character, an' one of the leaders of th' mutiny, +stepped up sudden like an' saved th' captain's life by knockin' aside +th' ruffian's gun. + +"Well, of course there was a fight then, but Mike seemed t' come out all +right, bein' a leader, an' havin' th' men pretty well with him. Anyhow, +th' mutineers were in charge of th' ship, an' off Anegada, one of th' +little British Islands of the West Indies, we were put about t' run for +port. Jest what was t' be done no one seemed to know. After the men got +th' ship they didn't know what to do with her. + +"Then came th' mystery. One night th' captain an' Mike Tullane +disappeared. They was seen in th' cabin, talkin' together, an' some of +th' hot-headed ones thought Mike was goin' back on his pals. They was +for makin' him walk th' plank. + +"But cooler heads made 'em wait. They said they wanted t' give Mike a +chance to explain. But he never got it." + +"Do you mean they--" began Alice, somewhat horrified. + +"I mean that night he an' th' captain disappeared," Jack said. "They +couldn't be found anywhere. No boat was taken, so they couldn't have +gotten off in one of them craft, an' we wasn't near enough land t' make +swimmin' safe. But they totally disappeared, an' that was th' mystery. +Whether they had a fight, an' jumped overboard together in th' darkness, +no one ever knowed, for them mutineers didn't keep extra good watch. + +"But anyhow they was gone--mysteriously missin' as they say in the +paper. That sort of took the heart out of some of th' mutineers and they +got careless. First we knew a British vessel overhauled us, and, not +likin' th' looks of things, began to ask questions. Of course there +wasn't any captain, such as there should be on a ship, an' that made it +look suspicious. Th' worst of it was that nobody could say where the +captain was. None of us knew. + +"Then th' story of th' mutiny came out, of course, an' it was all up. +The Britisher took charge of us. I was arrested as the ringleader of the +mutiny, an' put in chains! An' I had no more to do with it than a baby, +Miss. No more than a baby!" and Jack Jepson looked from Ruth to Alice, +his blue eyes expressing the indignation he had felt at the time. + +"An' that's th' story of th' mystery, as I said I'd tell your sister," +he added turning to Ruth. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +THE MARY ELLEN + + +During the silence that followed the rather sudden ending of the old +salt's story, Ruth and Alice looked at each other with wonder in their +eyes. On all sides of them could be heard the clicking of the moving +picture cameras, the loud directions issued by the men who were managing +the different little dramas, and occasionally the sound of shots from +the cowboy play that was going on in front of where our friends were +seated on the bench, though at some distance away, for the studio was +large. + +"But that can't be all of it," said Alice, at length. + +"All of what, Miss?" Jack Jepson asked. + +"The mystery." + +"That's all there is to any mystery, Miss," he said. "A mystery is a +mystery, an' if it isn't solved, it's a mystery still, an' nobody can +make any more of it. Th' captain and Mike Tullane completely +disappeared, an' were never heard of afterward. That's th' mystery, an' +all there is to it, jest as I told you." + +"But about yourself?" asked Ruth. "You said you were put in chains, +under arrest, as the ringleader of the mutiny." + +"So I was." + +"But what became of you?" + +"Well, I escaped, Miss. It may not be a very nice thing to confess, but +I escaped. Th' British ship took us to a jail on some island--I forget +th' name of it. Anyhow I was locked up, an' so were a lot of th' others. +We were tried, an' I was accused of startin' th' mutiny. Some of th' +worst men on th' ship put th' blame on me, an' I wasn't a bit guilty. +But it was no use in denyin' it. They was all banded together t' accuse +me t' save themselves. I was found guilty, though I wasn't at all, an' I +was sentenced to a long imprisonment. I just escaped hanging by a hair, +for mutiny on th' high seas is a serious crime. + +"But I was innocent, an' I knew it, an' when I found th' trial goin' +against me, I took a chance that offered, an' planned t' escape. I found +a French vessel puttin' t' sea an' as they was short handed I signed on. +Since then I've been in many vessels, but I always keep away from +English ones, and from English ports, for I would be arrested the minute +I set my foot on shore in one. A big reward is out for me." + +"How long ago was all this?" asked Ruth. + +"Oh, some years." + +"But isn't the unjust charge outlawed now?" Alice wanted to know. + +"I'm afraid not, Miss. Such things are never outlawed. I daren't go t' +an English port, an' that's hampered me. I have to take what berths I +can get." + +"Can't you disprove the mutiny charge?" asked Ruth. + +"Not unless some of them involved was to confess, Miss. An' land knows +where those fellers are now. They've disappeared with th' captain an' +Mike Tullane. Of course if I could find either one of them, I could +prove my innocence, an' then I'd be free t' go where I pleased. But I've +about given _that_ up, Miss. + +"So I sort of come t' anchor in th' Sailors' Snug Harbor, an' when I +heard about this movin' picture business, and th' chance it gave t' make +a little money, I took it. But when it comes t' doin' some crime for it, +I draws th' line. As I said, I've always lived honest, man and boy, for +many years, an' that one charge is th' only one against me. I'm not +goin' t' take them papers, and substitute false ones." + +"But you don't exactly understand," Ruth said with a smile. "I am going +to explain it to you. Mr. Pertell said I might. Now here is the story we +are supposed to act out; and, mind you, it is only _supposing_--make +believe, as we children used to say." + +"Oh, it's make believe; is it?" asked Jack Jepson. + +"Yes, just make-believe." + +"I had a little gal once--long years ago," he said softly, "an' she used +to be great on make-believe games. Is this takin' of them papers a make +believe game?" + +"Exactly!" chimed in Alice. "My sister and I have to pretend every day. +It's fun!" + +"Well, of course I didn't know _that_," said Jack. "Maybe I made a +mistake in bein' so quick. There was nothin' wrong in it?" he +questioned. + +"Not the least in the world," said Ruth. "It is just a game, played for +the amusement of the public. I'll explain," and from the typewritten +scenario she held she went over the outlines of the big marine drama, as +one of the authors of the Comet company had written it. As she gave the +details, the simple, kindly face of the sailor cleared. His doubts +vanished. + +"Say, wasn't I th' old landlubber though!" he cried. "T' think I thought +I was really committin' a crime. Ha! Ha!" + +"Well, your past experience had made you careful," Alice said. + +"That's what it had, Miss. It's no fun t' be barred from the ports of +the country that has more of 'em than any nation of the world. It +hampers a man. But I daren't go on British soil." + +"Could they come here and take you?" asked Ruth. + +The old man looked around before replying. + +"They maybe wouldn't know me," he hoarsely whispered. "I've grown a +beard since those days." + +"Well, then, how would the British authorities know you?" asked Alice +with a smile. + +"I'm not takin' any chances, Miss," was the answer. And though it might +seem to an outsider that it would be safe, under those circumstances, +for Jepson to visit British ports, if he kept away from the island where +he had been imprisoned, he could not see it that way. + +"No sir!" he exclaimed. "No British ports for mine!" + +By this time Mr. DeVere, who had been engaged in finishing a few scenes +in a play that had started the day before, came up to join his +daughters. + +"Well, how is the great marine drama coming on?" he asked, his voice +being more hoarse than usual. He had done some talking, as he found it +helped to give a better idea of the characters he portrayed, but it was +not necessary, in these picture plays, to get his voice "over the +footlights." + +"There has been a halt," explained Ruth with a smile. "This is Jack +Jepson, Father. He is to have one of the principal parts, but he balked +at some underhand work, and--" + +"Pleased t' know you," Jack broke in with a jerky bow. "Your daughter's +a smart gal," he said. "She made everything as clear as daylight t' me. +I'm goin' on with th' play now." + +"That is when Mr. Pertell is ready," put in Alice. "He seems to have +found some difficulty in that cowboy drama." + +This was evident, for the Western play had been stopped, and the camera +operator, with a weary look on his face, was leaning against a post, as +if in despair of ever completing that day's run of film. + +"No, no, Mr. Bunn, you must not do it that way," the manager was saying. +"When Ardite, in the character of the young outlaw, shoots at you, stand +up without flinching. That's your part--to be indifferent to gunfire." + +"Oh, that's my part, is it? Just to be shot at!" cried the old "Ham" +actor. "Well, it's a mighty poor part, that's all I've got to say! It +will be the last time I ever take a part like that. Oh, why did I ever +leave the legitimate stage?" + +"Ha! Maybe it was because the stage would have left you, had you not +left it," said Mr. Switzer, who was dressed up as a German comedian, and +taking part in another play. + +"Ha! What is that?" asked Mr. Bunn pompously. But Mr. Switzer did not +repeat his remark. He was called to resume his part. + +"Now Mr. Bunn, stand up and be shot at!" commanded Mr. Pertell. "Come, +come! We can't lose all day on this little play. I've got to get busy on +the marine drama, and I want some of you in that. Ready with that gun +now, Paul!" + +"Yes, shoot him!" murmured Mr. Pepper Sneed, the human grouch. "Aim it +right at him. Of course they are only blank cartridges," he added +cheerfully, "but if the wadding hits you Bunn, lockjaw is almost sure to +follow. Go on and shoot. I know something will happen," and he looked as +though he would be disappointed if his prophesy were not borne out. "Go +on, shoot!" + +"No! No! I protest! I withdraw from this play!" cried Mr. Bunn, looking +around for his tall hat, without which he seldom was seen. It was his +one remnant of departed glory. + +"No, you'll not withdraw!" cried Mr. Pertell. "We've got half the film +run off with you on, and you've got to stick it out. Go on, Paul. And, +Mr. Sneed, you needn't trouble to stand here and look on, as you're not +in this cast. You have a--depressing effect." + +Mr. Sneed certainly did. However, he moved away, and the play went on. +It was successfully filmed, and then Mr. Pertell was free to take up, +where he had left off, the discussion of the preliminaries of the marine +drama. "Out on The Deep" it was to be called. + +"Well, how about it?" asked the manager, as he approached the moving +picture girls, their father and sailor Jack. "Have you succeeded in +convincing him?" + +"That's what they have, Mr. Pertell," the old salt said. "I'm sorry I +made such a fuss about those false papers. I didn't know it was only +make-believe." + +"Well, if that difficulty is over with, we'll go on, though we can do +only a few of the simple scenes today," the manager said. + +"Do you understand the play?" he asked of Mr. DeVere. + +"Not altogether. I will look over the scenario." + +"I can save you the trouble," the manager went on. "I'll outline it +briefly for you. 'Out on the Deep,' is, as you can tell by the name, a +marine story. Part of it will take place in a sailors' home. That will +be the Snug Harbor, where I found Jack Jepson. We will go over to +Staten Island some day and film those scenes. + +"Another part of the drama will take place in a shipping office. Of +course that will be a studio scene, taken right here. I was starting in +on that when Jack balked." + +"Well, I won't again," the sailor promised. + +"Glad to hear it," came from the manager. "But the big part of the play +will actually take place on deep water," Mr. Pertell resumed. "We are +going out in a big schooner, and----" + +"A real schooner?" asked Jack, eagerly. + +"Yes, a real schooner. It isn't a very good one, but it will answer our +purpose, especially as we have to wreck her, and she will be a total +loss. I had to pay pretty high for her, too. But I think it will be +worth it. The shipwreck scenes, in the storm, ought to be great. And +now, as I have decided to postpone the rehearsal of the play for a +while, I think it would be a good plan for some of us to go and look at +the _Mary Ellen_, and get familiar with her layout." + +"The _Mary Ellen_!" cried Sailor Jack. + +"Yes, that is the name of the schooner I have purchased to use as a +shipwreck," said the manager. + +"Why--th' _Mary Ellen_!" cried Jack. "That was th' name of th' vessel +where th' mutiny was!" and he started to his feet in great excitement. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +CAPTAIN BRISCO + + +"Mutiny! What do you mean?" demanded Mr. Pertell, a little startled by +the action of the old sailor. + +"That's just what I mean, sir! Oh, I forgot you don't know. But I told +these young ladies about me being in a mutiny, an' I'm under suspicion +in connection with it still. I can't go in an English port, and that's a +nice blight to put on a man!" he said indignantly. + +Mr. Pertell looked bewildered. + +"Perhaps I can explain," said Ruth, "and if I go wrong, Jack, please +correct me." + +"That I will, Miss!" he exclaimed. + +Thereupon Ruth told the whole story, much more connectedly, and more +briefly, than would have been possible for the old salt. But Ruth had +the knack of condensing a long scenario into a few words. + +"Was that it?" she asked Jack, when she had finished. + +"That's it, Miss, an' you did me more credit in the story than I +deserved." + +"Oh, no I didn't," Ruth said, smiling. "I'd like to help you solve that +mystery, too--the mystery of the disappearance of the captain and Mike +Tullane." + +"That's it!" cried Jack. "If I could only find one of them, or if some +of th' real mutineers would confess, it would clear me an' I could be +free t' roam wherever I wanted t' in th' world. But it's too much t' +hope for that. But you said th' name of th' vessel we was t' make +believe be shipwrecked on was th' _Mary Ellen_, sir," and he turned to +the manager. "The _Mary Ellen_ was the name of the craft where the +mutiny occurred. Could it be--" he paused, hope showing on his eager +face. + +"No, there's hardly a chance that this is the same one," said Mr. +Pertell. "_Mary Ellen_ is a common name for vessels," he went on, "and +there must be scores with it painted on their bows. I don't know +anything about the vessel I have bought, but I doubt if she was ever in +a mutiny. She is a very old craft, and isn't really fit for service now. +But her owners say she will do for what I want. We are going to take her +to Southern waters, and the main scenes of the drama will be +photographed aboard her, and around her." + +"Where is the craft now, if I may ask?" inquired Mr. DeVere. + +"Over in Erie Basin," answered the manager. "I am having her fitted up, +and a crew is being engaged. Of course it will be some time before we +sail, but I want to get everything in readiness. So suppose we take a +run over there now, and look at her." + +"That suits me!" exclaimed Jack, to whom matters nautical were as the +breath of life. "And I hope you'll sign me on, sir; when it comes to +makin' up your crew, sir." + +"I intend to ship you," was the answer. "Captain Brisco said he would +need some good officers. You have a mate's certificate, have you not, +Jack." + +"Yes, sir, and mighty glad and proud I'll be to fill that berth, sir." + +"Oh, won't it be jolly to go sailing!" exclaimed Alice. "I shall just +_love_ it!" + +Mr. DeVere sighed resignedly. + +"I'm afraid it won't be very good for your throat, Daddy," said Ruth in +a low tone. "The damp air will be sure to make you cough." + +"Oh, well--" he began. + +Mr. Pertell overheard what was said. + +"I don't like to ask you, Mr. DeVere," he said, "to do anything that +will be bad for your health. But I certainly need your services, and +those of your daughters, in this sea drama. Otherwise I would not ask +you to run any risks with your throat. + +"But I will say this. We shall not be afloat until Summer, and, as we +shall be in a warm climate, perhaps the bad effects will not be so +pronounced." + +"No, I think so myself," the old actor admitted. "It may even do me +good. I will doctor up in the meanwhile. And I realize that if I do not +go, my daughters cannot. I would not like to have them miss this fine +opportunity." + +"Oh, Daddy! We wouldn't go if it harmed you!" Alice cried. + +"Oh, I dare say I can manage," her father replied. "The new treatment I +am taking seems to agree with me. Who knows? Perhaps, when it comes time +to sail, my throat may not trouble me at all." + +"Let us hope so," Alice broke in. "I do so love the water, and the +Southern sea will be a dream!" + +Perhaps if Alice could have looked ahead, and seen what lay before her, +she would not have been so enthusiastic in anticipating the future. + +Mr. Pertell saw that the other plays under way in the studio were +running smoothly, and then prepared to take Mr. DeVere, his daughters, +and the old sailor over to Erie Basin, to inspect the _Mary Ellen_, as +she lay in her slip, being refitted for another voyage--her last--for +she was to rest beneath the waves when she had played her part in the +moving picture play. + +"I wish I were going with you," said Russ Dalwood, as Ruth passed him +where he was having a moment's respite from grinding away at the crank +of a camera. + +"I wish so, too," she answered, in a low voice. + +"But I've got to stay here, and grind away at this film," he said +hopelessly. + +"We'll see you to-night," she called to him, as she went out. + +Paul Ardite waved to Alice as she "twinkled" her fingers at him. Paul +was in a cowboy costume, playing a scene in the cowboy story, which +seemed to be giving more and more trouble as it proceeded. + +"This is the fifth time we've done that act," Paul called to Alice in an +aside as she passed. "And all because Mr. Bunn is so fussy. They'll take +him out, if he isn't careful. Where are you going, Alice?" + +"Over to see _Mary Ellen_." + +"Who's she? A new actress?" + +"Yes, she's a 'she' I suppose, and she's going to have a big part in a +drama. I'll tell you about it later." + +The _Mary Ellen_ certainly did not present a very trim appearance as the +little party went aboard her at the dock in Erie Basin. The decks were +cluttered up with an assortment of ropes, planks, casks, boxes and other +things, so that it was impossible to move about without great care. On +coming in sight of the craft Jack Jepson's face wore a look of +expectancy. + +"She might be the same _Mary Ellen_ that I was on," he said. + +But when he saw that the craft had three masts, whereas the ship where +the mutiny had occurred boasted of five, Jack shook his head. + +"She isn't th' same ship," he murmured. + +Yet as he stepped on deck he gave a start, and an exclamation escaped +his lips. + +"What's the matter?" asked Alice, who was near him. + +"Well, Miss, you may think it strange," he said, "but if I had my eyes +shut, I'd say I was on my old ship--th' _Mary Ellen_ I was tellin' you +about." + +"But she had five masts, and this one----" + +"Yes, I know, Miss Alice. But, masts or no masts there's somethin' about +this craft that's strangely familiar. I'm sure I've been on her before, +and yet--no, it can't be--three masts can't make five, no matter how you +count." + +"Well, this is the ship," said Mr. Pertell to his guests. "This will be +our home when we get her fitted up in ship-shape. I don't know much +about such things myself, so I've given Captain Brisco full charge. He +is to get her in readiness." + +"Well, if you were to ask me I should say it would take the greater part +of a year to get this in ship-shape," said Ruth. "I never saw such +confusion--never!" and she gazed about the deck. + +"Why, Miss, this isn't anythin'--nothin' at all!" cried Jack Jepson. +"With a few of my old shipmates I could get this craft ready for a +voyage in half a day--that is, if she's all right below th' water line," +he added as an afterthought. + +"I'm trusting all that to Captain Brisco," said Mr. Pertell. "He was +recommended to me by the ones from whom I purchased this boat. I think +he will have everything in ship-shape for us in time." + +As they stood looking about the deck a man came up from below. From his +appearance he was unmistakably a sailor, and one in authority. He issued +several orders, on hearing which a number of men bestirred themselves, +and then, catching sight of the little party, he called out in rough +tones. + +"Come now! What's this? No visitors are allowed on board here. Get +ashore at once!" + +"Hello, Captain Brisco!" called Mr. Pertell. "That is, if that's the +proper nautical greeting." + +"Oh, Mr. Pertell. I didn't recognize you," said the commander of the +_Mary Ellen_. "I beg your pardon! Won't you walk this way?" + +"We are on a little tour of inspection," the manager went on. "These are +some of my principle moving picture actors, and I want them to get +familiar with the ship. And, Captain Brisco, this is an old salt who +will be with us. He is to be second mate, I believe. Jack Jepson, let me +present you to Captain Brisco." + +A strange look came over the old salt's face. He stepped forward and +burst out with: + +"I guess I've met Captain Brisco before, but that wasn't his +name--then!" + +Captain Brisco started back as though a shot had been fired near him. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +JEPSON IS WORRIED + + +For an instant only did the commander of the _Mary Ellen_ show signs of +perturbation. He recovered himself with an effort, hardly obvious to the +moving picture girls who were watching. It was as though a cloud had +passed over the sun so quickly as to give an observer no time to glance +up and see it, before the shadow was gone. Then Captain Brisco smiled. + +"I think you've made a mistake, my man," he said, with the air of one +used to commanding. "I'm sure I don't know you, whether or not you think +you have had the pleasure of my acquaintance. How about it?" + +He turned a sharp look on Jack Jepson, and the latter faltered. + +"Well--well, maybe I am mistaken," he said slowly. "But I sure did take +you for an old shipmate of mine. I sure did--an old shipmate," and he +spoke the words slowly. + +"For instance--who?" asked Captain Brisco, and the words seemed to come +out like the closing of the jaws of a steel trap. + +"Oh--er--you wouldn't know if I told you," said Jack. "I guess I was +mistaken," he added. + +"And I'm sure of it," Captain Brisco said, coolly. "I don't know many in +these parts, for I've been away for some time. And--er--who might you +be?" he asked, with more of that commanding air. + +"This is the sailor who will be one of your mates on our little trip," +explained Mr. Pertell. "You said you would need officers, even for a +short voyage such as we intend making, so I picked up Jack Jepson. Do +you think he'll do?" + +"Depends on how much he knows of navigation," was the sharp answer. + +"Oh, I have my certificate," Jack answered. "If you want t' see it I +have it----" + +"Never mind now," interposed Captain Brisco. "There are a thousand and +one things to do, and nothing seems to be going right. Lay aloft there, +some of you!" he cried to a group of men. "Get those halyards reeved and +straightened out. Think we're going to lie here all Summer? Lively now! +I think I could use you, if you've any knack of handling men," he added +in lower tones, turning to Jack. "It's slow work, getting fitted out." + +"I could come any time," Jepson answered, and Alice noted that the old +sailor gazed furtively now and then at the captain. It was as though he +wanted to impress his memory with the face of the commander. "I'm over +in Sailors' Snug Harbor," Jepson went on, "I came over to do some +actin'----" + +"Yes, this play acting business is new to me, too," said Captain Brisco. +"But I suppose I can get used to it. Seems rather queer to go to all +this work and expense," he went on to Mr. Pertell, "just to fit a +schooner out, and then sink her. It's a waste of good money, I should +say." + +"We'll get our money back, never fear, if the film turns out all right," +said Mr. Pertell. "Now how are you coming on? That's what I came to see. +I want some of my principal actors to get familiar with the ship, so I +brought them down. I started with Jepson, up in the studio," he added in +a lower voice, for the benefit of Captain Brisco, "but he balked, I'll +tell you about it later. He can stay and help you if you like." + +"Well, I probably can use him," the commander said, as he looked at +Jepson, who was wandering about the deck with a curiously abstracted +air. + +"Sort of funny thinking he knew you, wasn't it?" commented Mr. Pertell, +while Alice, Ruth and Mr. DeVere looked on with interest at the various +activities connected with getting the _Mary Ellen_ ready for sea. + +"Oh, not at all queer," answered Captain Brisco, quickly. "I have +commanded so many men and ships in my day that I must be familiar by +name, at least, to hundreds of sailors. But I never saw this Jepson +before. However, he seems to be a good, honest soul." + +"Too honest, by far!" laughed Mr. Pertell. "He wouldn't even pretend to +take some false papers to carry out a film idea. Said he'd been in +enough trouble over being falsely accused in a mutiny!" + +"A mutiny!" exclaimed Captain Brisco. "A mutiny!" + +"Yes. Why, is that remarkable?" asked the manager, for Captain Brisco +seemed startled. + +"No, oh, no! I don't know as it is. I was only thinking if he was given +to starting mutinies, he wouldn't be a safe man to have on board here." + +"Oh, you needn't fear for Jepson," the manager said. "He was innocent in +that mutiny affair, I believe. But now as to details. I want to consult +with you in regard to certain matters." + +And while the captain and manager sought a quiet corner, where they +might converse, and go over the plot of the great marine drama, Alice +and Ruth wandered about the ship. The sailors who were fitting her out +looked curiously at the girls as they went to and fro. Mr. DeVere found +a sheltered spot where he said he would wait until Mr. Pertell was +finished with the captain. + +"Does your throat pain you much?" asked Alice solicitously. + +"Oh, not as much as I expected, coming so near the water. I think it +will be all right. Don't worry." + +"Isn't it perfectly wonderful, to think we're going to be on board this +schooner!" exclaimed Alice to her sister. "And are we going to sleep +here and eat here, Jack?" she asked, as the old sailor came toward them. + +"Well, Miss, if you goes on a voyage you can't walk off th' ship +whenever you want to, you know, to get a berth, and some grub. I mean +something to eat and a place to sleep," he quickly translated. "You has +to stay right on board until the voyage ends." + +"Oh, and could we see where we sleep?" asked Ruth. + +"The staterooms? Yes, of course," said Captain Brisco, who with Mr. +Pertell came forward just then. "Jepson, take the ladies below. If +you're a sailor you don't need to be told the way." + +"No, sir," was the respectful answer. Jack seemed to have acquired new +dignity since coming aboard; and it was noticeable, a little later, that +he took more pains with his talk, being more grammatical, and +pronouncing his words better, as befitted a mate. + +"And I want to see where they do the cooking," remarked Ruth. "What is +it they call it--the alley?" + +"The galley," corrected Alice. "Don't you remember?" + +"Oh, yes, so it is. What a funny name for a kitchen." + +"This way," directed Jack, as he started for the companionway. Meanwhile +Mr. Pertell and Captain Brisco having settled on certain details, called +Mr. DeVere into consultation, since that actor was to have a prominent +part in the scenes that would take place aboard the ship. + +Jack Jepson led his two pretty charges below, where some men were also +at work. They inspected the sleeping quarters, the galley and other +parts of the ship. Then, at the suggestion of Alice they penetrated to +the men's quarters--the forecastle, or "fo'cas'l," as Jack pronounced +it, sailor-fashion. + +As they passed two carpenters doing some "patch-work," Jack paused and +looked closely at what they were doing. Suddenly he turned to Alice and +asked: + +"Is this craft to make a voyage all by herself?" + +"A short one--yes," Alice answered, for she had looked over the +scenario. "Why do you ask?" + +"Oh, nothin'--nothin'--," answered Jack Jepson. "Only, oh, well, I +s'pose it's all right," he went on. But as he led the way forward Ruth +noticed a look of worriment on the face of the old sailor. It was so +evident that it startled her--the more so as she heard him murmur: + +"Going all by herself; eh? Well, she certainly needs a consort." + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +HARD WORK + + +Ruth took advantage of the first opportunity to question Sailor Jack +Jepson. The memory of that look on his face haunted her. But it was not +until they had come from the _Mary Ellen_ that Ruth found her chance. + +While on board, arrangements had been made for taking some of the +preliminary scenes of the marine drama, and Mr. Pertell urged Captain +Brisco to hasten, as much as he could, the preparations for the voyage. + +But finally, when Alice and her father had gone on ahead, walking with +Mr. Pertell, and were deep in a discussion about a certain scene, Ruth +found a chance to ask: + +"Didn't you like what you saw downstairs in the _Mary Ellen_, Jack?" + +"Downstairs, Miss?" the sailor questioned, a puzzled look on his face. + +"Or whatever the right sea-term is for under the deck?" she went on. + +"Oh, you mean below." + +"Yes, didn't you like what you saw below?" asked Ruth. + +"What do you mean, Miss?" + +"Well, you didn't seem altogether pleased. I don't want them to hear," +she went on, motioning to her father and sister, "but you looked +worried. Was anything--wrong?" + +"Wrong? No, Miss, not exactly wrong. But some of them fellers didn't +seem to know their business in repairin' a ship, that was all. But we +aren't goin' on much of a voyage, so I don't s'pose it matters--much." + +"But we are going on a pretty long trip, and for a time we'll all be +alone on board the _Mary Ellen_, some distance from land," Ruth said. "I +know, for I've read the outlines." + +"Is that so, Miss? Why--I--I didn't exactly know that. I wonder if I'd +better----" + +Before Jack Jepson could continue Mr. Pertell turned back and called: + +"Oh, I believe I forgot to tell you people, but we are also to have a +motorboat in connection with the _Mary Ellen_. A big, powerful gasoline +craft, she is, called the _Ajax_. She'll follow us, part of the time, +for some of the pictures have to be taken from a distance, as she trails +along at the stern. We'll have plenty of time for rehearsal, though." + +"Ah, a motorboat to follow us. Then there isn't so much danger," said +Jack Jepson, and he seemed talking to himself. + +"Danger!" exclaimed Ruth. "What do you mean by that?" + +"Danger? Did I say danger, Miss?" he asked, and again Ruth was surprised +at the strange look on his face. + +"You certainly did say it," she replied. + +"Well, I didn't mean it," he said, though he spoke with an obvious +effort. "I meant it would be much more company--company for you folks as +aren't used to sailin' the seas. That's all, Miss. Oh, no, there's no +real danger--that is there won't be to _you_, as long as old Jack Jepson +can ward it off," he murmured under his breath. + +The little party went back to the studio, and, after lunch, some of the +easiest and less important scenes in the marine drama were rehearsed. +Sailor Jack soon understood what was wanted of him, and did very well. +Ruth and Alice took pleasure in coaching the honest, simple old salt. +His too-conscientious scruples about doing a seemingly wrongful act were +overcome when it was explained to him, and he went through the scene in +the studio shipping office very well. + +"And that will be all you'll have to do for a few days," Manager Pertell +told him. "You will not be needed to take part in any scenes until we +get ready for the second act. Meanwhile you had better arrange to stay +aboard the _Mary Ellen_, while she is in the Erie Basin, and help +Captain Brisco." + +"That I will! Aye, aye, sir!" exclaimed Jack. "And it'll be a relief to +be where I can feel the heave of a deck, even if the craft is anchored, +and to smell the real salt water again. I'll go aboard as soon as I can +get back to the Snug Harbor, and stow my dunnage in a bag." + +He really seemed delighted to make the change, and the worried look left +his face, though Ruth could not forget the shadow it had cast. What did +it mean? She asked herself this over and over again. + +Meanwhile there was hard work for the moving picture girls and Mr. +DeVere. A company engaged in the making of films does not content itself +with merely producing one big play. There are any number of small reels +that are needed, as "fillers." Some of them are called "split reels," +meaning that there are two plays, or sketches, on each one. And in the +intervals of going through scenes in "Out on The Deep," or rehearsing +for them, Ruth and Alice took part, with others of the Comet +organization, in the making of many pictures. + +Several weeks went by in this way. Spring was gradually turning into +Summer, to the delight of the girls, who loved the outdoors. Of course +they loved Winter, too, for they had many outdoor scenes to take part in +then, since snow effects are always easy to photograph. + +"But Summer is the best!" cried Alice, gaily dancing about the studio, +after she had finished in a little comedy scene, one day. + +"I think so, too," agreed Ruth. + +"And when we get out on the deep blue sea," the younger girl added, "it +will be ideal. Oh, I can hardly wait for the _Mary Ellen_ to start on +her last voyage. Isn't it too bad she has to be sunk?" she asked. + +"Yes, it is rather tragic," agreed Ruth. "I hope we get far enough away +when she takes her last plunge beneath the waves," she added with an +involuntary shudder. + +"Oh, trust Captain Brisco for that," Alice said. + +"I had rather trust--Sailor Jack Jepson," murmured Ruth in a low voice. + +Meanwhile work on refitting the schooner had gone on apace. The moving +picture girls, and their friends, had paid several visits to her, and +found Captain Brisco, Jack Jepson and the others hard at work making the +vessel a semblance of her former self. + +"She's an old tub," said Jack to the girls, "but she's in better shape +than she was when you were here afore, Missies." + +And indeed the _Mary Ellen_ did seem so. A new coat of paint added as +much to her appearance, as a new dress and hat does to a young lady, +though _Mary Ellen_ could no longer be classed as young. + +Then came a day when many members of the theatrical company, including +Jack Jepson, who now enjoyed that distinction, were taken down to the +seacoast, some distance from New York. They went in a tug specially +hired for the occasion. + +"Some of the scenes of the marine drama take place on the seacoast," +explained Mr. Pertell. "I want to get them now, when we have the chance. +I need a rocky shore, and this is the nearest one we can reach. Get +ready now. We have rehearsed these scenes, you remember." + +They were not easy scenes, and, even though they had been gone over in +the studio, when it came to actually going through them on the beach, +one difficulty after another arose. + +In the first place it was a raw, windy day, and there was a pretty high +sea, dashing up among the rocks of the shore, and sending a spray over +toward the cameras. + +"I can't do anything from this point!" finally complained Russ Dalwood, +who was at the machine. "I've spoiled about a hundred feet of film now. +We'll have to get around that point." + +"All right," agreed Mr. Pertell, "but the scenery isn't so good there." + +But when one difficulty was disposed of another one was found. Mr. Bunn +made trouble when he was asked to do a certain "fall" in the water. He +complained that he did not want to spoil his tall hat. + +"Oh, you and your tall hat!" impatiently exclaimed the manager. "Go on +with that scene, I tell you!" + +"But I--er--I--" expostulated the old actor. + +Before he could make further objection a mist of heavy spray dashed over +him, thoroughly wetting his beloved hat. + +"There!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Your tile is spoiled anyhow, now go on and +fall in. It can't get any wetter!" + +"Oh, what a life! What a life!" groaned the "Ham" actor, but he went +through the "business." Perhaps he realized that other engagements were +not any too plentiful for men of his talent. + +Nor did Ruth and Alice have an easy time. They had to scramble over +rocks, they had to escape from smugglers, they had to hide in caves, +and once Alice had to fall down on the rocks, and pretend to be hurt. It +was a very real fall, too, and she did not have to make much of a +pretense at limping. + +"Oh, I'm so sorry!" exclaimed Paul Ardite, hastening to her side. "Shall +I carry you?" he asked eagerly. + +"No indeed. I'm all right. I just----" + +"Keep back there, Paul! Keep back!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Don't get in +range and spoil the picture. That's fine, Miss DeVere. It's very +natural--that limp!" + +"It ought to be!" murmured Alice, biting her lips to keep back an +exclamation of pain. "It's real enough, especially the pain." + +Moving picture acting is not all as easy as it seems. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE RISING TIDE + + +"Well, that's very good, so far," said Mr. Pertell, when there came a +lull in the taking of the preliminary scenes of the marine film. "A +little more life wouldn't have hurt any, but the conditions aren't just +the best. It was fairly well done." + +"Huh! Fairly well done!" exclaimed Pepper Sneed. "I wonder what he +wants, anyhow? I nearly broke my neck scrambling over those rocks, and +the skin is all gone from the palms of my hands, and all he says is that +it was 'fairly well done!' I wonder what he wants, anyhow?" + +"Ha! He vants dot you shouldt altogedder preak your neck, ain't it?" put +in Mr. Switzer. "Dot vould be a real funny picture, alretty yet!" he +went on in his favorite character of a Dutch comedian. "Preak your neck, +Mr. Sneed, und let Russ make der picture." + +"Ha! I think I see myself!" exclaimed the "grouch," as he looked for a +seaweed-cushioned rock whereon to sit. "There's been a lot of trouble +today, but, mark my words, there'll be more before we have finished. +That's all I've got to say," and by the sour look on his face anyone +would have thought that he rejoiced in his prediction of trouble to +come. + +"What is the matter now?" asked Ruth, coming up in time to hear part of +the discussion. + +"Oh, Pepper is sure the world is going to come to an end before the +public has a chance to see him in his great rescue act of 'Out on The +Deep,' I guess," replied Paul Ardite. "Cheer up!" he added. "The worst +is yet to come." + +"You're right there," agreed Mr. Sneed, darkly. "There'll be an accident +before this day is over, mark my words!" + +"Oh, Alice, are you hurt?" asked Ruth quickly, as she saw her sister +limping toward her, for the little scene in which Alice had slipped and +hurt her ankle, had taken place when Ruth was busy in another part of +the play, farther down the shore line. + +"It isn't anything," the younger girl answered, bravely keeping back an +exclamation of pain. + +"Will you be able to go on?" Mr. Pertell asked. He had followed Alice, +when the scene closed, and when he had stopped Paul in time to prevent +the photographs from being spoiled. + +"Oh, yes, I can go on, of course," Alice said, with an effort. + +"Because you have some important parts yet to do," the manager +continued. He was not as heartless as this sounds. Really he was most +kind and considerate. Yet he knew the pictures must be made and the +present was the best time. If there were a delay, there was no telling +what might intervene. + +He knew that Alice herself realized this. She would not give up unless +positively unable to go on. The general public little realizes how often +those who entertain them do so under positive pain and suffering. Of +course moving picture scenes can be postponed more easily than can those +in a real theatre. But the general rule holds good for the movies, as +for the legitimate. "The show must go on!" That is the watchword of +manager and player alike. "The show must go on!" + +"I have a bottle of arnica with me," said Mrs. Maguire, the "old lady" +of the company. "I heard we were to do some rock-scrambling today and I +brought it along. I'll rub some of it on your ankle," she said to Alice. + +"Yes, doctor her up a bit," advised Mr. Pertell. "She's too important to +be left out of the film, for a while at least. I don't want to force +you, Miss DeVere," he went on, "but really----" + +"Oh, I'll be able to go on," Alice bravely said. "It is only a little +wrench, I think." + +Behind a screen of rocks Mrs. Maguire removed Alice's shoe and stocking, +and the motherly old lady and Ruth bathed the injured foot. It was not +as bad as Alice had feared, and when it was bound up again she found she +could use it by "favoring" it slightly. She would not have to take part +in a scene for nearly an hour, and she took advantage of the rest +afforded by the wait. + +Meanwhile Mr. DeVere and some other members of the company were going +through their parts. An old fisherman's hut had been found, a little way +down the beach, and for a small sum of money the grizzled old salt had +agreed to vacate for the morning, and allow the moving picture actors to +use his home as the background for several scenes. + +"It isn't just what the scenario calls for," said Mr. Pertell, "but we +can switch things around at the studio later, to make it fit." + +This is a secret of more than one film. The producer takes advantage of +things as he finds them. Often, after a film has all been planned, and +the pictures are being taken, a chance accident, or incident, will +suggest an advantageous change, and it is made on the spot. Later the +film is "cut" or added to, so that the change fits in. + +Again, on going to the outdoor scene called for in the scenario, the +manager may see a background that suits him better than one he intended +using. On the spot he will stop and have the act take place there, +altering, or adapting, the plot of the story to fit. And many an +accident has been turned to good account in making a film. But these are +secrets known only to the initiated, and the public that sees the +finished picture in some theatre little realizes how much chance had to +do with its making. + +Scene after scene was "filmed," Russ and his camera associates grinding +away at the machines. It was not easy work, for the wind and spray often +interfered with the clearness of the picture. But of course that only +added to the reality of it when the finished picture was shown. + +"Now for that scene on the far rocks," called Mr. Pertell when he had +brought to a satisfactory conclusion a difficult part of the drama. "Are +you able to go out there, Miss DeVere?" and he looked anxiously at +Alice. + +"Oh, yes, I'm much better," she answered. + +"All ready then!" called the manager. "Russ, I want one or two +'close-up' views in this, so prepare yourself accordingly." + +"All right," answered the operator, who was talking to Ruth. He put in a +fresh reel of film, and adjusted the camera. + +A "close-up" view, I might explain, is one taken with the person, or +subject, very close to the camera, so that it appears very large--larger +than usual. For instance, it might be necessary, in some play, to show a +certain ring. The hand of the person, with the ring on the finger would +be held close to the camera, so that the resultant picture on the screen +would show every detail of the ring clearly. You have often seen such +views in moving pictures, though you may not have known what they were +technically called. + +The "rock scene" that was to be filmed now was to take place out on a +little rocky group some distance from shore. It was reached by a long, +narrow rocky ledge that curved out into the bay. Alice, Ruth and Paul +were to be in this picture, and Russ would plant his camera on the rocky +ledge, between the actors and the shore. + +"Can you walk out there, Alice?" asked Paul, as he stepped along beside +her, Russ walking with Ruth. + +"Oh, yes," was the answer. "My ankle is much better now. It was silly of +me to slip that way." + +"You couldn't very well help it," he said. + +"That seaweed is very treacherous. I hope there is none on the rocks out +there." + +"Why?" she asked. "Is the water deep?" + +"Rather, so that fisherman said." + +"Well, I'm not going to slip," declared Alice. + +It was not easy work getting out to the group of rocks on the narrow +path of black stone, made slippery by the spray. But they managed it, +and finally Ruth, Alice and Paul took their places. + +"All ready," called Mr. Pertell, who, with a copy of the scenario in his +hand stood back of Russ to direct matters. "You are all supposed to be +talking together, and then Paul discovers a sail out on the bay. You +register surprise, Paul." + +"Very good," answered the young actor. + +I might explain that the word "register" is used to indicate that an +actor or actress is to depict, or go through, the "business" of showing +certain emotions, either by facial expression, or gestures. + +"And after Paul sights the vessel, you register hope, Miss Ruth," went +on the manager. "All ready now--begin." + +So the filming of that scene went on. + +"Very good," complimented the manager. "Just a little more force there, +Paul. Wait a minute, Russ. Do that one bit over." + +The scene was started over again, but it had proceeded only a minute or +so before Russ gave an exclamation of annoyance. + +"What's the matter?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"Spring broke," reported the operator. "I'll have to go get the other +camera, and it will take me half an hour to get it in shape." + +"Well, we'll have time enough," Mr. Pertell said, with a look at the +sun, which is a sort of god to photographers. Without its beams little +can be done. "I'll go back and help you," said the manager who used to +be an expert operator himself before he rose in the ranks. + +"You'll have to wait a bit," Russ called to Ruth, Alice and Paul. "Got +to fix another camera." + +"All right. We'll stay here," announced Alice. "I don't want to make +that trip again with my lame ankle," and she sat down in a niche of the +rocks. The others followed her example. The minutes passed quickly in +pleasant talk, but presently Paul jumped to his feet. There was alarm in +his action. + +"What's the matter?" asked Ruth, startled. + +"Look!" he said. He pointed toward the shore. The path of rocks was +broken midway by a stretch of water. The tide had risen, cutting off the +retreat to the beach. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +TOO MUCH REALISM + + +"Oh dear!" exclaimed Ruth. It seemed a silly, futile thing to say, but, +perhaps, very natural under the circumstances. Ruth arose, and put her +arms about her sister, who tottered a little as she stood upright. + +"The tide has risen?" asked Alice, and her tone was questioning. + +"That's what has happened," went on Paul. "Pshaw! I ought to have kept +watch of it. Russ was gone longer than I thought. But here we are now, +fairly caught." + +"Can't we--can't we wade back to shore?" faltered Alice. + +"I wouldn't like to have you try it," answered Paul, and he moved over +closer to the girl. + +"Why not?" she asked. "I'm not at all afraid of getting wet, and it +can't be so very deep over those rocks--not yet." + +"It isn't that you would get wet," Paul answered. "But the rocks were +slippery enough as they were. Covered with water, as they now are +between us and the shore, I'm afraid you'd slip off, especially as your +ankle will give you a twinge if you twist it." + +"It certainly will," agreed Alice. "It hurts worse now. But oh! We must +get back to shore!" she exclaimed. "We must!" + +"We--I--I think I could lift her over the place where the water is," +said Ruth. + +"But you might both slip in," objected Paul. "And the water is quite +deep on either side of this ledge of rocks. You see the ocean washes in +against them, and scoops out the sand. So that there is a deep channel, +ten feet or more, right alongside of the ledge of rocks. If you fell in +there----" + +"Oh, don't speak of it!" begged Alice. "I wouldn't mind swimming if I +were prepared for it but it isn't exactly Summer yet, and with a +disabled foot----" + +"It isn't to be thought of," finished Ruth. "But we _must_ get ashore +somehow, Paul. The water is getting higher every minute." + +"Yes, the tide has just begun to come in," said the young actor. "I +should have noticed it before, but I didn't. Now I wonder--" + +He did not finish, but gazed back toward the beach, nearly a quarter of +a mile away. To his surprise, and also alarm, not one of the members of +the moving picture company was in sight. + +"That's strange," thought Paul, but he did not speak his thought aloud. + +"Oh!" screamed Alice, so suddenly as to startle them all. + +"What is the matter?" demanded Ruth. + +"A wave splashed right up behind me! Look!" + +The rising wind was sending little waves over the outer edge of the +small island of rocks on which the three were marooned. It was another +evidence that the tide was getting higher and higher. + +"What _shall_ we do?" asked Ruth. + +"We must get help--_somehow_!" Alice said. Then she looked shoreward, in +the direction Paul was gazing, and she uttered the single expression: + +"Oh!" + +But it was fraught with meaning. + +"Why--they've gone!" gasped Ruth. "What--what----" + +"They'll be back!" Paul interrupted. "Probably Mr. Pertell just thought +of some scene he could get, and he took them off down the beach to put +them all in it. They'll be back in a little while, and then we can +signal to them." + +"If--if it isn't too--too late!" faltered Alice. + +"Too late? What do you mean?" demanded her sister. + +"I mean these rocks will soon be covered, and covered deep, too," Alice +said. "The high water mark is away above them." + +"Is it, Paul?" demanded the older girl. She wanted the statement of +Alice disproved. + +"I'm afraid it is," the young actor made answer. "And the tide, I am +sorry to say, is likely to be unusually high today. The moon has +something to do with it. But we will be taken off before then." + +"Suppose we aren't?" asked Alice. "The wind and the sea are rising, and +if we are swept off the rocks----" + +"Don't be so tragic about it!" broke in Ruth. "If we are to go to sea, +and be in a shipwreck, even if it is only pictured, we must learn to +face perils. And here we are only a little way from shore." + +"That's right!" cried Paul. "That's the way to look at it, Alice. +There's no danger!" + +"That's easy enough for you to say--you two who haven't a lame ankle," +the younger girl said, seriously enough. "But I don't believe I can even +swim!" + +"There will be no need of that," Paul said. "They are sure to come back +and see our plight soon. I can't see what's keeping Russ. He promised to +come back as soon as he fixed up another camera. It's very strange." + +Later they learned that when Russ and Mr. Pertell got back to the beach, +leaving, as they supposed Ruth, her sister and Paul safe on the rocks, +Pop Snooks, the veteran property man, discovered a certain nook that +would answer for an important scene in the play. Wishing to take +advantage of it at once, while the light was good, Mr. Pertell ordered +the entire company over there to go through the prescribed "business." +He took Russ and the two other camera operators with him, to make sure +of getting at least one film. + +That is why the beach opposite the rocks where the three were marooned +by the rising tide, was deserted just then. For the time both Mr. +Pertell and Russ forgot their three friends, or, if they thought of them +at all, it was to think that they were perfectly safe, and would come to +no harm by waiting a bit. + +The tide rose higher and higher. In a few minutes it would lap the feet +of the three marooned ones. A desperate resolve came into Paul's mind. + +"I'll swim, or wade, to shore," he said, "and get a boat." + +"And leave us here?" demanded Alice. + +"Yes. There is nothing else to be done," he answered, desperately. + +"No, please don't go!" begged Alice, putting a detaining hand on his +arm. "I can't bear to be left here." + +"But it will be only for a few minutes," Paul said, "and the tide isn't +rising so fast that it will sweep you away in that time." + +"I know--but--don't go!" begged Alice, her voice trembling. + +Paul looked at Ruth. + +"Perhaps you _had_ better stay," suggested the older girl. "They are +sure to come back soon, and--well, we don't want to be left here." + +"All right," agreed Paul. "But I think I could get back with a boat in +time." + +However, there was no need for him to go. A moment later the moving +picture company, headed by Russ and the two other camera men, came +around the turn of some sand dunes. + +"There they are!" cried Ruth. + +"Oh, come and get us!" fairly screamed Alice. + +Paul put his fingers to his mouth and sent out a shrill whistle. + +It needed only a glance on the part of Mr. Pertell and the others to +show the plight of the three marooned ones. + +"I forgot all about them!" the manager exclaimed. "Russ--Mr. +Bunn--Switzer--a boat--where's that fisherman--where's the life-saving +station? This is----" + +"Avast there! Belay!" came the deep tones of Jack Jepson, who had come +out to do certain parts in the shore scenes. "I'll take that boat out +and get 'em. Don't worry!" + +"Oh, but my daughters!" exclaimed Mr. DeVere, hoarsely. + +"And Alice with a sprained ankle!" gasped Mrs. Maguire. + +"Don't worry! I'll get 'em!" declared the old salt. "Come on," he called +to Mr. Bunn. "You look like you could handle an oar," and he started +toward a dory that was drawn up on the beach. + +"I--I can't row!" exclaimed the old actor. "Besides, I might----" + +"Yes, he might spoil his dignity," said Russ fiercely in an undertone. +"I'll go with you," he said to the sailor. "I can manage a boat!" + +"Good! That's the way to talk. Come on!" + +A few minutes later Russ and Jack had shoved out the fisherman's craft, +and were quickly rowing toward the rocks. The tide was now so high that +Paul and the two girls stood ankle-deep in the water that completely +covered the rocks. + +"Ahoy there! Ahoy!" sang out Jack, as he and Russ sent the boat over the +waves to the rescue. "Ahoy! We'll have you safe in a minute!" + +"Quick! Get that picture! Film it!" cried Mr. Pertell to one of the +other camera men. "I can work that scene in--somehow." + +There was very little that was not "grist" which came to the "mill" of +Mr. Pertell's cameras. The film began to unreel and before they knew it +Paul, Ruth and Alice were being depicted in the rescue scene, which, +when it was projected on the screen, made a series of effective +pictures. + +There was little real harm done save for wet feet and startled nerves. +Sufficient harm, one might think, but Ruth and Alice were beginning to +forget they had nerves, so many were the strange acts they were called +upon to perform in their moving picture work. + +Jack and Russ helped the three into the boat, and rowed to shore with +them, where mutual explanations were made, and Mr. Pertell was +sorrowfully apologetic for his forgetful share in it. + +"And the next time I forget about the tide, when I'm at the shore, I'll +fine myself a box of candy to be forfeit to you girls," Paul said. + +"Be sure you don't forget to pay the fine," Alice warned him. + +As the company had brought along several changes of costume, there were +dry shoes for the three marooned ones, and then, as it was too late to +finish the scene on the rocks, they went back to New York. Some other +day would have to be devoted, at least in part, to completing that film. + +In the days that followed, work on the _Mary Ellen_ went on apace. She +was almost ready for her voyage to sea. The big motorboat, _Ajax_, was +also being put in readiness. While Jack Jepson and the others were busy +at the schooner there were also busy scenes at the studio, where Mr. +DeVere and his daughters took part in many film plays. Nearly all the +studio scenes for "Out on The Deep," had been completed. + +"But we must get that river attack before we start on the voyage," said +Mr. Pertell one day. This "river attack" showed one phase of the big +marine drama. Ruth and Alice, in company with Mr. Bunn, as an old +'longshoreman, were supposed to be rowed across a river to escape harbor +thieves. To get good local color the location of the scene was fixed on +the Jersey side of the Hudson river, above the Palisades. Thither those +of the company required in the scene journeyed one day. + +All went well until the time when Mr. Bunn, rather against his will, was +rowing Ruth and Alice toward shore. They were being pursued by some +rough men in a second boat. It is needless to say that the "rough men," +were also moving picture actors. + +"Go on there, Mr. Bunn! Row! Row!" called Mr. Pertell, while Russ, who +was with him in a third boat, was making the reel hum in the camera. + +"I--I can't row any faster," said the old "Ham" actor. + +"But you _must_!" the manager cried. "That's better," he added as Mr. +Bunn showed a burst of speed. + +"Oh dear! If ever I get through this series of pictures I'll quit the +game!" groaned the former legitimate actor. + +Ruth and Alice "registered" the proper business as the men in the +pursuing boat came nearer and nearer. The flight was to continue along +the Jersey shore. + +"Jump out! Jump out!" commanded Mr. Pertell, giving directions from +behind a screen of bushes, where he and Russ, having landed, were now +hidden to take the land scenes. + +The girls and Mr. Bunn leaped ashore. The "villains" followed, firing +blank cartridges. + +"Fine! That's fine!" cried the enthusiastic manager, when suddenly, from +a road that ran along the shore, there sprang a number of country +officers. They had their clubs in one hand and had drawn their +revolvers. + +"Surrender! Surrender!" cried the leading officer to the "villains," who +were pursuing Mr. Bunn and the girls. "Surrender! We've got you covered! +We seen you chasin' these parties! Surrender!" and the police rushed +toward the actors. + +"Keep back! Keep back!" implored Mr. Pertell, leaping out of concealment +and waving his hands. But he was too late. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +A REVISED FILM + + +Just what idea the local police had in mind when they rushed forward +would be hard to say. Evidently, however, they believed they were intent +on rescuing the girls from some imminent peril, for the leader of the +officers, showing not a little fear, even in the heroic role he was +playing, fired a shot into the air, and cried: + +"No you don't! No you don't! Nothin' like that there can be done while +Captain Wealson is around. Up an' at 'em, men!" + +He and his men rushed toward the pursuing "villains," got right in the +way of the camera, and proceeded to attack those whom they thought were +guilty of some crime. + +"There it goes!" cried Mr. Pertell. "The picture is spoiled! It will +have to be all done over again." + +In obedience to a gesture of despair from the manager, Russ ceased +grinding at the crank of the camera. + +"That's enough! Stop!" called Mr. Pertell, and Ruth, Alice and the +others who were making strenuous efforts (seemingly) to escape, came to +a halt. Many times before they had heard that command which meant that +something was going wrong, and that they might as well stop at once +without wasting effort. + +"Why, I wonder what's wrong," said Alice, who had not quite grasped the +interruption. "Everything seemed to be going beautifully." + +"Perhaps the film broke," suggested Ruth. + +"It's the police," Paul said, waving his hand at the officers, each of +whom had clutched a "prisoner," and was holding him. + +"The police?" echoed Alice. + +"Yes, they came in when they weren't wanted," Paul went on. + +"Oh, I thought they were part of the picture!" exclaimed Ruth. And so +she had. Often, to make a moving picture seem more realistic, a manager +will not tell the actors all he has prepared. Thus he gets the element +of surprise. Both Ruth and Alice, in this case, thought the local police +had been brought into the scene at the last moment to add a touch of +reality to the play. But, as it turned out, it was almost too much +reality. + +"Say, what do you fellows mean, anyhow?" demanded the manager, of the +police leader. "What do you mean, I say," and Mr. Pertell strode up with +an angry look on his face. + +"What do we mean? Ha! That's a good one! Listen to him, boys! What do we +mean? Why we mean to arrest these scoundrels, and we've done it, too!" +he added proudly, with a wave of his hand toward the persons his men had +made prisoners. + +"Well, you've made a big mistake," Mr. Pertell went on. + +"Mistake! Ha! I guess not!" cried the officer. "We don't make mistakes +up here! One of my men seen something queer goin' on out in the river, +and come and told me. Then I seen your boats puttin' off, and I knew +something was wrong. So I got my forces together, and we waited for +these fellows. We've got 'em, too! Every one of 'em!" he added proudly. +"Lock 'em up, men!" he ordered. "We'll show these fellows what Jersey +justice is like. Take 'em away." + +"Hold on!" cried Mr. Pertell, and this time he allowed a smile to show +on his hitherto glum face. "You don't seem to understand." + +"Oh, I think I do," said the police officer calmly. "I understand a +great deal more than you think I do. Come on." + +"Wait! I'll explain!" cried the manager. "It's for the moving pictures!" +he added. "This is only a pretended attack and pursuit. Ask the young +ladies themselves," he said, motioning to Ruth and Alice who were now +smiling. Certainly they did not seem to be in any great alarm or +distress over their recent adventure. Their appearance must have caused +the officer to doubt the wisdom of his course. + +"Weren't these fellers chasing you?" he demanded, motioning to the +prisoners. "Now don't say they wasn't, for I saw 'em." + +"Oh, yes, they were pursuing us," admitted Ruth, "but it was all in the +picture." + +"The picture?" questioned the officer. + +"Yes. We are moving picture actresses and actors," she went on, and her +father, coming up then, though he had had no active part in the chase, +confirmed what she said. + +For a moment the police captain maintained a silence, and then, as he +could no longer doubt what was said, since Mr. Pertell exhibited certain +credentials, the representative of Jersey justice said: + +"Well, this certainly is one on me! We'd better go back, boys," he added +to his men, "and we'd better keep quiet about this thing. But I sure +thought this was a kidnapping case." + +"And you spoiled my picture," groaned Mr. Pertell. "Now we've got to go +back to the middle of the river, and do it over from there." + +"Hold on a minute!" exclaimed Pop Snooks, who, as property man, was also +a sort of assistant manager. "Maybe this will turn out all right after +all." + +"How do you mean?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"Why, the police. We could have them try to stop the pursuers but get +worsted in the encounter, and the roughs could keep right on after the +girls. In that way we won't have to waste much film. Just go on with the +picture from the point where these policemen came in." + +Mr. Pertell thought for a minute. + +"That's the idea!" he suddenly cried. "It will make a better picture +that way. Say!" he went on to the police officers: "You're in on this!" + +"In on what?" asked the captain. + +"On this scene. I can use you and your men. You won't mind a little +rough and tumble work, will you?" + +"What do you mean?" + +Thereupon the manager explained that he would turn the police to good +advantage, and have them interfere in the attack, only to be outdone by +the "villains." + +"It's only fair for you to do this, as you came in where you weren't +needed and nearly spoiled the picture," the manager said. + +Whether it was this appeal to justice and fair play, or because he and +his men were anxious to get into a moving picture, was not made clear; +but the captain and the policemen consented to do their parts. + +There was a little coaching, something of a rehearsal and then that +scene went on again, with Ruth and Alice "fleeing" from the pursuers, +and the police charging downhill after the men. + +Then followed the improvised scene, of an attack by the police, and a +repulse by the "villains." + +"Good! That's great!" cried Mr. Pertell. "It will be better than I +thought it would. This is fine!" + +"Ha! Yes, maybe for you, but look at my eye!" cried Mr. Pepper Sneed. +"Look at it!" + +"Well, what's the matter with it?" asked Mr. Pertell. "It's a little +red, that's all I can see." The taking of pictures had stopped for the +time being. + +"A little red! A little!" fairly howled the grouch. "Say it will be +black and blue tomorrow. One of those policeman hit me in the eye with +his elbow. It was an awful blow. I shouldn't wonder but that I went +blind. Never again will I take part in anything as tough as this. I know +I'll be laid up for a week," and with this gloomy thought he limped off, +for he had been rather roughly handled in the męlée. + +"I wonder if that's all for us today?" asked Alice, as she saw Russ +taking the legs off his camera. + +"Why, are you tired?" asked Ruth, solicitously. + +"A little, yes. I shall be glad when we get out to sea." + +"Perhaps we may have even harder work than this," suggested Ruth, for +the race along shore had not been easy. "A shipwreck isn't going to be +any society drama, Alice." + +"I know," agreed the younger girl. "But I think we shall like it." + +Neither of them realized what was in store for them. + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +OVERHEARD + + +"Well, I think this will do," Mr. Pertell announced, as the members of +his company gathered on the shore of the Hudson, ready to go back to the +larger boat, whence they had come in the two small ones, to depict the +pursuit. "It came out better than I expected when I saw that crowd of +policemen charging down on us." + +"I thought sure we were in for a spell in the lock-up," remarked one of +the extra men engaged as a member of the "pursuing villains." + +"You had a little extra work, doing part of the scene over again, so +we'll give you all a little bonus," said the manager. "We'll get back to +the studio now. There are a few scenes I want to make before we start +off on our trip to sea." + +"How soon do we go?" asked Alice. + +"As soon as we can get stocked up. Captain Brisco has a few little +repairs to make to the schooner, I believe." + +"Do you think the _Mary Ellen_ will prove to be a safe boat in which to +go to sea?" asked Mr. DeVere, when he, with his daughters, and the +others, were on their way back to New York. + +"Why not?" asked the manager. + +"Well, I heard Jack Jepson say the schooner was a pretty old one," +replied the veteran actor. + +"So she is," said Mr. Pertell, "if she hadn't been, our company never +could have afforded to buy her just to make a shipwreck of her. But she +is perfectly safe for what traveling we shall do. Brisco has assured me +of that, and has seen to it. What sort of a yarn was Jepson giving you?" +and Mr. Pertell seemed a bit annoyed. + +"Well, he merely said that the schooner was a pretty old one," went on +Mr. DeVere, "and that she had seen her best days." + +"He didn't say that she was unsafe, did he?" + +"No, oh, no! Nothing like that!" exclaimed the actor quickly. "I was +just wondering about her. I shouldn't like to take any chances you +know," and he glanced over toward his daughters who had no part in this +conversation. + +"Oh, the _Mary Ellen_ will be as safe as is necessary," the manager +continued. "Besides we will be in Southern waters after we leave here, +and there will be little danger from storms." + +"I am glad of that," Mr. DeVere said. "A warm Southern clime will be +beneficial to my throat. It does not take kindly to our Northern +weather, even at the best." + +In the days that followed there was plenty of work for the moving +picture girls in the film studio. They had to take part in several +little dramas that had to be completed before the sea scenes in the +ocean play were undertaken. + +"Anything much to do this afternoon?" asked Russ of Ruth as he passed +her near her dressing room one day about a week after the episode of the +mistaken policemen. + +"No, I am free," she announced. "They have postponed that 'In the Slums' +and I'm glad of it. I don't care for such characters as I have to assume +in a play like that." + +"Nor I. I'm off for the afternoon, too. What do you say we take Alice, +and go for a little trip to the Erie Basin?" + +"To see the _Mary Ellen_ again? There can't be much change since we saw +her last." + +"No, not exactly to see her, though we could pay a visit if we liked. +But you know we are to have a big motorboat follow us in the ocean +scenes--I'm to take pictures from it, in fact--and that motorboat--the +_Ajax_--is over in the Basin, near the old schooner. I thought maybe +you'd like to take a look at her." + +"I would!" exclaimed Ruth with enthusiasm. "I'll tell Alice. She is +disengaged, I know, for I heard Mr. Pertell tell her so." + +"I'm sorry we can't go for a trip in her," went on Russ, "but she isn't +in shape yet. I have to go over to give some directions about building a +platform for setting the camera on, and I thought we might combine +business and pleasure." + +"It will be a pleasure to go," said Ruth, as she went off to find her +sister. + +"Tell Paul, too, if you see him," Russ called after her. "We'll make a +party of it." + +"All right," Ruth answered. + +She found Paul and Alice together--just as she half expected--and +mentioned Russ's plan. + +Paul was cast for a role in a little play that afternoon, but he spoke +to Mr. Pertell about it, and the manager kindly postponed it, as it was +not very important. + +So, after lunch the four young people started for the place where the +_Ajax_ was being overhauled, not far from the dock of the _Mary Ellen_. +On the way they talked of their plans when they should be at sea. It had +been given out at the studio that they would all go aboard the _Mary +Ellen_, which would be headed for the Florida coast. Somewhere off that +peninsula, just where had not been decided, the moving pictures would be +made, and the shipwreck would take place. The details had not yet been +perfected. + +"Are you going to travel alone in the motorboat?" asked Alice of Russ. + +"No indeed. She is to be carried in a cradle on the deck of the _Mary +Ellen_, and----" + +"A cradle!" interrupted Alice. "Whoever heard of a boat being put in a +cradle, as if it were a baby!" + +"Well, the _Ajax_ is going to be rocked in the cradle of the deep, isn't +she?" asked Paul. + +"Oh, what a heartless joke!" mocked Ruth. + +"Just for that you'll be fined four ice cream sodas!" laughed Alice. + +"No, but speaking seriously," went on Russ, "the _Ajax_ will be cradled +on the deck of the schooner; that is, the motorboat will be set in two V +shaped affairs, called cradles. That's to prevent her rolling off into +the high seas." + +"Do you think it will be rough?" asked Ruth, with an apprehensive look +over her shoulder, as though she already saw a "hurricane in the +offing," as her sister laughingly put it. + +"Well, you know we have to wait for a storm, to get some of the scenes," +Russ said. "Of course the weather often gets pretty bad in these +Southern waters, in spite of their peaceful name," he continued, "but I +don't suppose Mr. Pertell will venture out far from the harbor in a bad +blow. Even a little wind will kick up enough sea to make it look pretty +rough in a picture." + +"Oh, I don't mind a storm!" exclaimed Alice. "I just love it." + +"Oh--Alice!" cried her sister. "You know you'll be as frightened as I'll +be." + +"We'll see," challenged the younger girl with sparkling eyes and a flush +on her cheeks. + +They found the _Ajax_, after some little difficulty, among a score of +other boats, in process of repair. + +"Oh, what a big one!" exclaimed Alice as she caught sight of the craft. +"I do hope you'll give us a ride in her, Russ." + +"Of course I shall, between times of taking pictures," he promised. +"What do you think of her, Paul?" + +"Pretty fine," agreed the young actor. "Has she any speed?" + +"Not much, I guess. It's an old sort of tub, but pretty steady in the +water, Mr. Pertell said. That's what I want for taking pictures. It +won't do to have her rolling and pitching. Well, let's go aboard, and +see how they're coming on." + +Russ had a permit to view the craft, and as he was expected to give some +instructions regarding the building of the platform, the man in charge +of the overhauling work welcomed the four young people. + +The _Ajax_ was, as Russ had said, rather a tub, but it was a large, +comfortable boat, and was capable of going on quite a cruise. There was +a partially enclosed cabin, and many comforts and conveniences. But just +for the present purpose, everything was being subordinated to the taking +of moving pictures. + +"I'm readjusting the motor," the head of the repair gang told Russ, "so +she'll start and stop, as well as reverse easily and quickly. That's +what you want, isn't it?" + +"That's it, yes. You see I can't tell when I'll have to shift, to make +allowances for what the actors and actresses will do. There's no telling +about these moving picture people," and Russ gave Ruth and Alice, as +well as Paul, a laughing look as though to indicate that they were very +temperamental, and hard to get along with. + +"Are these some of the actor folks?" asked the mechanic who was laboring +over the motor. + +"That's what they are, and good ones, too!" cried Russ. + +"Gee! They don't look it!" was the frank remark, and the two girls broke +into peals of laughter. + +Paul and Russ showed Ruth and Alice over the big motorboat, and then +leaving the three to their own devices for a while, the young camera +operator went into details of the work with the head mechanic. Russ was +told that the _Ajax_ would be ready in plenty of time for him. He +expressed himself as satisfied with the progress made, though he made +one or two slight changes in the platform, built on the forward deck of +the craft, where he was to stand when he took the pictures of the +shipwreck. + +"Well, how about those sodas now?" asked Russ of his companions when he +had finished. "There's a nice place a few blocks up, and it's about warm +enough for ice cream." + +"Couldn't we take just a look at the _Mary Ellen_ while we are here?" +asked Alice. "Isn't that she, over there?" and she pointed across the +basin. + +"You speak of that ship as if she were a person," objected Ruth. + +"And so she is!" Alice exclaimed. "A ship is always a lady, isn't she, +Paul?" + +"She ought to try to be, at least," he laughed. "How about it, Russ? +Shall we take the girls over to the schooner?" + +"Might as well, I guess. It won't take long, and it isn't far." + +A short time later the four of them stood at the gangplank of the _Mary +Ellen_. They saw no signs of any men on deck, but they were doubtless +below, making the repairs, which must be nearly finished. + +"Come on," said Russ, leading the way. "We'll go aboard." + +As they stood on deck, looking about them, they saw no one, but the +companionway was in plain sight, and they started toward it, intending +to go down into the main cabin. + +The place was rather dimly lighted, but when their eyes had become used +to the gloom, they caught sight of a solitary figure in the forward end +of the main compartment. + +"It's Jack Jepson," whispered Alice to her companions. "We'll give him a +surprise. Keep quiet now. His back is toward me and I'll tiptoe up +behind him and put my hands over his eyes. I'll make him guess who it +is. He'll think some British suffragette has taken him on that silly +charge of mutiny," she went on. + +"Be careful," admonished Ruth. "No pranks, Alice." + +"This isn't a prank. Keep quiet now." + +The old sailor was evidently not aware that visitors were in the cabin, +for they had made little noise in descending the companion stairs, and +what little they had caused was drowned by the distant noise of +carpenters' hammers. + +As Alice advanced, the others remaining back in the semi-darkness, they +all heard Jack Jepson break into a sort of monologue. He was talking to +himself, in fashion something like this. + +"It ought to be hereabouts, if it's anywhere, and I'm sure it is. I +can't be mistaken. They have cut her down, and made a lot of changes, +but they can't fool me. I was suspicious when I first came aboard, and +I'm more so every minute. I'm going to find out for sure, while I have +the chance. Let me think now." + +He leaned up against a bulkhead, while Alice glanced back at her friends +in some surprise. What meant the words they had overheard? The old +sailor seemed strangely excited, and he was passing his hand over the +paneling of the cabin as though in search of something long forgotten, +or dimly remembered. + +A moment later another step was heard in the apartment, and Captain +Brisco entered. He started at the sight of Jepson, though the commander +had not yet seen the four young people. + +"What are you doing here?" he asked in a hoarse voice. The old salt +started back as though caught in some guilty act. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +"ALL ABOARD!" + + +Ruth, Alice, Paul and Russ remained silent and unseen witnesses of the +little scene being enacted before them. It was like some section taken +from a moving picture drama, though they could not guess what the plot +was, nor what the outcome would be. + +"What are you doing here, Mr. Jepson?" asked Captain Brisco, and there +was sarcasm in the title he bestowed on his mate, for since he was third +in command, having been given the post of second mate, the old salt was +entitled to be called Mister. + +"I was jest--jest lookin'--lookin'--" Jepson faltered. + +"Well, you'd better look forward then," came, the harsh command. +"There's plenty to do there, if we're ever to start on this voyage, and +of all the----" + +At that moment Alice sneezed. She could not help it, and in trying to +hold it back, she made more of a commotion than if she had let the +sneeze come naturally. + +At the sound Captain Brisco and Jack Jepson turned and stared toward the +dimness that marked the companionway. + +"Who's there?" called Captain Brisco, sharply. + +"We just came aboard to see how matters were coming on," said Russ +stepping forward and under a skylight. + +"But we didn't expect to be welcomed with snuff," said Alice, as she +sneezed again. This time Ruth joined her. There was an irritating odor +noticeable in the cabin. + +"I beg your pardon," Captain Brisco said, as the others stepped closer +to Russ, so they could be discerned. "I didn't know who it was. I am +glad to see you. That's a paint-remover you smell. It is irritating. I +am very glad to see you." + +But he did not say it at all as though he meant it. Alice said afterward +she thought her sneeze had broken in on the captain's denunciation of +the proposed sea voyage. + +"It was just as though he were going to say it was the most foolish and +nonsensical thing of which he had ever heard," Alice explained. "Oh, why +_did_ I have to go and sneeze just then?" + +"Did you want to hear what he would have said?" asked her sister. + +"Yes, I did. I don't like Captain Brisco." + +"You mustn't say such things," Ruth cautioned her. But this was some +time later. + +Just at present the commander of the _Mary Ellen_ was trying to make his +unexpected guests feel a welcome he rather grudgingly extended. + +"We have been over looking at the _Ajax_," explained Russ, "and we +thought we'd stop in and pay you a call." + +"Oh, yes, I'm to carry the _Ajax_ on deck, I believe," the commander +said. "Well, you'll find us all pretty busy here," he went on. "Mr. +Jepson, will you kindly go forward and see how the men are coming on +with that caulking?" + +It was a very different voice from the one he had used when Ruth, Alice +and the others had been unseen listeners. + +"What about the mainmast?" asked Sailor Jack. "It's sprung, as I told +you it was, and unless those stays----" + +"I'll look after that!" interrupted the captain. "You do as I tell you, +and leave that mast to me." + +"But you said that it didn't need--" persisted the second mate. + +"Never you mind what I said!" and the commander's voice was harsh. "I'll +look after that. Now you go forward!" + +It was more in the nature of a command than is usual between captain +and mate. The girls felt this, as well as did the boys. But they said +nothing. + +"Come along and see how we are progressing," continued Captain Brisco in +more genial tones, as Jack Jepson left the cabin. + +"Then you are going to be ready in time?" asked Paul. + +"Ahead of time," said the commander, boastfully. + +"That's good!" exclaimed Russ. "Mr. Pertell is anxious not to be +delayed." + +"He won't be on _my_ account," Captain Brisco assured the young +operator. "A few more details, and we'll be ready for sea. About time, +too, for this good weather won't hold any too long down among those West +Indian islands." + +"Oh, are we going there?" asked Alice. "That will be delightful!" + +"I thought we were to go only to Florida," Ruth remarked. + +"There has been a slight change in the plans," the captain said. "Mr. +Pertell and I decided on it. I believe it is not generally known yet, +but there is no secret about it. I told him he could get better results +by going a little farther south than merely along the Florida coast, +down toward some of the West Indies, and he agreed with me." + +"The West Indies," mused Alice as she followed the others about the +refinished schooner. "I wonder if we will get near the 'Hole in the +Wall' that Jack told about? I'd like to see it, but I suppose a hole in +the water is a pretty hard thing to find." + +Alice wondered whether she would see the old sailor before they went +ashore again. She had taken quite a fancy to him, as had Ruth, and the +old salt, on his part, seemed to like the moving picture girls more than +any other members of the Comet Film Company. + +"I wonder what he was doing all alone there in the cabin?" mused Alice +as she hung back a little while the others were examining some changes +that had been made in the dining-cabin. "It seemed as though he were +trying to discover some secret panel, a passage or hiding place, or +something like that. And Captain Brisco certainly was rather brusque +about it. I do hope there won't be any quarreling or mutiny aboard the +_Mary Ellen_ when we put out to sea." + +For a time Alice was a little alarmed, but she soon recovered her +composure, and was able to take her part in the conversation. + +The _Mary Ellen_ was indeed assuming a "ship-shape" appearance. The +litter that had obstructed her decks on the first visit had given place +to a semblance of neatness. The craft had been newly painted and she +glistened in the sun, her brass work having been highly polished. + +"A few more days and we'll pull out of here," announced Captain Brisco, +as they went up on deck. "Then I suppose you folks will begin to cut up +all sorts of capers," and he smiled indulgently. He seemed to have +recovered his good nature, or, rather, perhaps, to have summoned some of +it to be used on this occasion. + +"Well, we'll leave the 'cutting-up' to Mr. Switzer," said Paul with a +laugh. "He's the comedian of the company." + +One of the workmen approached and asked the captain some question. It +seemed to be about pumps, though the girls did not understand it very +clearly. + +"You needn't bother to mend those valves," the commander said. "We +shan't need the pumps anyhow, and there's no use putting too much time +and work on the old hulk. Pertell told me to get her ready for sea so +she'd last a reasonable length of time. They're going to wreck her +anyhow, you know." + +"Yes, I know. But those pumps----" + +"Let 'em go!" the commander ordered. "Now about those stays," and he and +the sailor plunged into a mass of technical details in which the moving +picture girls were not interested, nor, I am sure, would you be, my +readers. + +In spite of all the work that had been done on the _Mary Ellen_, she was +still far from being a fine ship. Many things were left undone, as they +would not show in a picture. As the captain had said, Mr. Pertell was +not desirous of putting too much time or expense on her, just to send +her to the bottom after a few days' use. Still the craft had to be +rendered seaworthy, as some views were to be taken showing her progress +down the coast to the Florida Straits. + +A little later Captain Brisco was called below, and he took leave of his +visitors, saying he would be busy for some hours. + +"Well, it's time for us to go," Ruth said. "We promised to meet daddy at +dinner," she added to her sister. + +Alice assented and looked around, as though in search of someone. + +"What is it?" Ruth asked. + +"I was looking for Jack, to say good-bye. There he is over there," and +she pointed to the old man polishing the brass work of the binnacle in +front of the steering wheel. "I'm going over and speak to him," she +added. + +Jack Jepson had his back toward Alice, and was not aware of her +approach. She heard him murmuring to himself, and the words sounded +strange to her--as strange as the first ones she had overheard from him +that day. + +"It'll never do! It'll never do!" Jack Jepson was saying. "It's criminal +wrong, that's what it is. But I'll jest keep a sharp watch, an' at the +first sign of danger, I'll--" + +Then he heard the footfall of Alice on the deck, and turned quickly. He +smiled at her, and the smile was in strange contrast to his rather +ominous words. As Alice knew very little about the sea or boats, she +paid no attention. + +"I came to bid you good-bye," she said. "We are going back to New York +now, but we'll soon be aboard here for a long stay, I hope. My, how nice +everything looks!" + +"Yes, but it--it's too nice!" exclaimed Jack. + +"Too nice? What do you mean?" she asked wonderingly. + +"Oh, well, nothing, Miss Alice. You wouldn't understand. I'm glad to see +you. This isn't a mate's work, properly speakin'," he said, as he +indicated the box of polish, "but then we haven't started discipline +yet. We'll do that at sea." + +"And I'll hope we'll soon be out on the deep," voiced Alice. + +A week later the entire moving picture company that was to take part in +the marine drama assembled at the dock where the _Mary Ellen_ had been +refitted for her last voyage. Stores and provisions had been put aboard, +the _Ajax_ lay stowed in the cradle on deck, and the members of the +company, the moving picture operators and the manager and his +assistants, had sent their baggage aboard. There was plenty of extra +film. + +"All aboard!" called Captain Brisco, and the gangplank was about to be +hauled in. "All aboard! We won't wait for him!" he went on, speaking to +the first mate and to Mr. Pertell who stood near him. + +"Won't wait for whom?" Alice heard Mr. Pertell ask. + +"A new hand I hired at the last minute. He's a good navigator, better +than Jepson, and that's why I took him on. But he isn't here, and so +we'll go without him." + +"Not short-handed, are you?" asked the manager, rather anxiously. + +"No, not for this voyage. I think----" + +But the captain was interrupted by a shout up the wharf. A man, +seemingly a sailor, came running toward the schooner. + +"There he is now!" the captain exclaimed. "All aboard. Hurry up, my man, +or you'll be left." + +The man flung himself on the gangplank which was separated from the +dock by some little distance. He scrambled aboard, and just then, Alice, +standing near Jack Jepson, heard the old sailor utter an exclamation of +surprise, and murmur: + +"Can that be him? Can that be him--after these years? No, it can't be!" + +"All aboard!" cried Captain Brisco. And the _Mary Ellen_, in charge of a +fussy little tug, began moving away from the dock. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +OVERBOARD + + +Alice was so impressed with what she had heard sailor Jack say, that, in +spite of the desire to give all her attention to the start of the +voyage, destined to be so momentous, she looked first at Jepson and then +at the new arrival. The latter appeared to be an ordinary sailor, but +there was a commanding air about him, as though he were used to having +his own way. But he was sufficiently subservient to Captain Brisco, +saluting the commander in formal fashion. + +"You're late!" growled Captain Brisco. + +"Yes--couldn't help it," was the almost cheerful answer. "You knew I +wouldn't be left though, didn't you?" + +"Well, I wasn't sure of it," Alice heard the captain answer. "Get below, +and then we'll talk later." + +Alice turned to see how Jack Jepson was taking this. The old salt seemed +to be listening intently, but he had his back turned. + +"He knows that man who just came aboard," decided Alice, "and there is +something queer about it all. In fact there is something queer about +this vessel and Captain Brisco. I feel as though I were in the midst of +a mystery. I'm going to see if I can't solve it." + +That was Alice's way. She always did like to solve puzzles, from the +time when she was a small child, and she went at this one in much the +same way as had been her habit in the case of the simple ones in the +juvenile papers she took when a little girl. + +"There's something between Captain Brisco, Jack Jepson and this new +man," Alice decided. "Jack is afraid of being recognized, and yet he +wants to make sure who this new man is. Can it have anything to do with +the mutiny, I wonder?" + +It was a question she could not answer just then. She resolved to be on +the watch, to look and listen, without saying much, until she had in her +mental grasp some of the loose ends of the puzzle. + +Ruth was some distance off, talking to her father. Mr. DeVere, in spite +of the warmth of the day, had a light silk scarf about his throat, which +had pained him during the night. The other members of the company were +scattered about the schooner which was being towed out to sea. Miss +Pennington and Miss Dixon were waving to some young men who had come to +see them off. Mr. Wellington Bunn's face wore a glum look. Perhaps he +saw no chance of doing anything with his favorite role of Hamlet in this +marine story that was soon to be enacted. + +Alice heard Jack muttering to himself. She could not catch all the +words, but she heard him say: + +"Yes, it must be the same one! He hasn't changed much--not as much as I +have. He won't know me. But what am I to do?" + +The old salt's musings, however, were cut short, for Captain Brisco +called to him. + +"I say there, Mr. Jepson," ordered the commander, "will you go forward, +and see how the bitts are standing up under the strain of that hawser? I +don't want them to pull out, and they're none too strong. Lively now!" + +"Aye, aye, sir!" dutifully answered the second mate, and he shuffled off +along the deck, while Captain Brisco and the new arrival went below, +being, apparently, on very friendly terms. + +"And that is another queer part of it," mused Alice. "That new man is +supposed to be a common sailor--he must be, as all the offices, from +captain down, are filled. And yet Captain Brisco treats him as an +equal. I can't understand it." + +None of the others of the moving picture company appeared to find +anything odd in the reception of the man who had almost been left. In +fact, save for Alice and Jack Jepson, no one paid any attention to him. +As the captain and the new man whom he had addressed as "Hen Lacomb" +went below, the attention of Alice was taken by Ruth. + +"Don't you think, dear," her sister said, "that we had better get our +possessions in order. I understand that some pictures are to be taken +aboard the schooner here, and we will want to get our costumes out where +we can easily reach them." + +"I suppose so," murmured Alice. "But I wonder who he is?" she added, +half unconsciously. + +"What in the world are you talking about?" asked Ruth in some surprise. +"Do you mean that young man who was waving to Miss Dixon?" for a certain +youth seemed very loath to bid farewell to the former variety actress. + +"Yes. Who is he?" asked Alice, accepting this chance to get out of +answering, though what she had meant was the identity of the mysterious +Hen Lacomb, and not the youth on the dock. + +"I've seen him before," Ruth said. + +"Who?" asked Alice quickly, her mind still intent on the mystery. + +"Why, Alice, how odd you are! That young man of whom we are speaking, to +be sure. I mean I've seen him around the studio. He seems to be quite +impressed by Miss Dixon." + +"Yes," said Alice, vaguely. "Well, let's go below," she suggested. "You +notice how nautical I'm getting," she went on. + +"Forgetful you mean," supplemented Ruth. "Well, anyhow, we have fine +weather for the start." + +The schooner was well out from the dock now, and the pilot was in +charge, so there was nothing for Captain Brisco to do for the present. +He had gone to his cabin, and the stranger, or, rather, Hen Lacomb, to +give him the name bestowed on him, was with the commander. + +"I wish I knew what they were talking about," said Alice, and, without +intending to do so, she spoke aloud. + +"Who?" asked Ruth. "Really, you are saying the strangest things this +morning, Sister mine!" + +"Oh, I was thinking--thinking----" + +Alice was rather at a loss for words to explain. + +"You must have some of your new roles on the brain," went on Ruth. "I +know I've been doing a lot of thinking over mine. They are nearly all +nice ones, I'm glad to say, but I don't like the parts we have to take +in the shipwreck. Fancy having actually to jump into the water." + +That was one of the things required, according to the scenario. + +"There's no danger," Alice said, as she and her sister reached the +stateroom they were to share. + +"Oh, but think of _sharks_ in those Southern waters!" + +"I'm not going to think of them," declared Alice. "Besides, we shall be +in the water only a short time, and the motorboat will pick us up. It +will be nice and warm." + +The plan of the shipwreck included the jumping overboard of some of the +company, and their rescue in small boats, or by the motorboat _Ajax_, +that would follow, with Russ in it taking the moving pictures of the +"thrilling scenes." + +"Well, that doesn't come until toward the end," Ruth remarked, "so I'm +not going to think about it until then. Now let's unpack." + +Ruth and Alice had comfortable, if rather restricted, quarters in a +small cabin containing two bunks. Their father was near them, and the +other members of the company had rooms scattered about. The ship's crew, +of course, berthed forward, and the two mates, of whom Jack Jepson was +one, were quartered with the captain. Alice wondered what would be the +standing of Hen Lacomb. + +She learned a little later when she saw him taking his bag "aft." That +meant he was to be treated as an officer. There is all the difference in +the world on a sailing ship, whether a man bunks "forward" or "aft." In +the latter case he is either an officer or a passenger, and in the +former case he is classed as a member of the crew, a "foremast hand," +and, as such, has no authority. + +"Hen Lacomb is evidently someone in power," decided Alice, though she +said nothing to her sister or father, or even Jack. She managed to +learn, by judicious questions, that Hen, as she began to think of him, +was a friend of Captain Brisco, and a sort of passenger-helper on the +_Mary Ellen_. + +And now that the voyage was really started, those who were to take part +in the play began to consider their roles. + +In brief the plan was this. The schooner, under her own sail, would +proceed to the warm West Indian waters and clime, and there, when +suitable surroundings were found, the taking of the main scenes in the +big drama would begin. + +I shall not weary you with an account of the trip down. In spite of her +age, the schooner proved a good sailor, for she had been well refitted, +even if she was to be wrecked. Day after day passed and the sun shone +warmer as they came farther and farther south. + +Some few scenes were filmed aboard the craft, but there was not much +work for anyone, and the time was most enjoyable. Even Mr. Sneed, the +"human grouch," consented to smile, now and then. + +They passed Key West, but did not dock, and kept on. Alice wondered if +they would come near the "Hole in the Wall," but she did not like to +ask, for fear of making trouble for Jack. She did not know how much of +his story he wanted known to those aboard the ship. + +It was a warm, sunny day, and Mr. Pertell had announced that he would +begin some of the more important scenes of the drama in a short time. +The _Mary Ellen_ was plowing through the blue waters, bending over under +a good wind. Nearly all the members of the company were out on deck, +under awnings. Alice saw Jack Jepson at some work on the port rail, and +noticed Hen Lacomb and the captain stroll toward him. The two latter +seemed to converse for a few minutes, when suddenly there was a heavy +lurch and roll to the craft. + +"Mind your helm there!" sang out Captain Brisco angrily to the +steersman. At the same time there rang out a cry from Hen Lacomb. + +"Man overboard! Man overboard!" + +Alice, startled, leaped to her feet. Jack Jepson had disappeared! + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +"SAIL HO!" + + +Alice DeVere was not an ordinary sort of girl. She may have been, once, +but that was before her advent in moving pictures. There had been times +when a sudden emergency would cause her to feel faint, if not actually +to succumb to that interesting ailment, which is so useful, especially +in stories and books. + +But Alice, who was the nearest to the scene of what had just happened, +neither fainted, nor became unduly excited. She had seen too many +emergencies in the work of taking moving pictures to become "rattled," +which is not used in a slangy sense at all, but merely to indicate that +one's nerves vibrate too rapidly. Consequently, after her first scream, +Alice was almost as calm and collected as could be expected of a veteran +sailor. + +"Man overboard!" Alice cried, echoing the shout of Hen Lacomb, who, she +noticed, after his first hesitation, began lowering a boat, or trying +to, for it needed two at that task. + +"I'll help!" cried Alice rushing to the aid of the strange man who +seemed so friendly with Captain Brisco. + +"Oh--you----!" he exclaimed, with a swift look at her. Then he resumed +the work of loosing the ropes so they would run freely in the pulley +blocks of the davits. + +Meanwhile Captain Brisco had bawled out an order to the helmsman to +bring the ship up in the wind. A sailor had tossed overboard a +life-ring, and then came to help Lacomb lower the boat, for Alice found +it beyond her strength, eager as she was. + +"There he is!" cried Russ, as he rushed to the rail beside Alice. He +pointed to the water. Fortunately the sea was smooth, and rising and +falling on the waves could be seen the head of the old sailor. + +"Oh! Oh!" gasped Ruth, who glided over to the side of Alice. "If--if a +shark should come now." + +"There aren't any around here!" declared Russ. He did not know whether +there were or not, but he said that to make the girls feel more +comfortable. After all, if there were sharks, whatever he said would be +of no effect, and it was better to take the best view of it, he thought. + +"Lower away!" cried Hen Lacomb, and the boat went down to the water. +Two sailors, beside himself, slid down the ropes into it, and took the +oars. They cast off the davit blocks, and began rowing toward the +bobbing head. Old Jack could swim well, it seemed, in spite of his age. +The water was warm, and it was broad daylight, so he was in +comparatively little danger--except from sharks and from the fact that +he had on his clothes, which would soon become soaked and hamper him. + +But no sharks appeared; that menacing triangular fin which marks them +was not seen cutting the water, and no big twelve-foot man-eater was +observed to turn on his back in order to bring his curious, under-shot +mouth with its rows of keen teeth to bear on poor Jack Jepson. + +If a shark had appeared, it would probably have put an end to the plans +of Mr. Pertell to have his company give an idea of shipwreck by leaping +into the water. No one would have jumped into those waters had they been +shark-infested. But, as I have said, none of the tigers of the deep +showed, and, a little later, Jack was being lifted into the small boat. +They had reached him just when his strength was about exhausted. + +"Oh, have they saved him?" asked Miss Pennington, coming on deck very +pale. Alice said afterward she had not had time to put on her "war +paint." + +"I--I can't bear to look!" faltered Miss Dixon, following her friend. +"Tell me dear--is he--is he dead?" she asked of Alice. + +"Dead! No, of course not!" said Alice, none too politely. "Don't be +silly! He just fell overboard, and they got him back again; that's all." + +Miss Dixon looked angry and flounced back to her cabin with her chum. +Jack and his rescuers were hoisted up in the boat, the other sailors +hauling on the ropes, the blocks of which were hooked fast to rings in +the bow and stern posts of the rowing craft. + +"Well, you tried to leave us rather suddenly," said Mr. Pertell. "Don't +go trying that again, Jack--at least until we finish making the +pictures," he went on with a whimsical smile. "You're in too many +important scenes to be lost that way." + +"I haven't any fancy that way myself," said Jack, who seemed little the +worse for his unexpected bath. + +"How did it happen?" asked Captain Brisco of his mate, though it seemed +as though he had been near enough to have seen for himself. + +"Why, I was standing near the rail," Jack explained, "talkin' to Mr. +Lacomb, here," and he indicated the strange man, "when, all at once the +ship gives a lurch, and--well, I went over, that's all I guess," and he +looked at Lacomb, as though to get him to confirm the account. + +"Yes that's right," said the other. "I--I tried to grab him, but I was +too late. I nearly went over myself," he added, grimly. + +"Yes," assented the old salt, "you did," and he shot a look at the +other. + +Did Alice fancy it, or did Lacomb wince, and shrink back? And did a look +pass between him and Captain Brisco--a look full of meaning? + +Alice was puzzling over these questions in her own mind, when the +helmsman spoke. + +"It wasn't _my_ fault," he said. "I was steering all right, but Captain +Brisco came and spoke to me and handed me a paper. I took one hand off +the wheel, and the----" + +"No one has said it was your fault," broke in the commander quickly. "I +was giving you a copy of the sailing orders for the day. I wouldn't have +bothered you if I had known a puff of wind and a big wave were coming +along together, to snatch the wheel out of your grip. But it wasn't your +fault. However, no harm is done. You had better get below, Mr. Jepson, +and put on some dry clothes. Mr. Lacomb will stand watch until you feel +all right again." + +"Oh, I'll be all right in a little while," Jack said. "I don't need no +one to stand my trick on deck. I'll be back shortly." + +He went below, the water dripping from him. The ship was put back on her +course. The excitement had not lasted long. + +"Too bad you didn't have a camera ready, Russ," said Paul to the +operator, when matters were normal aboard the _Mary Ellen_ once more. +"You might have filmed a good rescue scene." + +"I was too much excited to think about that," Russ admitted. "Besides, +we are going to have plenty of rescue stuff in a few days, and this +wasn't a particularly thrilling one. Poor old Jack! I wonder how it +feels to fall overboard?" + +"Not very pleasant," Paul said. He had done it more than once in the +interests of the pictures. + +Alice, going below for something a little later, met the old salt on his +way to the deck again, he having changed to dry garments. + +"Oh, are you all right?" she asked anxiously, for she and her sister, as +well as Mr. DeVere, had taken a liking to Jepson. "Are you all right?" + +"All right, Miss Alice," he replied. "No harm done at all." + +"I thought sailors never fell overboard," she said, half jokingly. "I +supposed they were so sure-footed that accidents like that never +happened to them." + +"They don't--not usual like, Miss," said Jack with that earnest, honest +air that characterized him. + +"Then how did you come to do it?" + +"I--I didn't do it, Miss," Jack answered. "I didn't _fall_ overboard." + +"You didn't?" cried Alice, not noticing the accent Jepson put on one +word. + +"No, Miss. Not exactly." + +He looked around as though to make sure no one was listening, and then, +in a hoarse whisper, he said: + +"I didn't _fall_ overboard. I was _tossed_!" + +Then, before she could ask him what he meant, he gave her a warning +glance, and passed on. Just as he did so, Captain Brisco came along the +passage way. + +"I was just coming down to see how you were," he said, with a quick look +at Alice. "I didn't know you were here, Miss DeVere," he continued, +rather awkwardly. "Hope the accident didn't upset you." + +"Oh no," she said, glad that it was rather dark, and that the commander +could not notice how pale she had become at hearing the ominous words of +the old sailor. + +"Accidents will happen, but they don't always end so luckily," the +captain went on. Jack Jepson had passed up on deck, and Alice, not +feeling in the mood for talking, passed to her cabin. Captain Brisco, +after a moment of hesitation, went up on deck again, and, had anyone +observed him, they would have seen him in close conversation with Hen +Lacomb. The two men spoke in low tones. + +Jack Jepson was soon himself again, and on duty as though nothing had +happened. But he had created a very queer state of mind in Alice DeVere. +Her suspicious were increased, and she asked herself a multitude of +questions she could not answer. Nor dared she repeat them, even to her +sister. + +"If he were tossed overboard, who did it?" she asked herself. "And why? +The only one near him was Lacomb, and what object could he have in +wanting to drown Jack? Oh, I can't understand it! I _must_ ask Jack what +he meant." + +This was not so easy to do as Alice had expected. She wanted to speak to +the old sailor privately, but there was no chance. + +That afternoon there began the taking of some of the more important +scenes of the marine drama. These scenes were those that had to be +filmed on the ship itself, and they kept everyone busy. Besides, Alice +did not want to make too obvious an effort to talk to the old salt, as +she feared Captain Brisco would become suspicious. There was a nameless +mystery in the air that had its effect on Alice. Ruth noticed a +difference in her sister, and questioned her about it, but Alice was +able to say it was due to the difficult and exacting work of the new +drama, and, in part, it was. + +Several days passed, and she had had no chance to speak to Jack. Each +day was filled with work, or rehearsals, and some of the films had to be +taken several times, due to the uncertain footing on the deck of the +ship, which produced awkward motions on the part of the actors. + +It was on a warm afternoon, with a hint of a storm in the atmosphere, +when Mr. Pertell said: + +"Well, I guess that will do for a while. This will pretty nearly bring +us up to the shipwreck scene. We shall have to make a landing on one of +the islands here, to get the proper background." + +They were then well down among the West Indies. + +"Where do we land?" asked Alice, who was on deck with her sister, +standing near Jack Jepson, who was acting as lookout, with a telescope +in his hand. + +"Well, I'm not particular," Mr. Pertell said. "Perhaps Jack can suggest +a good place." + +"Well, I know something about the locality here," the old sailor +answered, and he looked at Alice with a friendly wink. "I shouldn't want +to go ashore at the place where I escaped from after that mutiny," he +went on. "They might not want to let me go again." + +"No, that's so," agreed Mr. Pertell. "It might not be just the thing, +though you could prove your innocence." + +"No, I can't! That's the trouble!" cried Jack, who had told his story to +the manager. "I don't want to be caught, and put in jail. I'm going to +keep away from that island where I was locked up." + +"Which one was it?" asked Ruth. + +"I don't know the name," Jack said, "but I can tell it the minute I set +eyes on it. I don't want to go there. I had enough----" + +Jack paused suddenly. The glass went to his eye, and he called out: + +"Sail ho!" + +"Where away?" demanded the helmsman. + +"Two points off on the lee bow. She's a small steamer, and she--she's +flying the British flag!" added the old man. + +A strange look of fear came over his face. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +THE ACCUSATION + + +"What's this?" demanded Captain Brisco, coming on deck just then. +"What's up?" + +"Sail ho!" repeated Jack Jepson. "Over there, Captain!" and he pointed, +and extended the telescope. Alice noticed that the hand of the old salt +trembled, though usually he was as steady as the proverbial surgeon. + +"Hum! Yes. One of the English revenue ships," remarked Captain Brisco. +"It's the first one we've met down here." + +"It is a British vessel, isn't it?" asked Jack Jepson, and there was a +queer strain in his voice. + +"Yes," replied his superior. "What of it?" + +"Oh, nothin' sir! Nothin'." + +But Alice thought it was something. + +"Well, we haven't any need to speak to her," went on Captain Brisco. +"We're going to anchor soon." + +"Anchor?" asked Jepson. + +"Yes, they want to take some of their pictures!" It was evident to +Alice, from the tone of voice in which Captain Brisco spoke, that he had +little sympathy with the work of the film actors. But he had been hired +to do his part with the ship, and must carry out his agreement with Mr. +Pertell. + +The captain handed back the glass, and went to consult with the manager +about making a landing. They were near several small islands, any one of +which would probably do as a background for some of the picture-play +scenes. + +Left to himself Jack Jepson took another long look at the oncoming +steamer. + +Alice watched him curiously. + +"Yes, she's a lime-juicer," he remarked, and something like a sigh +escaped him. + +"A--a lime-juicer?" repeated Alice in some surprise. "I thought you said +she was a _steamer_." + +"So she is. But we old sailors used to call all British ships +'lime-juicers,' because they used to be the only ones that was compelled +by law to carry lime juice." + +"Why lime juice?" Alice wanted to know. + +"To prevent scurvy, Miss. Lime juice, potatoes or anything like that +will keep sailors from the scurvy disease, Miss. They found it out, the +Britishers did, and made their ships carry such stuff. Lime juice is +easier to stow away than potatoes, and every sailor had to have his +share. + +"Scurvy is a bad disease, Miss. It's terrible, and though lots of fun +was made of the lime juice British ships, they done their duty, Miss. It +got so other nations had to fall into line. And, though lime juice isn't +as needful as it was, 'cause they have other things that do as well, +perhaps, I always think of a Britisher as a lime-juicer." + +"I see," murmured Alice. "Yes, I can see the English flag," she went on, +as she looked through the glass Jack passed to her. "She is headed right +for us, too." + +"That's what I make out, Miss. And I wish it was my watch below; I sure +do, Miss!" + +"Why, you aren't thinking that they may be after you, are you, Jack? +After you on that old mutiny charge?" + +"They might be, Miss," he said in a whisper, looking cautiously around. +"You see that charge isn't dead, and then there's the one of escapin' +from an English prison. They might overlook the mutiny, especially as +they may not have all their witnesses now--some of 'em may be dead. But +an English prison officer never forgets, nor forgives, an escape, and +the law doesn't either. If they was to see me, I'd be taken back to +stand the charges ag'in me." + +"But how would they know you?" asked Alice. "Besides, it isn't at all +likely that anyone on that vessel had anything to do with your being +taken into custody on the mutiny charge. That was years ago." + +"I know Miss, but they might remember me, even if I have changed a lot. +And this is mostly English waters around here. English islands, too. It +was somewhere about here I was imprisoned. Before I set foot on land, +I'm going to find out if it's English, and if it is, I'm goin' to stay +on board. I'm not goin' to take any chances." + +"But can't they arrest you at sea, if there should be such a possibility +that they recognized you?" + +"Not if I'm three miles from land, I think. Still, I may be wrong about +that. I wish I hadn't come on this voyage, that's a fact. I don't like +the sight of that English flag." + +"Don't worry," advised Alice. "There isn't one chance in a thousand that +you would be recognized after these years. In the first place, you have +changed a lot. And, in the second place, probably the English officers +who arrested you, and the others, are in some other part of the world +now. Why do you think they may be on that steamer?" + +"Well, things don't change down here as much as you might think," +replied Jack, as he and Alice watched the steamer coming nearer. "And an +Englishman is less likely to change than anybody else, Miss. He'll often +stay in the same berth until he dies. So it's likely some of the same +officers who were around here when I was arrested are here yet. And they +may be on that vessel." + +"But how can they recognize you?" Alice persisted. + +"Well, if they didn't know me, they might know this ship." + +"This ship! Why, this is only a small vessel, and yours was a big +five-master." + +"I know, Miss, I know," said Jack, with a nervous look over his +shoulder. "But here's a secret I haven't told to anyone yet. This may be +the _Mary Ellen_, but she used to be the _Halcyon_!" + +Alice started back in surprise. + +"The _Halcyon_!" she gasped. "How could it be?" + +"This way, Miss. They built her over, cut down her length, and changed +her so hardly anybody would recognize her. But I knew the _Mary Ellen_ +for the _Halcyon_ almost as soon as I came aboard." + +"And is that why you acted so--so queer?" + +"Partly--yes. You see she was first the _Mary Ellen_ and the mutineers +named her the _Halcyon_. Then, when she was rebuilt she became _Mary +Ellen_ again." + +"But I never knew they could make vessels over," Alice protested. + +--"Oh, yes, it's often done," the sailor assured her. "This certainly +was the old _Halcyon_, as she was called when the mutineers had her, and +anyone who had sailed in her would know it. A sailor's eye can't be +deceived. There's others on board as know it, too." + +"Others here? Of the mutinous crew?" + +"Hush, Miss, if you please! Not so loud! Yes, others who were in the +mutiny, but who got off scott free, while I was the one to suffer. But +they're tryin' to keep under cover. There's a game afoot, but I'll spoil +it if I can--that is, if this British steamer don't make trouble for +me." + +Alice's head seemed to swim. She was getting into the depths of the +mystery now with a vengeance. What did it all mean? To what did Jack +have reference? Could it be that Captain Brisco, and the man with whom +he was so friendly, were in a plot? + +Alice felt as if she must tell someone. It was too big a secret for her +to keep to herself. + +One thing seemed necessary. She must rid Jack of some of his fear of +being arrested again. + +"But if the ship is changed so, how could any of the British officers, +provided any are on that steamer, recognize her?" Alice asked. + +"I don't know how, but I'm sure they could," said Jack, rather +unreasonably. "And you mark my words. They'll see us and in spite of our +change of rig, they will want to speak us. A sailor never forgets a +ship. Of course there may be no officers on that steamer who would know +the old _Halcyon_, but ag'in, there may be. I'm afeered, Miss." + +"Oh, but you needn't be. Mr. Pertell will make it all right even if----" + +"He isn't bigger than Johnnie Bull," said Jack ominously, "though Mr. +Pertell is a good friend of mine. Ha! Didn't I tell you? There they come +right for us, and they're signallin' us to lay to." + +It was evident that something had taken place aboard the steamer. A +signal flag broke out at her mast, and Captain Brisco, seeing it, +exclaimed impatiently: + +"What can they want with us?" + +"They want to talk, that's evident," said Hen Lacomb, who stood near the +commander. + +"But what about?" + +"We'll soon know." + +As the _Mary Ellen_ lay almost motionless on the sea, for she had been +brought up sharply, the steamer approached. It was so calm that she +could come quite close without danger of a collision. A man, evidently +an officer, hailed through a megaphone. Jack dared not desert his place +as lookout. + +"What vessel is that?" demanded the officer of the British steamer. + +"The _Mary Ellen_, from New York," answered Captain Brisco. "Out on a +moving picture cruise. We're in a hurry." + +"Better not be," was the exasperating comment. "There's someone here who +wants to ask you a few questions." + +Another figure joined the speaker, and at the sight of this second +officer, old Jack Jepson groaned. + +"I knew it! I knew it," he whispered to Alice. "That's the man in charge +of the revenue cutter who arrested me years ago. See! He recognizes me! +I thought this would happen." + +It was evident that something out of the ordinary was taking place. + +"_Mary Ellen_ ahoy!" called the second officer. "If you didn't used to +be the _Halcyon_, I miss my guess. And there's a man aboard you I want! +There he stands!" and he pointed an accusing finger at Jack Jepson. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +THE STORM + + +The old sailor seemed to shrink down in his clothes and become smaller. +He cast an appealing glance at Alice who stood near him. + +"See!" he murmured. "What did I tell you?" + +"It may be all right yet," she answered. "Surely after these years they +can do nothing to you, especially when you were not guilty." + +"Ah, but it's the escape from the prison that hangs over me," he said. +"They want me more for that than on the mutiny charge. Oh, what shall I +do?" + +"Stay here and 'face the music,' as Russ or Paul would say," suggested +Alice. "I'll speak to my father, and to Mr. Pertell. You are an American +citizen, and----" + +But she had no time for further advice. Again came the hail from the +steamer. + +"Stand by there, _Mary Ellen_, or _Halcyon_, as your name used to be," +was the sharp order. "I'm going to send a boat aboard you. We want that +man!" and once more he pointed accusingly at Jack. + +"I don't know what you're talking about," blustered Captain Brisco. +"That man is my second mate, and you can't take him from me that way. +This isn't war time," and he seemed disposed to protect Jack. + +"Don't let them take me, Captain!" the old sailor pleaded. "You know +what it means. Don't let them take me away!" + +"I won't!" declared Captain Brisco, and for the moment the heart of +Alice warmed to him. She fancied she had misjudged him. But as she +looked at him, she saw a look on his face that made her doubt. It was a +look that made his words seem insincere. And when the moving picture +girl saw the captain speaking in an aside to Hen Lacomb, her doubts were +redoubled. + +"Stand by!" someone on the steamer ordered. "We're sending a boat to +take the prisoner." + +"This is a pretty how-d'-do!" blustered Captain Brisco. "They're going +to leave me short-handed, and just at a time when I'm likely to need +every man I can get, too," and he cast an anxious look around the +horizon. It had suddenly become quite dark. A bank of clouds, slate +colored, and fringed with an ominous yellow, had gathered in the west, +and there was a moaning in the air as though a far-off wind were sending +a message to those in peril to beware of its breath. + +The sea, too, had a glassy look. The big waves rose sullenly, and sank +back into troughs, with an oily smooth motion as though they resented +being thus confined. It was like the action of some raging beast in +leash. There was a curious oppressiveness in the air, too, and more than +one found difficulty in breathing. + +"What is it? Oh, what is it?" asked Ruth, as she came toward her sister. +"I feel as though something terrible were going to happen." + +"Something _has_ happened!" Alice exclaimed. "They've got poor old Jack! +Isn't it a shame, when everything was going so nicely?" + +"Got him!" questioned Ruth. "What do you mean?" + +"It's those Britishers! They recognized this ship as the one on which +the mutiny occurred. She's been built over--the ship I mean--but the +steamer knew her--I mean some officer did. And they're going to take +Jack away. You know he told us how he broke out of jail, after he was +locked up on an unjust charge. Well, they want him for that, but he +doesn't want him to go--at least he pretends he doesn't." + +Alice paused for breath--she needed it. + +"Well!" exclaimed Ruth. "You may understand what you mean, but I don't, +my dear. Who wants whom, and who doesn't want whom--and what?" + +Thereupon Alice explained how Captain Brisco had declared Jack should +not be taken, and yet how Alice, herself, believed he would give him up. + +"But what does it all mean--that enmity you say Captain Brisco has +against Jack?" Ruth asked Alice, for Alice spoke about the time Jack had +fallen overboard, and mentioned how the sailor had said he was tossed +over the rail. + +"I don't know what it means," the younger girl replied. "It is all queer +and mysterious, and it's getting worse. But I think there is some secret +between Captain Brisco and that Hen Lacomb that Jack has found out, and +they're afraid he'll tell. That's why I think they would be glad to see +him taken away--no matter what happened to him. It's all very well for +Captain Brisco to say he doesn't want Jack to go, but I believe he's +glad this happened." + +"Oh, Alice! What a thing to say!" + +"I don't care! I believe it!" + +All this while preparations had been under way aboard the steamer to +lower a small boat, but there seemed to be some delay. + +Meanwhile Jack Jepson remained as lookout on the _Mary Ellen_, though +there was no need of him there, for the schooner was now merely +drifting, with sails aback, and the steamer, too, was at the call of the +wind and currents. + +"Come on, mate!" hoarsely whispered a sailor to Jack. "Slip below, mate, +and we'll hide you. If they try to take you, we'll stand 'em off. I +don't like the Britishers anyhow. I was shanghaied into one of their +lime-juicers once, an' I never forgot it! Slip below!" + +"No, I'll take my medicine!" said Jack grimly. "Might as well get it +done with. This thing has been hangin' over my head a number of years +now, and I'll be glad to hear the last of it. It's a terrible thing for +an innocent man." + +"Perhaps some way may be found for clearing you," suggested Alice. "I'll +speak to my father. He knows some prominent lawyers in New York, and +they will induce the government to take up your case. Go quietly, Jack, +and we'll do all we can for you." + +"Oh, I shan't raise a row, Miss, never fear. No good'd come of that, and +it would only make trouble. I'll go quietly enough." + +"Ha! What is going on?" asked Mr. DeVere, who had been down below. "Has +anything happened?" + +Alice and Ruth tried to tell him at once, the former eager to enlist +his sympathies in Jack's cause. Mr. DeVere promised readily enough. + +"Though I can't hold out any hope for you," he said. "I know nothing of +law, but international affairs are always slow." + +"But I ought to get justice in the end, ought I not?" asked Jack, +respectfully. + +"You ought, my man, and I'll do all I can for you," said Mr. DeVere. + +"Oh, what a pretty sight!" exclaimed the voice of Miss Dixon, as she +emerged from a companionway with her chum, Miss Pennington. "Isn't it +romantic--stopping to speak to a steamer at sea?" + +"Delightful," agreed Miss Pennington. "I wonder if the captain of the +steamer will ask us to tea? It's a British vessel, and Englishmen are so +fond of tea." + +"Yes, and they are so romantic and good-looking," agreed Miss Dixon. +"But perhaps this is only for moving pictures." + +"Oh, pshaw! Perhaps it is!" sighed her companion, and the two of them, +who had been taking surreptitious glances in mirrors, enclosed in the +flaps of their bags, ceased "primping," until they could be sure whether +or not there was any object in it. + +"What's it all about?" asked Miss Dixon again. + +"Oh, they're going to take one of our men, I believe," said Pop Snooks, +the property "angel," as the ladies often called him. + +"Oh dear! What are they? Pirates?" gasped Miss Pennington. + +"No, it's Jack Jepson they're after. Some old charge, I believe." + +"Ha! I knew something would happen on this voyage!" exclaimed Mr. Pepper +Sneed. "I felt it in my bones all along." + +"Good thing you're not disappointed," murmured Alice. + +"Oh dear!" sighed her sister. "It's too bad. And I liked Jack so." + +"So did I," returned Alice. "But they're a long while sending that +boat." + +It did seem so, for there were no signs yet, of one being lowered over +the side, though Captain Brisco, after the command to lay to, had +ordered his accommodation ladder lowered to receive the visitors. + +Then came another hail from the steamer. + +"_Mary Ellen_ ahoy!" + +"Aye, aye!" + +"We won't send a boat right away. A hurricane is sweeping up fast, and +this is a bad locality in which to be caught," called one of the +steamer's officers through a megaphone. "We'll have to get out of here, +and so had you better. There's no sea-room here. We'll pick you up +later, and don't forget you are in English waters, and subject to our +orders. We're going to have that man!" + +"Well, if you put it that way, of course I'll have to give in," said +Captain Brisco. "I'll wait for you after the blow." + +"Well, that's a respite, anyhow, but not a very pleasant one," said +Alice. + +"No," agreed Jack Jepson, who breathed easier now. "We're in for a bad +storm, I reckon. We'll have to make everything snug." + +"Attention!" once more came the hail from the steamer, and when Captain +Brisco answered, he was ordered to follow a certain course by compass, +as being safest. + +"Then I can pick you up!" the steamer captain cried as the propellers +began to churn the water. The British vessel swept away, leaving Jack +Jepson still on the schooner, but under threat of arrest. + +Then the forerunner of the storm came, filling the sails of the _Mary +Ellen_, and heeling her over until the lee scuppers were awash. + +"Make everything snug!" cried Captain Brisco. "It's coming on to blow +great guns!" + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +GRINDING AWAY + + +Events aboard the _Mary Ellen_ did not transpire at all slowly. In a +comparatively short space of time she had been converted from an old +hulk into a good sailing vessel, she had put to sea with a party of +moving picture workers, including a sailor accused of mutiny, who had +broken jail. She had been stopped by the English ship, and now the old +schooner was starting to scud before the blast of a hurricane. For the +time being the accusation against Jack Jepson was forgotten. + +"Lively now, everyone!" cried Captain Brisco. "When a storm breaks down +here, it isn't any child's play. Double reefs in all sails, and two men +at the wheel. Lash everything fast, pass life-lines, and passengers keep +below." + +"Oh, but I want to see the storm!" exclaimed Alice. + +"Oh, how can you!" remonstrated Ruth. "It is going to be--awful!" + +And indeed, if the evidence of sky and sea, and the moaning of the wind, +were any indication, a great storm was in prospect. + +The billows that had been rolling with oily smoothness now began to show +little feathery crests of foam, and they were following one another with +greater quickness, as if impatient to be at their shattering work. + +The wind seemed most ominous of all. It was as though it came from afar +off, down behind the horizon line that showed black, with a fringe of +angry yellow in the west. A low, mumbling, roaring, moaning wind it was, +that whistled mournfully through the rigging of the schooner, and howled +down the companionways. + +"Oh dear!" sighed Ruth, as she slipped her arm into that of her sister, +and started for their cabin. "Come on, Alice. I'm afraid!" + +"Nonsense! What of? Nothing has happened--yet." + +"No, but there is going to be a terrible storm!" + +"And I just love a blow. I've never seen one at sea, and, as this may be +the only chance I'll get, I'm not going to miss it. Stay up with me, +Ruth. Don't be like those sillies, and go below," and she motioned to +Miss Pennington and Miss Dixon who were scurrying for cover, as the wind +and the sea increased. + +"Well, I'll stay up a little while," agreed Ruth. "But I--I'm afraid all +the same." + +"Nonsense!" cried Alice gaily. "We have a good ship under us. It went +through a mutiny, and I guess it can weather a storm." + +"That's just the point--can it?" asked Ruth in a low voice. + +"What do you mean?" Alice asked in a curiously strained voice. + +"I mean that this is an old vessel, 'made over,' as we would say of a +dress, Alice, it can't be as good and strong as a new one would be, and +in a storm----" + +"Oh, don't be nervous!" broke in Alice. "Here, I'll ask Mr. Blake," and +she stopped the first mate who was hurrying to and fro directing the men +at their work of making everything snug below and aloft. + +"Isn't she safe, Mr. Blake?" Alice appealed. + +"Who?" the first mate wanted to know. + +"This ship." + +"I--I think so," he said. "Yes, surely," he added quickly. "We will ride +out the storm, never fear. It hasn't gotten here yet, and we may only +get the outer edge of it. But you must excuse me now," and he hastened +along the deck. + +"There!" cried Alice. "What did I tell you?" she asked triumphantly. + +"Well, I'll stay here with you a little while," Ruth agreed. "Then I'm +going below and----" + +"Bundle up all your possessions and sit on a life preserver," broke in +Alice with a laugh. "Oh, Ruth, you are--hopeless!" + +"Yes, but look at that!" and the older sister pointed to the west. There +had been a rapid change. There was more yellow in the clouds now and +less blackness, though there was enough of that ominous color too. +"Doesn't it scare you, Alice?" + +"Not so much, no. Of course I've never been in a bad storm down here, +and I don't know what they do to one. But I think we'll weather it, as +the sailors say. But I wonder what Mr. Pertell is doing?" + +She motioned to the manager who was seen amidships, talking to Russ, the +chief camera operator. They were near the big motorboat _Ajax_, which +still rested in the cradle on deck. + +Mr. DeVere was also in conversation with the manager and his chief +helper. + +"Let's go over and see what it is," suggested Alice. "Maybe they are +frightened too." + +"I wouldn't blame them," murmured Ruth, with a nervous glance over her +shoulder at the oncoming storm. + +The two girls joined their father and the others. Pop Snooks, the +property man, who could make almost anything from a brick wall to a +king's palace, on short notice, was called into the consultation. + +"I'm sure they're going to do something!" Alice exclaimed, as she +noticed Mr. Pertell beckon Captain Brisco to him. And when the girls +reached the group they learned what was afoot. + +"Why yes, you'd have time for some pictures before the storm gets here," +Captain Brisco was saying. "It's evidently going to be slow in +breaking." + +"And it wouldn't be too rough for the motorboat?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"Oh, no. She's built dory fashion, and bigger waves than these wouldn't +swamp her. It's a question though, if your man is game." + +"Oh, don't worry about me!" exclaimed Russ Dalwood. "I'll make pictures +as long as the light will hold good. How is the boat? Is she all ready +to start?" + +"All ready to put into the water," the captain assured him. "She has +been that way since we reached this locality. What do you say?" he asked +the manager. "Shall we lower away?" + +"I think so," was the answer from Mr. Pertell. "I want to get some views +of the schooner sailing off before the storm. It will be a sort of +introduction to the shipwreck that is to come later." + +"All right!" exclaimed Russ. "That suits me. I'll get the camera and +films ready. I'll need a helper." + +"Oh, of course," agreed the manager. "You can't manage the boat and the +engine and work the camera too. Grinding away at the film will keep you +busy, especially as the water's a bit rough." + +"A _bit_ rough!" exclaimed Russ with a smile. "I like the way you say +it. But the rougher it is the better effect we'll get on the film. I'll +be ready when you are, Captain Brisco." + +"All right, I'll have the boat over at once," and the commander gave the +necessary orders for lowering the _Ajax_ over the side. This had been +provided for when she was cradled, so there was little delay at this +task. + +"Are we to do any 'stunts,' while Russ is taking pictures?" asked Alice +of the manager. + +"No, you are just to stand around on deck, and look a bit anxious. You +are supposed to be an old-time passenger packet you know, on a long +voyage, and you are running away from the storm. We don't want many feet +of this film--just enough to indicate what is to come. The real +shipwreck--that is the imitation of it--will come later, when this +storm blows over. Get on the side where the motorboat will be," the +manager directed, "and line up along the rail." + +While Russ was "loading" his camera, Ruth and Alice watched the sailors +getting the _Ajax_ ready. The engine had been tested, and seemed to work +well. Jack Jepson came along with a small keg of water, and a bundle +done up in a piece of sail cloth. + +"What's that for?" asked Alice. + +"Provisions and water," answered the old sailor. + +"But they're only going to be away a few minutes," the girl objected. +"They won't want anything to eat or drink." + +"It's a rule of th' sea," said old Jack, "never to put a boat over the +side without provisioning and watering her. You never can tell what will +happen on th' ocean. I've seen boats put out just for a little row +around, and a fog would come up, and they'd be away nearly a week. And +when they didn't have any water or food aboard--well, Miss, them's not +nice things to talk about to ladies," he said simply. And Alice +understood. + +The storm seemed to be holding off, at least for a time. Far away the +dark mass of the British steamer could be seen. The _Ajax_ was soon +ready, and lowered to the heaving water. + +"Mr. Sneed, you get in and help Russ," ordered Mr. Pertell. "You know +something about motor-boats, don't you?" + +"A little, yes. But I--er--I don't like to get in one when a storm is +coming up." + +"Nonsense!" the manager ejaculated. "There's no danger! You are going +only a short distance away from the schooner, to get some views of her +as she rides the waves. It will make a good film, the coming storm, and +the waters rising and falling. Get aboard, Mr. Sneed, and do whatever +Russ wants you to. He'll be busy with the camera so you will have to +steer, and run the engine. The last won't bother you though, for it has +a self-starter on and a gear clutch. You'll be in no danger." + +Mr. Sneed did not seem anxious to go. However, orders were orders, and +members of the company, even Mr. Wellington Bunn, thought twice before +refusing Mr. Pertell. So, when Russ came up with his cameras, bringing +two in case of emergency, Mr. Sneed was already in the boat, which was +rising and falling at the foot of the accommodation ladder over the side +of the schooner. + +"All aboard!" sang out Russ gaily, as he prepared to descend, his +cameras having been lowered to Mr. Sneed by a rope. "Look pleasant, +girls, you're going to have your pictures took," and he laughed. + +There was an ominous hush in the air now. The moaning of the wind seemed +to have died down, at least for the time being, but the waves were +higher, the swells were long, and did not break much. + +It was lighter, also, though the light was of a sickly yellowish cast. +However, it would serve for a few pictures. + +"Let her go, Pepper!" called Russ to his actor-helper and the motor +whirred, as the _Ajax_ started away from the side of the schooner. Russ, +setting his camera up on the platform made for it in the bow, began +grinding at the crank, taking many views of the pitching, tossing +schooner as it rose and fell on the bosom of the heaving ocean. + +"I don't like this!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed, when a dash of spray wet him, +as he sat at the wheel. "I wish I hadn't come. I'm sure something will +happen!" + +"Something sure _will_, if you don't keep her headed up into the seas," +declared Russ. "We'll be swamped, that's what will happen. Steady now. +I'm getting some good ones," and he worked away at the camera, while the +schooner sailed farther and farther away. Russ wanted to give the idea +of distance on the film. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +DISABLED + + +"How much longer you going to be?" asked Mr. Pepper Sneed, as he saw +Russ change slightly the position of the camera. + +"Oh, not much longer now," was the answer. "I have about all they'll +want, I guess. This is only a sort of 'cut-in' effect, anyhow--a +preliminary to the grand performance that is to come later. Poor old +_Mary Ellen_, we'll soon see the last of her, I expect." + +"Burr-r-r!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed as he shifted his helm. "Don't talk that +way. It sounds rather prophetic, you know, seeing the last of the ship, +and all that, you know." + +"Well, I meant that they're going to sink her. You knew that, didn't +you?" + +"Oh, yes, worse luck! I'm to be one of the last to jump over the side, I +believe. I don't like it." + +"Well, it won't be for long," Russ said. "It will be all over in a few +minutes--I mean the shipwreck proper, though there'll be a lot of +rescue scenes, and then the castaways on an island, and all that sort of +thing. Put me over a little more to the left, Pepper. I can get a fine +view that way, with the light shining on the passengers at the rail." + +He clicked away at the camera crank, and then exclaimed: + +"No, no! I said to the left. You're putting me to the right." + +"Oh, so I am. I was watching that storm. I don't like the looks of +things, Russ. I believe we're going to be in for it sooner than they +thought." + +"It does look as though it were going to burst," Russ agreed, as he +looked up from the "finder" of his machine long enough to take a glimpse +at the weather. "Mr. Pertell said he'd signal us with a flag when he +thought we had enough, but I don't see anything of a signal, do you?" + +"No," answered the gloomy actor, who had not been needed in the present +scenes. "And I wish I _could_ see it. It's getting too rough out here +for me, even if we have a good boat," and he adjusted the gasoline feed +to give a little more power to the engine. + +"Well, it's getting almost too dark to get any more pictures, anyhow," +Russ declared. "We sure are in for a blow. It's coming up fast too. +We'd better get back to the ship without waiting for a signal. They may +have hoisted one, that we didn't see." + +"That's it, I think!" cried the other. "Say, where is the schooner, +anyhow?" + +Russ, who was taking the tripod from his camera looked up quickly. + +"Why, can't you see her?" asked the young operator. + +"No, and I don't believe you can, either, nor can your camera find her. +She's disappeared!" + +"Disappeared? Nonsense!" Russ cried. "It's just that the sea mist has +come up and hidden her. It will blow away in a moment. Say, but it is +getting rough!" + +Well might he say that, for he could hardly keep his footing on the +platform where he had stood to make the views. He came down into the +half-covered cabin which formed the forward part of the _Ajax_. + +"Well, where is the schooner, if you can see her?" growled Pepper Sneed. +"Steer for her if you can sight her--I can't!" + +He seemed morose and angry. Perhaps it was just fear. Russ did not stop +to determine that point. The operator took the steering wheel, first +standing up to get an idea of his course. + +"Say, it _is_ getting dark!" he cried. "Well, we'll have to go it blind. +We'll pick up the schooner in a minute or two, I expect. She ought to be +right over there," and he pointed. + +"Where?" asked Mr. Sneed. + +"There," said Russ again. + +"Humph! You're away off!" declared his companion. "The last I saw her, +and I was headed right for her, she was over there," and he indicated a +direction differing from that Russ had shown by at least forty-five +degrees. + +"I wish they'd show a light!" Russ murmured as he tried to peer through +the mist and the gathering darkness. "Why don't they show a light? We +could see that!" + +"Maybe they don't know we're lost," suggested Pepper Sneed. + +"Lost!" cried Russ. "We're not lost! We'll be up to them in a minute or +so, but I do wish they'd show a light." + +The motorboat _Ajax_ was chugging over the heaving water at good speed, +but as far as the eyes of either of her occupants could see, she might +have been driving straight into the utter desolation of a vast ocean, +for not an object was in sight. + +The wind had again taken up that nerve-racking moaning and groaning +sound, as of an unseen giant in distress, and the spray from the crests +of the waves blew in the faces of the two young men, as they crouched +down behind the shelter of the half-cabin. + +It seemed as though the storm had begun, had halted in its purpose, or +had gone off momentarily in some other direction, and was now headed +back, to sweep destruction down on those aboard the _Mary Ellen_, and +the two in the motorboat. + +But where was the _Mary Ellen_? + +That was a question Russ and Mr. Sneed asked of themselves over and over +again as they drove into the very teeth of the storm. They had to head +into it, as in the small boat no other course would have been safe. +Fortunately the _Ajax_ was built dory-fashion, with high bow and stern, +after the pattern of the skiffs in which the fishermen of the New +Foundland banks go out in heavy weather. + +"What are you going to do?" asked Mr. Sneed, as Russ increased the speed +of the engine, so that the small craft fairly tore up the inclined hills +of green waters, which the waves represented, and slid down them with +sickening speed on the other slope. + +"I'm going to keep on until I find her--find the schooner," Russ said, +grimly. "That's all we can do. But I can't understand why they don't +show a light." + +"Maybe they're having troubles of their own," suggested the actor. + +"Well, they could shout, so as to let us know where to steer," Russ went +on, rather provoked. + +"We could do that ourselves," Pepper Sneed said. + +"Do what?" asked Russ, hardly conscious of what he was saying, for just +then a heavy wave threatened to swamp the dory, and it required skillful +handling to keep her from being swamped. + +"We could yell," suggested Mr. Sneed. "Come on, give 'em a call!" + +Russ agreed to this, and, standing up, so their voices would carry +better, and bracing themselves against the tumbling, swaying motion of +the craft, they sent out a cry for aid--and yet not so much a cry for +aid, as they were not yet in distress, but a cry for direction. + +"If I could only see where to steer," Russ exclaimed, when they had +paused in their yelling, well-nigh exhausted, "it wouldn't be so bad! +But I can't see a thing. It's getting darker every minute. I never saw +such a funny storm." + +"It's coming up all right," declared the actor. "Going to blow great +guns soon." + +"It's blowing them now," said Russ, grimly, as he clung to the wheel. +"I can hardly keep her on the course." + +"What's the use of steering a course when you don't know whether it's +right or not?" asked the actor. + +"Well, I'm not going to give up," Russ said, grimly. "I think I'm headed +for the schooner, though I ought to have fetched her sooner than this, +at the speed we're going." + +"Perhaps she's blowing away from us," suggested Mr. Sneed. + +"That's it!" Russ cried. "Why didn't I think of that before? She's +running away from us. She can't help it, though, for she must scud +before this storm. We've got to increase our speed to catch up to her. +The wind and our engine ought to be more than a match for her sails +alone. I'll put on more speed." + +The wind was now a howling gale. + +Suddenly, as they drove on, the motor seemed to increase its speed. + +"What's that?" asked Mr. Sneed. "I thought you had her running at her +limit." + +"So did I," Russ answered, bending over the machinery. Then he cried: +"She's racing! We've lost our propeller! We're disabled in this storm!" + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +IN THE VORTEX + + +"Haven't we looked distressed long enough?" + +"I'm going below. I can't bear to watch that storm!" + +The speakers were Alice and Ruth DeVere respectively, and they were +leaning over the rail of the _Mary Ellen_, peering off into the swirl of +driving mists, and across the heaving waters toward where the motorboat +had been last seen. + +"Yes, I think Russ has enough pictures," Mr. Pertell said in answer to +the remark of Alice. "I think you all looked sufficiently distressful. +If the scenes of the shipwreck itself go as well as the first part of +the drama has gone, we'll have a fine film." + +"Then may I go below?" asked Ruth. "I don't like the looks of the +weather." + +"It does seem as though we'd get the storm after all," her father +remarked. + +"Go below, by all means," assented the manager. "We have done enough for +today, and I'll signal Russ to come in, if he hasn't already started to +do so. My, but this wind is blowing a regular gale!" + +Others than Ruth found it uncomfortable on deck, and there was a general +movement toward the cabins which had been fitted up with considerable +comfort, even if the craft was an old one. + +But just then, when there was a partial calm before another burst of +fury on the part of the storm, something occurred that threw the ship +into a flurry of excitement for a time. The sailors were making some +changes in the craft's canvas, when suddenly the throat and peak +halyards of the mainsail either parted, or, coming loose from the +cleats, came down on the run. The effect was to lower the sail so +quickly, and in such a fashion, with the wind blowing hard against it, +that there was a crash, a banging and booming of the canvas, and the +boom and gaff. The first mate, who was standing near the mast, was +knocked down, narrowly escaping going overboard. + +"Oh, what has happened?" cried Ruth. + +"Be still!" commanded Alice, clutching her sister by the arm. "Yelling +isn't going to do any good. We're not hurt." + +They were standing near a companionway, well out of reach of the falling +sail. + +"Oh, we're sinking! We're sinking!" screamed Miss Dixon. + +"And the sharks! The terrible sharks in the water!" hysterically added +her friend. + +The other ladies of the party were very much frightened, naturally, not +only by the accident to the sail, but by the screams of the two former +vaudeville actresses. + +"Lively now, men!" called Jack Jepson, who happened to be nearest the +confusion of tangled ropes and sail. "Get him below. He doesn't seem to +be much hurt." + +He pointed to the motionless body of the first mate. A quick examination +showed that the man was badly stunned, but that seemed to be the extent +of his injuries, as far as could be told. + +"Up with her now! Up with her!" the second mate cried, as he gave orders +for hoisting the sail again, for the schooner was not under proper +control with the main canvas down, and a storm coming up rapidly. The +sail had been reefed, so the gaff had not fallen as far as otherwise +would have been the case. + +"What's the matter?" shouted Captain Brisco who came up from his cabin +with Hen Lacomb. The two were seldom apart of late. A glance served to +tell the commander what had happened. He saw that Jack Jepson had +matters well in hand, and though Alice guessed that Captain Brisco had +no love for his second mate, the commander knew seamanship when he saw +it. + +"Lively now!" he cried. "That's the idea! We'll run before the gale +now." + +"But the motorboat!" cried Ruth, who had conquered her desire to flee to +the cabin, and hide her eyes and ears from such nerve-racking sights and +sounds. "Where is the _Ajax_--and Mr. Sneed--and--Russ?" she faltered. + +"They'll probably be coming in now," the captain said, but he did not +take the trouble to look around and see. "We can't wait for them in this +wind," he went on. + +"But we _must_ wait for him!" Ruth cried, getting excited. "We can't go +off and leave them in that motorboat, on the ocean, in a storm! We must +wait!" She started toward Captain Brisco, with her hands held out +appealingly. + +Alice was wildly looking around for a sight of the smaller craft. She +had seen it just before the sail fell, but now there was nothing about +the schooner but a bare waste of waters. + +She knew enough about the technical side of moving pictures to realize +that for some time, it had been too dark to take any film. Russ must +have known that, too, and would have started back for the schooner. But +if he had, where was he now? + +Alice asked herself that question as she looked around. + +"You must wait for him!" cried Ruth. + +"Who? What's this?" demanded Mr. Pertell, for he had been hurrying to +and fro, making sure none of the members of his company had been injured +in the slight accident. + +"Russ hasn't come back," volunteered Alice, who almost always spoke +ahead of her sister. + +"He's out there!" Ruth found voice to say, "and Captain Brisco isn't +going to wait for him." + +"You can't hold a ship still on the ocean, and a storm coming up!" the +commander cried, as though to justify himself. "We've got to run for it. +It would be madness now to lay to." + +"But we can't desert Russ and Mr. Sneed!" cried the manager. "I thought +he was coming in. What shall we do? We must do something! I shouldn't +have asked him to risk it!" + +The schooner was rapidly forging ahead, even under reefed sails, so +powerful was the wind. + +"We could work around," said Jack Jepson, who had come up on deck after +seeing the first mate comfortably bestowed in his berth. "We could work +around and----" + +"Who's in charge of this ship; you or me?" snapped Captain Brisco. + +"You are, of course," was the quiet answer. + +"Well then, have the goodness to keep still and let me manage matters. +I'm giving orders--not you!" + +Poor Jack slunk back, smarting under the undeserved rebuke. + +"I don't care who is in command!" cried Mr. Pertell. "This is my ship +and you're under my orders, Captain Brisco. I order you to pick up that +motorboat!" + +"And I tell you we can't do it! They've got to come to us, we can't go +to them. They're not dependent on the wind as we are. They can travel +any direction they like, and they'll have to head for us." + +"But we must make some effort to find them!" cried the manager. "It +would be wicked--criminal not to." + +"Look here!" cried Captain Brisco. "You are the owner of this schooner, +it is true, and as such you are my superior, but the law gives me +supreme command of this craft at sea, unless I'm dead, or otherwise +deposed. And I tell you I won't risk all these lives by trying to beat +back in the teeth of this wind, to pick up a motorboat. It would be +worse than criminal--worse than wicked to do it. It would endanger all +on board!" + +There was some logic in that. Even Mr. Pertell, exercised as he was by +the threatened danger to Russ, could appreciate that. + +"But we must do something," the manager repeated. + +"I'm doing all I can," Captain Brisco replied. "I'll shorten sail down +to the minimum; that will keep us before the wind, and out of the trough +of the sea! More I can't do. We must depend on them to pick us up. They +ought to be able to do it. You told me Dalwood could manage a boat." + +"So he can--but--" + +There was ominous meaning in the broken-off sentence. + +"Well, we'll do the best we can," concluded Captain Brisco. "They will +have to take chances, as we're doing." + +He went forward to give some orders. + +Those aboard the schooner peered anxiously over the storm swept waters +for a sight of the motor craft, but they saw nothing. They shouted and +called, but only the wind howled back at them. + +Then, with a suddenness that was appalling, they seemed to be flung into +the midst of a hurricane. The wind lashed the sea to fury, and the _Mary +Ellen_ spun around like some gigantic top. + +"We're in the vortex!" cried Jack Jepson. "We're in the vortex of a +cyclone! All hands look to themselves!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +WRECKED + + +Confusion on board a ship in a storm may be real confusion and riot, or +it may only seem so to those not used to the sea. Often what is a +hopelessly tangled mass of sails, ropes, spars and gears to the +landsman, is as clear to a sailor as a skein of yarn is to an +experienced knitter, who can ply her needles in the dark. + +It was so on the _Mary Ellen_ when the storm, that had been so long +threatening, and half-performing, broke in all its fury. + +There was a tangle of ropes, a banging and slamming of canvas, which, +stretched taut and to its utmost, was as stiff as a board. There was a +rattling of blocks and the creaking of the boom-crotches against the +masts. The squeak of the gaffs higher up added to the din. + +The shouting of Captain Brisco, and the answering calls of his men did +not lessen the confusion. + +"Lower away! Lower away!" the commander cried, ordering even the already +doubly-reefed sails gotten down, so the powerful wind would have less +resistance. Even with the small area of canvas shown, the craft was +being heeled over until the scuppers--or the holes by which water runs +off the deck--dipped under the waves, and there was plenty of sea +aboard. + +"Set that storm jib!" came the next order, when the main sails had been +furled, and that was no easy task with the sharp pitching and tossing of +the schooner. Not a very seamanlike job was made of it, but there was no +time for the finer touches. The sails were just clewed up to prevent +them from blowing away, until more time could be devoted to them. + +The storm jib, which is the sail furthest front on a vessel, unless it +be a flying jib, was set to give her enough way so she would respond to +the helm, for it was necessary to keep the craft before the wind, and +head on to the seas--that is, the big waves must be cut and broken by +the sharp prow, or bow, for had they come at the schooner sideways, she +would have been swamped instantly. + +Even the small area of the storm jib was hardly necessary. The _Mary +Ellen_, in that blow, would have scudded along fairly well "under bare +poles," that is with no sails set at all. Even Captain Brisco had his +doubts about the storm jib resisting. It might pull away from the +holding ropes at any moment. But its loss would do no harm, for it would +only be blown out to sea, and there were enough spare sails. + +So, as I have said, order came out of confusion, but even the order was +somewhat confused, at least to the members of the moving picture +company. They had been ordered below, and had managed, somehow, to get +there, though more than one received bumps and bruises on the pitching, +tossing companionway. + +"Oh, what an awful storm!" complained Miss Dixon, when they were huddled +in the cabin. + +"Isn't it awful--terrible!" agreed her companion. "I am frightened to +death. We may sink at any minute." + +"Oh, not so much danger of that in a wooden ship," said Paul +consolingly. He wished the two former vaudeville actresses would try to +have a little courage. + +"I am so frightened," murmured Miss Pennington. "I wish Captain Brisco +would come down here." + +"What for?" asked Alice, hardly able to keep the contempt out of her +voice. + +"So he could tell us if we are in any danger, and what we ought to do," +was the selfish answer. "He _must_ save us!" + +"He's trying to save the ship!" said Alice, "and you two ought to be +ashamed of yourselves at a time like this. Think of poor Russ and Mr. +Sneed out in that motorboat all alone!" + +"Oh, but they--they're men," faltered Miss Dixon. + +"Then why don't you try to be women!" snapped Alice. + +"Hush, my dear," said her sister gently. + +"I can't!" was the answer. "When I think of poor Russ----" + +"I'm going to put on a life preserver," exclaimed Miss Pennington, +favoring Alice with a frosty stare. + +"Perhaps that would be a good plan for us, my dears," said Mr. DeVere to +his daughters. "It can do no harm, at all events." + +"No," admitted Alice. "But we appear to be all right--for the time +being, at least." + +It seemed quieter up on deck now, for the sailors had ceased rushing +about adjusting the canvas, though there was still plenty of noise. +There was the rattle and bang of blocks, the whipping about of ends of +ropes, the slap, now and then, of the storm jib, as it was whipped back +and forth. Now and then a heavy sea would fall on deck with a crash. + +At such times the _Mary Ellen_, stout as she was, would tremble from +stem to stern, and those in the cabin would shiver and look at one +another apprehensively. + +"Come on, Laura," called Miss Pennington to her companion. "Let's take +all the precautions we can. We'll put on life preservers. But oh, I +daren't think of being in the water with all those sharks." + +"Don't talk that way!" said Paul in a sharp whisper, as he saw Ruth +shrink back at the word "shark." + +Miss Pennington did not deign to answer, but she and her friend were +soon struggling with the straps of a life preserver. At this moment +Captain Brisco came down into the cabin. + +"What does this mean?" he asked, and his voice was stern. + +"We--we are getting ready for an--an emergency," faltered Miss +Pennington. + +"Well, there won't be any emergency--at least not for a while," the +commander said grimly "We are doing very well. If you want to be +uncomfortable do so, and put on those cork jackets. But there is no need +of it. I'll give you plenty of warning if the ship is likely to founder, +and we'll lower the boats." + +"Is there any real danger, Captain?" asked Mr. DeVere. + +"Well, of course there always is, in a storm at sea. But we are in no +more danger than hundreds of others. This is a wooden ship, and it will +be a long time sinking, even if it gets to that point, which is far off. +We haven't leaked a drop yet, and we're running before the storm nicely. +You need have no fears." + +"That's what I thought!" exclaimed Alice, with a look at the two former +stage actresses. + +"Humph!" sniffed Miss Dixon. "Any one would think you were a sailor." + +"She's a good deal better 'n some," said Jack Jepson coming into the +cabin then to report something to Captain Brisco. + +"Then you would not advise us to put on life preservers?" asked Mr. +DeVere. + +"Not now, at least," the captain replied. "I have done everything +possible, and the only thing now is to run before the storm. We are in +good shape. The _Mary Ellen_ is a better craft than I gave her credit +for being. The only thing to do is to wait, and hope for the best." + +"Have you plenty of lifeboats?" the old actor wanted to know. + +"Yes, enough for all hands. They are provisioned and watered, and are +staunch craft. My men have orders to stand by in case of any real +danger, and put the small boats over. But we will stick to the ship +until the last, though that is not saying, mind you, that we will have +to desert her." + +"Oh! I couldn't think of going in one of those small boats!" cried Miss +Dixon. "They are so low in the water. I should faint every time I looked +over the side." + +"Well if she looked once, and fainted and stayed so, it would be a good +thing for all hands," murmured Paul Ardite. + +"Oh, don't say that," Alice reproached him. + +"That's how I feel about her," he answered. + +"What can be done about picking up the motorboat?" asked Mr. DeVere. +They all looked anxiously toward Captain Brisco. + +"I have a man on the lookout," answered the commander. "It may seem to +some of you heartless to go away and leave her." + +"It was," murmured gentle Ruth. But she only whispered the words. There +were tears in her eyes. + +"But I could do nothing else," resumed Captain Brisco. "As I told you, a +vessel can't remain stationary on the sea. We had to move on before the +gale. And, as I also said, the motorboat has a better chance of going +where she wants to than have we, who must depend on our sails. I have no +doubt but that the two in the _Ajax_ are safe." + +But if Captain Brisco, or any of those then huddled in the cabin of the +_Mary Ellen_, could have seen Russ and Mr. Sneed just then they would +not have envied them. + +With the racing of the engine, indicating to Russ that the propeller had +dropped off into the sea, he at once shut off the power. Without the +resistance of the screw the machine would soon have racked itself to +pieces. + +"Well, what's to be done?" asked Mr. Sneed. + +"That's the way to talk," was the response. "We've got to do something, +that's sure." + +The storm which at that moment was enveloping the _Mary Ellen_ was, at +the same time, buffeting about the smaller motorboat. When she lost +headway by the stopping of her engine she no longer took the seas head, +or bow, on. She fell into the trough, and was in imminent danger of +being swamped. + +"We've got to bring her up, the first thing we do," Russ decided. "What +we need is a drag anchor. That will bring her head on to the waves, and +we can ride them better until help comes." + +"Will help ever come?" asked the actor, despondently. + +"Of course it will. Or else we'll find the schooner, or they us!" +responded Russ. + +While he was talking, he was looking about for something to use as a +drag anchor. + +"That will do!" Russ decided as he saw a heavy wooden box. "I'll use +that." Quickly he tied a rope to it, and tossed the box out. + +"This is better!" exclaimed Russ. "Now let's take an account of stock, +and see what else we can do. We may be here for some time." + +"We can't live very long in this awful weather!" groaned, rather than +spoke, Mr. Sneed. + +"Oh, don't give up so easily," said Russ. + +But when the storm grew worse, and the tiny craft was buffeted about, +shipping considerable water, even stout-hearted Russ was not as hopeful +as he had been. He had stowed the camera in a safe place, and put the +films in a water-tight box well forward. Then the only thing to do was +to wait. In vain he scanned the sea through the storm for a sight of the +schooner. He could catch no glimpse of her. + +Meanwhile the lookout on the _Mary Ellen_ was eagerly watching for any +signs of the _Ajax_, but he had even less chance of seeing her than Russ +and Mr. Sneed did of sighting the larger vessel. + +The storm was constantly growing worse. As old Jack had said, the +schooner had actually been caught in the very vortex of it, but the +whirling motion, imparted by the meeting of two different wind +currents, had been the saving of the craft. She had been shunted to the +outer edge, as a cork, going around in a whirlpool, is sometimes tossed +to safety by the very violence of the motion. + +Then she had scudded before the gale. + +All that night they scudded before the storm, not knowing where they +were, and when morning came there was a wild and tumultuous waste of +waters all about them. Alice ventured up on deck, against the advice of +her father and sister. + +She saw Jack Jepson and some sailors amidships. They seemed to be in +earnest consultation. Alice drew near them, intending to ask if there +were any news. + +As she came near the mainmast, there was a sudden veer to the craft, a +snapping, splintering sound, and the mast, with its gear of sail, boom +and gaff crashed over the side, smashing the stout bulwarks. + +"Look out, gal!" hoarsely cried Old Jack, and he snatched Alice back +only just in time, for the mast splintered down right in front of her. + +With the crash and splintering of the wood, and the breaking of the side +of the schooner, there arose the cry of: + +"We're wrecked! We're wrecked!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +"MUTINY!" + + +Jack Jepson's first thought was to get Alice to a place of safety. + +"You shouldn't have come up!" he shouted in her ear, as he fairly +carried her along the sloping deck. He had to shout to be heard above +the roar of the wind, the pounding of the broken mast against the side +of the schooner, and the swish of the salt water whipped into spray by +the powerful gale. + +Jack set Alice down at the head of the companionway, and indicated by +gestures, rather than words, that she was to go below. As she descended +the sloping stairs, holding to the rope rail to prevent stumbling, she +saw Captain Brisco spring forward. Whatever else he was, the commander +did not shrink from any emergency. + +"Cut away that mast!" he cried. "She'll have us stove in if we don't cut +her loose!" + +"Aye, aye, sir!" answered Jack. + +He and several other sailors had seized axes as soon as the result of +the crash was seen, and now sprang to the broken bulwarks, over which +the mainmast lay, the jagged end of it in the water, pounding against +the side of the schooner at every roll, and threatening to punch a hole +in her as a battering ram punctures a wall. + +"Strike hard, men!" called Jack, and the sound of their axes followed. +Ropes were severed with a blow, but the wire shrouds were tougher, and +it was not until several minutes had passed that the mast, with its +tangle of sails and ropes, was chopped free to float away on the crest +of a billow. + +"Get up the mizzen storm sail!" ordered Captain Brisco. "She's falling +off!" + +The schooner was indeed in danger of wallowing in the trough of the big +waves. + +Pausing only for a moment, the sailors who had labored so valiantly at +cutting loose the broken mast, sprang to get more sail on the craft. She +was deprived of the reefed, or shortened, one that had been on the stick +which was now overboard, and the jib was not enough to hold her head to +the waves. + +"What is it? Oh what is it?" gasped Miss Pennington as Alice fell, +rather than walked down the companionway into the cabin. + +"Are we sinking?" demanded Miss Dixon. + +"Not at all!" answered Alice, catching her breath, and, with a shake of +her head freeing her face from the salty spray that had drenched her. +"It isn't anything at all." + +She determined to make light of it, even though her own heart was +beating like a hammer at the thought of her narrow escape from possible +death. + +Alice really did not know whether there was any danger or not from the +fall of the mast. She had often read of such things happening, and she +remembered that the masts were always "cut away." So she supposed, as +long as this was being done, that the proper course was being followed. + +"There's no danger at all," she said, speaking more calmly now. + +"No danger!" cried Miss Pennington. "Listen to that!" + +It was the noise of sailors on deck chopping away the mast-gear. + +"Oh, one of those upright sticks, that they hang the sails on, fell +over. Not enough glue on it, I guess," said Alice, calmly. + +"Not enough glue!" gasped Paul. "Well, I never--" + +"Can't you take a joke?" Alice whispered to him, as she saw that her +minimizing of the accident was having its effect. + +"Oh, yes, of course!" Paul exclaimed. "Not enough glue on it--Oh yes!" +and he had to turn away to keep from smiling at the idea of a +mast,--that is the most firmly set of anything on a ship, (being indeed +almost an integral part of it)--the idea of that being stayed with glue +was enough to make almost anyone smile, even in the midst of danger. + +The sounds on the deck gradually became more quiet. The danger seemed to +be over for the time being. The moving picture actors and actresses +crowded around Alice to hear her story of the accident. She carefully +avoided mentioning her own peril, but she resolved to properly thank old +Jack later. Just now Alice did not want her father to worry. His throat +was troubling him, because of the amount of salt spray in the air. + +On deck Captain Brisco and Jack Jepson took charge of matters until the +wreckage had been cleared away. And a lot of wreckage there was. The +_Mary Ellen_ looked little like the trim, schooner that had left New +York a few weeks before. + +Jack Jepson stepped close to the stump of the mainmast. He gave one look +at it, and uttered a single word. + +"Rotten!" he exclaimed. + +"What's that?" cried Captain Brisco sharply. + +"Rotten!" repeated the mate. "That mast had dry rot to the very core. +Only the varnish held her together." + +"What's that to you?" cried the captain in angry tones. "You keep your +opinions to yourself! When I want 'em, I'll ask for 'em! Now get below +and see if we're taking in any water." + +"Very well, sir," was the answer, but Jack gave the captain a queer +look. + +He found some water coming in, but not more, he thought, than the pumps +could take care of, so he reported the matter only to Captain Brisco. + +"That's good," the commander said, seemingly well pleased. "I guess they +can have their fake shipwreck after all, if the weather clears." + +As the day advanced, the storm lulled slightly, but it was still rough. +Those of the moving picture company who ventured up on deck went below +again with white, scared faces at the sight of the wreckage of the +mainmast. For it did look doleful. + +"This shipwreck comes pretty near being real," said Mr. Pertell. "If we +could only photograph it now, it would make a fine film." + +"Can't you?" asked Alice. + +"Yes, I suppose I could make some views." + +A few hundred feet of film were exposed by one of the operators, but the +pretended shipwreck would need to be taken from a small boat, and the +sea was too rough to admit of that. + +Then the storm, that had given them a brief respite, began again, worse +than before. The schooner was tossed about like a toy, and the +mizzenmast was sprung so that no sail could be rigged on it. + +Then when a great wave struck the craft, washing over her from stem to +stern, the work of the ocean and the storm elements seemed completed. +The _Mary Ellen_ staggered under the blow like some living thing, and +she did not rise to it as buoyantly as she had before. + +Jack Jepson came rushing up from below. + +"We're leaking fast!" he cried. "We'd better take to the boats, Captain +Brisco! The pumps won't work!" + +"The boats! Nonsense!" the captain cried. "We'll ride it out here. The +schooner is all right!" + +"I tell you she's sinking!" yelled Jack. "We must take to the boats." + +"What? Do you dare give orders in my face!" stormed Captain Brisco. +"This is mutiny, sir! This is mutiny! I'll put you in irons!" and with +raised fist he started toward the old sailor. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +HELP AT LAST + + +Jack Jepson was a brave man. He proved it then by standing unflinchingly +in front of the angry captain, when shrinking back might have meant a +blow that would have brought about a general fight. Seeing him standing +there fearlessly, made Captain Brisco pause. And that gave the others +time for action. + +"What does this mean?" cried Mr. Pertell. + +"He is trying to start a mutiny as he did once before!" fairly yelled +Captain Brisco. + +"I never started a mutiny before, and I'm not trying to do so now!" +retorted Jack, and he seemed to have lost much of his timid simplicity. +"I tell you the ship is sinking, and we had best take to the boats while +there is time." + +"And I tell you that you are wrong!" snarled Captain Brisco. "I order +you below!" + +"And I won't go, until I have told these people what is going on here!" +retorted Jack Jepson. + +"If that isn't mutiny, I'd like to know what is," cried the captain. + +"Well, if that's mutiny, then I'm glad to be a mutineer!" shouted the +old salt, "and any court in the land would uphold me, for I am trying to +save lives, and you're trying to throw 'em away." + +"Throw 'em away! What do you mean?" + +"You know what I mean," replied Jack, and there was significance in his +voice. "I won't say anything about putting to sea in a ship that wasn't +fit--with masts that were nothin' but dry rot, and with pumps that only +half work at best. And I won't say anything about your plot--there isn't +time now. But I will say----" + +"A plot!" cried Alice, who, with Ruth, stood near her father. + +"Yes, a plot, Miss!" Jack Jepson cried. "I'll tell you about it later. +But now we've got to do something. The water's comin' in fast, and if we +can't stop it, we'll have to take to the boats." + +"Look here!" stormed Captain Brisco, and his voice was almost in keeping +with the howl of the gale all about them, and almost as raucous as the +salty spray that flew over everything. "Look here! Who is captain of +this ship?" + +"You are," replied Jack quietly enough. He looked the angry man full in +the eye, and the half-raised fist of the commander fell again. + +"Then if I'm captain, I'm going to be obeyed!" came next. "I order you +below, Jepson. You're no longer mate of this craft. You're deposed! Hen +Lacomb, I hereby appoint you first mate until my regular one recovers, +and you, Hankinson, you're second mate. Lively now. Jepson, go below, +and if he makes any more trouble, Hen, clap him in irons," he added +significantly. + +For a moment there was silence following this announcement--that is, as +much quiet as the storm permitted. Then Alice cried out: + +"Father, won't you say something! Mr. Pertell, you're not going to +permit this, are you? I'm sure Jack Jepson is honest and that he is +faithfully warning us. Don't let him be put down this way. Ask him what +he means by a plot!" + +"Oh, Alice!" protested her sister. "At a time like this--when we may all +be drowned!" + +"We'll all be drowned worse, maybe, if Jack's advice isn't taken. What +is it?" she asked, appealing to the old sailor. "What is the plot you +spoke of?" + +"Ask him?" cried the old salt, pointing an accusing finger at the +captain. "Ask him, and if he doesn't tell you, I will. Talk about a +mutiny! It wouldn't be half as bad as his plot for getting possession of +this vessel." + +"What's that!" cried Captain Brisco, starting forward. "You dare accuse +me----" + +"Yes, you and Hen Lacomb!" cried Jack, who seemed to have acquired a new +boldness. "I charge you with plotting to make a fizzle of the shipwreck +these picture people planned. You were going to pretend the vessel was +sinking, before the time set for the pictures, and you were going to get +them to abandon the schooner. Then you and Lacomb were going to come +back to the ship later, take her to some secret port, fit her out again +and use her for your own purposes. + +"That's the plot! That's what I overheard you and Lacomb plannin', and +when you suspected I knew, you thought I'd be better off in the sea. +That's how I happened to go overboard. I was thrown! That's what I +charge you with. Deny it if ye dare!" and he pointed an accusing finger +at the two men. "You threw me overboard, Hen Lacomb! And Captain Brisco +planned to have you do it!" + +Captain Brisco appeared to struggle with some emotion. His face went red +and white by turns. He seemed unable to speak. But at last he choked +out: + +"What! You dare say that to me. You accuse me----!" + +"Yes, and I have the proof!" cried Jack. "Here's the agreement you made +Lacomb sign. You were afraid to trust to him unless he made a promise +in writing, and here it is. I found it in the secret compartment in your +cabin. Your cabin that used to be mine in the old _Mary Ellen_. That's +how I made sure this ship was the old one I used to serve on, made over. +I found this agreement! It's the proof of what I say. Deny it if you +can." + +"Why--why--" stammered the captain. "Do you dare--" but it seemed he +could not get any farther. He glanced at Hen Lacomb who stood near him. +A meaning look passed between the two men, and Hen started edging around +toward Jack Jepson. + +"Father! Mr. Pertell!" cried Alice. "Let us have this settled! Jack has +made charges. They may be true or they may not be. But our lives surely +are in danger if this vessel is sinking." + +"And I say she isn't sinking! She's as sound as a bell below the water +line!" cried the captain. + +"And I say she has a hole stove in her, an' unless it's stopped we'll be +at the bottom in a few hours!" cried Jack. "The mast knocked a hole in +her and she's takin' water fast. The pumps are no good, but they can be +fixed with a little work on 'em." + +"Keep still!" the captain shouted. "You're under arrest as a mutineer." + +"No he isn't!" exclaimed Mr. Pertell. "This is my vessel. I'm the chief +owner of it, and I here and now depose you as captain, Mr. Brisco, and +appoint Jack Jepson in your place!" + +There was a gasp of baffled rage from the former commander. + +"Jack, take charge," said Mr. Pertell. "Select as mates whoever you +want. We'll go into this matter of the plot later. Just now we must save +the ship if we can. Everything must give way to that. Do you accept?" + +"What! Him captain?" cried Hen Lacomb, who was edging nearer and nearer +to Jack all this while. + +"Why not?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"He doesn't know how to navigate. He'll run us aground." + +"I wish he _would_ run us on der ground!" murmured Mr. Switzer. "I haf +hat enough of der ocean. Der ground is goot enough for me." + +"I can navigate!" cried Jack. "I hold a master's certificate, though +I've only filled mates' berths of late." + +"I--I refuse to serve under him," stormed Captain Brisco. "And when we +reach port, I shall lay this matter before the authorities. You can't +depose a captain this way!" + +"Can't I?" asked Mr. Pertell coolly. "I rather think I can. I looked up +the law on the rights of owners before I started on this voyage. Jack +Jepson is captain." + +"And I refuse to serve under him." + +"Very well. Then you can either work your passage, or pay for your +passage, I don't care which. But I'm going to save this ship, and the +lives of those aboard her, if I can." + +There was a sudden little scuffle near Jack Jepson, and Hen Lacomb went +sprawling on the deck. + +"No you don't!" drawled Mr. Switzer in his most German comedian voice. +"I think you haf fallen. Dit you hurt yourself?" he asked of the +prostrate Hen. + +The latter, with a growl, got to his feet, an angry look on his face. + +"What happened?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"Oh, noddings dit happen," was the reply. "It iss only vat might haf +happenet. He vas getting so close by Jack dot Jack might fall ofer board +again, und ve don't vant to lose our new captain so soon yet," explained +Mr. Switzer cheerfully. + +He thus made light of the affair, but later it came out that Hen Lacomb +had evidently had the intention of at least trying to pitch Jack +overboard, as the easiest solution of the trouble of Captain Brisco and +his crony. + +"This is enough!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Jack, you're captain. Do what you +like to insure the safety of us and the ship. Captain Brisco is no +longer in command of this vessel," the manager went on to a wondering +group of sailors. "I call for three cheers for Captain Jack Jepson!" + +They were given with a will, for evidently Jack was a favorite, and the +deposed captain was not. The latter slunk below followed by Hen Lacomb. + +"We've got to try to stop that leak first of all!" said Jack, as he +carefully put in his pocket the paper he had claimed was an agreement +between Brisco and his crony. "I appoint Jim West as first mate and +Frank Snyder as second!" the new captain went on. "Come below, you two, +and we'll see what we can do. We've got to mend the pumps. Keep her +about as she is," he ordered the steersman. + +"Aye, aye, sir!" was the respectful answer. Jack was already developing +new qualities as a commander. + +"This is a distressing state of affairs," said Mr. DeVere. + +"Not as bad as it might be," Mr. Pertell answered. "There is a chance +for us now. I never dreamed that Brisco was such a scoundrel." + +"Oh, I'm so glad Captain Jack is in charge!" cried Alice. "And I'm so +glad he found out about the plot. Maybe this will help to clear him of +the other unjust charge," she went on. + +"Perhaps," agreed Ruth. "But oh, Alice! If we should sink!" + +"Nonsense! We're not going to sink!" + +And so it proved--at least the _Mary Ellen_ was not doomed to go to the +bottom at once. The storm still raged with seemingly unabated violence, +but the sailors, under the direction of Captain Jepson, got a heavy +piece of canvas over the worst leak, and then the repaired pumps kept +the water in the hold down to a normal level. + +The failure of the pumps to work, until Jack and the men fixed them was +due to criminal negligence on the part of Brisco. He put to sea with +this necessary part of a ship in poor condition, not thinking they would +be needed. + +Brisco was a desperate man, and so was Lacomb. They had been involved in +more than one shady transaction, and though both may have been aboard +with Jack, during the mutiny, they successfully covered their tracks. + +Brisco and Lacomb sulked below, and, for the time being, no effort was +made to bring them up and set them to work, though every hand was +needed. Some of the members of the film company turned in and helped. It +was thought better not to incite a fight. + +So the _Mary Ellen_ lurched on through the storm, a mere semblance of +the gallant craft she had appeared to be on leaving port. And those +aboard labored desperately to keep her afloat. + +"Talk about a shipwreck!" gasped Mr. Pertell, as a wave drenched him, +"this is the most realistic I ever saw. If I could only picture this!" + +But it was impossible. How the planned drama of the sea would end, no +one could tell. + +"And oh! to think of poor Russ and Mr. Sneed out in this--if they _are_ +still out in it," murmured Alice, as she and Ruth clung to one another +in their cabin. + +"The _Ajax_ may have survived," Ruth said, hopefully. + +And indeed, at that moment, the motorboat was making the best of the bad +weather. + +The sea anchor which Russ had rigged provided the necessary drag and +steerage way, and the boat's head was kept to the waves. Her high bow, +and covered fore-part, enabled her to ride seas that would have swamped +another craft of like size. And her dory-build added to her safety. The +bank fishermen know well how to shape a boat to meet heavy seas. + +"Well, we seem to be doing fairly well," said Russ, as he and his +companion settled down in the shelter, to nibble at a bit of hard tack +and drink some of the water Jack had put on board. + +"Yes, I suppose it might be worse," agreed Mr. Sneed. And that, for him, +was saying a great deal. + +So the _Ajax_ drifted on, as the _Mary Ellen_ was driving, before the +gale, the occupants of neither craft knowing aught of the others. And +the storm still raged. + +After a while Russ, for want of something better to do, began looking +over the motor. Presently he discovered something that made him shout +for joy. + +"What is it?" asked his companion. "Do you see the schooner?" + +"No, but I can make this boat run. Look, the propeller hasn't dropped +off at all! The set screws of the sleeve have become loose and the +propeller shaft didn't turn, that was all." + +If any of you know anything about motor-boats, you know that the shaft +which passes through the stuffing box, and to which shaft the propeller +is fastened, is joined to the shaft of the engine by a coupling, or +sleeve. If you take two lead pencils, and thrust an end of each into +each end of a hollow, brass pencil holder, you will get an idea of what +I mean. One pencil will represent the shaft to which the propeller is +fastened, and the other the engine shaft. The brass holder is the +coupling, or sleeve. In order that the shafts will be held rigidly +together, turning at the same time, set screws in the sleeve are tightly +turned down on the shaft, binding both in the sleeve. + +It was the set screws on the propeller shaft that had loosed, allowing +the sleeve to slip uselessly around, that had caused all the trouble. +With a wrench Russ tightened the screws. He tested them, and, finding +them firm, started the engine. A moment later the _Ajax_ was moving over +the waves under her own power. + +"Hurray!" cried Mr. Sneed. "This is great!" + +"And we don't need this any longer," Russ said, hauling in the drag +anchor. Then, able to mount the waves, the motorboat was in much better +condition for fighting the storm. + +On and on she rushed. Hour after hour passed, but the gale showed no +signs of abating. The two young men were weary and disheartened, when, +as there came a little rift in the clouds Russ, who stood up to look +about, gave a yell. + +"What is it now?" asked Mr. Sneed. "More trouble?" + +"No!" cried Russ. "I see a steamer. Help at last! I'm going straight for +her!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +A SIGNAL OF DISTRESS + + +Russ had been running the motor at moderate speed, for he did not know +just how long the supply of gasoline would last, and he did not know as +yet what might be before him and his companion in distress. But the +sight of the steamer gave him hope, and he turned on full speed. + +The _Ajax_ was a powerful craft, though even a mighty steamer would not +have found it easy to make headway in that sea and in that gale. The +motor craft responded gallantly, and shot up on the crest of each wave, +sliding down the opposite side as though she were going to investigate +the uttermost depths of Father Neptune's caverns. + +"Steamer! I don't see any steamer!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed, as he looked in +the direction toward which the face of Russ was turned. + +"You will when we both come on top of a wave at the same time," was the +answer. "You see we lie so low in the water she can't see us, and we +can't glimpse her until we're both on a crest together. She's off to the +east there. Watch and you'll see her. Look now!" + +At that moment the _Ajax_ rose on a mighty wave, which lifted her high +toward the sky, in which were now rifted clouds. Mr. Sneed glanced to +where Russ pointed, and saw the long, black hull of a steamer, from +whose stacks belched forth clouds of smoke, showing that her engines +were being driven at top speed to overcome the storm. + +"There she is!" cried Russ. "Now if we can only reach her, we'll be all +right, and we can help the others." + +"The others," murmured the actor. + +"Yes, those on the _Mary Ellen_. She must be in trouble in this storm, +for she isn't built for this sort of thing. It's a wonder she lasted as +long as she did." + +"Maybe she's at the bottom now," suggested Mr. Sneed. + +"Cheerful, aren't you?" remarked Russ. "I thought you'd given that sort +of thing up." + +"I meant to. I really did. I'm sorry!" the other exclaimed, contritely +enough. Really he was a different sort of Mr. Sneed from the "human +grouch" who often made matters so unpleasant for members of the Comet +Film Company. Since he and Russ had so nearly faced death, Mr. Sneed +was much braver and more cheerful. + +"I think she'll keep afloat for some time," Russ went on, "as she is all +wood, you know. She may be pretty well battered, though." + +If he could only have seen the hapless _Mary Ellen_ then, he would have +believed her quite battered indeed. For another rotten mast had fallen. + +"Do you mean you're going to ask those on the steamer to look for the +schooner," asked Mr. Sneed. + +"That's what I'm going to do, if we can get to her," Russ said. "It's +going to be nip and tuck, for she's going fast and she won't see us, as +we're so low in the water. She's not heading in our direction, either, +but I'll go after her on a long slant, and maybe I can reach her, or get +near enough to make her see us. This is a pretty fast boat." + +They were speeding over the waves, now down in a hollow, and again on +the crest. Sometimes they would lose sight of the steamer altogether, +and again they would catch a fleeting glimpse of her. And, when they +did, she seemed farther off than ever. + +"Oh, we'll never reach her!" said Mr. Sneed, despondently enough. +"She'll never give us any aid." + +"There you go!" cried Russ. "I thought you'd given up that sort of +thing!" + +"Well, I didn't mean just that," the actor said. "Perhaps we will make +her see us after all." + +"That's better!" exclaimed Russ. "We'll get her--or crack a cylinder!" +and he tried to get a few more revolutions out of the fly wheel. + +In spite of their brave front, Russ and his companion were sufficiently +miserable. Their boat constantly shipped water, and they had to use the +hand force pump, which, fortunately, was in the craft. A pump was +connected with the cylinder cooling apparatus, designed to free the +cockpit of bilge water, but the pump would not work. + +Russ and Mr. Sneed were wet through, for the cabin could not be entirely +closed against the spray. And they had nothing to eat except cold +victuals. There was a gasoline stove aboard, but there was nothing to +cook, for only an emergency ration had been put in the craft, and that +was more because of a whim on the part of Jack Jepson, than because he +really thought it would be needed. + +But more than once as they drank of the water, and nibbled the hard +biscuits, or crackers, in the water-tight box, Russ and his companion +blessed the forethought of honest Jack Jepson--I beg his pardon, +Captain Jepson it was now, though neither Russ nor Mr. Sneed knew that. + +"I think I'll hoist a signal," said the actor, as they drove on, now +seeing the steamer, and again losing her. + +"Good idea," Russ agreed, as he busied himself with an oil can. + +Mr. Sneed managed to lash an oar upright, and on it he fastened a bit of +canvas. It stood out straight, like a board, so strong was the wind that +whipped it. + +"I hope they see that," commented the actor. + +"I hope so, too," added Russ. "It doesn't do any good to yell, for the +wind is blowing from them to us." + +More than once, as they urged their craft on a long slant toward the +steamer, they almost gave up hope. But it sprang up again, and finally, +as a break in the clouds let out a little rift of light, someone on the +watch aboard the steamer saw the fluttering signal. + +"She's seen us! She's seen us!" cried Russ in delight. + +"How can you tell?" demanded his companion. + +"She whistled. I saw the steam. You'll hear the blast in a second." + +And they did. Light travels faster than sound. They saw the steam from +the powerful whistle before they heard the hoarse blast; even as one +sees the flash of a gun before hearing the report. + +The steamer changed her course, and came on toward the motorboat. + +"Suppose it's the English one, that wants to capture poor Jack," +suggested Mr. Sneed. + +"That doesn't make any difference," Russ said. "She'll save us, and then +look for the schooner. We can take up Jack's case later." + +It did not prove to be the English steamer. Instead it was a powerful +fruiter, hailing from New York, and Russ and Mr. Sneed were soon aboard, +the _Ajax_ being hoisted to her deck. Then she resumed her course, but +it was a different one. + +For, on the earnest plea of Russ and Mr. Sneed, the steamer's captain +consented to turn back and search for the _Mary Ellen_. + +"I don't know as I'll find her," he said, "but we can't let all those +poor souls perish." + +So the search began. It lasted three days, during which the storm nearly +blew itself out. And on the morning of the fourth day, when the sullen +sea was trying to calm itself, and when the wind had died down to a +moderate gale, the lookout of the _Sirius_ called out: + +"Sail ho!" + +"Where away?" came the demand. + +"Dead ahead. She's a schooner, low in the water, and she's flying a +signal of distress!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +CLEAR SKIES + + +Instantly there was commotion and excitement on board the _Sirius_, for +Russ and Mr. Sneed had told their story of the starting out to make a +pictured shipwreck, which shipwreck had evidently, now, become real. + +"That's the _Mary Ellen_, I'm sure of it!" Russ cried as he caught a +glimpse of the sighted schooner. "But what has happened to her?" + +"Masts are gone, and she's sinking," one of the steamer's officers told +him. "I guess we can't get to her any too quickly." + +And it was high time a rescue was made, for Captain Jepson, and Mr. +Pertell had decided to take to the boats with all on board. + +The _Mary Ellen_ _was_ sinking; there was no doubt of that. All that +could be done had been done, but to no avail. + +But hope revived when the steamer was sighted. + +A little later, the _Sirius_ stood by. And high time, too. As a last +resort, when it was found that the repaired pumps could not keep the +water down in the hold, so big was the leak, the signal of distress had +been hoisted. And, after many anxious hours, it had been thus +providentially answered. + +Then a thought came to Mr. Pertell. The weather had cleared. The +schooner would keep afloat a few hours more. Why not make the pictures +of the shipwreck now? It would be his only chance. True, they would not +be just as planned, but they would be better than losing all the efforts +that had been made. + +There was a brief talk with the captain of the _Sirius_. He consented to +stand by until the sea drama, quickly revised, was acted out--at least, +until shipwreck scenes were portrayed. + +It was rather an exciting time, the passengers dropping overboard from +the sinking schooner, and being rescued in boats. Russ, on board the +_Ajax_, which was again put into the sea, worked the camera. The _Mary +Ellen_ made a more realistic wreck than had been hoped for. Former +Captain Brisco and Hen Lacomb, alone, refused to take any part in the +drama. + +At last the final film was run off, the last rescue was made by the +motor craft and small boats, and all, passengers and crew, from the +sinking schooner, were taken aboard the _Sirius_. + +"There she goes!" said Alice softly, as, with a final lurch, and a +blowing up of her decks, from the compressed air under them, the old +craft, bow first went beneath the waves. Russ took the final pictures. + +"Game to the last!" said Captain Jepson. "She went down bow on, to show +she wasn't afraid of Davy Jones! That's the last of her, and the last of +Brisco's schemes to get her for his own use." + +"Tell me about that now," suggested Mr. Pertell. "I have time to listen +now, for we aren't trying to save a sinking ship." + +They were all now safely aboard the steamer, which had resumed her +course. The moving pictures had all been taken, save some that needed a +shore background, and these could be done later. + +"Did Brisco really plot to get the _Mary Ellen_?" asked the manager. + +"He did," said Jack Jepson. "I'll tell you the whole story." And he did. +Briefly it was this: + +On his first trip to the schooner, Jack had recognized Brisco as an +unscrupulous man who had been engaged in several shady ship +transactions. But Brisco denied his identity, and Jack pretended to have +been mistaken, in order to throw him off his guard. Brisco was also, +Jack said, one of the mutineers of the _Halcyon_, but the plotter +denied this, and Jack admitted he may have been mistaken. + +Then came the advent of Hen Lacomb, whom Jepson recognized as a fellow +plotter with Brisco. The evil men knew him, too, after a bit, but they +counted on the charge of mutiny hanging over him to make him keep quiet, +and not reveal their plot. + +Brisco and Lacomb plotted to get the schooner for themselves. They were +not really going to endanger the lives of the passengers or crew, but +their game was to only pretend to sink the ship, and to raise such an +alarm that she would be hastily abandoned. Then they would come back to +her later, salvage her, and use her for their own ends. + +Jack Jepson had overheard this plot, and, as he had said, found the +incriminating document signed by Lacomb. This was hidden in a secret +compartment in what had formerly been his bunk, when the schooner was +the _Halcyon_. + +When Brisco and Lacomb discovered that Jepson knew their secret, they +tried to get rid of him, by a seeming accident. But Fate interfered with +their plans, and the storm made a big change. Then came the deposing of +Captain Brisco, and the rest of the story is known to my readers. + +"Well, Jack Jepson--or, Captain Jepson, though you haven't now command +of any ship," said Mr. Pertell, "we owe much to you." + +"It's nothin' at all," Jack said, modestly enough. "When I saw this +steamer, though, I thought it was that Britisher coming back for me." + +"It's a shame that the charge of mutiny should hang over you!" exclaimed +Alice. "I think it should be wiped out." + +"I wish it could be," Jack said with a sigh. + +A steward, a little later, came to where the rescued ones were talking +together--Brisco and Lacomb having gone off by themselves--and the +steward said the steamer's captain wanted to talk to the schooner's +commander. + +"There he is," said Mr. Pertell, pointing to Jack Jepson. "That's our +new captain." + +The steward looked. A queer change came over his face. + +"Jack!" he cried. "Is it really you? I've looked all over the world for +you!" + +"Tom Buttle!" cried Jepson, leaping to his feet. "My old shipmate. Say, +if anyone knows, you do, that I never had a thing to do with that mutiny +on the _Halcyon_. Don't you know I didn't?" + +"Of course I do!" the steward cried. "I can prove you were as innocent +as a babe, and I know others who can, too." + +"What's this--more of the mystery?" asked Alice. + +"It's the end of it, I hope," said Jack solemnly. "Tell 'em, Tom!" + +"There isn't much to tell," the steward said. "I was a shipmate with +Jack on the _Halcyon_ or the _Mary Ellen_, in the old days. He's +probably told you of the mutiny. I was hurt in it, and lay unconscious +when they arrested him for it. I didn't recover until he had been put in +jail, and when I tried to give my evidence, I could get no one to listen +to me. Then I heard Jack had escaped and I rested easy. I never knew the +charge was hanging over him all this while. + +"I've been all over the world since, sailing in different vessels, and +in every port I'd inquire of Jack from those who knew him. But I never +found him until now. Clear him--of course I can clear him of the unjust +charge!" + +"Thank Heaven for that!" said Jack Jepson. + +"Everything is cleared up!" cried Alice gaily. "Even the sky--see how +blue it is!" + +In due time Jack's innocence was proved before the English courts, and +the charge against him wiped out. He was then free to come and go as he +pleased. But the mystery of the disappearance of Captain Watson, of the +_Halcyon_, or old _Mary Ellen_, and his companion, Mike Tullane, was +never solved. + +The _Mary Ellen_, all that was left of the reconstructed _Halcyon_, was, +of course, a total wreck. Brisco's plan failed. Nothing was done to him, +as it would have been difficult to prove a case against him. + +Arrangements were made for taking the needed land scenes of the sea +drama, and when this was done, the whole company returned to New York. + +"Well, Alice," remarked Ruth one day, as they were on their way up the +coast in a steamer, "did you have enough of sea-life this trip?" + +"I certainly did," was the answer. "No more shipwrecks for me!" + +"Same here!" put in Russ. "It's taking too many chances!" + +"Oh, you'd do it over again--or something like it--and so would you +girls, if you knew a good film would come of it," predicted Paul Ardite, +with a laugh. + +And here we will say good-bye to the Moving Picture Girls. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MOVING PICTURE GIRLS AT SEA*** + + +******* This file should be named 18699-8.txt or 18699-8.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/6/9/18699 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/18699-8.zip b/18699-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f38b3a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/18699-8.zip diff --git a/18699-h.zip b/18699-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..35dd9e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/18699-h.zip diff --git a/18699-h/18699-h.htm b/18699-h/18699-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9dc1ab --- /dev/null +++ b/18699-h/18699-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,6127 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Moving Picture Girls at Sea, by Laura Lee Hope</title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .linenum {position: absolute; top: auto; left: 4%;} /* poetry number */ + .blockquot{margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 20%;} + .pagenum {position: absolute; left: 92%; font-size: smaller; text-align: right;} /* page numbers */ + + .center {text-align: center;} + .toc {margin-left: 35%; line-height: 0.9em} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .poem {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;} + .poem br {display: none;} + .poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;} + .poem span {display: block; margin: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} + .poem span.i2 {display: block; margin-left: 2em;} + .poem span.i4 {display: block; margin-left: 4em;} + hr.full { width: 100%; } + pre {font-size: 75%;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Moving Picture Girls at Sea, by Laura Lee +Hope</h1> +<pre> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre> +<p>Title: The Moving Picture Girls at Sea</p> +<p> or, A Pictured Shipwreck That Became Real</p> +<p>Author: Laura Lee Hope</p> +<p>Release Date: June 27, 2006 [eBook #18699]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MOVING PICTURE GIRLS AT SEA***</p> +<p> </p> +<h3>E-text prepared by Marilynda Fraser-Cunliffe, Cori Samuel,<br /> + and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br /> + (http://www.pgdp.net/)</h3> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 353px;"> +<img src="images/p001.jpg" width="353" height="550" alt="Russ began taking many views of the pitching, tossing schooner." title="Russ began taking many views of the pitching, tossing schooner." /> +<span class="caption">Russ began taking many views of the pitching, tossing schooner.—<i><a href="#Page_157">Page 157</a></i></span> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h1>The Moving Picture Girls at Sea</h1> + +<h4>Or</h4> + +<h3>A Pictured Shipwreck That Became Real</h3> + +<h2>BY LAURA LEE HOPE</h2> + +<div class="blockquot"><p class="smcap">Author of "The Moving Picture Girls," "The Moving Picture + Girls at Rocky Ranch," "The Outdoor Girls Series," "The + Bobbsey Twins Series," Etc.</p></div> + +<h4><i>ILLUSTRATED</i></h4> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> + +<h4>THE WORLD SYNDICATE PUBLISHING CO.</h4> + +<h5>CLEVELAND, O NEW YORK, N. Y.</h5> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<h5 class="smcap">Copyright, 1915, by</h5> + +<h4>GROSSET & DUNLAP</h4> + +<h5><i>Printed in the United States of America</i></h5> + +<h6>by</h6> + +<h5>THE COMMERCIAL BOOKBINDING CO. CLEVELAND, O.</h5> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> + +<p class="toc"> +CHAPTER PAGE<br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">I The Great Marine Film <a href="#Page_1">1</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">II Jack Jepson <a href="#Page_10">10</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">III Something of a Mystery <a href="#Page_21">21</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">IV The Sailor's Story <a href="#Page_28">28</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">V The Mary Ellen <a href="#Page_36">36</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">VI Captain Brisco <a href="#Page_45">45</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">VII Jepson is Worried <a href="#Page_53">53</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">VIII Hard Work <a href="#Page_60">60</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">IX The Rising Tide <a href="#Page_68">68</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">X Too Much Realism <a href="#Page_76">76</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XI A Revised Film <a href="#Page_87">87</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XII Overheard <a href="#Page_94">94</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XIII "All Aboard!" <a href="#Page_104">104</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XIV Overboard <a href="#Page_114">114</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XV "Sail Ho!" <a href="#Page_123">123</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XVI The Accusation <a href="#Page_133">133</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XVII The Storm <a href="#Page_141">141</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XVIII Grinding Away <a href="#Page_149">149</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XIX Disabled <a href="#Page_158">158</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XX In the Vortex <a href="#Page_165">165</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XXI Wrecked <a href="#Page_172">172</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XXII "Mutiny!" <a href="#Page_182">182</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XXIII Help at Last <a href="#Page_188">188</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XXIV A Signal of Distress <a href="#Page_200">200</a></span><br /> +<br /> +<span class="smcap">XXV Clear Skies <a href="#Page_206">206</a></span><br /> +</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1"></a>CHAPTER I</h2> + +<h3>THE GREAT MARINE FILM</h3> + + +<p>"Well, at last a breathing period, Ruth. Oh, I am surely tired!" and the +girl threw herself on the couch, without stopping to remove her light +jacket and hat. Her head sank wearily on a cushion.</p> + +<p>"Oh, Alice! Be careful! Look out!" exclaimed the other occupant of the +pleasant little room, a room made habitable by the articles of tasteful +adornment in it, rather than by the location of the apartment, or the +place itself. There was a "homey" air about it.</p> + +<p>"I'm too tired to look out, or even look in," was the answer, as the +younger girl closed her eyes. Truly she seemed much "fagged," and worn +out.</p> + +<p>"But, Alice, dear—your hat!"</p> + +<p>"It doesn't matter, Ruth. Please let me rest. I thought we'd never get +home."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_2" id="Page_2"></a>But it isn't your old hat, Alice, and——"</p> + +<p>"It's an old hat from now on!" broke in the younger girl, not opening +her eyes. "It's spoiled anyhow. Some of the water from that parlor +scene, where Mr. Bunn upset the globe of gold fish, splashed on it, and +the spots never will come out."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Alice, is your hat spoiled?"</p> + +<p>"It doesn't matter. Mr. Pertell is going to buy me a new one. He said it +was up to the company to do that, especially as I did so well in that +burning room scene the other day. There!" and the girl on the couch +raised her small fist and plumped it full on the crown of the chic +little toque she was wearing.</p> + +<p>"Alice DeVere!" cried her sister, aghast.</p> + +<p>"Ruth DeVere—Lady Clarissa—Señorita Alamondi! Whatever you like, only +let me—alone! I've posed and acted and otherwise contorted myself +before at least five thousand feet of film today, and I'm not going to +be disturbed now, just for the sake of a hat that is as good as paid for +anyhow, so 'please go 'way and let me sleep,'" and Alice murmured the +chorus of a once popular song.</p> + +<p>Ruth sighed. Somehow, looking at her gentle and refined face, one +understood that a sigh, from her, was the only possible answer under the +cir<a name="Page_3" id="Page_3"></a>cumstances. Not that the girl on the couch, with closed eyes, was +unrefined. But there was a wholesome air of good health about her that +caused one to think of a "jolly good fellow," rather than a girl who +needed to be helped on and off trolley cars.</p> + +<p>"You <i>are</i> tired," commented Ruth, after a pause. "Shall I make you a +cup of tea, dear? Or we could go over to Mrs. Dalton's, if you like. You +know she told us always to come in when we came from the theatre, and +have tea."</p> + +<p>"No, dear, thank you. It's awfully good of you to offer, but I don't +want you to trouble. I'll be all right in a few minutes. I just want to +rest."</p> + +<p>"It was a tiresome day; wasn't it, dear?"</p> + +<p>"I should say so, 'and then—some,' as Russ would say."</p> + +<p>"You shouldn't quote Russ when he uses slang," was the older girl's +rebuke.</p> + +<p>"Can't help it, Ruth. That just seemed to fit. But you can't feel so +very rested yourself. You had some heavy parts today."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I don't mind. I really was in love with that role of Lady Clarissa. +I always did like English plays, anyhow."</p> + +<p>"Well, we are getting more than our share of them this season. I wish +Mr. Pertell would swing to a good American drama again. Say, <a name="Page_4" id="Page_4"></a>didn't we +have fun at Rocky Ranch?" and as she asked this some of the weariness +seemed to slip off Alice as a discarded garment is let fall. She sat up, +her eyes flashing with fun, and her cheeks that had been pale were now +suffused with a heightened color.</p> + +<p>"Yes, we did have fun," assented Ruth. "But it was hard work, +too,—especially when that prairie fire came a little too close for +comfort."</p> + +<p>"That <i>was</i> rather scary," assented Alice. "But it was outdoors, and +that was what I love. Oh, I can just smell that wonderful air yet!" and +she breathed in a long breath. A look of annoyance passed over her face, +and she made a gesture of disapproval, "wrinkling" her nose.</p> + +<p>"They're having corned beef and cabbage again downstairs," she said, +pointing to the apartment below them.</p> + +<p>"Well, they have a right to it," Ruth said, with a tolerant smile.</p> + +<p>"Not when daddy hates it so," disagreed Alice. "Come on, let's make a +cup of tea. And is there any cheese?"</p> + +<p>"Cheese?"</p> + +<p>"Yes," the younger girl went on. "I'm going to make a Welsh rarebit. +Daddy just adores them, and the smell of the toast will take away the +odor of that cabbage. Is there any cheese?"</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_5" id="Page_5"></a>I think so. But I thought you were tired."</p> + +<p>"I was, but I guess thinking of the moving picture days at Rocky Ranch +acted as a tonic. I'm rested now. There!"</p> + +<p>She tossed the hat, which she had so mistreated, on a chair, slipped off +her jacket and started for the kitchen.</p> + +<p>"I <i>think</i> there is some cheese," went on Ruth, following her younger +sister. "But don't make the rarebit as you did last time. It was so +tough that Russ said it would do very well to half sole his rubber +boots."</p> + +<p>"That was because I put the milk in too suddenly. I won't do it that way +this time. Come on, we'll get up a nice little tea for daddy. He's sure +to be tired also. They had to film that big scene of the accusation over +three times before Mr. Pertell was satisfied."</p> + +<p>"Is that so? I didn't know that, I was so busy with that English play. +Then father will be late."</p> + +<p>"A little. He said he'd follow us in about an hour, though. So we'll +just about have it ready in time. Did Russ come out with you?"</p> + +<p>"No," and though she uttered but this simple word the cheeks of Ruth +took on a more ruddy hue.</p> + +<p>"I saw Pearl waiting for him," went on Alice. "But——"</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_6" id="Page_6"></a>You did?" cried Ruth, and then she added quickly: "Oh, I mean I suppose +he had to go with her to film that scene in Central Park, near the +lion's cage."</p> + +<p>"Don't get jealous now," teased Alice. "I said Pearl waited for him, +but, she is—still waiting, I guess."</p> + +<p>"What do you mean?"</p> + +<p>Ruth tried to appear indifferent, but it was not an unqualified success.</p> + +<p>"I mean that Russ got one of the other camera men to take his place, and +go out with Miss Pennington," said Alice with a laugh as she began +cutting the bread in thin slices for toast.</p> + +<p>"But Russ—"</p> + +<p>"He went up town. He told me to tell you he thought he could get that +book you spoke of."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I didn't want him to go to all <i>that</i> trouble!" remonstrated Ruth, +looking at her sister, and then suddenly averting her gaze.</p> + +<p>"Guess he doesn't call much <i>trouble</i> where <i>you</i> are concerned," said +Alice significantly, cutting up some chunks of cheese which she put in a +double boiler with some lumps of butter. "He said if you wanted a book +to give you some of the details of the country, where that English play +was supposed to take place, you were going to have it."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_7" id="Page_7"></a>It's awfully good of him," murmured Ruth. "I just casually mentioned +that I'd like to know something about the people of that section, and he +offered to get a book he had once heard of. But I didn't want him to +make such a fuss over it."</p> + +<p>"La-la-la!" chanted Alice, about nothing in particular.</p> + +<p>The girls busied themselves getting tea. The kettle was soon singing on +the gas stove, the crisp odor of toast had replaced the heavier one of +cabbage, and the rarebit was almost ready to serve, when a step was +heard out in the hall of the apartment house where the DeVere family had +their New York home.</p> + +<p>"There's daddy!" exclaimed Alice.</p> + +<p>"And just in time," added Ruth, as she poured the boiling water on the +tea, adding to the fragrant food perfumes that now filled the apartment.</p> + +<p>The key clicked in the lock, the door opened, and a rather imposing +figure of a man entered, laying aside his hat and light overcoat, for +the Spring day was a bit chilly.</p> + +<p>"Hello, Daddy!" called Alice, putting up her face to be kissed, as she +came in from the kitchen with a plate of delicately browned toast. +"You're just in time. And it's such a <i>lovely</i> rarebit!"</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_8" id="Page_8"></a>That's good, my dear."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Father, how hoarse you are!" cried Ruth. "Is your throat bad +again?"</p> + +<p>"Well, this harbor dampness isn't just the best medicine for it. But I +shall spray it, and it will be better."</p> + +<p>He sank somewhat wearily into a chair as he spoke, and Ruth glided over +to him.</p> + +<p>"Daddy," she said, "you look worried. Has anything happened? Is anything +wrong at the moving picture studio?"</p> + +<p>"No, nothing wrong, but—"</p> + +<p>It was evident that something out of the usual had occurred. Even +light-hearted Alice sensed it.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" she asked.</p> + +<p>"Oh, nothing so much," her father said in weary tones. "I suppose I +shouldn't make such a fuss over it. But Mr. Pertell has finally decided +to film the great marine drama, and that means we shall have to go out +on the water, more or less. And with my sore throat that isn't just the +best thing in the world for me."</p> + +<p>"A marine drama!" cried Alice. "Oh, I shall just love <i>that</i>!"</p> + +<p>A look of worry still clouded Mr. DeVere's face.</p> + +<p>"Father, there is something else," insisted<a name="Page_9" id="Page_9"></a> Ruth. "You haven't told us +all about this sea film."</p> + +<p>"No, I—I haven't," he said. "And, to tell the truth, I'd rather we +weren't going to be in that marine drama."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10"></a>CHAPTER II</h2> + +<h3>JACK JEPSON</h3> + + +<p>Hosmer DeVere's words and manner alike were alarming to his daughters. +Seldom had they seen him so moved, especially over such a seemingly +simple matter as the announcement of a new moving picture drama. He and +the girls, in common with the other members of the Comet Film Company, +had to portray many different scenes in the course of a season's work, +and though some of it was distasteful, it was seldom objected to by +anyone, unless perhaps by Pepper Sneed, the "grouch," or perhaps by Mr. +Wellington Bunn, an actor of the old school, who could not reconcile +himself to the silent drama.</p> + +<p>"Why, Daddy, what is the matter?" asked Alice. "I think it will be +perfectly fine to have a little trip out to sea, especially now that +Summer is coming on."</p> + +<p>"But not if the damp salty air is going to irritate his throat," +declared Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Oh, it isn't so much that," Mr. DeVere said,<a name="Page_11" id="Page_11"></a> "but you girls evidently +don't know that the big scene in this drama is a shipwreck, and what +follows. I am to be 'cast' in that, and so are you."</p> + +<p>"Well, what of it?" asked Alice. "It won't be a <i>real</i> shipwreck; will +it?"</p> + +<p>"Real? Of course not!" exclaimed Ruth. "The idea!"</p> + +<p>"I certainly hope it won't be real," Mr. DeVere said, "But—Oh, well, I +suppose I may as well admit the truth. You'll probably call me fussy and +all that, and laugh at the superstition of an old actor. But you know we +have our traditions, though I am free to confess that I have lost many +of them since entering on this moving picture work. But I had a dream +about this same shipwreck, and that was before I knew we were to be in +it, for I might mention that Mr. Pertell has included you girls in the +drama, and has prominent parts selected for you."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'm glad!" cried Alice enthusiastically.</p> + +<p>"I'm not," her father said, and he did not smile. "As I said I had a +dream about this drama before I knew we were to have parts in it. And in +that dream I saw——"</p> + +<p>"Oh, Daddy! Now don't tell a depressing dream before tea!" begged Alice, +slipping her arms about his neck, and imprinting a kiss on a <a name="Page_12" id="Page_12"></a>spot, +which, if it were not already bald, was fast becoming so. "Wait until +after supper—the rarebit will spoil if we don't eat it at once. Wait, +Daddy dear!"</p> + +<p>"All right, I will," he assented with a sigh. "Perhaps I may have a less +gloomy view of it after a cup of tea."</p> + +<p>And while the little family party is gathered about the table, I shall +take just a moment to tell my new readers something about the previous +books of this series.</p> + +<p>Ruth and Alice DeVere were moving picture girls, which you have probably +guessed already. That is, they were actresses for the silent film dramas +that make so much for enjoyment nowadays. Mr. DeVere was also an actor +in the same company. He had been a semi-tragedian of the "old school," +but his voice had failed, because of a throat ailment, and he could no +longer declaim his lines over the footlights. He was in distress until +it was suggested to him that he take up moving picture work.</p> + +<p>This suggestion came from young Russ Dalwood, who, with his widowed +mother and little brother, lived across the hall from the DeVere family, +in the Fenmore Apartment on one of the West Sixty streets of New York. +Russ had invented a new attachment for a moving picture <a name="Page_13" id="Page_13"></a>camera, and he +himself was a camera operator of ability.</p> + +<p>At first Mr. DeVere had refused to consider moving picture work, but he +finally consented, and even allowed his daughters to take their parts in +the silent drama. In the initial book of the series, "The Moving Picture +Girls," I related their first experiences.</p> + +<p>All was not smooth sailing. Though Mr. Frank Pertell, manager of the +Comet Film Company, was a most agreeable man, the other members of the +theatrical company were like those of any other organization—some were +liked, and some were not. Among the former, at least from the standpoint +of Ruth and Alice, was Russ; Paul Ardite, who played juvenile leads; Pop +Snooks, the property man and one who did all the odd tasks; and Carl +Switzer, a round-faced German, who was funny without knowing it.</p> + +<p>But neither Ruth nor Alice cared much for Laura Dixon and Pearl +Pennington, two former vaudeville actresses who thought they were +conferring a favor on the cameras to pose for moving pictures. Mr. Bunn, +an actor of the kind styled "Hams", was in like case.</p> + +<p>Mr. Bunn was always bemoaning the fact that he had left the "legitimate" +drama with a chance of playing "Hamlet", to take up moving picture +<a name="Page_14" id="Page_14"></a>work. But he might have been glad—especially on paydays—for he had +made more out of camera work than he could have done on the regular +stage.</p> + +<p>Pepper Sneed was never satisfied. He was of a gloomy nature, and always +looking for trouble. Sometimes he found it, and for a time he was happy +in saying "I told you so." But more often he proved a dismal failure as +a predicter of calamities.</p> + +<p>This was the company, with others whom you will meet from time to time, +in whose fortunes Ruth and Alice DeVere had cast their lots.</p> + +<p>After the girls' first introduction to the camera they went to Oak Farm +where a series of pictures were taken, and, incidentally, a mystery was +cleared up. Getting snowbound was another experience for our friends, +but they forgot the cruelties of Winter in the happy days under the +palms. And they had only recently come back from Rocky Ranch, where a +number of Western dramas had been filmed, when the little scene of our +opening chapter took place.</p> + +<p>Those of you who have read the previous books of this series do not need +to be told much about moving pictures. And even those who select this +volume as their first venture in becoming acquainted with our heroines +must well know how <a name="Page_15" id="Page_15"></a>the film pictures look from the front of the screen.</p> + +<p>To the uninitiated I might say that in making picture plays a company, +somewhat like a regular theatrical organization, is gotten together. The +play is decided upon, but instead of the acts taking place before an +audience they are enacted before a camera and a man who acts as +director, or manager.</p> + +<p>Some of the action takes place out of doors, amid the surroundings of +nature, but most interior scenes are "filmed," or taken, in the studio, +under the brilliant glare of electric lights. The pictures are taken in +succession on a narrow strip of celluloid film, of the same nature as +those in any camera. The strips are of a standard length of one thousand +feet, though some plays may "split," and take only half a "reel" while +others will fill several.</p> + +<p>When the film has been exposed, it is developed in a dark tank, and from +that one "master" film, any number of "positives" can be made for use in +the projecting machines. Doubtless you know that the same machine which +takes the pictures does not show them on the screen.</p> + +<p>But enough of this detail.</p> + +<p>"Was the rarebit good?" asked Alice, smiling up into her father's face, +as the supper progressed.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_16" id="Page_16"></a>You may give me some more, which is the best answer in the world, my +dear," he replied, smiling.</p> + +<p>"Be careful!" Ruth warned him. "You may have dreams, Daddy!"</p> + +<p>A shadow seemed to pass over the face of the old actor. He had been +jokingly gay during the meal, but now there seemed to be a sense of +depression.</p> + +<p>"Might as well tell us, and have it over with," suggested Ruth. "We +don't believe in dreams, anyhow. Do we Alice?"</p> + +<p>"Not a bit, and I've named the corners of my bed ever so many times," +and she laughed at that old sweethearts' superstition.</p> + +<p>"Well, my dream was very vivid," Mr. DeVere said. "I don't usually +believe in omens, but this one impressed me. I dreamed we were all at +sea, on a vessel in a storm, and, somehow, we became separated. I saw +you girls going down with the ship, while I was taken up on a life +raft."</p> + +<p>"Well, what of it, Daddy?" asked Alice. "I've often had unpleasant +dreams myself. Probably you ate something you ought not to have taken. +I'm rather sorry, now, I made this rarebit."</p> + +<p>"Oh, not at all! It was excellent!" he ex<a name="Page_17" id="Page_17"></a>claimed. "I would perhaps, +have thought nothing of my dream had not Mr. Pertell, a short time ago, +told me something of his plans for the future. He spoke of a great +marine drama he had in prospect, and we are to have prominent parts in +it. But I was startled when he told me that one scene—the great one, in +fact—was to be a shipwreck. He has engaged an old vessel for this +purpose, and he is going to sink it with all on board."</p> + +<p>"All on board!" cried Ruth. "You don't mean——"</p> + +<p>"Well, that's how it will appear in the camera, anyhow. You girls are to +be well in front, and your swimming abilities will be very necessary, +for you will have to go into the water."</p> + +<p>"I hope it is warm," murmured Alice.</p> + +<p>"Oh, it will be Summer before we get to the shipwreck part," went on Mr. +DeVere. "But what worries me is my dream in connection with the drama. I +almost told Mr. Pertell we would have nothing to do with it."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Father! You can't do that!" exclaimed Ruth. She, as housekeeper, +knew how much money was required in these days of the high cost of +living. Though Mr. DeVere and his daughters received fair salaries, +there were many expenses to be met, and if they refused present +engage<a name="Page_18" id="Page_18"></a>ments they might not find it so easy to get others.</p> + +<p>"Oh, of course I didn't actually turn it down," said the old actor, "but +it gave me quite a turn, I must say. I haven't gotten over it yet, +seeing you girls disappear under the waves."</p> + +<p>"Don't think of it, Daddy!" urged Alice. "Have some of this apple slump. +Mrs. Dalwood sent it in."</p> + +<p>"Your idea is that a man's mind is in his stomach, isn't it, daughter," +laughed her father. "Well, I will have some of the dessert. Oh, but I +almost forgot, you will have to go down an hour earlier in the morning +to the studio."</p> + +<p>"Why?" Ruth wanted to know.</p> + +<p>"A heavy day's work on, and Mr. Pertell wants to sketch out the +preliminary scenes of the marine drama. We are actually going to sea, I +believe, and he has engaged some old sailors, or at least one so far, to +give it a proper nautical flavor. It's only for tomorrow that we have to +go earlier than usual."</p> + +<p>Mr. DeVere seemed more like himself after he had told his daughters of +his vision. It did not so depress him now, and the rest of the meal +passed off in a much more jolly manner.</p> + +<p>In the evening Russ Dalwood came in from <a name="Page_19" id="Page_19"></a>across the hall, and they +played bridge whist, of which Mr. DeVere was fond.</p> + +<p>"Fancy daddy, Russ," laughed Alice, "wanting us to give up a chance to +go to sea just because he dreamed of a shipwreck!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I didn't actually want you to give it up," her father remonstrated. +"Perhaps I was foolish even to mention it. But I can't forget it—I +can't!" and he seemed to look through the walls of the room on some +distant and fateful scene.</p> + +<p>"Well, I must be getting back," Russ said. "You've won the rubber, as +usual, Mr. DeVere. Lots to do tomorrow, and I have a new assistant to +break in, so I'll say good-night."</p> + +<p>There were busy times for all next day, in the studio of the moving +picture concern. In the big room brilliant with electric lights as well +as from the illumination that came through a sky-glass, there were +several scenes from different dramas being filmed at the same time.</p> + +<p>When Ruth and Alice DeVere entered with their father, Mr. Pertell, the +manager of the Comet company, was engaged off to one side, evidently +instructing a man in what he must do before the camera. The man was a +sailor, and it needed but a glance to show that he was a real one, and +not "made up" for the occasion.</p> + +<p>"You see," said Mr. Pertell, "you come into <a name="Page_20" id="Page_20"></a>the shipping office, and +pretend to hand over the papers. But you slip the clerk the wrong ones, +and while he is examining them you reach over behind him and take the +documents you want."</p> + +<p>"Avast there! Belay!" came the hoarse voice of the sailor. "I do that +there, do I?"</p> + +<p>"Yes."</p> + +<p>"Steal the papers?"</p> + +<p>"Well, it isn't <i>stealing</i>, exactly. It's only——"</p> + +<p>"Stealin' is what I call it, and it can't be called by another name to +my way of thinkin'. It won't do, sir, it won't do! Jack Jepson got into +trouble once, but he isn't goin' to do it again. No sir! That stealin' +won't do for Jack Jepson. You've got to get someone else to sign them +articles for you. No stealin' for Jack Jepson!" and the figure of the +old sailor turned and, with a rolling gait, he started across the big +studio room.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21"></a>CHAPTER III</h2> + +<h3>SOMETHING OF A MYSTERY</h3> + + +<p>"Look out there!"</p> + +<p>"Where you going?"</p> + +<p>"Hold him back, somebody! Look out, you'll spoil that scene! Don't cross +in front of the camera!"</p> + +<p>Half a dozen frantic voices were calling to the sailor who, with dogged +persistence, kept on, shaking his grizzled and gray head, and muttering +over and over again:</p> + +<p>"It won't do for Jack Jepson! No sir! It won't do. I had one experience +with trouble and I don't want any more. No sir!"</p> + +<p>Evidently utterly unused to a moving picture studio, the old man kept on +his way. He was headed directly toward a camera that was "filming" an +elaborate ball room scene.</p> + +<p>If any figure came between the scene and the camera with the pictures it +was imprinting on the sensitive celluloid film (at the rate of sixteen +per second) part of the elaborate work would have <a name="Page_22" id="Page_22"></a>to be done over +again. And as one of the characters in the little play was a celebrated +dancer, whose time was paid for at an almost unbelieveable sum per hour, +it would mean a heavy expense.</p> + +<p>"Stop him!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Come back here!"</p> + +<p>"Halt! Vamoose! Turn about!" Paul Ardite called to the worked-up +traveler of the deep blue sea.</p> + +<p>This had no effect.</p> + +<p>"Avast there! Belay!" cried Russ Dalwood, who was not at that moment +engaged at the crank of some camera. He used the same sea terms the old +man himself had uttered, but this salt-water "lingo," or translation of +the command to halt, had no effect either.</p> + +<p>Then came an interruption at a most opportune time. Just ahead of the +sailor a scene from a Wild West drama was being enacted. A group of +cowboys were engaged in a quarrel in the bunk house, which had been set +up in the studio. The outdoor scenes of the little play were to be made +later, for it is the custom in this business to make all the scenes, +taking place in one locality, at the same time, regardless of their +sequence in the finished play. Later the film is cut up into strips, +pasted together with the <a name="Page_23" id="Page_23"></a>proper headings, or captions, and the finished +play results.</p> + +<p>And just as the old sailor, who called himself Jack Jepson, was about to +step in front of the ball room scene camera, to the frantic horror of +the operator, one of the cowboys, following out his lines, drew his +revolver, and fired a blank cartridge at the "villain."</p> + +<p>In the studio the noise was like that of a small cannon.</p> + +<p>"Mutiny!" yelled Jack Jepson, jumping in the air a foot or more. +"Mutiny!"</p> + +<p>But he stopped, and just in time. Two steps more would have brought him +in front of the clicking camera.</p> + +<p>"Mutiny!" he fairly roared. "What is this! Who's firin' a shot across my +bows? All hands on deck t' repel boarders! Avast there!" and he stood +looking around in bewilderment, while the smoke from the revolver +floated upward.</p> + +<p>"Come here!" called Mr. Pertell running forward, and grasping the arm of +the sailor before he could get away to step in front of any of the other +moving picture machines. "You don't understand, Mr. Jepson. I merely +want you to——"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I reckon I heard you say what you wanted me to do. Now look here! +I don't know <a name="Page_24" id="Page_24"></a>much about you, but you come over t' our Sailors' Snug +Harbor, an' you took some pictures. That was all right, I'm not captain +there an' I haven't anything t' say. You said you wanted an old +able-bodied man for certain work, an' I volunteered. I didn't know where +the voyage was, but I signed on, an' come here; didn't I?"</p> + +<p>"You did," said Mr. Pertell. "But let me explain."</p> + +<p>"No, you listen to me, first!" exclaimed the old salt, shaking a +thickened and roughened finger at the manager. "I come here, willin' to +do anything from slushin' th' mast, or holystonin' th' decks t' furlin' +sail in a blow. But what do I get; eh? I ask you what do I get? Why an +order to steal shippin' papers, that's what I get! An' that's a serious +crime. I'm not goin' t' be mixed up with it. No sir! Not for Jack +Jepson!" and he tried to break away.</p> + +<p>"Wait a minute!" Mr. Pertell begged. "You don't understand. It's only +the business of stealing the papers, you know."</p> + +<p>"Well, it's mighty poor business for any man t' be in; that's my +opinion. I was raised honest, an', man and boy, I've lived honest for +fifty years, with one exception, an' that wasn't my fault, and now——"</p> + +<p>Again he made an effort to leave, which effort, <a name="Page_25" id="Page_25"></a>if not blocked, would +have once more taken him in front of some clicking camera.</p> + +<p>"Oh, can't you understand!" cried the manager with a hopeless gesture.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps I could explain to him," suggested Ruth in a low voice. "I have +plenty of time, Mr. Pertell, and though I don't know this gentleman——"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I forgot. He's going to act with you and your sister, Miss DeVere," +said the manager. "Come over and be introduced. You too, Mr. DeVere. +He's to have a part in our great sea drama, that is, if I can ever get +it started. I began explaining to Jepson, here, about taking the papers +which have to do with the case, but he can't——"</p> + +<p>"You can't make me believe stealin's right, no matter how you go at it!" +interrupted the old salt, doggedly shaking his head.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps <i>I</i> can," put in Ruth with a smile, as the manager mentioned +their names to the newest and, seemingly, the most refractory member of +the company.</p> + +<p>"Well, Miss," said the sailor, "you look honest. I would believe what +you'd tell me, for I know you couldn't do no wrong. Perhaps I was a bit +hasty, but you see this is all new to me—this play-actin', an' shootin' +at folks unexpected like.<a name="Page_26" id="Page_26"></a> I wouldn't have tried it, only the captain at +the Sailors' Snug Harbor, over on Staten Island, where I'm berthed, +asked me as a favor to come here. But I don't like it!"</p> + +<p>"I didn't at first," said Alice, joining with her sister, in an attempt +to placate the old salt. "But I became used to it."</p> + +<p>"Ha! You're pretty young to be in this business," said Jack Jepson, who +evidently said what he thought.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'm older than I look," replied Alice with a smile. "I just love +the sea. I wish you would tell me about some of your voyages, for I'm +sure you must have been on many."</p> + +<p>"That I have, Miss, but this is th' queerest cruise I ever started on," +and he looked around at the many scenes being enacted.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile Ruth had slipped to Mr. Pertell's side.</p> + +<p>"Give me a brief outline of the play," she suggested. "I think I can +make it plain to him. He is all fussed up because it's something new. +You haven't time to go into details."</p> + +<p>"That's right—I haven't," agreed the harassed manager. "Well, this is +enough for you to know just now. There's a plot to sink a ship, and it +is necessary that certain papers appear to be stolen.</p> + +<p>"I picked Jepson up, as he says, at a sailors'<a name="Page_27" id="Page_27"></a> home, over on Staten +Island. He's a typical salt, but he balks at even a semblance of +wrong-doing."</p> + +<p>"I think I can make him understand," Ruth said as she took the +typewritten pages of the scenario, or plot, of the drama from the +manager.</p> + +<p>"I wish you would," Mr. Pertell said. "I've a thousand and one things to +do."</p> + +<p>Ruth started toward the old sailor. To her surprise her sister Alice was +now in earnest conversation with him. Jack Jepson seemed to have warmed +to Alice at once. And Ruth heard him saying, as she approached:</p> + +<p>"Well, Miss, you see it was this way. There was a mutiny, an' I was +accused, but I wasn't guilty. There was a mystery about it when the +captain disappeared, an' that mystery hasn't been solved yet, though I'd +give a good bit if it were. It's hangin' over me like a nightmare, Miss. +Now I'll tell you all about it, if I don't tire you."</p> + +<p>"I should love to listen!" exclaimed Alice, with dancing eyes and +flushed cheeks.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28"></a>CHAPTER IV</h2> + +<h3>THE SAILOR'S STORY</h3> + + +<p>Ruth, on her way to explain to sailor Jack Jepson what was wanted of him +in the matter of acting for moving pictures, paused as she saw Alice and +the aged salt in earnest conversation.</p> + +<p>"I think I had better defer my explanations a while," Ruth told herself. +"Perhaps he will be in a bettor frame of mind to listen, after he has +talked with Alice. What a wonderful way she has of making friends!" the +older girl mused as she looked at the interested and flushed face of her +pretty sister. At that moment Alice glanced up and caught Ruth's gaze on +her.</p> + +<p>"Do come and listen," she called. "I'm going to hear a wonderful story, +Ruth dear."</p> + +<p>The old sailor looked up quickly, stopping in his progress toward a +bench, whither Alice was leading him. It was in a quiet corner of the +studio, some distance away from the various little groups that, in +three-sided rooms (before the open part of which cameras were placed, +and over which big <a name="Page_29" id="Page_29"></a>lights hissed) were going through their parts in the +silent dramas.</p> + +<p>"This is my sister," Alice said.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, I remember now," Jack Jepson said. "There's so much goin' on +that I get a bit confused. But I can see you two look alike. Are you +goin' to put me reefin' sails or scrubbin' decks?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Neither one," Ruth said with a smile. "I told Mr. Pertell, our manager, +that I'd explain what was wanted of you. It is very simple, and——"</p> + +<p>"I don't call it simple t' rob an' cheat!" cried Jack with energy, "an' +that's what he wanted <i>me</i> to do."</p> + +<p>"I'll explain, and I think you'll find it all right," Ruth went on. "My +sister and I are in this business," she added, "and I don't believe you +think <i>we</i> would do anything wrong."</p> + +<p>"Far be it—far be it," said the old salt, earnestly.</p> + +<p>"Oh, but before you came, Ruth dear," suggested Alice, "Mr. Jepson was +going to tell me——"</p> + +<p>"Avast there! Belay! Hold on!" exclaimed the sailor, his voice ringing +out through the studio, above the tones of those actors who, to give +greater verisimilitude to their work were talking <a name="Page_30" id="Page_30"></a>their parts, as well +as going through them. They smiled at the old salt's energy.</p> + +<p>"Wait a minute, Miss," he went on in lower tones. "I didn't mean t' be +so quick, but that Mr. Jepson business won't do. Not at all!"</p> + +<p>"Why, isn't that your name?" asked Ruth. "I understood Mr. Pertell to +say——"</p> + +<p>"Oh, that's my name—at least the Jepson part of it is. But I don't like +the mister. I'm not used to it. The only time of late years when I was +called Mister was when I was up before the lawyers, and I didn't like it +then. Jest please call me Jack Jepson, an' 'twill sound more natural. I +ask it as a favor, Miss," and he looked from Ruth to Alice.</p> + +<p>"Why of course we'll call you Jack," assented the latter. "It will sound +nicer anyhow, I think," she added. "Now go on with your story. You said +there was a mystery in it. Has it anything to do with—buried treasure?" +and Alice leaned forward eagerly.</p> + +<p>"Buried treasure? No, Miss. What made you ask that?"</p> + +<p>"The idea!" exclaimed Ruth with a laugh. "I'm afraid you'll think my +sister very romantic, Mr.—er—Jack."</p> + +<p>"That's better!" he laughed. "Well, I don't know much about romance. My +life's been mostly hard work."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_31" id="Page_31"></a>I just mentioned treasure," Alice said with a little laugh, and a +glance toward where Miss Pennington and Miss Dixon, having a rest from +their moving picture work, were curiously eyeing the old sailor and the +two girls.</p> + +<p>"Well, my mystery hasn't anything t' do with buried treasure," resumed +Jack Jepson. "It's about a mutiny that took place off th' Hole in th' +Wall, about five years ago, an'——"</p> + +<p>"Hole in the Wall!" interrupted Ruth. "I thought mutinies always took +place on the high seas."</p> + +<p>"Well, this <i>was</i> the high seas," Jack answered.</p> + +<p>"But the Hole—?"</p> + +<p>"That's the name of a passage between Great Abaco Island and Eleuthera, +in the West Indies," the sailor replied. "I don't know why it's called +that, but it is."</p> + +<p>"A queer name," murmured Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Go on, please," urged Alice.</p> + +<p>"Well, I was second mate aboard a five masted schooner engaged in the +lumber business," went on Jack Jepson. "We were going down to South +America, in ballast t' bring back a cargo of hard woods, an' off the +Hole in the Wall th' trouble started.</p> + +<p>"Some of the crew kicked on account of the <a name="Page_32" id="Page_32"></a>grub—that's the stuff we +eat on a ship," he explained.</p> + +<p>"Oh, we know <i>something</i> of such talk," said Alice with a laugh. "We +haven't been out West among the cowboys for nothing!"</p> + +<p>"Well, some of th' hands laid it to the grub, an' others t' th' hard +work of sailing th' craft," went on Jack. "She was a mighty poor +schooner in ballast, an' owing t' storms an' rough weather we had t' be +takin' in or lettin' out reefs all th' while. It wasn't so bad up t' th' +time we got off th' Hole in th' Wall, but from then on it was fierce!</p> + +<p>"I'd heard rumors that th' crew was goin' t' mutiny an' demand that we +put in at some port, an' get better grub, an' more hands, for we was +short of sailors. But I didn't pay much attention to th' underhand talk +until it was too late. Then, all at once, when we had got away down +about off Anegada, th' mutiny broke in full force. The men riz up, an' +overpowered th' officers—th' captain was made a prisoner in his cabin, +an' I was given my choice of joinin' th' mutineers or walkin' th' +plank."</p> + +<p>"What's that?" asked Ruth, a bit startled.</p> + +<p>"That's when they blindfold a man, and make him walk a plank that is put +out over the bulwarks, or side of the ship," said Alice.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_33" id="Page_33"></a>Why, if he were blindfolded I should think he'd fall off, not knowing +when he came to the end," Ruth remarked, with a little shudder.</p> + +<p>"He doesn't know," Alice said. "That's an easy way of sending a man to +his doom."</p> + +<p>"That's it, Miss!" chimed in Jack. "You got th' idea!"</p> + +<p>"But Alice, how did <i>you</i> know that dreadful thing?" her sister +wonderingly demanded.</p> + +<p>"Read it in a book. Go on please, Mr.—er—Jack."</p> + +<p>"Of course I didn't want t' walk no plank," resumed the sailor, "so I +temporized. I thought maybe I could beat th' mutineers after all. So I +pretended t' join 'em. Things got pretty bad. Many of 'em was for +puttin' th' captain away—tossin' him overboard, an' there was a fight +about it. Matters got t' such a pass that pistols were fired, an' th' +captain would have been shot, an' killed, only a fellow named Mike +Tullane, a rough character, an' one of the leaders of th' mutiny, +stepped up sudden like an' saved th' captain's life by knockin' aside +th' ruffian's gun.</p> + +<p>"Well, of course there was a fight then, but Mike seemed t' come out all +right, bein' a leader, an' havin' th' men pretty well with him. Anyhow, +th' mutineers were in charge of th' ship, an' off Anegada, one of th' +little British Islands of the<a name="Page_34" id="Page_34"></a> West Indies, we were put about t' run for +port. Jest what was t' be done no one seemed to know. After the men got +th' ship they didn't know what to do with her.</p> + +<p>"Then came th' mystery. One night th' captain an' Mike Tullane +disappeared. They was seen in th' cabin, talkin' together, an' some of +th' hot-headed ones thought Mike was goin' back on his pals. They was +for makin' him walk th' plank.</p> + +<p>"But cooler heads made 'em wait. They said they wanted t' give Mike a +chance to explain. But he never got it."</p> + +<p>"Do you mean they—" began Alice, somewhat horrified.</p> + +<p>"I mean that night he an' th' captain disappeared," Jack said. "They +couldn't be found anywhere. No boat was taken, so they couldn't have +gotten off in one of them craft, an' we wasn't near enough land t' make +swimmin' safe. But they totally disappeared, an' that was th' mystery. +Whether they had a fight, an' jumped overboard together in th' darkness, +no one ever knowed, for them mutineers didn't keep extra good watch.</p> + +<p>"But anyhow they was gone—mysteriously missin' as they say in the +paper. That sort of took the heart out of some of th' mutineers and they +got careless. First we knew a British vessel <a name="Page_35" id="Page_35"></a>overhauled us, and, not +likin' th' looks of things, began to ask questions. Of course there +wasn't any captain, such as there should be on a ship, an' that made it +look suspicious. Th' worst of it was that nobody could say where the +captain was. None of us knew.</p> + +<p>"Then th' story of th' mutiny came out, of course, an' it was all up. +The Britisher took charge of us. I was arrested as the ringleader of the +mutiny, an' put in chains! An' I had no more to do with it than a baby, +Miss. No more than a baby!" and Jack Jepson looked from Ruth to Alice, +his blue eyes expressing the indignation he had felt at the time.</p> + +<p>"An' that's th' story of th' mystery, as I said I'd tell your sister," +he added turning to Ruth.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36"></a>CHAPTER V</h2> + +<h3>THE MARY ELLEN</h3> + + +<p>During the silence that followed the rather sudden ending of the old +salt's story, Ruth and Alice looked at each other with wonder in their +eyes. On all sides of them could be heard the clicking of the moving +picture cameras, the loud directions issued by the men who were managing +the different little dramas, and occasionally the sound of shots from +the cowboy play that was going on in front of where our friends were +seated on the bench, though at some distance away, for the studio was +large.</p> + +<p>"But that can't be all of it," said Alice, at length.</p> + +<p>"All of what, Miss?" Jack Jepson asked.</p> + +<p>"The mystery."</p> + +<p>"That's all there is to any mystery, Miss," he said. "A mystery is a +mystery, an' if it isn't solved, it's a mystery still, an' nobody can +make any more of it. Th' captain and Mike Tullane completely +disappeared, an' were never heard of afterward. That's th' mystery, an' +all there is to it, jest as I told you."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_37" id="Page_37"></a>But about yourself?" asked Ruth. "You said you were put in chains, +under arrest, as the ringleader of the mutiny."</p> + +<p>"So I was."</p> + +<p>"But what became of you?"</p> + +<p>"Well, I escaped, Miss. It may not be a very nice thing to confess, but +I escaped. Th' British ship took us to a jail on some island—I forget +th' name of it. Anyhow I was locked up, an' so were a lot of th' others. +We were tried, an' I was accused of startin' th' mutiny. Some of th' +worst men on th' ship put th' blame on me, an' I wasn't a bit guilty. +But it was no use in denyin' it. They was all banded together t' accuse +me t' save themselves. I was found guilty, though I wasn't at all, an' I +was sentenced to a long imprisonment. I just escaped hanging by a hair, +for mutiny on th' high seas is a serious crime.</p> + +<p>"But I was innocent, an' I knew it, an' when I found th' trial goin' +against me, I took a chance that offered, an' planned t' escape. I found +a French vessel puttin' t' sea an' as they was short handed I signed on. +Since then I've been in many vessels, but I always keep away from +English ones, and from English ports, for I would be arrested the minute +I set my foot on shore in one. A big reward is out for me."</p> + +<p>"How long ago was all this?" asked Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Oh, some years."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_38" id="Page_38"></a>But isn't the unjust charge outlawed now?" Alice wanted to know.</p> + +<p>"I'm afraid not, Miss. Such things are never outlawed. I daren't go t' +an English port, an' that's hampered me. I have to take what berths I +can get."</p> + +<p>"Can't you disprove the mutiny charge?" asked Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Not unless some of them involved was to confess, Miss. An' land knows +where those fellers are now. They've disappeared with th' captain an' +Mike Tullane. Of course if I could find either one of them, I could +prove my innocence, an' then I'd be free t' go where I pleased. But I've +about given <i>that</i> up, Miss.</p> + +<p>"So I sort of come t' anchor in th' Sailors' Snug Harbor, an' when I +heard about this movin' picture business, and th' chance it gave t' make +a little money, I took it. But when it comes t' doin' some crime for it, +I draws th' line. As I said, I've always lived honest, man and boy, for +many years, an' that one charge is th' only one against me. I'm not +goin' t' take them papers, and substitute false ones."</p> + +<p>"But you don't exactly understand," Ruth said with a smile. "I am going +to explain it to you. Mr. Pertell said I might. Now here is the story we +are supposed to act out; and, mind you, it is <a name="Page_39" id="Page_39"></a>only <i>supposing</i>—make +believe, as we children used to say."</p> + +<p>"Oh, it's make believe; is it?" asked Jack Jepson.</p> + +<p>"Yes, just make-believe."</p> + +<p>"I had a little gal once—long years ago," he said softly, "an' she used +to be great on make-believe games. Is this takin' of them papers a make +believe game?"</p> + +<p>"Exactly!" chimed in Alice. "My sister and I have to pretend every day. +It's fun!"</p> + +<p>"Well, of course I didn't know <i>that</i>," said Jack. "Maybe I made a +mistake in bein' so quick. There was nothin' wrong in it?" he +questioned.</p> + +<p>"Not the least in the world," said Ruth. "It is just a game, played for +the amusement of the public. I'll explain," and from the typewritten +scenario she held she went over the outlines of the big marine drama, as +one of the authors of the Comet company had written it. As she gave the +details, the simple, kindly face of the sailor cleared. His doubts +vanished.</p> + +<p>"Say, wasn't I th' old landlubber though!" he cried. "T' think I thought +I was really committin' a crime. Ha! Ha!"</p> + +<p>"Well, your past experience had made you careful," Alice said.</p> + +<p>"That's what it had, Miss. It's no fun t' be <a name="Page_40" id="Page_40"></a>barred from the ports of +the country that has more of 'em than any nation of the world. It +hampers a man. But I daren't go on British soil."</p> + +<p>"Could they come here and take you?" asked Ruth.</p> + +<p>The old man looked around before replying.</p> + +<p>"They maybe wouldn't know me," he hoarsely whispered. "I've grown a +beard since those days."</p> + +<p>"Well, then, how would the British authorities know you?" asked Alice +with a smile.</p> + +<p>"I'm not takin' any chances, Miss," was the answer. And though it might +seem to an outsider that it would be safe, under those circumstances, +for Jepson to visit British ports, if he kept away from the island where +he had been imprisoned, he could not see it that way.</p> + +<p>"No sir!" he exclaimed. "No British ports for mine!"</p> + +<p>By this time Mr. DeVere, who had been engaged in finishing a few scenes +in a play that had started the day before, came up to join his +daughters.</p> + +<p>"Well, how is the great marine drama coming on?" he asked, his voice +being more hoarse than usual. He had done some talking, as he found it +helped to give a better idea of the characters he portrayed, but it was +not necessary, in these pic<a name="Page_41" id="Page_41"></a>ture plays, to get his voice "over the +footlights."</p> + +<p>"There has been a halt," explained Ruth with a smile. "This is Jack +Jepson, Father. He is to have one of the principal parts, but he balked +at some underhand work, and—"</p> + +<p>"Pleased t' know you," Jack broke in with a jerky bow. "Your daughter's +a smart gal," he said. "She made everything as clear as daylight t' me. +I'm goin' on with th' play now."</p> + +<p>"That is when Mr. Pertell is ready," put in Alice. "He seems to have +found some difficulty in that cowboy drama."</p> + +<p>This was evident, for the Western play had been stopped, and the camera +operator, with a weary look on his face, was leaning against a post, as +if in despair of ever completing that day's run of film.</p> + +<p>"No, no, Mr. Bunn, you must not do it that way," the manager was saying. +"When Ardite, in the character of the young outlaw, shoots at you, stand +up without flinching. That's your part—to be indifferent to gunfire."</p> + +<p>"Oh, that's my part, is it? Just to be shot at!" cried the old "Ham" +actor. "Well, it's a mighty poor part, that's all I've got to say! It +will be the last time I ever take a part like that. Oh, why did I ever +leave the legitimate stage?"</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_42" id="Page_42"></a>Ha! Maybe it was because the stage would have left you, had you not +left it," said Mr. Switzer, who was dressed up as a German comedian, and +taking part in another play.</p> + +<p>"Ha! What is that?" asked Mr. Bunn pompously. But Mr. Switzer did not +repeat his remark. He was called to resume his part.</p> + +<p>"Now Mr. Bunn, stand up and be shot at!" commanded Mr. Pertell. "Come, +come! We can't lose all day on this little play. I've got to get busy on +the marine drama, and I want some of you in that. Ready with that gun +now, Paul!"</p> + +<p>"Yes, shoot him!" murmured Mr. Pepper Sneed, the human grouch. "Aim it +right at him. Of course they are only blank cartridges," he added +cheerfully, "but if the wadding hits you Bunn, lockjaw is almost sure to +follow. Go on and shoot. I know something will happen," and he looked as +though he would be disappointed if his prophesy were not borne out. "Go +on, shoot!"</p> + +<p>"No! No! I protest! I withdraw from this play!" cried Mr. Bunn, looking +around for his tall hat, without which he seldom was seen. It was his +one remnant of departed glory.</p> + +<p>"No, you'll not withdraw!" cried Mr. Pertell. "We've got half the film +run off with you on, and you've got to stick it out. Go on, Paul.<a name="Page_43" id="Page_43"></a> And, +Mr. Sneed, you needn't trouble to stand here and look on, as you're not +in this cast. You have a—depressing effect."</p> + +<p>Mr. Sneed certainly did. However, he moved away, and the play went on. +It was successfully filmed, and then Mr. Pertell was free to take up, +where he had left off, the discussion of the preliminaries of the marine +drama. "Out on The Deep" it was to be called.</p> + +<p>"Well, how about it?" asked the manager, as he approached the moving +picture girls, their father and sailor Jack. "Have you succeeded in +convincing him?"</p> + +<p>"That's what they have, Mr. Pertell," the old salt said. "I'm sorry I +made such a fuss about those false papers. I didn't know it was only +make-believe."</p> + +<p>"Well, if that difficulty is over with, we'll go on, though we can do +only a few of the simple scenes today," the manager said.</p> + +<p>"Do you understand the play?" he asked of Mr. DeVere.</p> + +<p>"Not altogether. I will look over the scenario."</p> + +<p>"I can save you the trouble," the manager went on. "I'll outline it +briefly for you. 'Out on the Deep,' is, as you can tell by the name, a +marine story. Part of it will take place in a sailors' home. That will +be the Snug Harbor, <a name="Page_44" id="Page_44"></a>where I found Jack Jepson. We will go over to +Staten Island some day and film those scenes.</p> + +<p>"Another part of the drama will take place in a shipping office. Of +course that will be a studio scene, taken right here. I was starting in +on that when Jack balked."</p> + +<p>"Well, I won't again," the sailor promised.</p> + +<p>"Glad to hear it," came from the manager. "But the big part of the play +will actually take place on deep water," Mr. Pertell resumed. "We are +going out in a big schooner, and——"</p> + +<p>"A real schooner?" asked Jack, eagerly.</p> + +<p>"Yes, a real schooner. It isn't a very good one, but it will answer our +purpose, especially as we have to wreck her, and she will be a total +loss. I had to pay pretty high for her, too. But I think it will be +worth it. The shipwreck scenes, in the storm, ought to be great. And +now, as I have decided to postpone the rehearsal of the play for a +while, I think it would be a good plan for some of us to go and look at +the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, and get familiar with her layout."</p> + +<p>"The <i>Mary Ellen</i>!" cried Sailor Jack.</p> + +<p>"Yes, that is the name of the schooner I have purchased to use as a +shipwreck," said the manager.</p> + +<p>"Why—th' <i>Mary Ellen</i>!" cried Jack. "That was th' name of th' vessel +where th' mutiny was!" and he started to his feet in great excitement.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45"></a>CHAPTER VI</h2> + +<h3>CAPTAIN BRISCO</h3> + + +<p>"Mutiny! What do you mean?" demanded Mr. Pertell, a little startled by +the action of the old sailor.</p> + +<p>"That's just what I mean, sir! Oh, I forgot you don't know. But I told +these young ladies about me being in a mutiny, an' I'm under suspicion +in connection with it still. I can't go in an English port, and that's a +nice blight to put on a man!" he said indignantly.</p> + +<p>Mr. Pertell looked bewildered.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps I can explain," said Ruth, "and if I go wrong, Jack, please +correct me."</p> + +<p>"That I will, Miss!" he exclaimed.</p> + +<p>Thereupon Ruth told the whole story, much more connectedly, and more +briefly, than would have been possible for the old salt. But Ruth had +the knack of condensing a long scenario into a few words.</p> + +<p>"Was that it?" she asked Jack, when she had finished.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_46" id="Page_46"></a>That's it, Miss, an' you did me more credit in the story than I +deserved."</p> + +<p>"Oh, no I didn't," Ruth said, smiling. "I'd like to help you solve that +mystery, too—the mystery of the disappearance of the captain and Mike +Tullane."</p> + +<p>"That's it!" cried Jack. "If I could only find one of them, or if some +of th' real mutineers would confess, it would clear me an' I could be +free t' roam wherever I wanted t' in th' world. But it's too much t' +hope for that. But you said th' name of th' vessel we was t' make +believe be shipwrecked on was th' <i>Mary Ellen</i>, sir," and he turned to +the manager. "The <i>Mary Ellen</i> was the name of the craft where the +mutiny occurred. Could it be—" he paused, hope showing on his eager +face.</p> + +<p>"No, there's hardly a chance that this is the same one," said Mr. +Pertell. "<i>Mary Ellen</i> is a common name for vessels," he went on, "and +there must be scores with it painted on their bows. I don't know +anything about the vessel I have bought, but I doubt if she was ever in +a mutiny. She is a very old craft, and isn't really fit for service now. +But her owners say she will do for what I want. We are going to take her +to Southern waters, and the main scenes of the drama will be +photographed aboard her, and around her."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_47" id="Page_47"></a>Where is the craft now, if I may ask?" inquired Mr. DeVere.</p> + +<p>"Over in Erie Basin," answered the manager. "I am having her fitted up, +and a crew is being engaged. Of course it will be some time before we +sail, but I want to get everything in readiness. So suppose we take a +run over there now, and look at her."</p> + +<p>"That suits me!" exclaimed Jack, to whom matters nautical were as the +breath of life. "And I hope you'll sign me on, sir; when it comes to +makin' up your crew, sir."</p> + +<p>"I intend to ship you," was the answer. "Captain Brisco said he would +need some good officers. You have a mate's certificate, have you not, +Jack."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir, and mighty glad and proud I'll be to fill that berth, sir."</p> + +<p>"Oh, won't it be jolly to go sailing!" exclaimed Alice. "I shall just +<i>love</i> it!"</p> + +<p>Mr. DeVere sighed resignedly.</p> + +<p>"I'm afraid it won't be very good for your throat, Daddy," said Ruth in +a low tone. "The damp air will be sure to make you cough."</p> + +<p>"Oh, well—" he began.</p> + +<p>Mr. Pertell overheard what was said.</p> + +<p>"I don't like to ask you, Mr. DeVere," he said, "to do anything that +will be bad for your <a name="Page_48" id="Page_48"></a>health. But I certainly need your services, and +those of your daughters, in this sea drama. Otherwise I would not ask +you to run any risks with your throat.</p> + +<p>"But I will say this. We shall not be afloat until Summer, and, as we +shall be in a warm climate, perhaps the bad effects will not be so +pronounced."</p> + +<p>"No, I think so myself," the old actor admitted. "It may even do me +good. I will doctor up in the meanwhile. And I realize that if I do not +go, my daughters cannot. I would not like to have them miss this fine +opportunity."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Daddy! We wouldn't go if it harmed you!" Alice cried.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I dare say I can manage," her father replied. "The new treatment I +am taking seems to agree with me. Who knows? Perhaps, when it comes time +to sail, my throat may not trouble me at all."</p> + +<p>"Let us hope so," Alice broke in. "I do so love the water, and the +Southern sea will be a dream!"</p> + +<p>Perhaps if Alice could have looked ahead, and seen what lay before her, +she would not have been so enthusiastic in anticipating the future.</p> + +<p>Mr. Pertell saw that the other plays under way in the studio were +running smoothly, and then <a name="Page_49" id="Page_49"></a>prepared to take Mr. DeVere, his daughters, +and the old sailor over to Erie Basin, to inspect the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, as +she lay in her slip, being refitted for another voyage—her last—for +she was to rest beneath the waves when she had played her part in the +moving picture play.</p> + +<p>"I wish I were going with you," said Russ Dalwood, as Ruth passed him +where he was having a moment's respite from grinding away at the crank +of a camera.</p> + +<p>"I wish so, too," she answered, in a low voice.</p> + +<p>"But I've got to stay here, and grind away at this film," he said +hopelessly.</p> + +<p>"We'll see you to-night," she called to him, as she went out.</p> + +<p>Paul Ardite waved to Alice as she "twinkled" her fingers at him. Paul +was in a cowboy costume, playing a scene in the cowboy story, which +seemed to be giving more and more trouble as it proceeded.</p> + +<p>"This is the fifth time we've done that act," Paul called to Alice in an +aside as she passed. "And all because Mr. Bunn is so fussy. They'll take +him out, if he isn't careful. Where are you going, Alice?"</p> + +<p>"Over to see <i>Mary Ellen</i>."</p> + +<p>"Who's she? A new actress?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, she's a 'she' I suppose, and she's going <a name="Page_50" id="Page_50"></a>to have a big part in a +drama. I'll tell you about it later."</p> + +<p>The <i>Mary Ellen</i> certainly did not present a very trim appearance as the +little party went aboard her at the dock in Erie Basin. The decks were +cluttered up with an assortment of ropes, planks, casks, boxes and other +things, so that it was impossible to move about without great care. On +coming in sight of the craft Jack Jepson's face wore a look of +expectancy.</p> + +<p>"She might be the same <i>Mary Ellen</i> that I was on," he said.</p> + +<p>But when he saw that the craft had three masts, whereas the ship where +the mutiny had occurred boasted of five, Jack shook his head.</p> + +<p>"She isn't th' same ship," he murmured.</p> + +<p>Yet as he stepped on deck he gave a start, and an exclamation escaped +his lips.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter?" asked Alice, who was near him.</p> + +<p>"Well, Miss, you may think it strange," he said, "but if I had my eyes +shut, I'd say I was on my old ship—th' <i>Mary Ellen</i> I was tellin' you +about."</p> + +<p>"But she had five masts, and this one——"</p> + +<p>"Yes, I know, Miss Alice. But, masts or no masts there's somethin' about +this craft that's strangely familiar. I'm sure I've been on her be<a name="Page_51" id="Page_51"></a>fore, +and yet—no, it can't be—three masts can't make five, no matter how you +count."</p> + +<p>"Well, this is the ship," said Mr. Pertell to his guests. "This will be +our home when we get her fitted up in ship-shape. I don't know much +about such things myself, so I've given Captain Brisco full charge. He +is to get her in readiness."</p> + +<p>"Well, if you were to ask me I should say it would take the greater part +of a year to get this in ship-shape," said Ruth. "I never saw such +confusion—never!" and she gazed about the deck.</p> + +<p>"Why, Miss, this isn't anythin'—nothin' at all!" cried Jack Jepson. +"With a few of my old shipmates I could get this craft ready for a +voyage in half a day—that is, if she's all right below th' water line," +he added as an afterthought.</p> + +<p>"I'm trusting all that to Captain Brisco," said Mr. Pertell. "He was +recommended to me by the ones from whom I purchased this boat. I think +he will have everything in ship-shape for us in time."</p> + +<p>As they stood looking about the deck a man came up from below. From his +appearance he was unmistakably a sailor, and one in authority. He issued +several orders, on hearing which a number of men bestirred themselves, +and then, <a name="Page_52" id="Page_52"></a>catching sight of the little party, he called out in rough +tones.</p> + +<p>"Come now! What's this? No visitors are allowed on board here. Get +ashore at once!"</p> + +<p>"Hello, Captain Brisco!" called Mr. Pertell. "That is, if that's the +proper nautical greeting."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Mr. Pertell. I didn't recognize you," said the commander of the +<i>Mary Ellen</i>. "I beg your pardon! Won't you walk this way?"</p> + +<p>"We are on a little tour of inspection," the manager went on. "These are +some of my principle moving picture actors, and I want them to get +familiar with the ship. And, Captain Brisco, this is an old salt who +will be with us. He is to be second mate, I believe. Jack Jepson, let me +present you to Captain Brisco."</p> + +<p>A strange look came over the old salt's face. He stepped forward and +burst out with:</p> + +<p>"I guess I've met Captain Brisco before, but that wasn't his +name—then!"</p> + +<p>Captain Brisco started back as though a shot had been fired near him.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53"></a>CHAPTER VII</h2> + +<h3>JEPSON IS WORRIED</h3> + + +<p>For an instant only did the commander of the <i>Mary Ellen</i> show signs of +perturbation. He recovered himself with an effort, hardly obvious to the +moving picture girls who were watching. It was as though a cloud had +passed over the sun so quickly as to give an observer no time to glance +up and see it, before the shadow was gone. Then Captain Brisco smiled.</p> + +<p>"I think you've made a mistake, my man," he said, with the air of one +used to commanding. "I'm sure I don't know you, whether or not you think +you have had the pleasure of my acquaintance. How about it?"</p> + +<p>He turned a sharp look on Jack Jepson, and the latter faltered.</p> + +<p>"Well—well, maybe I am mistaken," he said slowly. "But I sure did take +you for an old shipmate of mine. I sure did—an old shipmate," and he +spoke the words slowly.</p> + +<p>"For instance—who?" asked Captain Brisco, <a name="Page_54" id="Page_54"></a>and the words seemed to come +out like the closing of the jaws of a steel trap.</p> + +<p>"Oh—er—you wouldn't know if I told you," said Jack. "I guess I was +mistaken," he added.</p> + +<p>"And I'm sure of it," Captain Brisco said, coolly. "I don't know many in +these parts, for I've been away for some time. And—er—who might you +be?" he asked, with more of that commanding air.</p> + +<p>"This is the sailor who will be one of your mates on our little trip," +explained Mr. Pertell. "You said you would need officers, even for a +short voyage such as we intend making, so I picked up Jack Jepson. Do +you think he'll do?"</p> + +<p>"Depends on how much he knows of navigation," was the sharp answer.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I have my certificate," Jack answered. "If you want t' see it I +have it——"</p> + +<p>"Never mind now," interposed Captain Brisco. "There are a thousand and +one things to do, and nothing seems to be going right. Lay aloft there, +some of you!" he cried to a group of men. "Get those halyards reeved and +straightened out. Think we're going to lie here all Summer? Lively now! +I think I could use you, if you've any knack of handling men," he added +in lower tones, turning to Jack. "It's slow work, getting fitted out."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_55" id="Page_55"></a>I could come any time," Jepson answered, and Alice noted that the old +sailor gazed furtively now and then at the captain. It was as though he +wanted to impress his memory with the face of the commander. "I'm over +in Sailors' Snug Harbor," Jepson went on, "I came over to do some +actin'——"</p> + +<p>"Yes, this play acting business is new to me, too," said Captain Brisco. +"But I suppose I can get used to it. Seems rather queer to go to all +this work and expense," he went on to Mr. Pertell, "just to fit a +schooner out, and then sink her. It's a waste of good money, I should +say."</p> + +<p>"We'll get our money back, never fear, if the film turns out all right," +said Mr. Pertell. "Now how are you coming on? That's what I came to see. +I want some of my principal actors to get familiar with the ship, so I +brought them down. I started with Jepson, up in the studio," he added in +a lower voice, for the benefit of Captain Brisco, "but he balked, I'll +tell you about it later. He can stay and help you if you like."</p> + +<p>"Well, I probably can use him," the commander said, as he looked at +Jepson, who was wandering about the deck with a curiously abstracted +air.</p> + +<p>"Sort of funny thinking he knew you, wasn't it?" commented Mr. Pertell, +while Alice, Ruth <a name="Page_56" id="Page_56"></a>and Mr. DeVere looked on with interest at the various +activities connected with getting the <i>Mary Ellen</i> ready for sea.</p> + +<p>"Oh, not at all queer," answered Captain Brisco, quickly. "I have +commanded so many men and ships in my day that I must be familiar by +name, at least, to hundreds of sailors. But I never saw this Jepson +before. However, he seems to be a good, honest soul."</p> + +<p>"Too honest, by far!" laughed Mr. Pertell. "He wouldn't even pretend to +take some false papers to carry out a film idea. Said he'd been in +enough trouble over being falsely accused in a mutiny!"</p> + +<p>"A mutiny!" exclaimed Captain Brisco. "A mutiny!"</p> + +<p>"Yes. Why, is that remarkable?" asked the manager, for Captain Brisco +seemed startled.</p> + +<p>"No, oh, no! I don't know as it is. I was only thinking if he was given +to starting mutinies, he wouldn't be a safe man to have on board here."</p> + +<p>"Oh, you needn't fear for Jepson," the manager said. "He was innocent in +that mutiny affair, I believe. But now as to details. I want to consult +with you in regard to certain matters."</p> + +<p>And while the captain and manager sought a quiet corner, where they +might converse, and go over the plot of the great marine drama, Alice +<a name="Page_57" id="Page_57"></a>and Ruth wandered about the ship. The sailors who were fitting her out +looked curiously at the girls as they went to and fro. Mr. DeVere found +a sheltered spot where he said he would wait until Mr. Pertell was +finished with the captain.</p> + +<p>"Does your throat pain you much?" asked Alice solicitously.</p> + +<p>"Oh, not as much as I expected, coming so near the water. I think it +will be all right. Don't worry."</p> + +<p>"Isn't it perfectly wonderful, to think we're going to be on board this +schooner!" exclaimed Alice to her sister. "And are we going to sleep +here and eat here, Jack?" she asked, as the old sailor came toward them.</p> + +<p>"Well, Miss, if you goes on a voyage you can't walk off th' ship +whenever you want to, you know, to get a berth, and some grub. I mean +something to eat and a place to sleep," he quickly translated. "You has +to stay right on board until the voyage ends."</p> + +<p>"Oh, and could we see where we sleep?" asked Ruth.</p> + +<p>"The staterooms? Yes, of course," said Captain Brisco, who with Mr. +Pertell came forward just then. "Jepson, take the ladies below. If +you're a sailor you don't need to be told the way."</p> + +<p>"No, sir," was the respectful answer. Jack <a name="Page_58" id="Page_58"></a>seemed to have acquired new +dignity since coming aboard; and it was noticeable, a little later, that +he took more pains with his talk, being more grammatical, and +pronouncing his words better, as befitted a mate.</p> + +<p>"And I want to see where they do the cooking," remarked Ruth. "What is +it they call it—the alley?"</p> + +<p>"The galley," corrected Alice. "Don't you remember?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, so it is. What a funny name for a kitchen."</p> + +<p>"This way," directed Jack, as he started for the companionway. Meanwhile +Mr. Pertell and Captain Brisco having settled on certain details, called +Mr. DeVere into consultation, since that actor was to have a prominent +part in the scenes that would take place aboard the ship.</p> + +<p>Jack Jepson led his two pretty charges below, where some men were also +at work. They inspected the sleeping quarters, the galley and other +parts of the ship. Then, at the suggestion of Alice they penetrated to +the men's quarters—the forecastle, or "fo'cas'l," as Jack pronounced +it, sailor-fashion.</p> + +<p>As they passed two carpenters doing some "patch-work," Jack paused and +looked closely at <a name="Page_59" id="Page_59"></a>what they were doing. Suddenly he turned to Alice and +asked:</p> + +<p>"Is this craft to make a voyage all by herself?"</p> + +<p>"A short one—yes," Alice answered, for she had looked over the +scenario. "Why do you ask?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, nothin'—nothin'—," answered Jack Jepson. "Only, oh, well, I +s'pose it's all right," he went on. But as he led the way forward Ruth +noticed a look of worriment on the face of the old sailor. It was so +evident that it startled her—the more so as she heard him murmur:</p> + +<p>"Going all by herself; eh? Well, she certainly needs a consort."</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60"></a>CHAPTER VIII</h2> + +<h3>HARD WORK</h3> + + +<p>Ruth took advantage of the first opportunity to question Sailor Jack +Jepson. The memory of that look on his face haunted her. But it was not +until they had come from the <i>Mary Ellen</i> that Ruth found her chance.</p> + +<p>While on board, arrangements had been made for taking some of the +preliminary scenes of the marine drama, and Mr. Pertell urged Captain +Brisco to hasten, as much as he could, the preparations for the voyage.</p> + +<p>But finally, when Alice and her father had gone on ahead, walking with +Mr. Pertell, and were deep in a discussion about a certain scene, Ruth +found a chance to ask:</p> + +<p>"Didn't you like what you saw downstairs in the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, Jack?"</p> + +<p>"Downstairs, Miss?" the sailor questioned, a puzzled look on his face.</p> + +<p>"Or whatever the right sea-term is for under the deck?" she went on.</p> + +<p>"Oh, you mean below."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_61" id="Page_61"></a>Yes, didn't you like what you saw below?" asked Ruth.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, Miss?"</p> + +<p>"Well, you didn't seem altogether pleased. I don't want them to hear," +she went on, motioning to her father and sister, "but you looked +worried. Was anything—wrong?"</p> + +<p>"Wrong? No, Miss, not exactly wrong. But some of them fellers didn't +seem to know their business in repairin' a ship, that was all. But we +aren't goin' on much of a voyage, so I don't s'pose it matters—much."</p> + +<p>"But we are going on a pretty long trip, and for a time we'll all be +alone on board the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, some distance from land," Ruth said. "I +know, for I've read the outlines."</p> + +<p>"Is that so, Miss? Why—I—I didn't exactly know that. I wonder if I'd +better——"</p> + +<p>Before Jack Jepson could continue Mr. Pertell turned back and called:</p> + +<p>"Oh, I believe I forgot to tell you people, but we are also to have a +motorboat in connection with the <i>Mary Ellen</i>. A big, powerful gasoline +craft, she is, called the <i>Ajax</i>. She'll follow us, part of the time, +for some of the pictures have to be taken from a distance, as she trails +along at the stern. We'll have plenty of time for rehearsal, though."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_62" id="Page_62"></a>Ah, a motorboat to follow us. Then there isn't so much danger," said +Jack Jepson, and he seemed talking to himself.</p> + +<p>"Danger!" exclaimed Ruth. "What do you mean by that?"</p> + +<p>"Danger? Did I say danger, Miss?" he asked, and again Ruth was surprised +at the strange look on his face.</p> + +<p>"You certainly did say it," she replied.</p> + +<p>"Well, I didn't mean it," he said, though he spoke with an obvious +effort. "I meant it would be much more company—company for you folks as +aren't used to sailin' the seas. That's all, Miss. Oh, no, there's no +real danger—that is there won't be to <i>you</i>, as long as old Jack Jepson +can ward it off," he murmured under his breath.</p> + +<p>The little party went back to the studio, and, after lunch, some of the +easiest and less important scenes in the marine drama were rehearsed. +Sailor Jack soon understood what was wanted of him, and did very well. +Ruth and Alice took pleasure in coaching the honest, simple old salt. +His too-conscientious scruples about doing a seemingly wrongful act were +overcome when it was explained to him, and he went through the scene in +the studio shipping office very well.</p> + +<p>"And that will be all you'll have to do for a few days," Manager Pertell +told him. "You <a name="Page_63" id="Page_63"></a>will not be needed to take part in any scenes until we +get ready for the second act. Meanwhile you had better arrange to stay +aboard the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, while she is in the Erie Basin, and help +Captain Brisco."</p> + +<p>"That I will! Aye, aye, sir!" exclaimed Jack. "And it'll be a relief to +be where I can feel the heave of a deck, even if the craft is anchored, +and to smell the real salt water again. I'll go aboard as soon as I can +get back to the Snug Harbor, and stow my dunnage in a bag."</p> + +<p>He really seemed delighted to make the change, and the worried look left +his face, though Ruth could not forget the shadow it had cast. What did +it mean? She asked herself this over and over again.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile there was hard work for the moving picture girls and Mr. +DeVere. A company engaged in the making of films does not content itself +with merely producing one big play. There are any number of small reels +that are needed, as "fillers." Some of them are called "split reels," +meaning that there are two plays, or sketches, on each one. And in the +intervals of going through scenes in "Out on The Deep," or rehearsing +for them, Ruth and Alice took part, with others of the Comet +organization, in the making of many pictures.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64"></a>Several weeks went by in this way. Spring was gradually turning into +Summer, to the delight of the girls, who loved the outdoors. Of course +they loved Winter, too, for they had many outdoor scenes to take part in +then, since snow effects are always easy to photograph.</p> + +<p>"But Summer is the best!" cried Alice, gaily dancing about the studio, +after she had finished in a little comedy scene, one day.</p> + +<p>"I think so, too," agreed Ruth.</p> + +<p>"And when we get out on the deep blue sea," the younger girl added, "it +will be ideal. Oh, I can hardly wait for the <i>Mary Ellen</i> to start on +her last voyage. Isn't it too bad she has to be sunk?" she asked.</p> + +<p>"Yes, it is rather tragic," agreed Ruth. "I hope we get far enough away +when she takes her last plunge beneath the waves," she added with an +involuntary shudder.</p> + +<p>"Oh, trust Captain Brisco for that," Alice said.</p> + +<p>"I had rather trust—Sailor Jack Jepson," murmured Ruth in a low voice.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile work on refitting the schooner had gone on apace. The moving +picture girls, and their friends, had paid several visits to her, and +found Captain Brisco, Jack Jepson and the others hard at work making the +vessel a semblance of her former self.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_65" id="Page_65"></a>She's an old tub," said Jack to the girls, "but she's in better shape +than she was when you were here afore, Missies."</p> + +<p>And indeed the <i>Mary Ellen</i> did seem so. A new coat of paint added as +much to her appearance, as a new dress and hat does to a young lady, +though <i>Mary Ellen</i> could no longer be classed as young.</p> + +<p>Then came a day when many members of the theatrical company, including +Jack Jepson, who now enjoyed that distinction, were taken down to the +seacoast, some distance from New York. They went in a tug specially +hired for the occasion.</p> + +<p>"Some of the scenes of the marine drama take place on the seacoast," +explained Mr. Pertell. "I want to get them now, when we have the chance. +I need a rocky shore, and this is the nearest one we can reach. Get +ready now. We have rehearsed these scenes, you remember."</p> + +<p>They were not easy scenes, and, even though they had been gone over in +the studio, when it came to actually going through them on the beach, +one difficulty after another arose.</p> + +<p>In the first place it was a raw, windy day, and there was a pretty high +sea, dashing up among the rocks of the shore, and sending a spray over +toward the cameras.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_66" id="Page_66"></a>I can't do anything from this point!" finally complained Russ Dalwood, +who was at the machine. "I've spoiled about a hundred feet of film now. +We'll have to get around that point."</p> + +<p>"All right," agreed Mr. Pertell, "but the scenery isn't so good there."</p> + +<p>But when one difficulty was disposed of another one was found. Mr. Bunn +made trouble when he was asked to do a certain "fall" in the water. He +complained that he did not want to spoil his tall hat.</p> + +<p>"Oh, you and your tall hat!" impatiently exclaimed the manager. "Go on +with that scene, I tell you!"</p> + +<p>"But I—er—I—" expostulated the old actor.</p> + +<p>Before he could make further objection a mist of heavy spray dashed over +him, thoroughly wetting his beloved hat.</p> + +<p>"There!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Your tile is spoiled anyhow, now go on and +fall in. It can't get any wetter!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, what a life! What a life!" groaned the "Ham" actor, but he went +through the "business." Perhaps he realized that other engagements were +not any too plentiful for men of his talent.</p> + +<p>Nor did Ruth and Alice have an easy time. They had to scramble over +rocks, they had to es<a name="Page_67" id="Page_67"></a>cape from smugglers, they had to hide in caves, +and once Alice had to fall down on the rocks, and pretend to be hurt. It +was a very real fall, too, and she did not have to make much of a +pretense at limping.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'm so sorry!" exclaimed Paul Ardite, hastening to her side. "Shall +I carry you?" he asked eagerly.</p> + +<p>"No indeed. I'm all right. I just——"</p> + +<p>"Keep back there, Paul! Keep back!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Don't get in +range and spoil the picture. That's fine, Miss DeVere. It's very +natural—that limp!"</p> + +<p>"It ought to be!" murmured Alice, biting her lips to keep back an +exclamation of pain. "It's real enough, especially the pain."</p> + +<p>Moving picture acting is not all as easy as it seems.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68"></a>CHAPTER IX</h2> + +<h3>THE RISING TIDE</h3> + + +<p>"Well, that's very good, so far," said Mr. Pertell, when there came a +lull in the taking of the preliminary scenes of the marine film. "A +little more life wouldn't have hurt any, but the conditions aren't just +the best. It was fairly well done."</p> + +<p>"Huh! Fairly well done!" exclaimed Pepper Sneed. "I wonder what he +wants, anyhow? I nearly broke my neck scrambling over those rocks, and +the skin is all gone from the palms of my hands, and all he says is that +it was 'fairly well done!' I wonder what he wants, anyhow?"</p> + +<p>"Ha! He vants dot you shouldt altogedder preak your neck, ain't it?" put +in Mr. Switzer. "Dot vould be a real funny picture, alretty yet!" he +went on in his favorite character of a Dutch comedian. "Preak your neck, +Mr. Sneed, und let Russ make der picture."</p> + +<p>"Ha! I think I see myself!" exclaimed the "grouch," as he looked for a +seaweed-cushioned <a name="Page_69" id="Page_69"></a>rock whereon to sit. "There's been a lot of trouble +today, but, mark my words, there'll be more before we have finished. +That's all I've got to say," and by the sour look on his face anyone +would have thought that he rejoiced in his prediction of trouble to +come.</p> + +<p>"What is the matter now?" asked Ruth, coming up in time to hear part of +the discussion.</p> + +<p>"Oh, Pepper is sure the world is going to come to an end before the +public has a chance to see him in his great rescue act of 'Out on The +Deep,' I guess," replied Paul Ardite. "Cheer up!" he added. "The worst +is yet to come."</p> + +<p>"You're right there," agreed Mr. Sneed, darkly. "There'll be an accident +before this day is over, mark my words!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, Alice, are you hurt?" asked Ruth quickly, as she saw her sister +limping toward her, for the little scene in which Alice had slipped and +hurt her ankle, had taken place when Ruth was busy in another part of +the play, farther down the shore line.</p> + +<p>"It isn't anything," the younger girl answered, bravely keeping back an +exclamation of pain.</p> + +<p>"Will you be able to go on?" Mr. Pertell asked. He had followed Alice, +when the scene closed, and when he had stopped Paul in time to prevent +the photographs from being spoiled.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_70" id="Page_70"></a>Oh, yes, I can go on, of course," Alice said, with an effort.</p> + +<p>"Because you have some important parts yet to do," the manager +continued. He was not as heartless as this sounds. Really he was most +kind and considerate. Yet he knew the pictures must be made and the +present was the best time. If there were a delay, there was no telling +what might intervene.</p> + +<p>He knew that Alice herself realized this. She would not give up unless +positively unable to go on. The general public little realizes how often +those who entertain them do so under positive pain and suffering. Of +course moving picture scenes can be postponed more easily than can those +in a real theatre. But the general rule holds good for the movies, as +for the legitimate. "The show must go on!" That is the watchword of +manager and player alike. "The show must go on!"</p> + +<p>"I have a bottle of arnica with me," said Mrs. Maguire, the "old lady" +of the company. "I heard we were to do some rock-scrambling today and I +brought it along. I'll rub some of it on your ankle," she said to Alice.</p> + +<p>"Yes, doctor her up a bit," advised Mr. Pertell. "She's too important to +be left out of the film, <a name="Page_71" id="Page_71"></a>for a while at least. I don't want to force +you, Miss DeVere," he went on, "but really——"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'll be able to go on," Alice bravely said. "It is only a little +wrench, I think."</p> + +<p>Behind a screen of rocks Mrs. Maguire removed Alice's shoe and stocking, +and the motherly old lady and Ruth bathed the injured foot. It was not +as bad as Alice had feared, and when it was bound up again she found she +could use it by "favoring" it slightly. She would not have to take part +in a scene for nearly an hour, and she took advantage of the rest +afforded by the wait.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile Mr. DeVere and some other members of the company were going +through their parts. An old fisherman's hut had been found, a little way +down the beach, and for a small sum of money the grizzled old salt had +agreed to vacate for the morning, and allow the moving picture actors to +use his home as the background for several scenes.</p> + +<p>"It isn't just what the scenario calls for," said Mr. Pertell, "but we +can switch things around at the studio later, to make it fit."</p> + +<p>This is a secret of more than one film. The producer takes advantage of +things as he finds them. Often, after a film has all been planned, and +the pictures are being taken, a chance accident, or incident, will +suggest an advantageous change, <a name="Page_72" id="Page_72"></a>and it is made on the spot. Later the +film is "cut" or added to, so that the change fits in.</p> + +<p>Again, on going to the outdoor scene called for in the scenario, the +manager may see a background that suits him better than one he intended +using. On the spot he will stop and have the act take place there, +altering, or adapting, the plot of the story to fit. And many an +accident has been turned to good account in making a film. But these are +secrets known only to the initiated, and the public that sees the +finished picture in some theatre little realizes how much chance had to +do with its making.</p> + +<p>Scene after scene was "filmed," Russ and his camera associates grinding +away at the machines. It was not easy work, for the wind and spray often +interfered with the clearness of the picture. But of course that only +added to the reality of it when the finished picture was shown.</p> + +<p>"Now for that scene on the far rocks," called Mr. Pertell when he had +brought to a satisfactory conclusion a difficult part of the drama. "Are +you able to go out there, Miss DeVere?" and he looked anxiously at +Alice.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, I'm much better," she answered.</p> + +<p>"All ready then!" called the manager. "Russ, I want one or two +'close-up' views in this, so prepare yourself accordingly."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_73" id="Page_73"></a>All right," answered the operator, who was talking to Ruth. He put in a +fresh reel of film, and adjusted the camera.</p> + +<p>A "close-up" view, I might explain, is one taken with the person, or +subject, very close to the camera, so that it appears very large—larger +than usual. For instance, it might be necessary, in some play, to show a +certain ring. The hand of the person, with the ring on the finger would +be held close to the camera, so that the resultant picture on the screen +would show every detail of the ring clearly. You have often seen such +views in moving pictures, though you may not have known what they were +technically called.</p> + +<p>The "rock scene" that was to be filmed now was to take place out on a +little rocky group some distance from shore. It was reached by a long, +narrow rocky ledge that curved out into the bay. Alice, Ruth and Paul +were to be in this picture, and Russ would plant his camera on the rocky +ledge, between the actors and the shore.</p> + +<p>"Can you walk out there, Alice?" asked Paul, as he stepped along beside +her, Russ walking with Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes," was the answer. "My ankle is much better now. It was silly of +me to slip that way."</p> + +<p>"You couldn't very well help it," he said.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_74" id="Page_74"></a>That seaweed is very treacherous. I hope there is none on the rocks out +there."</p> + +<p>"Why?" she asked. "Is the water deep?"</p> + +<p>"Rather, so that fisherman said."</p> + +<p>"Well, I'm not going to slip," declared Alice.</p> + +<p>It was not easy work getting out to the group of rocks on the narrow +path of black stone, made slippery by the spray. But they managed it, +and finally Ruth, Alice and Paul took their places.</p> + +<p>"All ready," called Mr. Pertell, who, with a copy of the scenario in his +hand stood back of Russ to direct matters. "You are all supposed to be +talking together, and then Paul discovers a sail out on the bay. You +register surprise, Paul."</p> + +<p>"Very good," answered the young actor.</p> + +<p>I might explain that the word "register" is used to indicate that an +actor or actress is to depict, or go through, the "business" of showing +certain emotions, either by facial expression, or gestures.</p> + +<p>"And after Paul sights the vessel, you register hope, Miss Ruth," went +on the manager. "All ready now—begin."</p> + +<p>So the filming of that scene went on.</p> + +<p>"Very good," complimented the manager. "Just a little more force there, +Paul. Wait a minute, Russ. Do that one bit over."</p> + +<p>The scene was started over again, but it had <a name="Page_75" id="Page_75"></a>proceeded only a minute or +so before Russ gave an exclamation of annoyance.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter?" asked Mr. Pertell.</p> + +<p>"Spring broke," reported the operator. "I'll have to go get the other +camera, and it will take me half an hour to get it in shape."</p> + +<p>"Well, we'll have time enough," Mr. Pertell said, with a look at the +sun, which is a sort of god to photographers. Without its beams little +can be done. "I'll go back and help you," said the manager who used to +be an expert operator himself before he rose in the ranks.</p> + +<p>"You'll have to wait a bit," Russ called to Ruth, Alice and Paul. "Got +to fix another camera."</p> + +<p>"All right. We'll stay here," announced Alice. "I don't want to make +that trip again with my lame ankle," and she sat down in a niche of the +rocks. The others followed her example. The minutes passed quickly in +pleasant talk, but presently Paul jumped to his feet. There was alarm in +his action.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter?" asked Ruth, startled.</p> + +<p>"Look!" he said. He pointed toward the shore. The path of rocks was +broken midway by a stretch of water. The tide had risen, cutting off the +retreat to the beach.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76"></a>CHAPTER X</h2> + +<h3>TOO MUCH REALISM</h3> + + +<p>"Oh dear!" exclaimed Ruth. It seemed a silly, futile thing to say, but, +perhaps, very natural under the circumstances. Ruth arose, and put her +arms about her sister, who tottered a little as she stood upright.</p> + +<p>"The tide has risen?" asked Alice, and her tone was questioning.</p> + +<p>"That's what has happened," went on Paul. "Pshaw! I ought to have kept +watch of it. Russ was gone longer than I thought. But here we are now, +fairly caught."</p> + +<p>"Can't we—can't we wade back to shore?" faltered Alice.</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't like to have you try it," answered Paul, and he moved over +closer to the girl.</p> + +<p>"Why not?" she asked. "I'm not at all afraid of getting wet, and it +can't be so very deep over those rocks—not yet."</p> + +<p>"It isn't that you would get wet," Paul answered. "But the rocks were +slippery enough <a name="Page_77" id="Page_77"></a>as they were. Covered with water, as they now are +between us and the shore, I'm afraid you'd slip off, especially as your +ankle will give you a twinge if you twist it."</p> + +<p>"It certainly will," agreed Alice. "It hurts worse now. But oh! We must +get back to shore!" she exclaimed. "We must!"</p> + +<p>"We—I—I think I could lift her over the place where the water is," +said Ruth.</p> + +<p>"But you might both slip in," objected Paul. "And the water is quite +deep on either side of this ledge of rocks. You see the ocean washes in +against them, and scoops out the sand. So that there is a deep channel, +ten feet or more, right alongside of the ledge of rocks. If you fell in +there——"</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't speak of it!" begged Alice. "I wouldn't mind swimming if I +were prepared for it but it isn't exactly Summer yet, and with a +disabled foot——"</p> + +<p>"It isn't to be thought of," finished Ruth. "But we <i>must</i> get ashore +somehow, Paul. The water is getting higher every minute."</p> + +<p>"Yes, the tide has just begun to come in," said the young actor. "I +should have noticed it before, but I didn't. Now I wonder—"</p> + +<p>He did not finish, but gazed back toward the beach, nearly a quarter of +a mile away. To his <a name="Page_78" id="Page_78"></a>surprise, and also alarm, not one of the members of +the moving picture company was in sight.</p> + +<p>"That's strange," thought Paul, but he did not speak his thought aloud.</p> + +<p>"Oh!" screamed Alice, so suddenly as to startle them all.</p> + +<p>"What is the matter?" demanded Ruth.</p> + +<p>"A wave splashed right up behind me! Look!"</p> + +<p>The rising wind was sending little waves over the outer edge of the +small island of rocks on which the three were marooned. It was another +evidence that the tide was getting higher and higher.</p> + +<p>"What <i>shall</i> we do?" asked Ruth.</p> + +<p>"We must get help—<i>somehow</i>!" Alice said. Then she looked shoreward, in +the direction Paul was gazing, and she uttered the single expression:</p> + +<p>"Oh!"</p> + +<p>But it was fraught with meaning.</p> + +<p>"Why—they've gone!" gasped Ruth. "What—what——"</p> + +<p>"They'll be back!" Paul interrupted. "Probably Mr. Pertell just thought +of some scene he could get, and he took them off down the beach to put +them all in it. They'll be back in a little while, and then we can +signal to them."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_79" id="Page_79"></a>If—if it isn't too—too late!" faltered Alice.</p> + +<p>"Too late? What do you mean?" demanded her sister.</p> + +<p>"I mean these rocks will soon be covered, and covered deep, too," Alice +said. "The high water mark is away above them."</p> + +<p>"Is it, Paul?" demanded the older girl. She wanted the statement of +Alice disproved.</p> + +<p>"I'm afraid it is," the young actor made answer. "And the tide, I am +sorry to say, is likely to be unusually high today. The moon has +something to do with it. But we will be taken off before then."</p> + +<p>"Suppose we aren't?" asked Alice. "The wind and the sea are rising, and +if we are swept off the rocks——"</p> + +<p>"Don't be so tragic about it!" broke in Ruth. "If we are to go to sea, +and be in a shipwreck, even if it is only pictured, we must learn to +face perils. And here we are only a little way from shore."</p> + +<p>"That's right!" cried Paul. "That's the way to look at it, Alice. +There's no danger!"</p> + +<p>"That's easy enough for you to say—you two who haven't a lame ankle," +the younger girl said, seriously enough. "But I don't believe I can even +swim!"</p> + +<p>"There will be no need of that," Paul said.<a name="Page_80" id="Page_80"></a> "They are sure to come back +and see our plight soon. I can't see what's keeping Russ. He promised to +come back as soon as he fixed up another camera. It's very strange."</p> + +<p>Later they learned that when Russ and Mr. Pertell got back to the beach, +leaving, as they supposed Ruth, her sister and Paul safe on the rocks, +Pop Snooks, the veteran property man, discovered a certain nook that +would answer for an important scene in the play. Wishing to take +advantage of it at once, while the light was good, Mr. Pertell ordered +the entire company over there to go through the prescribed "business." +He took Russ and the two other camera operators with him, to make sure +of getting at least one film.</p> + +<p>That is why the beach opposite the rocks where the three were marooned +by the rising tide, was deserted just then. For the time both Mr. +Pertell and Russ forgot their three friends, or, if they thought of them +at all, it was to think that they were perfectly safe, and would come to +no harm by waiting a bit.</p> + +<p>The tide rose higher and higher. In a few minutes it would lap the feet +of the three marooned ones. A desperate resolve came into Paul's mind.</p> + +<p>"I'll swim, or wade, to shore," he said, "and get a boat."</p> + +<p>"And leave us here?" demanded Alice.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_81" id="Page_81"></a>Yes. There is nothing else to be done," he answered, desperately.</p> + +<p>"No, please don't go!" begged Alice, putting a detaining hand on his +arm. "I can't bear to be left here."</p> + +<p>"But it will be only for a few minutes," Paul said, "and the tide isn't +rising so fast that it will sweep you away in that time."</p> + +<p>"I know—but—don't go!" begged Alice, her voice trembling.</p> + +<p>Paul looked at Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps you <i>had</i> better stay," suggested the older girl. "They are +sure to come back soon, and—well, we don't want to be left here."</p> + +<p>"All right," agreed Paul. "But I think I could get back with a boat in +time."</p> + +<p>However, there was no need for him to go. A moment later the moving +picture company, headed by Russ and the two other camera men, came +around the turn of some sand dunes.</p> + +<p>"There they are!" cried Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Oh, come and get us!" fairly screamed Alice.</p> + +<p>Paul put his fingers to his mouth and sent out a shrill whistle.</p> + +<p>It needed only a glance on the part of Mr. Pertell and the others to +show the plight of the three marooned ones.</p> + +<p>"I forgot all about them!" the manager ex<a name="Page_82" id="Page_82"></a>claimed. "Russ—Mr. +Bunn—Switzer—a boat—where's that fisherman—where's the life-saving +station? This is——"</p> + +<p>"Avast there! Belay!" came the deep tones of Jack Jepson, who had come +out to do certain parts in the shore scenes. "I'll take that boat out +and get 'em. Don't worry!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, but my daughters!" exclaimed Mr. DeVere, hoarsely.</p> + +<p>"And Alice with a sprained ankle!" gasped Mrs. Maguire.</p> + +<p>"Don't worry! I'll get 'em!" declared the old salt. "Come on," he called +to Mr. Bunn. "You look like you could handle an oar," and he started +toward a dory that was drawn up on the beach.</p> + +<p>"I—I can't row!" exclaimed the old actor. "Besides, I might——"</p> + +<p>"Yes, he might spoil his dignity," said Russ fiercely in an undertone. +"I'll go with you," he said to the sailor. "I can manage a boat!"</p> + +<p>"Good! That's the way to talk. Come on!"</p> + +<p>A few minutes later Russ and Jack had shoved out the fisherman's craft, +and were quickly rowing toward the rocks. The tide was now so high that +Paul and the two girls stood ankle-deep in the water that completely +covered the rocks.</p> + +<p>"Ahoy there! Ahoy!" sang out Jack, as he and Russ sent the boat over the +waves to the res<a name="Page_83" id="Page_83"></a>cue. "Ahoy! We'll have you safe in a minute!"</p> + +<p>"Quick! Get that picture! Film it!" cried Mr. Pertell to one of the +other camera men. "I can work that scene in—somehow."</p> + +<p>There was very little that was not "grist" which came to the "mill" of +Mr. Pertell's cameras. The film began to unreel and before they knew it +Paul, Ruth and Alice were being depicted in the rescue scene, which, +when it was projected on the screen, made a series of effective +pictures.</p> + +<p>There was little real harm done save for wet feet and startled nerves. +Sufficient harm, one might think, but Ruth and Alice were beginning to +forget they had nerves, so many were the strange acts they were called +upon to perform in their moving picture work.</p> + +<p>Jack and Russ helped the three into the boat, and rowed to shore with +them, where mutual explanations were made, and Mr. Pertell was +sorrowfully apologetic for his forgetful share in it.</p> + +<p>"And the next time I forget about the tide, when I'm at the shore, I'll +fine myself a box of candy to be forfeit to you girls," Paul said.</p> + +<p>"Be sure you don't forget to pay the fine," Alice warned him.</p> + +<p>As the company had brought along several changes of costume, there were +dry shoes for the <a name="Page_84" id="Page_84"></a>three marooned ones, and then, as it was too late to +finish the scene on the rocks, they went back to New York. Some other +day would have to be devoted, at least in part, to completing that film.</p> + +<p>In the days that followed, work on the <i>Mary Ellen</i> went on apace. She +was almost ready for her voyage to sea. The big motorboat, <i>Ajax</i>, was +also being put in readiness. While Jack Jepson and the others were busy +at the schooner there were also busy scenes at the studio, where Mr. +DeVere and his daughters took part in many film plays. Nearly all the +studio scenes for "Out on The Deep," had been completed.</p> + +<p>"But we must get that river attack before we start on the voyage," said +Mr. Pertell one day. This "river attack" showed one phase of the big +marine drama. Ruth and Alice, in company with Mr. Bunn, as an old +'longshoreman, were supposed to be rowed across a river to escape harbor +thieves. To get good local color the location of the scene was fixed on +the Jersey side of the Hudson river, above the Palisades. Thither those +of the company required in the scene journeyed one day.</p> + +<p>All went well until the time when Mr. Bunn, rather against his will, was +rowing Ruth and Alice toward shore. They were being pursued by some +rough men in a second boat. It is needless <a name="Page_85" id="Page_85"></a>to say that the "rough men," +were also moving picture actors.</p> + +<p>"Go on there, Mr. Bunn! Row! Row!" called Mr. Pertell, while Russ, who +was with him in a third boat, was making the reel hum in the camera.</p> + +<p>"I—I can't row any faster," said the old "Ham" actor.</p> + +<p>"But you <i>must</i>!" the manager cried. "That's better," he added as Mr. +Bunn showed a burst of speed.</p> + +<p>"Oh dear! If ever I get through this series of pictures I'll quit the +game!" groaned the former legitimate actor.</p> + +<p>Ruth and Alice "registered" the proper business as the men in the +pursuing boat came nearer and nearer. The flight was to continue along +the Jersey shore.</p> + +<p>"Jump out! Jump out!" commanded Mr. Pertell, giving directions from +behind a screen of bushes, where he and Russ, having landed, were now +hidden to take the land scenes.</p> + +<p>The girls and Mr. Bunn leaped ashore. The "villains" followed, firing +blank cartridges.</p> + +<p>"Fine! That's fine!" cried the enthusiastic manager, when suddenly, from +a road that ran along the shore, there sprang a number of country +<a name="Page_86" id="Page_86"></a>officers. They had their clubs in one hand and had drawn their +revolvers.</p> + +<p>"Surrender! Surrender!" cried the leading officer to the "villains," who +were pursuing Mr. Bunn and the girls. "Surrender! We've got you covered! +We seen you chasin' these parties! Surrender!" and the police rushed +toward the actors.</p> + +<p>"Keep back! Keep back!" implored Mr. Pertell, leaping out of concealment +and waving his hands. But he was too late.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87"></a>CHAPTER XI</h2> + +<h3>A REVISED FILM</h3> + + +<p>Just what idea the local police had in mind when they rushed forward +would be hard to say. Evidently, however, they believed they were intent +on rescuing the girls from some imminent peril, for the leader of the +officers, showing not a little fear, even in the heroic role he was +playing, fired a shot into the air, and cried:</p> + +<p>"No you don't! No you don't! Nothin' like that there can be done while +Captain Wealson is around. Up an' at 'em, men!"</p> + +<p>He and his men rushed toward the pursuing "villains," got right in the +way of the camera, and proceeded to attack those whom they thought were +guilty of some crime.</p> + +<p>"There it goes!" cried Mr. Pertell. "The picture is spoiled! It will +have to be all done over again."</p> + +<p>In obedience to a gesture of despair from the manager, Russ ceased +grinding at the crank of the camera.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_88" id="Page_88"></a>That's enough! Stop!" called Mr. Pertell, and Ruth, Alice and the +others who were making strenuous efforts (seemingly) to escape, came to +a halt. Many times before they had heard that command which meant that +something was going wrong, and that they might as well stop at once +without wasting effort.</p> + +<p>"Why, I wonder what's wrong," said Alice, who had not quite grasped the +interruption. "Everything seemed to be going beautifully."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps the film broke," suggested Ruth.</p> + +<p>"It's the police," Paul said, waving his hand at the officers, each of +whom had clutched a "prisoner," and was holding him.</p> + +<p>"The police?" echoed Alice.</p> + +<p>"Yes, they came in when they weren't wanted," Paul went on.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I thought they were part of the picture!" exclaimed Ruth. And so +she had. Often, to make a moving picture seem more realistic, a manager +will not tell the actors all he has prepared. Thus he gets the element +of surprise. Both Ruth and Alice, in this case, thought the local police +had been brought into the scene at the last moment to add a touch of +reality to the play. But, as it turned out, it was almost too much +reality.</p> + +<p>"Say, what do you fellows mean, anyhow?"<a name="Page_89" id="Page_89"></a> demanded the manager, of the +police leader. "What do you mean, I say," and Mr. Pertell strode up with +an angry look on his face.</p> + +<p>"What do we mean? Ha! That's a good one! Listen to him, boys! What do we +mean? Why we mean to arrest these scoundrels, and we've done it, too!" +he added proudly, with a wave of his hand toward the persons his men had +made prisoners.</p> + +<p>"Well, you've made a big mistake," Mr. Pertell went on.</p> + +<p>"Mistake! Ha! I guess not!" cried the officer. "We don't make mistakes +up here! One of my men seen something queer goin' on out in the river, +and come and told me. Then I seen your boats puttin' off, and I knew +something was wrong. So I got my forces together, and we waited for +these fellows. We've got 'em, too! Every one of 'em!" he added proudly. +"Lock 'em up, men!" he ordered. "We'll show these fellows what Jersey +justice is like. Take 'em away."</p> + +<p>"Hold on!" cried Mr. Pertell, and this time he allowed a smile to show +on his hitherto glum face. "You don't seem to understand."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I think I do," said the police officer calmly. "I understand a +great deal more than you think I do. Come on."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_90" id="Page_90"></a>Wait! I'll explain!" cried the manager. "It's for the moving pictures!" +he added. "This is only a pretended attack and pursuit. Ask the young +ladies themselves," he said, motioning to Ruth and Alice who were now +smiling. Certainly they did not seem to be in any great alarm or +distress over their recent adventure. Their appearance must have caused +the officer to doubt the wisdom of his course.</p> + +<p>"Weren't these fellers chasing you?" he demanded, motioning to the +prisoners. "Now don't say they wasn't, for I saw 'em."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, they were pursuing us," admitted Ruth, "but it was all in the +picture."</p> + +<p>"The picture?" questioned the officer.</p> + +<p>"Yes. We are moving picture actresses and actors," she went on, and her +father, coming up then, though he had had no active part in the chase, +confirmed what she said.</p> + +<p>For a moment the police captain maintained a silence, and then, as he +could no longer doubt what was said, since Mr. Pertell exhibited certain +credentials, the representative of Jersey justice said:</p> + +<p>"Well, this certainly is one on me! We'd better go back, boys," he added +to his men, "and we'd better keep quiet about this thing. But I sure +thought this was a kidnapping case."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_91" id="Page_91"></a>And you spoiled my picture," groaned Mr. Pertell. "Now we've got to go +back to the middle of the river, and do it over from there."</p> + +<p>"Hold on a minute!" exclaimed Pop Snooks, who, as property man, was also +a sort of assistant manager. "Maybe this will turn out all right after +all."</p> + +<p>"How do you mean?" asked Mr. Pertell.</p> + +<p>"Why, the police. We could have them try to stop the pursuers but get +worsted in the encounter, and the roughs could keep right on after the +girls. In that way we won't have to waste much film. Just go on with the +picture from the point where these policemen came in."</p> + +<p>Mr. Pertell thought for a minute.</p> + +<p>"That's the idea!" he suddenly cried. "It will make a better picture +that way. Say!" he went on to the police officers: "You're in on this!"</p> + +<p>"In on what?" asked the captain.</p> + +<p>"On this scene. I can use you and your men. You won't mind a little +rough and tumble work, will you?"</p> + +<p>"What do you mean?"</p> + +<p>Thereupon the manager explained that he would turn the police to good +advantage, and have them interfere in the attack, only to be outdone by +the "villains."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_92" id="Page_92"></a>It's only fair for you to do this, as you came in where you weren't +needed and nearly spoiled the picture," the manager said.</p> + +<p>Whether it was this appeal to justice and fair play, or because he and +his men were anxious to get into a moving picture, was not made clear; +but the captain and the policemen consented to do their parts.</p> + +<p>There was a little coaching, something of a rehearsal and then that +scene went on again, with Ruth and Alice "fleeing" from the pursuers, +and the police charging downhill after the men.</p> + +<p>Then followed the improvised scene, of an attack by the police, and a +repulse by the "villains."</p> + +<p>"Good! That's great!" cried Mr. Pertell. "It will be better than I +thought it would. This is fine!"</p> + +<p>"Ha! Yes, maybe for you, but look at my eye!" cried Mr. Pepper Sneed. +"Look at it!"</p> + +<p>"Well, what's the matter with it?" asked Mr. Pertell. "It's a little +red, that's all I can see." The taking of pictures had stopped for the +time being.</p> + +<p>"A little red! A little!" fairly howled the grouch. "Say it will be +black and blue tomorrow. One of those policeman hit me in the eye with +his elbow. It was an awful blow. I <a name="Page_93" id="Page_93"></a>shouldn't wonder but that I went +blind. Never again will I take part in anything as tough as this. I know +I'll be laid up for a week," and with this gloomy thought he limped off, +for he had been rather roughly handled in the mêlée.</p> + +<p>"I wonder if that's all for us today?" asked Alice, as she saw Russ +taking the legs off his camera.</p> + +<p>"Why, are you tired?" asked Ruth, solicitously.</p> + +<p>"A little, yes. I shall be glad when we get out to sea."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps we may have even harder work than this," suggested Ruth, for +the race along shore had not been easy. "A shipwreck isn't going to be +any society drama, Alice."</p> + +<p>"I know," agreed the younger girl. "But I think we shall like it."</p> + +<p>Neither of them realized what was in store for them.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94"></a>CHAPTER XII</h2> + +<h3>OVERHEARD</h3> + + +<p>"Well, I think this will do," Mr. Pertell announced, as the members of +his company gathered on the shore of the Hudson, ready to go back to the +larger boat, whence they had come in the two small ones, to depict the +pursuit. "It came out better than I expected when I saw that crowd of +policemen charging down on us."</p> + +<p>"I thought sure we were in for a spell in the lock-up," remarked one of +the extra men engaged as a member of the "pursuing villains."</p> + +<p>"You had a little extra work, doing part of the scene over again, so +we'll give you all a little bonus," said the manager. "We'll get back to +the studio now. There are a few scenes I want to make before we start +off on our trip to sea."</p> + +<p>"How soon do we go?" asked Alice.</p> + +<p>"As soon as we can get stocked up. Captain Brisco has a few little +repairs to make to the schooner, I believe."</p> + +<p>"Do you think the <i>Mary Ellen</i> will prove to <a name="Page_95" id="Page_95"></a>be a safe boat in which to +go to sea?" asked Mr. DeVere, when he, with his daughters, and the +others, were on their way back to New York.</p> + +<p>"Why not?" asked the manager.</p> + +<p>"Well, I heard Jack Jepson say the schooner was a pretty old one," +replied the veteran actor.</p> + +<p>"So she is," said Mr. Pertell, "if she hadn't been, our company never +could have afforded to buy her just to make a shipwreck of her. But she +is perfectly safe for what traveling we shall do. Brisco has assured me +of that, and has seen to it. What sort of a yarn was Jepson giving you?" +and Mr. Pertell seemed a bit annoyed.</p> + +<p>"Well, he merely said that the schooner was a pretty old one," went on +Mr. DeVere, "and that she had seen her best days."</p> + +<p>"He didn't say that she was unsafe, did he?"</p> + +<p>"No, oh, no! Nothing like that!" exclaimed the actor quickly. "I was +just wondering about her. I shouldn't like to take any chances you +know," and he glanced over toward his daughters who had no part in this +conversation.</p> + +<p>"Oh, the <i>Mary Ellen</i> will be as safe as is necessary," the manager +continued. "Besides we will be in Southern waters after we leave here, +and there will be little danger from storms."</p> + +<p>"I am glad of that," Mr. DeVere said. "A warm Southern clime will be +beneficial to my <a name="Page_96" id="Page_96"></a>throat. It does not take kindly to our Northern +weather, even at the best."</p> + +<p>In the days that followed there was plenty of work for the moving +picture girls in the film studio. They had to take part in several +little dramas that had to be completed before the sea scenes in the +ocean play were undertaken.</p> + +<p>"Anything much to do this afternoon?" asked Russ of Ruth as he passed +her near her dressing room one day about a week after the episode of the +mistaken policemen.</p> + +<p>"No, I am free," she announced. "They have postponed that 'In the Slums' +and I'm glad of it. I don't care for such characters as I have to assume +in a play like that."</p> + +<p>"Nor I. I'm off for the afternoon, too. What do you say we take Alice, +and go for a little trip to the Erie Basin?"</p> + +<p>"To see the <i>Mary Ellen</i> again? There can't be much change since we saw +her last."</p> + +<p>"No, not exactly to see her, though we could pay a visit if we liked. +But you know we are to have a big motorboat follow us in the ocean +scenes—I'm to take pictures from it, in fact—and that motorboat—the +<i>Ajax</i>—is over in the Basin, near the old schooner. I thought maybe +you'd like to take a look at her."</p> + +<p>"I would!" exclaimed Ruth with enthusiasm.<a name="Page_97" id="Page_97"></a> "I'll tell Alice. She is +disengaged, I know, for I heard Mr. Pertell tell her so."</p> + +<p>"I'm sorry we can't go for a trip in her," went on Russ, "but she isn't +in shape yet. I have to go over to give some directions about building a +platform for setting the camera on, and I thought we might combine +business and pleasure."</p> + +<p>"It will be a pleasure to go," said Ruth, as she went off to find her +sister.</p> + +<p>"Tell Paul, too, if you see him," Russ called after her. "We'll make a +party of it."</p> + +<p>"All right," Ruth answered.</p> + +<p>She found Paul and Alice together—just as she half expected—and +mentioned Russ's plan.</p> + +<p>Paul was cast for a role in a little play that afternoon, but he spoke +to Mr. Pertell about it, and the manager kindly postponed it, as it was +not very important.</p> + +<p>So, after lunch the four young people started for the place where the +<i>Ajax</i> was being overhauled, not far from the dock of the <i>Mary Ellen</i>. +On the way they talked of their plans when they should be at sea. It had +been given out at the studio that they would all go aboard the <i>Mary +Ellen</i>, which would be headed for the Florida coast. Somewhere off that +peninsula, just where had not been decided, the moving pictures would be +made, and the shipwreck <a name="Page_98" id="Page_98"></a>would take place. The details had not yet been +perfected.</p> + +<p>"Are you going to travel alone in the motorboat?" asked Alice of Russ.</p> + +<p>"No indeed. She is to be carried in a cradle on the deck of the <i>Mary +Ellen</i>, and——"</p> + +<p>"A cradle!" interrupted Alice. "Whoever heard of a boat being put in a +cradle, as if it were a baby!"</p> + +<p>"Well, the <i>Ajax</i> is going to be rocked in the cradle of the deep, isn't +she?" asked Paul.</p> + +<p>"Oh, what a heartless joke!" mocked Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Just for that you'll be fined four ice cream sodas!" laughed Alice.</p> + +<p>"No, but speaking seriously," went on Russ, "the <i>Ajax</i> will be cradled +on the deck of the schooner; that is, the motorboat will be set in two V +shaped affairs, called cradles. That's to prevent her rolling off into +the high seas."</p> + +<p>"Do you think it will be rough?" asked Ruth, with an apprehensive look +over her shoulder, as though she already saw a "hurricane in the +offing," as her sister laughingly put it.</p> + +<p>"Well, you know we have to wait for a storm, to get some of the scenes," +Russ said. "Of course the weather often gets pretty bad in these +Southern waters, in spite of their peaceful name," he continued, "but I +don't suppose Mr. Pertell <a name="Page_99" id="Page_99"></a>will venture out far from the harbor in a bad +blow. Even a little wind will kick up enough sea to make it look pretty +rough in a picture."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I don't mind a storm!" exclaimed Alice. "I just love it."</p> + +<p>"Oh—Alice!" cried her sister. "You know you'll be as frightened as I'll +be."</p> + +<p>"We'll see," challenged the younger girl with sparkling eyes and a flush +on her cheeks.</p> + +<p>They found the <i>Ajax</i>, after some little difficulty, among a score of +other boats, in process of repair.</p> + +<p>"Oh, what a big one!" exclaimed Alice as she caught sight of the craft. +"I do hope you'll give us a ride in her, Russ."</p> + +<p>"Of course I shall, between times of taking pictures," he promised. +"What do you think of her, Paul?"</p> + +<p>"Pretty fine," agreed the young actor. "Has she any speed?"</p> + +<p>"Not much, I guess. It's an old sort of tub, but pretty steady in the +water, Mr. Pertell said. That's what I want for taking pictures. It +won't do to have her rolling and pitching. Well, let's go aboard, and +see how they're coming on."</p> + +<p>Russ had a permit to view the craft, and as he was expected to give some +instructions regarding the building of the platform, the man in <a name="Page_100" id="Page_100"></a>charge +of the overhauling work welcomed the four young people.</p> + +<p>The <i>Ajax</i> was, as Russ had said, rather a tub, but it was a large, +comfortable boat, and was capable of going on quite a cruise. There was +a partially enclosed cabin, and many comforts and conveniences. But just +for the present purpose, everything was being subordinated to the taking +of moving pictures.</p> + +<p>"I'm readjusting the motor," the head of the repair gang told Russ, "so +she'll start and stop, as well as reverse easily and quickly. That's +what you want, isn't it?"</p> + +<p>"That's it, yes. You see I can't tell when I'll have to shift, to make +allowances for what the actors and actresses will do. There's no telling +about these moving picture people," and Russ gave Ruth and Alice, as +well as Paul, a laughing look as though to indicate that they were very +temperamental, and hard to get along with.</p> + +<p>"Are these some of the actor folks?" asked the mechanic who was laboring +over the motor.</p> + +<p>"That's what they are, and good ones, too!" cried Russ.</p> + +<p>"Gee! They don't look it!" was the frank remark, and the two girls broke +into peals of laughter.</p> + +<p>Paul and Russ showed Ruth and Alice over the <a name="Page_101" id="Page_101"></a>big motorboat, and then +leaving the three to their own devices for a while, the young camera +operator went into details of the work with the head mechanic. Russ was +told that the <i>Ajax</i> would be ready in plenty of time for him. He +expressed himself as satisfied with the progress made, though he made +one or two slight changes in the platform, built on the forward deck of +the craft, where he was to stand when he took the pictures of the +shipwreck.</p> + +<p>"Well, how about those sodas now?" asked Russ of his companions when he +had finished. "There's a nice place a few blocks up, and it's about warm +enough for ice cream."</p> + +<p>"Couldn't we take just a look at the <i>Mary Ellen</i> while we are here?" +asked Alice. "Isn't that she, over there?" and she pointed across the +basin.</p> + +<p>"You speak of that ship as if she were a person," objected Ruth.</p> + +<p>"And so she is!" Alice exclaimed. "A ship is always a lady, isn't she, +Paul?"</p> + +<p>"She ought to try to be, at least," he laughed. "How about it, Russ? +Shall we take the girls over to the schooner?"</p> + +<p>"Might as well, I guess. It won't take long, and it isn't far."</p> + +<p>A short time later the four of them stood at <a name="Page_102" id="Page_102"></a>the gangplank of the <i>Mary +Ellen</i>. They saw no signs of any men on deck, but they were doubtless +below, making the repairs, which must be nearly finished.</p> + +<p>"Come on," said Russ, leading the way. "We'll go aboard."</p> + +<p>As they stood on deck, looking about them, they saw no one, but the +companionway was in plain sight, and they started toward it, intending +to go down into the main cabin.</p> + +<p>The place was rather dimly lighted, but when their eyes had become used +to the gloom, they caught sight of a solitary figure in the forward end +of the main compartment.</p> + +<p>"It's Jack Jepson," whispered Alice to her companions. "We'll give him a +surprise. Keep quiet now. His back is toward me and I'll tiptoe up +behind him and put my hands over his eyes. I'll make him guess who it +is. He'll think some British suffragette has taken him on that silly +charge of mutiny," she went on.</p> + +<p>"Be careful," admonished Ruth. "No pranks, Alice."</p> + +<p>"This isn't a prank. Keep quiet now."</p> + +<p>The old sailor was evidently not aware that visitors were in the cabin, +for they had made little noise in descending the companion stairs, and +<a name="Page_103" id="Page_103"></a>what little they had caused was drowned by the distant noise of +carpenters' hammers.</p> + +<p>As Alice advanced, the others remaining back in the semi-darkness, they +all heard Jack Jepson break into a sort of monologue. He was talking to +himself, in fashion something like this.</p> + +<p>"It ought to be hereabouts, if it's anywhere, and I'm sure it is. I +can't be mistaken. They have cut her down, and made a lot of changes, +but they can't fool me. I was suspicious when I first came aboard, and +I'm more so every minute. I'm going to find out for sure, while I have +the chance. Let me think now."</p> + +<p>He leaned up against a bulkhead, while Alice glanced back at her friends +in some surprise. What meant the words they had overheard? The old +sailor seemed strangely excited, and he was passing his hand over the +paneling of the cabin as though in search of something long forgotten, +or dimly remembered.</p> + +<p>A moment later another step was heard in the apartment, and Captain +Brisco entered. He started at the sight of Jepson, though the commander +had not yet seen the four young people.</p> + +<p>"What are you doing here?" he asked in a hoarse voice. The old salt +started back as though caught in some guilty act.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104"></a>CHAPTER XIII</h2> + +<h3>"ALL ABOARD!"</h3> + + +<p>Ruth, Alice, Paul and Russ remained silent and unseen witnesses of the +little scene being enacted before them. It was like some section taken +from a moving picture drama, though they could not guess what the plot +was, nor what the outcome would be.</p> + +<p>"What are you doing here, Mr. Jepson?" asked Captain Brisco, and there +was sarcasm in the title he bestowed on his mate, for since he was third +in command, having been given the post of second mate, the old salt was +entitled to be called Mister.</p> + +<p>"I was jest—jest lookin'—lookin'—" Jepson faltered.</p> + +<p>"Well, you'd better look forward then," came, the harsh command. +"There's plenty to do there, if we're ever to start on this voyage, and +of all the——"</p> + +<p>At that moment Alice sneezed. She could not help it, and in trying to +hold it back, she made <a name="Page_105" id="Page_105"></a>more of a commotion than if she had let the +sneeze come naturally.</p> + +<p>At the sound Captain Brisco and Jack Jepson turned and stared toward the +dimness that marked the companionway.</p> + +<p>"Who's there?" called Captain Brisco, sharply.</p> + +<p>"We just came aboard to see how matters were coming on," said Russ +stepping forward and under a skylight.</p> + +<p>"But we didn't expect to be welcomed with snuff," said Alice, as she +sneezed again. This time Ruth joined her. There was an irritating odor +noticeable in the cabin.</p> + +<p>"I beg your pardon," Captain Brisco said, as the others stepped closer +to Russ, so they could be discerned. "I didn't know who it was. I am +glad to see you. That's a paint-remover you smell. It is irritating. I +am very glad to see you."</p> + +<p>But he did not say it at all as though he meant it. Alice said afterward +she thought her sneeze had broken in on the captain's denunciation of +the proposed sea voyage.</p> + +<p>"It was just as though he were going to say it was the most foolish and +nonsensical thing of which he had ever heard," Alice explained. "Oh, why +<i>did</i> I have to go and sneeze just then?"</p> + +<p>"Did you want to hear what he would have said?" asked her sister.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_106" id="Page_106"></a>Yes, I did. I don't like Captain Brisco."</p> + +<p>"You mustn't say such things," Ruth cautioned her. But this was some +time later.</p> + +<p>Just at present the commander of the <i>Mary Ellen</i> was trying to make his +unexpected guests feel a welcome he rather grudgingly extended.</p> + +<p>"We have been over looking at the <i>Ajax</i>," explained Russ, "and we +thought we'd stop in and pay you a call."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, I'm to carry the <i>Ajax</i> on deck, I believe," the commander +said. "Well, you'll find us all pretty busy here," he went on. "Mr. +Jepson, will you kindly go forward and see how the men are coming on +with that caulking?"</p> + +<p>It was a very different voice from the one he had used when Ruth, Alice +and the others had been unseen listeners.</p> + +<p>"What about the mainmast?" asked Sailor Jack. "It's sprung, as I told +you it was, and unless those stays——"</p> + +<p>"I'll look after that!" interrupted the captain. "You do as I tell you, +and leave that mast to me."</p> + +<p>"But you said that it didn't need—" persisted the second mate.</p> + +<p>"Never you mind what I said!" and the commander's voice was harsh. "I'll +look after that. Now you go forward!"</p> + +<p>It was more in the nature of a command than is <a name="Page_107" id="Page_107"></a>usual between captain +and mate. The girls felt this, as well as did the boys. But they said +nothing.</p> + +<p>"Come along and see how we are progressing," continued Captain Brisco in +more genial tones, as Jack Jepson left the cabin.</p> + +<p>"Then you are going to be ready in time?" asked Paul.</p> + +<p>"Ahead of time," said the commander, boastfully.</p> + +<p>"That's good!" exclaimed Russ. "Mr. Pertell is anxious not to be +delayed."</p> + +<p>"He won't be on <i>my</i> account," Captain Brisco assured the young +operator. "A few more details, and we'll be ready for sea. About time, +too, for this good weather won't hold any too long down among those West +Indian islands."</p> + +<p>"Oh, are we going there?" asked Alice. "That will be delightful!"</p> + +<p>"I thought we were to go only to Florida," Ruth remarked.</p> + +<p>"There has been a slight change in the plans," the captain said. "Mr. +Pertell and I decided on it. I believe it is not generally known yet, +but there is no secret about it. I told him he could get better results +by going a little farther south than merely along the Florida coast, +down toward some of the West Indies, and he agreed with me."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_108" id="Page_108"></a>The West Indies," mused Alice as she followed the others about the +refinished schooner. "I wonder if we will get near the 'Hole in the +Wall' that Jack told about? I'd like to see it, but I suppose a hole in +the water is a pretty hard thing to find."</p> + +<p>Alice wondered whether she would see the old sailor before they went +ashore again. She had taken quite a fancy to him, as had Ruth, and the +old salt, on his part, seemed to like the moving picture girls more than +any other members of the Comet Film Company.</p> + +<p>"I wonder what he was doing all alone there in the cabin?" mused Alice +as she hung back a little while the others were examining some changes +that had been made in the dining-cabin. "It seemed as though he were +trying to discover some secret panel, a passage or hiding place, or +something like that. And Captain Brisco certainly was rather brusque +about it. I do hope there won't be any quarreling or mutiny aboard the +<i>Mary Ellen</i> when we put out to sea."</p> + +<p>For a time Alice was a little alarmed, but she soon recovered her +composure, and was able to take her part in the conversation.</p> + +<p>The <i>Mary Ellen</i> was indeed assuming a "ship-shape" appearance. The +litter that had obstructed her decks on the first visit had given <a name="Page_109" id="Page_109"></a>place +to a semblance of neatness. The craft had been newly painted and she +glistened in the sun, her brass work having been highly polished.</p> + +<p>"A few more days and we'll pull out of here," announced Captain Brisco, +as they went up on deck. "Then I suppose you folks will begin to cut up +all sorts of capers," and he smiled indulgently. He seemed to have +recovered his good nature, or, rather, perhaps, to have summoned some of +it to be used on this occasion.</p> + +<p>"Well, we'll leave the 'cutting-up' to Mr. Switzer," said Paul with a +laugh. "He's the comedian of the company."</p> + +<p>One of the workmen approached and asked the captain some question. It +seemed to be about pumps, though the girls did not understand it very +clearly.</p> + +<p>"You needn't bother to mend those valves," the commander said. "We +shan't need the pumps anyhow, and there's no use putting too much time +and work on the old hulk. Pertell told me to get her ready for sea so +she'd last a reasonable length of time. They're going to wreck her +anyhow, you know."</p> + +<p>"Yes, I know. But those pumps——"</p> + +<p>"Let 'em go!" the commander ordered. "Now about those stays," and he and +the sailor plunged into a mass of technical details in which <a name="Page_110" id="Page_110"></a>the moving +picture girls were not interested, nor, I am sure, would you be, my +readers.</p> + +<p>In spite of all the work that had been done on the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, she was +still far from being a fine ship. Many things were left undone, as they +would not show in a picture. As the captain had said, Mr. Pertell was +not desirous of putting too much time or expense on her, just to send +her to the bottom after a few days' use. Still the craft had to be +rendered seaworthy, as some views were to be taken showing her progress +down the coast to the Florida Straits.</p> + +<p>A little later Captain Brisco was called below, and he took leave of his +visitors, saying he would be busy for some hours.</p> + +<p>"Well, it's time for us to go," Ruth said. "We promised to meet daddy at +dinner," she added to her sister.</p> + +<p>Alice assented and looked around, as though in search of someone.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" Ruth asked.</p> + +<p>"I was looking for Jack, to say good-bye. There he is over there," and +she pointed to the old man polishing the brass work of the binnacle in +front of the steering wheel. "I'm going over and speak to him," she +added.</p> + +<p>Jack Jepson had his back toward Alice, and was not aware of her +approach. She heard him <a name="Page_111" id="Page_111"></a>murmuring to himself, and the words sounded +strange to her—as strange as the first ones she had overheard from him +that day.</p> + +<p>"It'll never do! It'll never do!" Jack Jepson was saying. "It's criminal +wrong, that's what it is. But I'll jest keep a sharp watch, an' at the +first sign of danger, I'll—"</p> + +<p>Then he heard the footfall of Alice on the deck, and turned quickly. He +smiled at her, and the smile was in strange contrast to his rather +ominous words. As Alice knew very little about the sea or boats, she +paid no attention.</p> + +<p>"I came to bid you good-bye," she said. "We are going back to New York +now, but we'll soon be aboard here for a long stay, I hope. My, how nice +everything looks!"</p> + +<p>"Yes, but it—it's too nice!" exclaimed Jack.</p> + +<p>"Too nice? What do you mean?" she asked wonderingly.</p> + +<p>"Oh, well, nothing, Miss Alice. You wouldn't understand. I'm glad to see +you. This isn't a mate's work, properly speakin'," he said, as he +indicated the box of polish, "but then we haven't started discipline +yet. We'll do that at sea."</p> + +<p>"And I'll hope we'll soon be out on the deep," voiced Alice.</p> + +<p>A week later the entire moving picture company that was to take part in +the marine drama <a name="Page_112" id="Page_112"></a>assembled at the dock where the <i>Mary Ellen</i> had been +refitted for her last voyage. Stores and provisions had been put aboard, +the <i>Ajax</i> lay stowed in the cradle on deck, and the members of the +company, the moving picture operators and the manager and his +assistants, had sent their baggage aboard. There was plenty of extra +film.</p> + +<p>"All aboard!" called Captain Brisco, and the gangplank was about to be +hauled in. "All aboard! We won't wait for him!" he went on, speaking to +the first mate and to Mr. Pertell who stood near him.</p> + +<p>"Won't wait for whom?" Alice heard Mr. Pertell ask.</p> + +<p>"A new hand I hired at the last minute. He's a good navigator, better +than Jepson, and that's why I took him on. But he isn't here, and so +we'll go without him."</p> + +<p>"Not short-handed, are you?" asked the manager, rather anxiously.</p> + +<p>"No, not for this voyage. I think——"</p> + +<p>But the captain was interrupted by a shout up the wharf. A man, +seemingly a sailor, came running toward the schooner.</p> + +<p>"There he is now!" the captain exclaimed. "All aboard. Hurry up, my man, +or you'll be left."</p> + +<p>The man flung himself on the gangplank which <a name="Page_113" id="Page_113"></a>was separated from the +dock by some little distance. He scrambled aboard, and just then, Alice, +standing near Jack Jepson, heard the old sailor utter an exclamation of +surprise, and murmur:</p> + +<p>"Can that be him? Can that be him—after these years? No, it can't be!"</p> + +<p>"All aboard!" cried Captain Brisco. And the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, in charge of a +fussy little tug, began moving away from the dock.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114"></a>CHAPTER XIV</h2> + +<h3>OVERBOARD</h3> + + +<p>Alice was so impressed with what she had heard sailor Jack say, that, in +spite of the desire to give all her attention to the start of the +voyage, destined to be so momentous, she looked first at Jepson and then +at the new arrival. The latter appeared to be an ordinary sailor, but +there was a commanding air about him, as though he were used to having +his own way. But he was sufficiently subservient to Captain Brisco, +saluting the commander in formal fashion.</p> + +<p>"You're late!" growled Captain Brisco.</p> + +<p>"Yes—couldn't help it," was the almost cheerful answer. "You knew I +wouldn't be left though, didn't you?"</p> + +<p>"Well, I wasn't sure of it," Alice heard the captain answer. "Get below, +and then we'll talk later."</p> + +<p>Alice turned to see how Jack Jepson was taking this. The old salt seemed +to be listening intently, but he had his back turned.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_115" id="Page_115"></a>He knows that man who just came aboard," decided Alice, "and there is +something queer about it all. In fact there is something queer about +this vessel and Captain Brisco. I feel as though I were in the midst of +a mystery. I'm going to see if I can't solve it."</p> + +<p>That was Alice's way. She always did like to solve puzzles, from the +time when she was a small child, and she went at this one in much the +same way as had been her habit in the case of the simple ones in the +juvenile papers she took when a little girl.</p> + +<p>"There's something between Captain Brisco, Jack Jepson and this new +man," Alice decided. "Jack is afraid of being recognized, and yet he +wants to make sure who this new man is. Can it have anything to do with +the mutiny, I wonder?"</p> + +<p>It was a question she could not answer just then. She resolved to be on +the watch, to look and listen, without saying much, until she had in her +mental grasp some of the loose ends of the puzzle.</p> + +<p>Ruth was some distance off, talking to her father. Mr. DeVere, in spite +of the warmth of the day, had a light silk scarf about his throat, which +had pained him during the night. The other members of the company were +scattered <a name="Page_116" id="Page_116"></a>about the schooner which was being towed out to sea. Miss +Pennington and Miss Dixon were waving to some young men who had come to +see them off. Mr. Wellington Bunn's face wore a glum look. Perhaps he +saw no chance of doing anything with his favorite role of Hamlet in this +marine story that was soon to be enacted.</p> + +<p>Alice heard Jack muttering to himself. She could not catch all the +words, but she heard him say:</p> + +<p>"Yes, it must be the same one! He hasn't changed much—not as much as I +have. He won't know me. But what am I to do?"</p> + +<p>The old salt's musings, however, were cut short, for Captain Brisco +called to him.</p> + +<p>"I say there, Mr. Jepson," ordered the commander, "will you go forward, +and see how the bitts are standing up under the strain of that hawser? I +don't want them to pull out, and they're none too strong. Lively now!"</p> + +<p>"Aye, aye, sir!" dutifully answered the second mate, and he shuffled off +along the deck, while Captain Brisco and the new arrival went below, +being, apparently, on very friendly terms.</p> + +<p>"And that is another queer part of it," mused Alice. "That new man is +supposed to be a common sailor—he must be, as all the offices, from +captain down, are filled. And yet Captain<a name="Page_117" id="Page_117"></a> Brisco treats him as an +equal. I can't understand it."</p> + +<p>None of the others of the moving picture company appeared to find +anything odd in the reception of the man who had almost been left. In +fact, save for Alice and Jack Jepson, no one paid any attention to him. +As the captain and the new man whom he had addressed as "Hen Lacomb" +went below, the attention of Alice was taken by Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Don't you think, dear," her sister said, "that we had better get our +possessions in order. I understand that some pictures are to be taken +aboard the schooner here, and we will want to get our costumes out where +we can easily reach them."</p> + +<p>"I suppose so," murmured Alice. "But I wonder who he is?" she added, +half unconsciously.</p> + +<p>"What in the world are you talking about?" asked Ruth in some surprise. +"Do you mean that young man who was waving to Miss Dixon?" for a certain +youth seemed very loath to bid farewell to the former variety actress.</p> + +<p>"Yes. Who is he?" asked Alice, accepting this chance to get out of +answering, though what she had meant was the identity of the mysterious +Hen Lacomb, and not the youth on the dock.</p> + +<p>"I've seen him before," Ruth said.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_118" id="Page_118"></a>Who?" asked Alice quickly, her mind still intent on the mystery.</p> + +<p>"Why, Alice, how odd you are! That young man of whom we are speaking, to +be sure. I mean I've seen him around the studio. He seems to be quite +impressed by Miss Dixon."</p> + +<p>"Yes," said Alice, vaguely. "Well, let's go below," she suggested. "You +notice how nautical I'm getting," she went on.</p> + +<p>"Forgetful you mean," supplemented Ruth. "Well, anyhow, we have fine +weather for the start."</p> + +<p>The schooner was well out from the dock now, and the pilot was in +charge, so there was nothing for Captain Brisco to do for the present. +He had gone to his cabin, and the stranger, or, rather, Hen Lacomb, to +give him the name bestowed on him, was with the commander.</p> + +<p>"I wish I knew what they were talking about," said Alice, and, without +intending to do so, she spoke aloud.</p> + +<p>"Who?" asked Ruth. "Really, you are saying the strangest things this +morning, Sister mine!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I was thinking—thinking——"</p> + +<p>Alice was rather at a loss for words to explain.</p> + +<p>"You must have some of your new roles on the brain," went on Ruth. "I +know I've been <a name="Page_119" id="Page_119"></a>doing a lot of thinking over mine. They are nearly all +nice ones, I'm glad to say, but I don't like the parts we have to take +in the shipwreck. Fancy having actually to jump into the water."</p> + +<p>That was one of the things required, according to the scenario.</p> + +<p>"There's no danger," Alice said, as she and her sister reached the +stateroom they were to share.</p> + +<p>"Oh, but think of <i>sharks</i> in those Southern waters!"</p> + +<p>"I'm not going to think of them," declared Alice. "Besides, we shall be +in the water only a short time, and the motorboat will pick us up. It +will be nice and warm."</p> + +<p>The plan of the shipwreck included the jumping overboard of some of the +company, and their rescue in small boats, or by the motorboat <i>Ajax</i>, +that would follow, with Russ in it taking the moving pictures of the +"thrilling scenes."</p> + +<p>"Well, that doesn't come until toward the end," Ruth remarked, "so I'm +not going to think about it until then. Now let's unpack."</p> + +<p>Ruth and Alice had comfortable, if rather restricted, quarters in a +small cabin containing two bunks. Their father was near them, and the +other members of the company had rooms scattered about. The ship's crew, +of course, berthed <a name="Page_120" id="Page_120"></a>forward, and the two mates, of whom Jack Jepson was +one, were quartered with the captain. Alice wondered what would be the +standing of Hen Lacomb.</p> + +<p>She learned a little later when she saw him taking his bag "aft." That +meant he was to be treated as an officer. There is all the difference in +the world on a sailing ship, whether a man bunks "forward" or "aft." In +the latter case he is either an officer or a passenger, and in the +former case he is classed as a member of the crew, a "foremast hand," +and, as such, has no authority.</p> + +<p>"Hen Lacomb is evidently someone in power," decided Alice, though she +said nothing to her sister or father, or even Jack. She managed to +learn, by judicious questions, that Hen, as she began to think of him, +was a friend of Captain Brisco, and a sort of passenger-helper on the +<i>Mary Ellen</i>.</p> + +<p>And now that the voyage was really started, those who were to take part +in the play began to consider their roles.</p> + +<p>In brief the plan was this. The schooner, under her own sail, would +proceed to the warm West Indian waters and clime, and there, when +suitable surroundings were found, the taking of the main scenes in the +big drama would begin.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121"></a>I shall not weary you with an account of the trip down. In spite of her +age, the schooner proved a good sailor, for she had been well refitted, +even if she was to be wrecked. Day after day passed and the sun shone +warmer as they came farther and farther south.</p> + +<p>Some few scenes were filmed aboard the craft, but there was not much +work for anyone, and the time was most enjoyable. Even Mr. Sneed, the +"human grouch," consented to smile, now and then.</p> + +<p>They passed Key West, but did not dock, and kept on. Alice wondered if +they would come near the "Hole in the Wall," but she did not like to +ask, for fear of making trouble for Jack. She did not know how much of +his story he wanted known to those aboard the ship.</p> + +<p>It was a warm, sunny day, and Mr. Pertell had announced that he would +begin some of the more important scenes of the drama in a short time. +The <i>Mary Ellen</i> was plowing through the blue waters, bending over under +a good wind. Nearly all the members of the company were out on deck, +under awnings. Alice saw Jack Jepson at some work on the port rail, and +noticed Hen Lacomb and the captain stroll toward him. The two latter +seemed to converse for a few minutes,<a name="Page_122" id="Page_122"></a> when suddenly there was a heavy +lurch and roll to the craft.</p> + +<p>"Mind your helm there!" sang out Captain Brisco angrily to the +steersman. At the same time there rang out a cry from Hen Lacomb.</p> + +<p>"Man overboard! Man overboard!"</p> + +<p>Alice, startled, leaped to her feet. Jack Jepson had disappeared!</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123"></a>CHAPTER XV</h2> + +<h3>"SAIL HO!"</h3> + + +<p>Alice DeVere was not an ordinary sort of girl. She may have been, once, +but that was before her advent in moving pictures. There had been times +when a sudden emergency would cause her to feel faint, if not actually +to succumb to that interesting ailment, which is so useful, especially +in stories and books.</p> + +<p>But Alice, who was the nearest to the scene of what had just happened, +neither fainted, nor became unduly excited. She had seen too many +emergencies in the work of taking moving pictures to become "rattled," +which is not used in a slangy sense at all, but merely to indicate that +one's nerves vibrate too rapidly. Consequently, after her first scream, +Alice was almost as calm and collected as could be expected of a veteran +sailor.</p> + +<p>"Man overboard!" Alice cried, echoing the shout of Hen Lacomb, who, she +noticed, after his first hesitation, began lowering a boat, or trying +to, for it needed two at that task.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_124" id="Page_124"></a>I'll help!" cried Alice rushing to the aid of the strange man who +seemed so friendly with Captain Brisco.</p> + +<p>"Oh—you——!" he exclaimed, with a swift look at her. Then he resumed +the work of loosing the ropes so they would run freely in the pulley +blocks of the davits.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile Captain Brisco had bawled out an order to the helmsman to +bring the ship up in the wind. A sailor had tossed overboard a +life-ring, and then came to help Lacomb lower the boat, for Alice found +it beyond her strength, eager as she was.</p> + +<p>"There he is!" cried Russ, as he rushed to the rail beside Alice. He +pointed to the water. Fortunately the sea was smooth, and rising and +falling on the waves could be seen the head of the old sailor.</p> + +<p>"Oh! Oh!" gasped Ruth, who glided over to the side of Alice. "If—if a +shark should come now."</p> + +<p>"There aren't any around here!" declared Russ. He did not know whether +there were or not, but he said that to make the girls feel more +comfortable. After all, if there were sharks, whatever he said would be +of no effect, and it was better to take the best view of it, he thought.</p> + +<p>"Lower away!" cried Hen Lacomb, and the <a name="Page_125" id="Page_125"></a>boat went down to the water. +Two sailors, beside himself, slid down the ropes into it, and took the +oars. They cast off the davit blocks, and began rowing toward the +bobbing head. Old Jack could swim well, it seemed, in spite of his age. +The water was warm, and it was broad daylight, so he was in +comparatively little danger—except from sharks and from the fact that +he had on his clothes, which would soon become soaked and hamper him.</p> + +<p>But no sharks appeared; that menacing triangular fin which marks them +was not seen cutting the water, and no big twelve-foot man-eater was +observed to turn on his back in order to bring his curious, under-shot +mouth with its rows of keen teeth to bear on poor Jack Jepson.</p> + +<p>If a shark had appeared, it would probably have put an end to the plans +of Mr. Pertell to have his company give an idea of shipwreck by leaping +into the water. No one would have jumped into those waters had they been +shark-infested. But, as I have said, none of the tigers of the deep +showed, and, a little later, Jack was being lifted into the small boat. +They had reached him just when his strength was about exhausted.</p> + +<p>"Oh, have they saved him?" asked Miss Pennington, coming on deck very +pale. Alice said <a name="Page_126" id="Page_126"></a>afterward she had not had time to put on her "war +paint."</p> + +<p>"I—I can't bear to look!" faltered Miss Dixon, following her friend. +"Tell me dear—is he—is he dead?" she asked of Alice.</p> + +<p>"Dead! No, of course not!" said Alice, none too politely. "Don't be +silly! He just fell overboard, and they got him back again; that's all."</p> + +<p>Miss Dixon looked angry and flounced back to her cabin with her chum. +Jack and his rescuers were hoisted up in the boat, the other sailors +hauling on the ropes, the blocks of which were hooked fast to rings in +the bow and stern posts of the rowing craft.</p> + +<p>"Well, you tried to leave us rather suddenly," said Mr. Pertell. "Don't +go trying that again, Jack—at least until we finish making the +pictures," he went on with a whimsical smile. "You're in too many +important scenes to be lost that way."</p> + +<p>"I haven't any fancy that way myself," said Jack, who seemed little the +worse for his unexpected bath.</p> + +<p>"How did it happen?" asked Captain Brisco of his mate, though it seemed +as though he had been near enough to have seen for himself.</p> + +<p>"Why, I was standing near the rail," Jack explained, "talkin' to Mr. +Lacomb, here," and he <a name="Page_127" id="Page_127"></a>indicated the strange man, "when, all at once the +ship gives a lurch, and—well, I went over, that's all I guess," and he +looked at Lacomb, as though to get him to confirm the account.</p> + +<p>"Yes that's right," said the other. "I—I tried to grab him, but I was +too late. I nearly went over myself," he added, grimly.</p> + +<p>"Yes," assented the old salt, "you did," and he shot a look at the +other.</p> + +<p>Did Alice fancy it, or did Lacomb wince, and shrink back? And did a look +pass between him and Captain Brisco—a look full of meaning?</p> + +<p>Alice was puzzling over these questions in her own mind, when the +helmsman spoke.</p> + +<p>"It wasn't <i>my</i> fault," he said. "I was steering all right, but Captain +Brisco came and spoke to me and handed me a paper. I took one hand off +the wheel, and the——"</p> + +<p>"No one has said it was your fault," broke in the commander quickly. "I +was giving you a copy of the sailing orders for the day. I wouldn't have +bothered you if I had known a puff of wind and a big wave were coming +along together, to snatch the wheel out of your grip. But it wasn't your +fault. However, no harm is done. You had better get below, Mr. Jepson, +and put on some dry clothes. Mr. Lacomb will stand watch until you feel +all right again."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_128" id="Page_128"></a>Oh, I'll be all right in a little while," Jack said. "I don't need no +one to stand my trick on deck. I'll be back shortly."</p> + +<p>He went below, the water dripping from him. The ship was put back on her +course. The excitement had not lasted long.</p> + +<p>"Too bad you didn't have a camera ready, Russ," said Paul to the +operator, when matters were normal aboard the <i>Mary Ellen</i> once more. +"You might have filmed a good rescue scene."</p> + +<p>"I was too much excited to think about that," Russ admitted. "Besides, +we are going to have plenty of rescue stuff in a few days, and this +wasn't a particularly thrilling one. Poor old Jack! I wonder how it +feels to fall overboard?"</p> + +<p>"Not very pleasant," Paul said. He had done it more than once in the +interests of the pictures.</p> + +<p>Alice, going below for something a little later, met the old salt on his +way to the deck again, he having changed to dry garments.</p> + +<p>"Oh, are you all right?" she asked anxiously, for she and her sister, as +well as Mr. DeVere, had taken a liking to Jepson. "Are you all right?"</p> + +<p>"All right, Miss Alice," he replied. "No harm done at all."</p> + +<p>"I thought sailors never fell overboard," she said, half jokingly. "I +supposed they were so sure-footed that accidents like that never +happened to them."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_129" id="Page_129"></a>They don't—not usual like, Miss," said Jack with that earnest, honest +air that characterized him.</p> + +<p>"Then how did you come to do it?"</p> + +<p>"I—I didn't do it, Miss," Jack answered. "I didn't <i>fall</i> overboard."</p> + +<p>"You didn't?" cried Alice, not noticing the accent Jepson put on one +word.</p> + +<p>"No, Miss. Not exactly."</p> + +<p>He looked around as though to make sure no one was listening, and then, +in a hoarse whisper, he said:</p> + +<p>"I didn't <i>fall</i> overboard. I was <i>tossed</i>!"</p> + +<p>Then, before she could ask him what he meant, he gave her a warning +glance, and passed on. Just as he did so, Captain Brisco came along the +passage way.</p> + +<p>"I was just coming down to see how you were," he said, with a quick look +at Alice. "I didn't know you were here, Miss DeVere," he continued, +rather awkwardly. "Hope the accident didn't upset you."</p> + +<p>"Oh no," she said, glad that it was rather dark, and that the commander +could not notice how pale she had become at hearing the ominous words of +the old sailor.</p> + +<p>"Accidents will happen, but they don't always end so luckily," the +captain went on. Jack Jepson <a name="Page_130" id="Page_130"></a>had passed up on deck, and Alice, not +feeling in the mood for talking, passed to her cabin. Captain Brisco, +after a moment of hesitation, went up on deck again, and, had anyone +observed him, they would have seen him in close conversation with Hen +Lacomb. The two men spoke in low tones.</p> + +<p>Jack Jepson was soon himself again, and on duty as though nothing had +happened. But he had created a very queer state of mind in Alice DeVere. +Her suspicious were increased, and she asked herself a multitude of +questions she could not answer. Nor dared she repeat them, even to her +sister.</p> + +<p>"If he were tossed overboard, who did it?" she asked herself. "And why? +The only one near him was Lacomb, and what object could he have in +wanting to drown Jack? Oh, I can't understand it! I <i>must</i> ask Jack what +he meant."</p> + +<p>This was not so easy to do as Alice had expected. She wanted to speak to +the old sailor privately, but there was no chance.</p> + +<p>That afternoon there began the taking of some of the more important +scenes of the marine drama. These scenes were those that had to be +filmed on the ship itself, and they kept everyone busy. Besides, Alice +did not want to make too obvious an effort to talk to the old salt, as +she <a name="Page_131" id="Page_131"></a>feared Captain Brisco would become suspicious. There was a nameless +mystery in the air that had its effect on Alice. Ruth noticed a +difference in her sister, and questioned her about it, but Alice was +able to say it was due to the difficult and exacting work of the new +drama, and, in part, it was.</p> + +<p>Several days passed, and she had had no chance to speak to Jack. Each +day was filled with work, or rehearsals, and some of the films had to be +taken several times, due to the uncertain footing on the deck of the +ship, which produced awkward motions on the part of the actors.</p> + +<p>It was on a warm afternoon, with a hint of a storm in the atmosphere, +when Mr. Pertell said:</p> + +<p>"Well, I guess that will do for a while. This will pretty nearly bring +us up to the shipwreck scene. We shall have to make a landing on one of +the islands here, to get the proper background."</p> + +<p>They were then well down among the West Indies.</p> + +<p>"Where do we land?" asked Alice, who was on deck with her sister, +standing near Jack Jepson, who was acting as lookout, with a telescope +in his hand.</p> + +<p>"Well, I'm not particular," Mr. Pertell said. "Perhaps Jack can suggest +a good place."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_132" id="Page_132"></a>Well, I know something about the locality here," the old sailor +answered, and he looked at Alice with a friendly wink. "I shouldn't want +to go ashore at the place where I escaped from after that mutiny," he +went on. "They might not want to let me go again."</p> + +<p>"No, that's so," agreed Mr. Pertell. "It might not be just the thing, +though you could prove your innocence."</p> + +<p>"No, I can't! That's the trouble!" cried Jack, who had told his story to +the manager. "I don't want to be caught, and put in jail. I'm going to +keep away from that island where I was locked up."</p> + +<p>"Which one was it?" asked Ruth.</p> + +<p>"I don't know the name," Jack said, "but I can tell it the minute I set +eyes on it. I don't want to go there. I had enough——"</p> + +<p>Jack paused suddenly. The glass went to his eye, and he called out:</p> + +<p>"Sail ho!"</p> + +<p>"Where away?" demanded the helmsman.</p> + +<p>"Two points off on the lee bow. She's a small steamer, and she—she's +flying the British flag!" added the old man.</p> + +<p>A strange look of fear came over his face.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133"></a>CHAPTER XVI</h2> + +<h3>THE ACCUSATION</h3> + + +<p>"What's this?" demanded Captain Brisco, coming on deck just then. +"What's up?"</p> + +<p>"Sail ho!" repeated Jack Jepson. "Over there, Captain!" and he pointed, +and extended the telescope. Alice noticed that the hand of the old salt +trembled, though usually he was as steady as the proverbial surgeon.</p> + +<p>"Hum! Yes. One of the English revenue ships," remarked Captain Brisco. +"It's the first one we've met down here."</p> + +<p>"It is a British vessel, isn't it?" asked Jack Jepson, and there was a +queer strain in his voice.</p> + +<p>"Yes," replied his superior. "What of it?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, nothin' sir! Nothin'."</p> + +<p>But Alice thought it was something.</p> + +<p>"Well, we haven't any need to speak to her," went on Captain Brisco. +"We're going to anchor soon."</p> + +<p>"Anchor?" asked Jepson.</p> + +<p>"Yes, they want to take some of their pic<a name="Page_134" id="Page_134"></a>tures!" It was evident to +Alice, from the tone of voice in which Captain Brisco spoke, that he had +little sympathy with the work of the film actors. But he had been hired +to do his part with the ship, and must carry out his agreement with Mr. +Pertell.</p> + +<p>The captain handed back the glass, and went to consult with the manager +about making a landing. They were near several small islands, any one of +which would probably do as a background for some of the picture-play +scenes.</p> + +<p>Left to himself Jack Jepson took another long look at the oncoming +steamer.</p> + +<p>Alice watched him curiously.</p> + +<p>"Yes, she's a lime-juicer," he remarked, and something like a sigh +escaped him.</p> + +<p>"A—a lime-juicer?" repeated Alice in some surprise. "I thought you said +she was a <i>steamer</i>."</p> + +<p>"So she is. But we old sailors used to call all British ships +'lime-juicers,' because they used to be the only ones that was compelled +by law to carry lime juice."</p> + +<p>"Why lime juice?" Alice wanted to know.</p> + +<p>"To prevent scurvy, Miss. Lime juice, potatoes or anything like that +will keep sailors from the scurvy disease, Miss. They found it out, the +Britishers did, and made their ships carry such stuff. Lime juice is +easier to stow away than <a name="Page_135" id="Page_135"></a>potatoes, and every sailor had to have his +share.</p> + +<p>"Scurvy is a bad disease, Miss. It's terrible, and though lots of fun +was made of the lime juice British ships, they done their duty, Miss. It +got so other nations had to fall into line. And, though lime juice isn't +as needful as it was, 'cause they have other things that do as well, +perhaps, I always think of a Britisher as a lime-juicer."</p> + +<p>"I see," murmured Alice. "Yes, I can see the English flag," she went on, +as she looked through the glass Jack passed to her. "She is headed right +for us, too."</p> + +<p>"That's what I make out, Miss. And I wish it was my watch below; I sure +do, Miss!"</p> + +<p>"Why, you aren't thinking that they may be after you, are you, Jack? +After you on that old mutiny charge?"</p> + +<p>"They might be, Miss," he said in a whisper, looking cautiously around. +"You see that charge isn't dead, and then there's the one of escapin' +from an English prison. They might overlook the mutiny, especially as +they may not have all their witnesses now—some of 'em may be dead. But +an English prison officer never forgets, nor forgives, an escape, and +the law doesn't either. If they was to see me, I'd be taken back to +stand the charges ag'in me."</p> + +<p>"But how would they know you?" asked<a name="Page_136" id="Page_136"></a> Alice. "Besides, it isn't at all +likely that anyone on that vessel had anything to do with your being +taken into custody on the mutiny charge. That was years ago."</p> + +<p>"I know Miss, but they might remember me, even if I have changed a lot. +And this is mostly English waters around here. English islands, too. It +was somewhere about here I was imprisoned. Before I set foot on land, +I'm going to find out if it's English, and if it is, I'm goin' to stay +on board. I'm not goin' to take any chances."</p> + +<p>"But can't they arrest you at sea, if there should be such a possibility +that they recognized you?"</p> + +<p>"Not if I'm three miles from land, I think. Still, I may be wrong about +that. I wish I hadn't come on this voyage, that's a fact. I don't like +the sight of that English flag."</p> + +<p>"Don't worry," advised Alice. "There isn't one chance in a thousand that +you would be recognized after these years. In the first place, you have +changed a lot. And, in the second place, probably the English officers +who arrested you, and the others, are in some other part of the world +now. Why do you think they may be on that steamer?"</p> + +<p>"Well, things don't change down here as much <a name="Page_137" id="Page_137"></a>as you might think," +replied Jack, as he and Alice watched the steamer coming nearer. "And an +Englishman is less likely to change than anybody else, Miss. He'll often +stay in the same berth until he dies. So it's likely some of the same +officers who were around here when I was arrested are here yet. And they +may be on that vessel."</p> + +<p>"But how can they recognize you?" Alice persisted.</p> + +<p>"Well, if they didn't know me, they might know this ship."</p> + +<p>"This ship! Why, this is only a small vessel, and yours was a big +five-master."</p> + +<p>"I know, Miss, I know," said Jack, with a nervous look over his +shoulder. "But here's a secret I haven't told to anyone yet. This may be +the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, but she used to be the <i>Halcyon</i>!"</p> + +<p>Alice started back in surprise.</p> + +<p>"The <i>Halcyon</i>!" she gasped. "How could it be?"</p> + +<p>"This way, Miss. They built her over, cut down her length, and changed +her so hardly anybody would recognize her. But I knew the <i>Mary Ellen</i> +for the <i>Halcyon</i> almost as soon as I came aboard."</p> + +<p>"And is that why you acted so—so queer?"</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_138" id="Page_138"></a>Partly—yes. You see she was first the <i>Mary Ellen</i> and the mutineers +named her the <i>Halcyon</i>. Then, when she was rebuilt she became <i>Mary +Ellen</i> again."</p> + +<p>"But I never knew they could make vessels over," Alice protested.</p> + +<p>—"Oh, yes, it's often done," the sailor assured her. "This certainly +was the old <i>Halcyon</i>, as she was called when the mutineers had her, and +anyone who had sailed in her would know it. A sailor's eye can't be +deceived. There's others on board as know it, too."</p> + +<p>"Others here? Of the mutinous crew?"</p> + +<p>"Hush, Miss, if you please! Not so loud! Yes, others who were in the +mutiny, but who got off scott free, while I was the one to suffer. But +they're tryin' to keep under cover. There's a game afoot, but I'll spoil +it if I can—that is, if this British steamer don't make trouble for +me."</p> + +<p>Alice's head seemed to swim. She was getting into the depths of the +mystery now with a vengeance. What did it all mean? To what did Jack +have reference? Could it be that Captain Brisco, and the man with whom +he was so friendly, were in a plot?</p> + +<p>Alice felt as if she must tell someone. It was too big a secret for her +to keep to herself.</p> + +<p>One thing seemed necessary. She must rid<a name="Page_139" id="Page_139"></a> Jack of some of his fear of +being arrested again.</p> + +<p>"But if the ship is changed so, how could any of the British officers, +provided any are on that steamer, recognize her?" Alice asked.</p> + +<p>"I don't know how, but I'm sure they could," said Jack, rather +unreasonably. "And you mark my words. They'll see us and in spite of our +change of rig, they will want to speak us. A sailor never forgets a +ship. Of course there may be no officers on that steamer who would know +the old <i>Halcyon</i>, but ag'in, there may be. I'm afeered, Miss."</p> + +<p>"Oh, but you needn't be. Mr. Pertell will make it all right even if——"</p> + +<p>"He isn't bigger than Johnnie Bull," said Jack ominously, "though Mr. +Pertell is a good friend of mine. Ha! Didn't I tell you? There they come +right for us, and they're signallin' us to lay to."</p> + +<p>It was evident that something had taken place aboard the steamer. A +signal flag broke out at her mast, and Captain Brisco, seeing it, +exclaimed impatiently:</p> + +<p>"What can they want with us?"</p> + +<p>"They want to talk, that's evident," said Hen Lacomb, who stood near the +commander.</p> + +<p>"But what about?"</p> + +<p>"We'll soon know."</p> + +<p><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140"></a>As the <i>Mary Ellen</i> lay almost motionless on the sea, for she had been +brought up sharply, the steamer approached. It was so calm that she +could come quite close without danger of a collision. A man, evidently +an officer, hailed through a megaphone. Jack dared not desert his place +as lookout.</p> + +<p>"What vessel is that?" demanded the officer of the British steamer.</p> + +<p>"The <i>Mary Ellen</i>, from New York," answered Captain Brisco. "Out on a +moving picture cruise. We're in a hurry."</p> + +<p>"Better not be," was the exasperating comment. "There's someone here who +wants to ask you a few questions."</p> + +<p>Another figure joined the speaker, and at the sight of this second +officer, old Jack Jepson groaned.</p> + +<p>"I knew it! I knew it," he whispered to Alice. "That's the man in charge +of the revenue cutter who arrested me years ago. See! He recognizes me! +I thought this would happen."</p> + +<p>It was evident that something out of the ordinary was taking place.</p> + +<p>"<i>Mary Ellen</i> ahoy!" called the second officer. "If you didn't used to +be the <i>Halcyon</i>, I miss my guess. And there's a man aboard you I want! +There he stands!" and he pointed an accusing finger at Jack Jepson.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141"></a>CHAPTER XVII</h2> + +<h3>THE STORM</h3> + + +<p>The old sailor seemed to shrink down in his clothes and become smaller. +He cast an appealing glance at Alice who stood near him.</p> + +<p>"See!" he murmured. "What did I tell you?"</p> + +<p>"It may be all right yet," she answered. "Surely after these years they +can do nothing to you, especially when you were not guilty."</p> + +<p>"Ah, but it's the escape from the prison that hangs over me," he said. +"They want me more for that than on the mutiny charge. Oh, what shall I +do?"</p> + +<p>"Stay here and 'face the music,' as Russ or Paul would say," suggested +Alice. "I'll speak to my father, and to Mr. Pertell. You are an American +citizen, and——"</p> + +<p>But she had no time for further advice. Again came the hail from the +steamer.</p> + +<p>"Stand by there, <i>Mary Ellen</i>, or <i>Halcyon</i>, as your name used to be," +was the sharp order.<a name="Page_142" id="Page_142"></a> "I'm going to send a boat aboard you. We want that +man!" and once more he pointed accusingly at Jack.</p> + +<p>"I don't know what you're talking about," blustered Captain Brisco. +"That man is my second mate, and you can't take him from me that way. +This isn't war time," and he seemed disposed to protect Jack.</p> + +<p>"Don't let them take me, Captain!" the old sailor pleaded. "You know +what it means. Don't let them take me away!"</p> + +<p>"I won't!" declared Captain Brisco, and for the moment the heart of +Alice warmed to him. She fancied she had misjudged him. But as she +looked at him, she saw a look on his face that made her doubt. It was a +look that made his words seem insincere. And when the moving picture +girl saw the captain speaking in an aside to Hen Lacomb, her doubts were +redoubled.</p> + +<p>"Stand by!" someone on the steamer ordered. "We're sending a boat to +take the prisoner."</p> + +<p>"This is a pretty how-d'-do!" blustered Captain Brisco. "They're going +to leave me short-handed, and just at a time when I'm likely to need +every man I can get, too," and he cast an anxious look around the +horizon. It had suddenly become quite dark. A bank of clouds, slate +colored, and fringed with an ominous yellow, had <a name="Page_143" id="Page_143"></a>gathered in the west, +and there was a moaning in the air as though a far-off wind were sending +a message to those in peril to beware of its breath.</p> + +<p>The sea, too, had a glassy look. The big waves rose sullenly, and sank +back into troughs, with an oily smooth motion as though they resented +being thus confined. It was like the action of some raging beast in +leash. There was a curious oppressiveness in the air, too, and more than +one found difficulty in breathing.</p> + +<p>"What is it? Oh, what is it?" asked Ruth, as she came toward her sister. +"I feel as though something terrible were going to happen."</p> + +<p>"Something <i>has</i> happened!" Alice exclaimed. "They've got poor old Jack! +Isn't it a shame, when everything was going so nicely?"</p> + +<p>"Got him!" questioned Ruth. "What do you mean?"</p> + +<p>"It's those Britishers! They recognized this ship as the one on which +the mutiny occurred. She's been built over—the ship I mean—but the +steamer knew her—I mean some officer did. And they're going to take +Jack away. You know he told us how he broke out of jail, after he was +locked up on an unjust charge. Well, they want him for that, but he +doesn't want him to go—at least he pretends he doesn't."</p> + +<p>Alice paused for breath—she needed it.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_144" id="Page_144"></a>Well!" exclaimed Ruth. "You may understand what you mean, but I don't, +my dear. Who wants whom, and who doesn't want whom—and what?"</p> + +<p>Thereupon Alice explained how Captain Brisco had declared Jack should +not be taken, and yet how Alice, herself, believed he would give him up.</p> + +<p>"But what does it all mean—that enmity you say Captain Brisco has +against Jack?" Ruth asked Alice, for Alice spoke about the time Jack had +fallen overboard, and mentioned how the sailor had said he was tossed +over the rail.</p> + +<p>"I don't know what it means," the younger girl replied. "It is all queer +and mysterious, and it's getting worse. But I think there is some secret +between Captain Brisco and that Hen Lacomb that Jack has found out, and +they're afraid he'll tell. That's why I think they would be glad to see +him taken away—no matter what happened to him. It's all very well for +Captain Brisco to say he doesn't want Jack to go, but I believe he's +glad this happened."</p> + +<p>"Oh, Alice! What a thing to say!"</p> + +<p>"I don't care! I believe it!"</p> + +<p>All this while preparations had been under way aboard the steamer to +lower a small boat, but there seemed to be some delay.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile Jack Jepson remained as lookout on <a name="Page_145" id="Page_145"></a>the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, though +there was no need of him there, for the schooner was now merely +drifting, with sails aback, and the steamer, too, was at the call of the +wind and currents.</p> + +<p>"Come on, mate!" hoarsely whispered a sailor to Jack. "Slip below, mate, +and we'll hide you. If they try to take you, we'll stand 'em off. I +don't like the Britishers anyhow. I was shanghaied into one of their +lime-juicers once, an' I never forgot it! Slip below!"</p> + +<p>"No, I'll take my medicine!" said Jack grimly. "Might as well get it +done with. This thing has been hangin' over my head a number of years +now, and I'll be glad to hear the last of it. It's a terrible thing for +an innocent man."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps some way may be found for clearing you," suggested Alice. "I'll +speak to my father. He knows some prominent lawyers in New York, and +they will induce the government to take up your case. Go quietly, Jack, +and we'll do all we can for you."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I shan't raise a row, Miss, never fear. No good'd come of that, and +it would only make trouble. I'll go quietly enough."</p> + +<p>"Ha! What is going on?" asked Mr. DeVere, who had been down below. "Has +anything happened?"</p> + +<p>Alice and Ruth tried to tell him at once, the <a name="Page_146" id="Page_146"></a>former eager to enlist +his sympathies in Jack's cause. Mr. DeVere promised readily enough.</p> + +<p>"Though I can't hold out any hope for you," he said. "I know nothing of +law, but international affairs are always slow."</p> + +<p>"But I ought to get justice in the end, ought I not?" asked Jack, +respectfully.</p> + +<p>"You ought, my man, and I'll do all I can for you," said Mr. DeVere.</p> + +<p>"Oh, what a pretty sight!" exclaimed the voice of Miss Dixon, as she +emerged from a companionway with her chum, Miss Pennington. "Isn't it +romantic—stopping to speak to a steamer at sea?"</p> + +<p>"Delightful," agreed Miss Pennington. "I wonder if the captain of the +steamer will ask us to tea? It's a British vessel, and Englishmen are so +fond of tea."</p> + +<p>"Yes, and they are so romantic and good-looking," agreed Miss Dixon. +"But perhaps this is only for moving pictures."</p> + +<p>"Oh, pshaw! Perhaps it is!" sighed her companion, and the two of them, +who had been taking surreptitious glances in mirrors, enclosed in the +flaps of their bags, ceased "primping," until they could be sure whether +or not there was any object in it.</p> + +<p>"What's it all about?" asked Miss Dixon again.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_147" id="Page_147"></a>Oh, they're going to take one of our men, I believe," said Pop Snooks, +the property "angel," as the ladies often called him.</p> + +<p>"Oh dear! What are they? Pirates?" gasped Miss Pennington.</p> + +<p>"No, it's Jack Jepson they're after. Some old charge, I believe."</p> + +<p>"Ha! I knew something would happen on this voyage!" exclaimed Mr. Pepper +Sneed. "I felt it in my bones all along."</p> + +<p>"Good thing you're not disappointed," murmured Alice.</p> + +<p>"Oh dear!" sighed her sister. "It's too bad. And I liked Jack so."</p> + +<p>"So did I," returned Alice. "But they're a long while sending that +boat."</p> + +<p>It did seem so, for there were no signs yet, of one being lowered over +the side, though Captain Brisco, after the command to lay to, had +ordered his accommodation ladder lowered to receive the visitors.</p> + +<p>Then came another hail from the steamer.</p> + +<p>"<i>Mary Ellen</i> ahoy!"</p> + +<p>"Aye, aye!"</p> + +<p>"We won't send a boat right away. A hurricane is sweeping up fast, and +this is a bad locality in which to be caught," called one of the +steamer's officers through a megaphone. "We'll have to <a name="Page_148" id="Page_148"></a>get out of here, +and so had you better. There's no sea-room here. We'll pick you up +later, and don't forget you are in English waters, and subject to our +orders. We're going to have that man!"</p> + +<p>"Well, if you put it that way, of course I'll have to give in," said +Captain Brisco. "I'll wait for you after the blow."</p> + +<p>"Well, that's a respite, anyhow, but not a very pleasant one," said +Alice.</p> + +<p>"No," agreed Jack Jepson, who breathed easier now. "We're in for a bad +storm, I reckon. We'll have to make everything snug."</p> + +<p>"Attention!" once more came the hail from the steamer, and when Captain +Brisco answered, he was ordered to follow a certain course by compass, +as being safest.</p> + +<p>"Then I can pick you up!" the steamer captain cried as the propellers +began to churn the water. The British vessel swept away, leaving Jack +Jepson still on the schooner, but under threat of arrest.</p> + +<p>Then the forerunner of the storm came, filling the sails of the <i>Mary +Ellen</i>, and heeling her over until the lee scuppers were awash.</p> + +<p>"Make everything snug!" cried Captain Brisco. "It's coming on to blow +great guns!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149"></a>CHAPTER XVIII</h2> + +<h3>GRINDING AWAY</h3> + + +<p>Events aboard the <i>Mary Ellen</i> did not transpire at all slowly. In a +comparatively short space of time she had been converted from an old +hulk into a good sailing vessel, she had put to sea with a party of +moving picture workers, including a sailor accused of mutiny, who had +broken jail. She had been stopped by the English ship, and now the old +schooner was starting to scud before the blast of a hurricane. For the +time being the accusation against Jack Jepson was forgotten.</p> + +<p>"Lively now, everyone!" cried Captain Brisco. "When a storm breaks down +here, it isn't any child's play. Double reefs in all sails, and two men +at the wheel. Lash everything fast, pass life-lines, and passengers keep +below."</p> + +<p>"Oh, but I want to see the storm!" exclaimed Alice.</p> + +<p>"Oh, how can you!" remonstrated Ruth. "It is going to be—awful!"</p> + +<p><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150"></a>And indeed, if the evidence of sky and sea, and the moaning of the wind, +were any indication, a great storm was in prospect.</p> + +<p>The billows that had been rolling with oily smoothness now began to show +little feathery crests of foam, and they were following one another with +greater quickness, as if impatient to be at their shattering work.</p> + +<p>The wind seemed most ominous of all. It was as though it came from afar +off, down behind the horizon line that showed black, with a fringe of +angry yellow in the west. A low, mumbling, roaring, moaning wind it was, +that whistled mournfully through the rigging of the schooner, and howled +down the companionways.</p> + +<p>"Oh dear!" sighed Ruth, as she slipped her arm into that of her sister, +and started for their cabin. "Come on, Alice. I'm afraid!"</p> + +<p>"Nonsense! What of? Nothing has happened—yet."</p> + +<p>"No, but there is going to be a terrible storm!"</p> + +<p>"And I just love a blow. I've never seen one at sea, and, as this may be +the only chance I'll get, I'm not going to miss it. Stay up with me, +Ruth. Don't be like those sillies, and go below," and she motioned to +Miss Pennington and Miss Dixon who were scurrying for cover, as the wind +and the sea increased.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_151" id="Page_151"></a>Well, I'll stay up a little while," agreed Ruth. "But I—I'm afraid all +the same."</p> + +<p>"Nonsense!" cried Alice gaily. "We have a good ship under us. It went +through a mutiny, and I guess it can weather a storm."</p> + +<p>"That's just the point—can it?" asked Ruth in a low voice.</p> + +<p>"What do you mean?" Alice asked in a curiously strained voice.</p> + +<p>"I mean that this is an old vessel, 'made over,' as we would say of a +dress, Alice, it can't be as good and strong as a new one would be, and +in a storm——"</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't be nervous!" broke in Alice. "Here, I'll ask Mr. Blake," and +she stopped the first mate who was hurrying to and fro directing the men +at their work of making everything snug below and aloft.</p> + +<p>"Isn't she safe, Mr. Blake?" Alice appealed.</p> + +<p>"Who?" the first mate wanted to know.</p> + +<p>"This ship."</p> + +<p>"I—I think so," he said. "Yes, surely," he added quickly. "We will ride +out the storm, never fear. It hasn't gotten here yet, and we may only +get the outer edge of it. But you must excuse me now," and he hastened +along the deck.</p> + +<p>"There!" cried Alice. "What did I tell you?" she asked triumphantly.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_152" id="Page_152"></a>Well, I'll stay here with you a little while," Ruth agreed. "Then I'm +going below and——"</p> + +<p>"Bundle up all your possessions and sit on a life preserver," broke in +Alice with a laugh. "Oh, Ruth, you are—hopeless!"</p> + +<p>"Yes, but look at that!" and the older sister pointed to the west. There +had been a rapid change. There was more yellow in the clouds now and +less blackness, though there was enough of that ominous color too. +"Doesn't it scare you, Alice?"</p> + +<p>"Not so much, no. Of course I've never been in a bad storm down here, +and I don't know what they do to one. But I think we'll weather it, as +the sailors say. But I wonder what Mr. Pertell is doing?"</p> + +<p>She motioned to the manager who was seen amidships, talking to Russ, the +chief camera operator. They were near the big motorboat <i>Ajax</i>, which +still rested in the cradle on deck.</p> + +<p>Mr. DeVere was also in conversation with the manager and his chief +helper.</p> + +<p>"Let's go over and see what it is," suggested Alice. "Maybe they are +frightened too."</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't blame them," murmured Ruth, with a nervous glance over her +shoulder at the oncoming storm.</p> + +<p>The two girls joined their father and the <a name="Page_153" id="Page_153"></a>others. Pop Snooks, the +property man, who could make almost anything from a brick wall to a +king's palace, on short notice, was called into the consultation.</p> + +<p>"I'm sure they're going to do something!" Alice exclaimed, as she +noticed Mr. Pertell beckon Captain Brisco to him. And when the girls +reached the group they learned what was afoot.</p> + +<p>"Why yes, you'd have time for some pictures before the storm gets here," +Captain Brisco was saying. "It's evidently going to be slow in +breaking."</p> + +<p>"And it wouldn't be too rough for the motorboat?" asked Mr. Pertell.</p> + +<p>"Oh, no. She's built dory fashion, and bigger waves than these wouldn't +swamp her. It's a question though, if your man is game."</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't worry about me!" exclaimed Russ Dalwood. "I'll make pictures +as long as the light will hold good. How is the boat? Is she all ready +to start?"</p> + +<p>"All ready to put into the water," the captain assured him. "She has +been that way since we reached this locality. What do you say?" he asked +the manager. "Shall we lower away?"</p> + +<p>"I think so," was the answer from Mr. Pertell. "I want to get some views +of the schooner sailing off before the storm. It will be a sort of +<a name="Page_154" id="Page_154"></a>introduction to the shipwreck that is to come later."</p> + +<p>"All right!" exclaimed Russ. "That suits me. I'll get the camera and +films ready. I'll need a helper."</p> + +<p>"Oh, of course," agreed the manager. "You can't manage the boat and the +engine and work the camera too. Grinding away at the film will keep you +busy, especially as the water's a bit rough."</p> + +<p>"A <i>bit</i> rough!" exclaimed Russ with a smile. "I like the way you say +it. But the rougher it is the better effect we'll get on the film. I'll +be ready when you are, Captain Brisco."</p> + +<p>"All right, I'll have the boat over at once," and the commander gave the +necessary orders for lowering the <i>Ajax</i> over the side. This had been +provided for when she was cradled, so there was little delay at this +task.</p> + +<p>"Are we to do any 'stunts,' while Russ is taking pictures?" asked Alice +of the manager.</p> + +<p>"No, you are just to stand around on deck, and look a bit anxious. You +are supposed to be an old-time passenger packet you know, on a long +voyage, and you are running away from the storm. We don't want many feet +of this film—just enough to indicate what is to come. The real +shipwreck—that is the imitation of it—will <a name="Page_155" id="Page_155"></a>come later, when this +storm blows over. Get on the side where the motorboat will be," the +manager directed, "and line up along the rail."</p> + +<p>While Russ was "loading" his camera, Ruth and Alice watched the sailors +getting the <i>Ajax</i> ready. The engine had been tested, and seemed to work +well. Jack Jepson came along with a small keg of water, and a bundle +done up in a piece of sail cloth.</p> + +<p>"What's that for?" asked Alice.</p> + +<p>"Provisions and water," answered the old sailor.</p> + +<p>"But they're only going to be away a few minutes," the girl objected. +"They won't want anything to eat or drink."</p> + +<p>"It's a rule of th' sea," said old Jack, "never to put a boat over the +side without provisioning and watering her. You never can tell what will +happen on th' ocean. I've seen boats put out just for a little row +around, and a fog would come up, and they'd be away nearly a week. And +when they didn't have any water or food aboard—well, Miss, them's not +nice things to talk about to ladies," he said simply. And Alice +understood.</p> + +<p>The storm seemed to be holding off, at least for a time. Far away the +dark mass of the British <a name="Page_156" id="Page_156"></a>steamer could be seen. The <i>Ajax</i> was soon +ready, and lowered to the heaving water.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Sneed, you get in and help Russ," ordered Mr. Pertell. "You know +something about motor-boats, don't you?"</p> + +<p>"A little, yes. But I—er—I don't like to get in one when a storm is +coming up."</p> + +<p>"Nonsense!" the manager ejaculated. "There's no danger! You are going +only a short distance away from the schooner, to get some views of her +as she rides the waves. It will make a good film, the coming storm, and +the waters rising and falling. Get aboard, Mr. Sneed, and do whatever +Russ wants you to. He'll be busy with the camera so you will have to +steer, and run the engine. The last won't bother you though, for it has +a self-starter on and a gear clutch. You'll be in no danger."</p> + +<p>Mr. Sneed did not seem anxious to go. However, orders were orders, and +members of the company, even Mr. Wellington Bunn, thought twice before +refusing Mr. Pertell. So, when Russ came up with his cameras, bringing +two in case of emergency, Mr. Sneed was already in the boat, which was +rising and falling at the foot of the accommodation ladder over the side +of the schooner.</p> + +<p>"All aboard!" sang out Russ gaily, as he prepared to descend, his +cameras having been lowered to Mr. Sneed by a rope. "Look pleasant, +girls, <a name="Page_157" id="Page_157"></a>you're going to have your pictures took," and he laughed.</p> + +<p>There was an ominous hush in the air now. The moaning of the wind seemed +to have died down, at least for the time being, but the waves were +higher, the swells were long, and did not break much.</p> + +<p>It was lighter, also, though the light was of a sickly yellowish cast. +However, it would serve for a few pictures.</p> + +<p>"Let her go, Pepper!" called Russ to his actor-helper and the motor +whirred, as the <i>Ajax</i> started away from the side of the schooner. Russ, +setting his camera up on the platform made for it in the bow, began +grinding at the crank, taking many views of the pitching, tossing +schooner as it rose and fell on the bosom of the heaving ocean.</p> + +<p>"I don't like this!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed, when a dash of spray wet him, +as he sat at the wheel. "I wish I hadn't come. I'm sure something will +happen!"</p> + +<p>"Something sure <i>will</i>, if you don't keep her headed up into the seas," +declared Russ. "We'll be swamped, that's what will happen. Steady now. +I'm getting some good ones," and he worked away at the camera, while the +schooner sailed farther and farther away. Russ wanted to give the idea +of distance on the film.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158"></a>CHAPTER XIX</h2> + +<h3>DISABLED</h3> + + +<p>"How much longer you going to be?" asked Mr. Pepper Sneed, as he saw +Russ change slightly the position of the camera.</p> + +<p>"Oh, not much longer now," was the answer. "I have about all they'll +want, I guess. This is only a sort of 'cut-in' effect, anyhow—a +preliminary to the grand performance that is to come later. Poor old +<i>Mary Ellen</i>, we'll soon see the last of her, I expect."</p> + +<p>"Burr-r-r!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed as he shifted his helm. "Don't talk that +way. It sounds rather prophetic, you know, seeing the last of the ship, +and all that, you know."</p> + +<p>"Well, I meant that they're going to sink her. You knew that, didn't +you?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, worse luck! I'm to be one of the last to jump over the side, I +believe. I don't like it."</p> + +<p>"Well, it won't be for long," Russ said. "It will be all over in a few +minutes—I mean the <a name="Page_159" id="Page_159"></a>shipwreck proper, though there'll be a lot of +rescue scenes, and then the castaways on an island, and all that sort of +thing. Put me over a little more to the left, Pepper. I can get a fine +view that way, with the light shining on the passengers at the rail."</p> + +<p>He clicked away at the camera crank, and then exclaimed:</p> + +<p>"No, no! I said to the left. You're putting me to the right."</p> + +<p>"Oh, so I am. I was watching that storm. I don't like the looks of +things, Russ. I believe we're going to be in for it sooner than they +thought."</p> + +<p>"It does look as though it were going to burst," Russ agreed, as he +looked up from the "finder" of his machine long enough to take a glimpse +at the weather. "Mr. Pertell said he'd signal us with a flag when he +thought we had enough, but I don't see anything of a signal, do you?"</p> + +<p>"No," answered the gloomy actor, who had not been needed in the present +scenes. "And I wish I <i>could</i> see it. It's getting too rough out here +for me, even if we have a good boat," and he adjusted the gasoline feed +to give a little more power to the engine.</p> + +<p>"Well, it's getting almost too dark to get any more pictures, anyhow," +Russ declared. "We <a name="Page_160" id="Page_160"></a>sure are in for a blow. It's coming up fast too. +We'd better get back to the ship without waiting for a signal. They may +have hoisted one, that we didn't see."</p> + +<p>"That's it, I think!" cried the other. "Say, where is the schooner, +anyhow?"</p> + +<p>Russ, who was taking the tripod from his camera looked up quickly.</p> + +<p>"Why, can't you see her?" asked the young operator.</p> + +<p>"No, and I don't believe you can, either, nor can your camera find her. +She's disappeared!"</p> + +<p>"Disappeared? Nonsense!" Russ cried. "It's just that the sea mist has +come up and hidden her. It will blow away in a moment. Say, but it is +getting rough!"</p> + +<p>Well might he say that, for he could hardly keep his footing on the +platform where he had stood to make the views. He came down into the +half-covered cabin which formed the forward part of the <i>Ajax</i>.</p> + +<p>"Well, where is the schooner, if you can see her?" growled Pepper Sneed. +"Steer for her if you can sight her—I can't!"</p> + +<p>He seemed morose and angry. Perhaps it was just fear. Russ did not stop +to determine that point. The operator took the steering wheel, first +standing up to get an idea of his course.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_161" id="Page_161"></a>Say, it <i>is</i> getting dark!" he cried. "Well, we'll have to go it blind. +We'll pick up the schooner in a minute or two, I expect. She ought to be +right over there," and he pointed.</p> + +<p>"Where?" asked Mr. Sneed.</p> + +<p>"There," said Russ again.</p> + +<p>"Humph! You're away off!" declared his companion. "The last I saw her, +and I was headed right for her, she was over there," and he indicated a +direction differing from that Russ had shown by at least forty-five +degrees.</p> + +<p>"I wish they'd show a light!" Russ murmured as he tried to peer through +the mist and the gathering darkness. "Why don't they show a light? We +could see that!"</p> + +<p>"Maybe they don't know we're lost," suggested Pepper Sneed.</p> + +<p>"Lost!" cried Russ. "We're not lost! We'll be up to them in a minute or +so, but I do wish they'd show a light."</p> + +<p>The motorboat <i>Ajax</i> was chugging over the heaving water at good speed, +but as far as the eyes of either of her occupants could see, she might +have been driving straight into the utter desolation of a vast ocean, +for not an object was in sight.</p> + +<p>The wind had again taken up that nerve-racking moaning and groaning +sound, as of an un<a name="Page_162" id="Page_162"></a>seen giant in distress, and the spray from the crests +of the waves blew in the faces of the two young men, as they crouched +down behind the shelter of the half-cabin.</p> + +<p>It seemed as though the storm had begun, had halted in its purpose, or +had gone off momentarily in some other direction, and was now headed +back, to sweep destruction down on those aboard the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, and +the two in the motorboat.</p> + +<p>But where was the <i>Mary Ellen</i>?</p> + +<p>That was a question Russ and Mr. Sneed asked of themselves over and over +again as they drove into the very teeth of the storm. They had to head +into it, as in the small boat no other course would have been safe. +Fortunately the <i>Ajax</i> was built dory-fashion, with high bow and stern, +after the pattern of the skiffs in which the fishermen of the New +Foundland banks go out in heavy weather.</p> + +<p>"What are you going to do?" asked Mr. Sneed, as Russ increased the speed +of the engine, so that the small craft fairly tore up the inclined hills +of green waters, which the waves represented, and slid down them with +sickening speed on the other slope.</p> + +<p>"I'm going to keep on until I find her—find the schooner," Russ said, +grimly. "That's all <a name="Page_163" id="Page_163"></a>we can do. But I can't understand why they don't +show a light."</p> + +<p>"Maybe they're having troubles of their own," suggested the actor.</p> + +<p>"Well, they could shout, so as to let us know where to steer," Russ went +on, rather provoked.</p> + +<p>"We could do that ourselves," Pepper Sneed said.</p> + +<p>"Do what?" asked Russ, hardly conscious of what he was saying, for just +then a heavy wave threatened to swamp the dory, and it required skillful +handling to keep her from being swamped.</p> + +<p>"We could yell," suggested Mr. Sneed. "Come on, give 'em a call!"</p> + +<p>Russ agreed to this, and, standing up, so their voices would carry +better, and bracing themselves against the tumbling, swaying motion of +the craft, they sent out a cry for aid—and yet not so much a cry for +aid, as they were not yet in distress, but a cry for direction.</p> + +<p>"If I could only see where to steer," Russ exclaimed, when they had +paused in their yelling, well-nigh exhausted, "it wouldn't be so bad! +But I can't see a thing. It's getting darker every minute. I never saw +such a funny storm."</p> + +<p>"It's coming up all right," declared the actor. "Going to blow great +guns soon."</p> + +<p>"It's blowing them now," said Russ, grimly, <a name="Page_164" id="Page_164"></a>as he clung to the wheel. +"I can hardly keep her on the course."</p> + +<p>"What's the use of steering a course when you don't know whether it's +right or not?" asked the actor.</p> + +<p>"Well, I'm not going to give up," Russ said, grimly. "I think I'm headed +for the schooner, though I ought to have fetched her sooner than this, +at the speed we're going."</p> + +<p>"Perhaps she's blowing away from us," suggested Mr. Sneed.</p> + +<p>"That's it!" Russ cried. "Why didn't I think of that before? She's +running away from us. She can't help it, though, for she must scud +before this storm. We've got to increase our speed to catch up to her. +The wind and our engine ought to be more than a match for her sails +alone. I'll put on more speed."</p> + +<p>The wind was now a howling gale.</p> + +<p>Suddenly, as they drove on, the motor seemed to increase its speed.</p> + +<p>"What's that?" asked Mr. Sneed. "I thought you had her running at her +limit."</p> + +<p>"So did I," Russ answered, bending over the machinery. Then he cried: +"She's racing! We've lost our propeller! We're disabled in this storm!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165"></a>CHAPTER XX</h2> + +<h3>IN THE VORTEX</h3> + + +<p>"Haven't we looked distressed long enough?"</p> + +<p>"I'm going below. I can't bear to watch that storm!"</p> + +<p>The speakers were Alice and Ruth DeVere respectively, and they were +leaning over the rail of the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, peering off into the swirl of +driving mists, and across the heaving waters toward where the motorboat +had been last seen.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I think Russ has enough pictures," Mr. Pertell said in answer to +the remark of Alice. "I think you all looked sufficiently distressful. +If the scenes of the shipwreck itself go as well as the first part of +the drama has gone, we'll have a fine film."</p> + +<p>"Then may I go below?" asked Ruth. "I don't like the looks of the +weather."</p> + +<p>"It does seem as though we'd get the storm after all," her father +remarked.</p> + +<p>"Go below, by all means," assented the manager. "We have done enough for +today, and I'll signal Russ to come in, if he hasn't already <a name="Page_166" id="Page_166"></a>started to +do so. My, but this wind is blowing a regular gale!"</p> + +<p>Others than Ruth found it uncomfortable on deck, and there was a general +movement toward the cabins which had been fitted up with considerable +comfort, even if the craft was an old one.</p> + +<p>But just then, when there was a partial calm before another burst of +fury on the part of the storm, something occurred that threw the ship +into a flurry of excitement for a time. The sailors were making some +changes in the craft's canvas, when suddenly the throat and peak +halyards of the mainsail either parted, or, coming loose from the +cleats, came down on the run. The effect was to lower the sail so +quickly, and in such a fashion, with the wind blowing hard against it, +that there was a crash, a banging and booming of the canvas, and the +boom and gaff. The first mate, who was standing near the mast, was +knocked down, narrowly escaping going overboard.</p> + +<p>"Oh, what has happened?" cried Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Be still!" commanded Alice, clutching her sister by the arm. "Yelling +isn't going to do any good. We're not hurt."</p> + +<p>They were standing near a companionway, well out of reach of the falling +sail.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_167" id="Page_167"></a>Oh, we're sinking! We're sinking!" screamed Miss Dixon.</p> + +<p>"And the sharks! The terrible sharks in the water!" hysterically added +her friend.</p> + +<p>The other ladies of the party were very much frightened, naturally, not +only by the accident to the sail, but by the screams of the two former +vaudeville actresses.</p> + +<p>"Lively now, men!" called Jack Jepson, who happened to be nearest the +confusion of tangled ropes and sail. "Get him below. He doesn't seem to +be much hurt."</p> + +<p>He pointed to the motionless body of the first mate. A quick examination +showed that the man was badly stunned, but that seemed to be the extent +of his injuries, as far as could be told.</p> + +<p>"Up with her now! Up with her!" the second mate cried, as he gave orders +for hoisting the sail again, for the schooner was not under proper +control with the main canvas down, and a storm coming up rapidly. The +sail had been reefed, so the gaff had not fallen as far as otherwise +would have been the case.</p> + +<p>"What's the matter?" shouted Captain Brisco who came up from his cabin +with Hen Lacomb. The two were seldom apart of late. A glance served to +tell the commander what had happened. He saw that Jack Jepson had +matters well in <a name="Page_168" id="Page_168"></a>hand, and though Alice guessed that Captain Brisco had +no love for his second mate, the commander knew seamanship when he saw +it.</p> + +<p>"Lively now!" he cried. "That's the idea! We'll run before the gale +now."</p> + +<p>"But the motorboat!" cried Ruth, who had conquered her desire to flee to +the cabin, and hide her eyes and ears from such nerve-racking sights and +sounds. "Where is the <i>Ajax</i>—and Mr. Sneed—and—Russ?" she faltered.</p> + +<p>"They'll probably be coming in now," the captain said, but he did not +take the trouble to look around and see. "We can't wait for them in this +wind," he went on.</p> + +<p>"But we <i>must</i> wait for him!" Ruth cried, getting excited. "We can't go +off and leave them in that motorboat, on the ocean, in a storm! We must +wait!" She started toward Captain Brisco, with her hands held out +appealingly.</p> + +<p>Alice was wildly looking around for a sight of the smaller craft. She +had seen it just before the sail fell, but now there was nothing about +the schooner but a bare waste of waters.</p> + +<p>She knew enough about the technical side of moving pictures to realize +that for some time, it had been too dark to take any film. Russ must +have known that, too, and would have started back for the schooner. But +if he had, where was he now?</p> + +<p><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169"></a>Alice asked herself that question as she looked around.</p> + +<p>"You must wait for him!" cried Ruth.</p> + +<p>"Who? What's this?" demanded Mr. Pertell, for he had been hurrying to +and fro, making sure none of the members of his company had been injured +in the slight accident.</p> + +<p>"Russ hasn't come back," volunteered Alice, who almost always spoke +ahead of her sister.</p> + +<p>"He's out there!" Ruth found voice to say, "and Captain Brisco isn't +going to wait for him."</p> + +<p>"You can't hold a ship still on the ocean, and a storm coming up!" the +commander cried, as though to justify himself. "We've got to run for it. +It would be madness now to lay to."</p> + +<p>"But we can't desert Russ and Mr. Sneed!" cried the manager. "I thought +he was coming in. What shall we do? We must do something! I shouldn't +have asked him to risk it!"</p> + +<p>The schooner was rapidly forging ahead, even under reefed sails, so +powerful was the wind.</p> + +<p>"We could work around," said Jack Jepson, who had come up on deck after +seeing the first mate comfortably bestowed in his berth. "We could work +around and——"</p> + +<p>"Who's in charge of this ship; you or me?" snapped Captain Brisco.</p> + +<p>"You are, of course," was the quiet answer.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_170" id="Page_170"></a>Well then, have the goodness to keep still and let me manage matters. +I'm giving orders—not you!"</p> + +<p>Poor Jack slunk back, smarting under the undeserved rebuke.</p> + +<p>"I don't care who is in command!" cried Mr. Pertell. "This is my ship +and you're under my orders, Captain Brisco. I order you to pick up that +motorboat!"</p> + +<p>"And I tell you we can't do it! They've got to come to us, we can't go +to them. They're not dependent on the wind as we are. They can travel +any direction they like, and they'll have to head for us."</p> + +<p>"But we must make some effort to find them!" cried the manager. "It +would be wicked—criminal not to."</p> + +<p>"Look here!" cried Captain Brisco. "You are the owner of this schooner, +it is true, and as such you are my superior, but the law gives me +supreme command of this craft at sea, unless I'm dead, or otherwise +deposed. And I tell you I won't risk all these lives by trying to beat +back in the teeth of this wind, to pick up a motorboat. It would be +worse than criminal—worse than wicked to do it. It would endanger all +on board!"</p> + +<p>There was some logic in that. Even Mr. Pertell, exercised as he was by +the threatened danger to Russ, could appreciate that.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_171" id="Page_171"></a>But we must do something," the manager repeated.</p> + +<p>"I'm doing all I can," Captain Brisco replied. "I'll shorten sail down +to the minimum; that will keep us before the wind, and out of the trough +of the sea! More I can't do. We must depend on them to pick us up. They +ought to be able to do it. You told me Dalwood could manage a boat."</p> + +<p>"So he can—but—"</p> + +<p>There was ominous meaning in the broken-off sentence.</p> + +<p>"Well, we'll do the best we can," concluded Captain Brisco. "They will +have to take chances, as we're doing."</p> + +<p>He went forward to give some orders.</p> + +<p>Those aboard the schooner peered anxiously over the storm swept waters +for a sight of the motor craft, but they saw nothing. They shouted and +called, but only the wind howled back at them.</p> + +<p>Then, with a suddenness that was appalling, they seemed to be flung into +the midst of a hurricane. The wind lashed the sea to fury, and the <i>Mary +Ellen</i> spun around like some gigantic top.</p> + +<p>"We're in the vortex!" cried Jack Jepson. "We're in the vortex of a +cyclone! All hands look to themselves!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172"></a>CHAPTER XXI</h2> + +<h3>WRECKED</h3> + + +<p>Confusion on board a ship in a storm may be real confusion and riot, or +it may only seem so to those not used to the sea. Often what is a +hopelessly tangled mass of sails, ropes, spars and gears to the +landsman, is as clear to a sailor as a skein of yarn is to an +experienced knitter, who can ply her needles in the dark.</p> + +<p>It was so on the <i>Mary Ellen</i> when the storm, that had been so long +threatening, and half-performing, broke in all its fury.</p> + +<p>There was a tangle of ropes, a banging and slamming of canvas, which, +stretched taut and to its utmost, was as stiff as a board. There was a +rattling of blocks and the creaking of the boom-crotches against the +masts. The squeak of the gaffs higher up added to the din.</p> + +<p>The shouting of Captain Brisco, and the answering calls of his men did +not lessen the confusion.</p> + +<p>"Lower away! Lower away!" the commander cried, ordering even the already +doubly-<a name="Page_173" id="Page_173"></a>reefed sails gotten down, so the powerful wind would have less +resistance. Even with the small area of canvas shown, the craft was +being heeled over until the scuppers—or the holes by which water runs +off the deck—dipped under the waves, and there was plenty of sea +aboard.</p> + +<p>"Set that storm jib!" came the next order, when the main sails had been +furled, and that was no easy task with the sharp pitching and tossing of +the schooner. Not a very seamanlike job was made of it, but there was no +time for the finer touches. The sails were just clewed up to prevent +them from blowing away, until more time could be devoted to them.</p> + +<p>The storm jib, which is the sail furthest front on a vessel, unless it +be a flying jib, was set to give her enough way so she would respond to +the helm, for it was necessary to keep the craft before the wind, and +head on to the seas—that is, the big waves must be cut and broken by +the sharp prow, or bow, for had they come at the schooner sideways, she +would have been swamped instantly.</p> + +<p>Even the small area of the storm jib was hardly necessary. The <i>Mary +Ellen</i>, in that blow, would have scudded along fairly well "under bare +poles," that is with no sails set at all. Even Captain Brisco had his +doubts about the storm jib re<a name="Page_174" id="Page_174"></a>sisting. It might pull away from the +holding ropes at any moment. But its loss would do no harm, for it would +only be blown out to sea, and there were enough spare sails.</p> + +<p>So, as I have said, order came out of confusion, but even the order was +somewhat confused, at least to the members of the moving picture +company. They had been ordered below, and had managed, somehow, to get +there, though more than one received bumps and bruises on the pitching, +tossing companionway.</p> + +<p>"Oh, what an awful storm!" complained Miss Dixon, when they were huddled +in the cabin.</p> + +<p>"Isn't it awful—terrible!" agreed her companion. "I am frightened to +death. We may sink at any minute."</p> + +<p>"Oh, not so much danger of that in a wooden ship," said Paul +consolingly. He wished the two former vaudeville actresses would try to +have a little courage.</p> + +<p>"I am so frightened," murmured Miss Pennington. "I wish Captain Brisco +would come down here."</p> + +<p>"What for?" asked Alice, hardly able to keep the contempt out of her +voice.</p> + +<p>"So he could tell us if we are in any danger, and what we ought to do," +was the selfish answer. "He <i>must</i> save us!"</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_175" id="Page_175"></a>He's trying to save the ship!" said Alice, "and you two ought to be +ashamed of yourselves at a time like this. Think of poor Russ and Mr. +Sneed out in that motorboat all alone!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, but they—they're men," faltered Miss Dixon.</p> + +<p>"Then why don't you try to be women!" snapped Alice.</p> + +<p>"Hush, my dear," said her sister gently.</p> + +<p>"I can't!" was the answer. "When I think of poor Russ——"</p> + +<p>"I'm going to put on a life preserver," exclaimed Miss Pennington, +favoring Alice with a frosty stare.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps that would be a good plan for us, my dears," said Mr. DeVere to +his daughters. "It can do no harm, at all events."</p> + +<p>"No," admitted Alice. "But we appear to be all right—for the time +being, at least."</p> + +<p>It seemed quieter up on deck now, for the sailors had ceased rushing +about adjusting the canvas, though there was still plenty of noise. +There was the rattle and bang of blocks, the whipping about of ends of +ropes, the slap, now and then, of the storm jib, as it was whipped back +and forth. Now and then a heavy sea would fall on deck with a crash.</p> + +<p>At such times the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, stout as she was, <a name="Page_176" id="Page_176"></a>would tremble from +stem to stern, and those in the cabin would shiver and look at one +another apprehensively.</p> + +<p>"Come on, Laura," called Miss Pennington to her companion. "Let's take +all the precautions we can. We'll put on life preservers. But oh, I +daren't think of being in the water with all those sharks."</p> + +<p>"Don't talk that way!" said Paul in a sharp whisper, as he saw Ruth +shrink back at the word "shark."</p> + +<p>Miss Pennington did not deign to answer, but she and her friend were +soon struggling with the straps of a life preserver. At this moment +Captain Brisco came down into the cabin.</p> + +<p>"What does this mean?" he asked, and his voice was stern.</p> + +<p>"We—we are getting ready for an—an emergency," faltered Miss +Pennington.</p> + +<p>"Well, there won't be any emergency—at least not for a while," the +commander said grimly "We are doing very well. If you want to be +uncomfortable do so, and put on those cork jackets. But there is no need +of it. I'll give you plenty of warning if the ship is likely to founder, +and we'll lower the boats."</p> + +<p>"Is there any real danger, Captain?" asked Mr. DeVere.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_177" id="Page_177"></a>Well, of course there always is, in a storm at sea. But we are in no +more danger than hundreds of others. This is a wooden ship, and it will +be a long time sinking, even if it gets to that point, which is far off. +We haven't leaked a drop yet, and we're running before the storm nicely. +You need have no fears."</p> + +<p>"That's what I thought!" exclaimed Alice, with a look at the two former +stage actresses.</p> + +<p>"Humph!" sniffed Miss Dixon. "Any one would think you were a sailor."</p> + +<p>"She's a good deal better 'n some," said Jack Jepson coming into the +cabin then to report something to Captain Brisco.</p> + +<p>"Then you would not advise us to put on life preservers?" asked Mr. +DeVere.</p> + +<p>"Not now, at least," the captain replied. "I have done everything +possible, and the only thing now is to run before the storm. We are in +good shape. The <i>Mary Ellen</i> is a better craft than I gave her credit +for being. The only thing to do is to wait, and hope for the best."</p> + +<p>"Have you plenty of lifeboats?" the old actor wanted to know.</p> + +<p>"Yes, enough for all hands. They are provisioned and watered, and are +staunch craft. My men have orders to stand by in case of any real +danger, and put the small boats over. But we will <a name="Page_178" id="Page_178"></a>stick to the ship +until the last, though that is not saying, mind you, that we will have +to desert her."</p> + +<p>"Oh! I couldn't think of going in one of those small boats!" cried Miss +Dixon. "They are so low in the water. I should faint every time I looked +over the side."</p> + +<p>"Well if she looked once, and fainted and stayed so, it would be a good +thing for all hands," murmured Paul Ardite.</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't say that," Alice reproached him.</p> + +<p>"That's how I feel about her," he answered.</p> + +<p>"What can be done about picking up the motorboat?" asked Mr. DeVere. +They all looked anxiously toward Captain Brisco.</p> + +<p>"I have a man on the lookout," answered the commander. "It may seem to +some of you heartless to go away and leave her."</p> + +<p>"It was," murmured gentle Ruth. But she only whispered the words. There +were tears in her eyes.</p> + +<p>"But I could do nothing else," resumed Captain Brisco. "As I told you, a +vessel can't remain stationary on the sea. We had to move on before the +gale. And, as I also said, the motorboat has a better chance of going +where she wants to than have we, who must depend on our sails. I have no +doubt but that the two in the <i>Ajax</i> are safe."</p> + +<p><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179"></a>But if Captain Brisco, or any of those then huddled in the cabin of the +<i>Mary Ellen</i>, could have seen Russ and Mr. Sneed just then they would +not have envied them.</p> + +<p>With the racing of the engine, indicating to Russ that the propeller had +dropped off into the sea, he at once shut off the power. Without the +resistance of the screw the machine would soon have racked itself to +pieces.</p> + +<p>"Well, what's to be done?" asked Mr. Sneed.</p> + +<p>"That's the way to talk," was the response. "We've got to do something, +that's sure."</p> + +<p>The storm which at that moment was enveloping the <i>Mary Ellen</i> was, at +the same time, buffeting about the smaller motorboat. When she lost +headway by the stopping of her engine she no longer took the seas head, +or bow, on. She fell into the trough, and was in imminent danger of +being swamped.</p> + +<p>"We've got to bring her up, the first thing we do," Russ decided. "What +we need is a drag anchor. That will bring her head on to the waves, and +we can ride them better until help comes."</p> + +<p>"Will help ever come?" asked the actor, despondently.</p> + +<p>"Of course it will. Or else we'll find the schooner, or they us!" +responded Russ.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180"></a>While he was talking, he was looking about for something to use as a +drag anchor.</p> + +<p>"That will do!" Russ decided as he saw a heavy wooden box. "I'll use +that." Quickly he tied a rope to it, and tossed the box out.</p> + +<p>"This is better!" exclaimed Russ. "Now let's take an account of stock, +and see what else we can do. We may be here for some time."</p> + +<p>"We can't live very long in this awful weather!" groaned, rather than +spoke, Mr. Sneed.</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't give up so easily," said Russ.</p> + +<p>But when the storm grew worse, and the tiny craft was buffeted about, +shipping considerable water, even stout-hearted Russ was not as hopeful +as he had been. He had stowed the camera in a safe place, and put the +films in a water-tight box well forward. Then the only thing to do was +to wait. In vain he scanned the sea through the storm for a sight of the +schooner. He could catch no glimpse of her.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile the lookout on the <i>Mary Ellen</i> was eagerly watching for any +signs of the <i>Ajax</i>, but he had even less chance of seeing her than Russ +and Mr. Sneed did of sighting the larger vessel.</p> + +<p>The storm was constantly growing worse. As old Jack had said, the +schooner had actually been caught in the very vortex of it, but the +whirling motion, imparted by the meeting of two different <a name="Page_181" id="Page_181"></a>wind +currents, had been the saving of the craft. She had been shunted to the +outer edge, as a cork, going around in a whirlpool, is sometimes tossed +to safety by the very violence of the motion.</p> + +<p>Then she had scudded before the gale.</p> + +<p>All that night they scudded before the storm, not knowing where they +were, and when morning came there was a wild and tumultuous waste of +waters all about them. Alice ventured up on deck, against the advice of +her father and sister.</p> + +<p>She saw Jack Jepson and some sailors amidships. They seemed to be in +earnest consultation. Alice drew near them, intending to ask if there +were any news.</p> + +<p>As she came near the mainmast, there was a sudden veer to the craft, a +snapping, splintering sound, and the mast, with its gear of sail, boom +and gaff crashed over the side, smashing the stout bulwarks.</p> + +<p>"Look out, gal!" hoarsely cried Old Jack, and he snatched Alice back +only just in time, for the mast splintered down right in front of her.</p> + +<p>With the crash and splintering of the wood, and the breaking of the side +of the schooner, there arose the cry of:</p> + +<p>"We're wrecked! We're wrecked!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182"></a>CHAPTER XXII</h2> + +<h3>"MUTINY!"</h3> + + +<p>Jack Jepson's first thought was to get Alice to a place of safety.</p> + +<p>"You shouldn't have come up!" he shouted in her ear, as he fairly +carried her along the sloping deck. He had to shout to be heard above +the roar of the wind, the pounding of the broken mast against the side +of the schooner, and the swish of the salt water whipped into spray by +the powerful gale.</p> + +<p>Jack set Alice down at the head of the companionway, and indicated by +gestures, rather than words, that she was to go below. As she descended +the sloping stairs, holding to the rope rail to prevent stumbling, she +saw Captain Brisco spring forward. Whatever else he was, the commander +did not shrink from any emergency.</p> + +<p>"Cut away that mast!" he cried. "She'll have us stove in if we don't cut +her loose!"</p> + +<p>"Aye, aye, sir!" answered Jack.</p> + +<p>He and several other sailors had seized axes as <a name="Page_183" id="Page_183"></a>soon as the result of +the crash was seen, and now sprang to the broken bulwarks, over which +the mainmast lay, the jagged end of it in the water, pounding against +the side of the schooner at every roll, and threatening to punch a hole +in her as a battering ram punctures a wall.</p> + +<p>"Strike hard, men!" called Jack, and the sound of their axes followed. +Ropes were severed with a blow, but the wire shrouds were tougher, and +it was not until several minutes had passed that the mast, with its +tangle of sails and ropes, was chopped free to float away on the crest +of a billow.</p> + +<p>"Get up the mizzen storm sail!" ordered Captain Brisco. "She's falling +off!"</p> + +<p>The schooner was indeed in danger of wallowing in the trough of the big +waves.</p> + +<p>Pausing only for a moment, the sailors who had labored so valiantly at +cutting loose the broken mast, sprang to get more sail on the craft. She +was deprived of the reefed, or shortened, one that had been on the stick +which was now overboard, and the jib was not enough to hold her head to +the waves.</p> + +<p>"What is it? Oh what is it?" gasped Miss Pennington as Alice fell, +rather than walked down the companionway into the cabin.</p> + +<p>"Are we sinking?" demanded Miss Dixon.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_184" id="Page_184"></a>Not at all!" answered Alice, catching her breath, and, with a shake of +her head freeing her face from the salty spray that had drenched her. +"It isn't anything at all."</p> + +<p>She determined to make light of it, even though her own heart was +beating like a hammer at the thought of her narrow escape from possible +death.</p> + +<p>Alice really did not know whether there was any danger or not from the +fall of the mast. She had often read of such things happening, and she +remembered that the masts were always "cut away." So she supposed, as +long as this was being done, that the proper course was being followed.</p> + +<p>"There's no danger at all," she said, speaking more calmly now.</p> + +<p>"No danger!" cried Miss Pennington. "Listen to that!"</p> + +<p>It was the noise of sailors on deck chopping away the mast-gear.</p> + +<p>"Oh, one of those upright sticks, that they hang the sails on, fell +over. Not enough glue on it, I guess," said Alice, calmly.</p> + +<p>"Not enough glue!" gasped Paul. "Well, I never—"</p> + +<p>"Can't you take a joke?" Alice whispered to him, as she saw that her +minimizing of the accident was having its effect.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_185" id="Page_185"></a>Oh, yes, of course!" Paul exclaimed. "Not enough glue on it—Oh yes!" +and he had to turn away to keep from smiling at the idea of a +mast,—that is the most firmly set of anything on a ship, (being indeed +almost an integral part of it)—the idea of that being stayed with glue +was enough to make almost anyone smile, even in the midst of danger.</p> + +<p>The sounds on the deck gradually became more quiet. The danger seemed to +be over for the time being. The moving picture actors and actresses +crowded around Alice to hear her story of the accident. She carefully +avoided mentioning her own peril, but she resolved to properly thank old +Jack later. Just now Alice did not want her father to worry. His throat +was troubling him, because of the amount of salt spray in the air.</p> + +<p>On deck Captain Brisco and Jack Jepson took charge of matters until the +wreckage had been cleared away. And a lot of wreckage there was. The +<i>Mary Ellen</i> looked little like the trim, schooner that had left New +York a few weeks before.</p> + +<p>Jack Jepson stepped close to the stump of the mainmast. He gave one look +at it, and uttered a single word.</p> + +<p>"Rotten!" he exclaimed.</p> + +<p>"What's that?" cried Captain Brisco sharply.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_186" id="Page_186"></a>Rotten!" repeated the mate. "That mast had dry rot to the very core. +Only the varnish held her together."</p> + +<p>"What's that to you?" cried the captain in angry tones. "You keep your +opinions to yourself! When I want 'em, I'll ask for 'em! Now get below +and see if we're taking in any water."</p> + +<p>"Very well, sir," was the answer, but Jack gave the captain a queer +look.</p> + +<p>He found some water coming in, but not more, he thought, than the pumps +could take care of, so he reported the matter only to Captain Brisco.</p> + +<p>"That's good," the commander said, seemingly well pleased. "I guess they +can have their fake shipwreck after all, if the weather clears."</p> + +<p>As the day advanced, the storm lulled slightly, but it was still rough. +Those of the moving picture company who ventured up on deck went below +again with white, scared faces at the sight of the wreckage of the +mainmast. For it did look doleful.</p> + +<p>"This shipwreck comes pretty near being real," said Mr. Pertell. "If we +could only photograph it now, it would make a fine film."</p> + +<p>"Can't you?" asked Alice.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I suppose I could make some views."</p> + +<p>A few hundred feet of film were exposed by one of the operators, but the +pretended shipwreck <a name="Page_187" id="Page_187"></a>would need to be taken from a small boat, and the +sea was too rough to admit of that.</p> + +<p>Then the storm, that had given them a brief respite, began again, worse +than before. The schooner was tossed about like a toy, and the +mizzenmast was sprung so that no sail could be rigged on it.</p> + +<p>Then when a great wave struck the craft, washing over her from stem to +stern, the work of the ocean and the storm elements seemed completed. +The <i>Mary Ellen</i> staggered under the blow like some living thing, and +she did not rise to it as buoyantly as she had before.</p> + +<p>Jack Jepson came rushing up from below.</p> + +<p>"We're leaking fast!" he cried. "We'd better take to the boats, Captain +Brisco! The pumps won't work!"</p> + +<p>"The boats! Nonsense!" the captain cried. "We'll ride it out here. The +schooner is all right!"</p> + +<p>"I tell you she's sinking!" yelled Jack. "We must take to the boats."</p> + +<p>"What? Do you dare give orders in my face!" stormed Captain Brisco. +"This is mutiny, sir! This is mutiny! I'll put you in irons!" and with +raised fist he started toward the old sailor.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188"></a>CHAPTER XXIII</h2> + +<h3>HELP AT LAST</h3> + + +<p>Jack Jepson was a brave man. He proved it then by standing unflinchingly +in front of the angry captain, when shrinking back might have meant a +blow that would have brought about a general fight. Seeing him standing +there fearlessly, made Captain Brisco pause. And that gave the others +time for action.</p> + +<p>"What does this mean?" cried Mr. Pertell.</p> + +<p>"He is trying to start a mutiny as he did once before!" fairly yelled +Captain Brisco.</p> + +<p>"I never started a mutiny before, and I'm not trying to do so now!" +retorted Jack, and he seemed to have lost much of his timid simplicity. +"I tell you the ship is sinking, and we had best take to the boats while +there is time."</p> + +<p>"And I tell you that you are wrong!" snarled Captain Brisco. "I order +you below!"</p> + +<p>"And I won't go, until I have told these people what is going on here!" +retorted Jack Jepson.</p> + +<p>"If that isn't mutiny, I'd like to know what is," cried the captain.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_189" id="Page_189"></a>Well, if that's mutiny, then I'm glad to be a mutineer!" shouted the +old salt, "and any court in the land would uphold me, for I am trying to +save lives, and you're trying to throw 'em away."</p> + +<p>"Throw 'em away! What do you mean?"</p> + +<p>"You know what I mean," replied Jack, and there was significance in his +voice. "I won't say anything about putting to sea in a ship that wasn't +fit—with masts that were nothin' but dry rot, and with pumps that only +half work at best. And I won't say anything about your plot—there isn't +time now. But I will say——"</p> + +<p>"A plot!" cried Alice, who, with Ruth, stood near her father.</p> + +<p>"Yes, a plot, Miss!" Jack Jepson cried. "I'll tell you about it later. +But now we've got to do something. The water's comin' in fast, and if we +can't stop it, we'll have to take to the boats."</p> + +<p>"Look here!" stormed Captain Brisco, and his voice was almost in keeping +with the howl of the gale all about them, and almost as raucous as the +salty spray that flew over everything. "Look here! Who is captain of +this ship?"</p> + +<p>"You are," replied Jack quietly enough. He looked the angry man full in +the eye, and the half-raised fist of the commander fell again.</p> + +<p>"Then if I'm captain, I'm going to be obeyed!" came next. "I order you +below, Jep<a name="Page_190" id="Page_190"></a>son. You're no longer mate of this craft. You're deposed! Hen +Lacomb, I hereby appoint you first mate until my regular one recovers, +and you, Hankinson, you're second mate. Lively now. Jepson, go below, +and if he makes any more trouble, Hen, clap him in irons," he added +significantly.</p> + +<p>For a moment there was silence following this announcement—that is, as +much quiet as the storm permitted. Then Alice cried out:</p> + +<p>"Father, won't you say something! Mr. Pertell, you're not going to +permit this, are you? I'm sure Jack Jepson is honest and that he is +faithfully warning us. Don't let him be put down this way. Ask him what +he means by a plot!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, Alice!" protested her sister. "At a time like this—when we may all +be drowned!"</p> + +<p>"We'll all be drowned worse, maybe, if Jack's advice isn't taken. What +is it?" she asked, appealing to the old sailor. "What is the plot you +spoke of?"</p> + +<p>"Ask him?" cried the old salt, pointing an accusing finger at the +captain. "Ask him, and if he doesn't tell you, I will. Talk about a +mutiny! It wouldn't be half as bad as his plot for getting possession of +this vessel."</p> + +<p>"What's that!" cried Captain Brisco, starting forward. "You dare accuse +me——"</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_191" id="Page_191"></a>Yes, you and Hen Lacomb!" cried Jack, who seemed to have acquired a new +boldness. "I charge you with plotting to make a fizzle of the shipwreck +these picture people planned. You were going to pretend the vessel was +sinking, before the time set for the pictures, and you were going to get +them to abandon the schooner. Then you and Lacomb were going to come +back to the ship later, take her to some secret port, fit her out again +and use her for your own purposes.</p> + +<p>"That's the plot! That's what I overheard you and Lacomb plannin', and +when you suspected I knew, you thought I'd be better off in the sea. +That's how I happened to go overboard. I was thrown! That's what I +charge you with. Deny it if ye dare!" and he pointed an accusing finger +at the two men. "You threw me overboard, Hen Lacomb! And Captain Brisco +planned to have you do it!"</p> + +<p>Captain Brisco appeared to struggle with some emotion. His face went red +and white by turns. He seemed unable to speak. But at last he choked +out:</p> + +<p>"What! You dare say that to me. You accuse me——!"</p> + +<p>"Yes, and I have the proof!" cried Jack. "Here's the agreement you made +Lacomb sign. You were afraid to trust to him unless he made a <a name="Page_192" id="Page_192"></a>promise +in writing, and here it is. I found it in the secret compartment in your +cabin. Your cabin that used to be mine in the old <i>Mary Ellen</i>. That's +how I made sure this ship was the old one I used to serve on, made over. +I found this agreement! It's the proof of what I say. Deny it if you +can."</p> + +<p>"Why—why—" stammered the captain. "Do you dare—" but it seemed he +could not get any farther. He glanced at Hen Lacomb who stood near him. +A meaning look passed between the two men, and Hen started edging around +toward Jack Jepson.</p> + +<p>"Father! Mr. Pertell!" cried Alice. "Let us have this settled! Jack has +made charges. They may be true or they may not be. But our lives surely +are in danger if this vessel is sinking."</p> + +<p>"And I say she isn't sinking! She's as sound as a bell below the water +line!" cried the captain.</p> + +<p>"And I say she has a hole stove in her, an' unless it's stopped we'll be +at the bottom in a few hours!" cried Jack. "The mast knocked a hole in +her and she's takin' water fast. The pumps are no good, but they can be +fixed with a little work on 'em."</p> + +<p>"Keep still!" the captain shouted. "You're under arrest as a mutineer."</p> + +<p>"No he isn't!" exclaimed Mr. Pertell. "This <a name="Page_193" id="Page_193"></a>is my vessel. I'm the chief +owner of it, and I here and now depose you as captain, Mr. Brisco, and +appoint Jack Jepson in your place!"</p> + +<p>There was a gasp of baffled rage from the former commander.</p> + +<p>"Jack, take charge," said Mr. Pertell. "Select as mates whoever you +want. We'll go into this matter of the plot later. Just now we must save +the ship if we can. Everything must give way to that. Do you accept?"</p> + +<p>"What! Him captain?" cried Hen Lacomb, who was edging nearer and nearer +to Jack all this while.</p> + +<p>"Why not?" asked Mr. Pertell.</p> + +<p>"He doesn't know how to navigate. He'll run us aground."</p> + +<p>"I wish he <i>would</i> run us on der ground!" murmured Mr. Switzer. "I haf +hat enough of der ocean. Der ground is goot enough for me."</p> + +<p>"I can navigate!" cried Jack. "I hold a master's certificate, though +I've only filled mates' berths of late."</p> + +<p>"I—I refuse to serve under him," stormed Captain Brisco. "And when we +reach port, I shall lay this matter before the authorities. You can't +depose a captain this way!"</p> + +<p>"Can't I?" asked Mr. Pertell coolly. "I rather think I can. I looked up +the law on the <a name="Page_194" id="Page_194"></a>rights of owners before I started on this voyage. Jack +Jepson is captain."</p> + +<p>"And I refuse to serve under him."</p> + +<p>"Very well. Then you can either work your passage, or pay for your +passage, I don't care which. But I'm going to save this ship, and the +lives of those aboard her, if I can."</p> + +<p>There was a sudden little scuffle near Jack Jepson, and Hen Lacomb went +sprawling on the deck.</p> + +<p>"No you don't!" drawled Mr. Switzer in his most German comedian voice. +"I think you haf fallen. Dit you hurt yourself?" he asked of the +prostrate Hen.</p> + +<p>The latter, with a growl, got to his feet, an angry look on his face.</p> + +<p>"What happened?" asked Mr. Pertell.</p> + +<p>"Oh, noddings dit happen," was the reply. "It iss only vat might haf +happenet. He vas getting so close by Jack dot Jack might fall ofer board +again, und ve don't vant to lose our new captain so soon yet," explained +Mr. Switzer cheerfully.</p> + +<p>He thus made light of the affair, but later it came out that Hen Lacomb +had evidently had the intention of at least trying to pitch Jack +overboard, as the easiest solution of the trouble of Captain Brisco and +his crony.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_195" id="Page_195"></a>This is enough!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Jack, you're captain. Do what you +like to insure the safety of us and the ship. Captain Brisco is no +longer in command of this vessel," the manager went on to a wondering +group of sailors. "I call for three cheers for Captain Jack Jepson!"</p> + +<p>They were given with a will, for evidently Jack was a favorite, and the +deposed captain was not. The latter slunk below followed by Hen Lacomb.</p> + +<p>"We've got to try to stop that leak first of all!" said Jack, as he +carefully put in his pocket the paper he had claimed was an agreement +between Brisco and his crony. "I appoint Jim West as first mate and +Frank Snyder as second!" the new captain went on. "Come below, you two, +and we'll see what we can do. We've got to mend the pumps. Keep her +about as she is," he ordered the steersman.</p> + +<p>"Aye, aye, sir!" was the respectful answer. Jack was already developing +new qualities as a commander.</p> + +<p>"This is a distressing state of affairs," said Mr. DeVere.</p> + +<p>"Not as bad as it might be," Mr. Pertell answered. "There is a chance +for us now. I never dreamed that Brisco was such a scoundrel."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'm so glad Captain Jack is in charge!" cried Alice. "And I'm so +glad he found out <a name="Page_196" id="Page_196"></a>about the plot. Maybe this will help to clear him of +the other unjust charge," she went on.</p> + +<p>"Perhaps," agreed Ruth. "But oh, Alice! If we should sink!"</p> + +<p>"Nonsense! We're not going to sink!"</p> + +<p>And so it proved—at least the <i>Mary Ellen</i> was not doomed to go to the +bottom at once. The storm still raged with seemingly unabated violence, +but the sailors, under the direction of Captain Jepson, got a heavy +piece of canvas over the worst leak, and then the repaired pumps kept +the water in the hold down to a normal level.</p> + +<p>The failure of the pumps to work, until Jack and the men fixed them was +due to criminal negligence on the part of Brisco. He put to sea with +this necessary part of a ship in poor condition, not thinking they would +be needed.</p> + +<p>Brisco was a desperate man, and so was Lacomb. They had been involved in +more than one shady transaction, and though both may have been aboard +with Jack, during the mutiny, they successfully covered their tracks.</p> + +<p>Brisco and Lacomb sulked below, and, for the time being, no effort was +made to bring them up and set them to work, though every hand was +needed. Some of the members of the film company turned in and helped. It +was thought better not to incite a fight.</p> + +<p><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197"></a>So the <i>Mary Ellen</i> lurched on through the storm, a mere semblance of +the gallant craft she had appeared to be on leaving port. And those +aboard labored desperately to keep her afloat.</p> + +<p>"Talk about a shipwreck!" gasped Mr. Pertell, as a wave drenched him, +"this is the most realistic I ever saw. If I could only picture this!"</p> + +<p>But it was impossible. How the planned drama of the sea would end, no +one could tell.</p> + +<p>"And oh! to think of poor Russ and Mr. Sneed out in this—if they <i>are</i> +still out in it," murmured Alice, as she and Ruth clung to one another +in their cabin.</p> + +<p>"The <i>Ajax</i> may have survived," Ruth said, hopefully.</p> + +<p>And indeed, at that moment, the motorboat was making the best of the bad +weather.</p> + +<p>The sea anchor which Russ had rigged provided the necessary drag and +steerage way, and the boat's head was kept to the waves. Her high bow, +and covered fore-part, enabled her to ride seas that would have swamped +another craft of like size. And her dory-build added to her safety. The +bank fishermen know well how to shape a boat to meet heavy seas.</p> + +<p>"Well, we seem to be doing fairly well," said Russ, as he and his +companion settled down in the <a name="Page_198" id="Page_198"></a>shelter, to nibble at a bit of hard tack +and drink some of the water Jack had put on board.</p> + +<p>"Yes, I suppose it might be worse," agreed Mr. Sneed. And that, for him, +was saying a great deal.</p> + +<p>So the <i>Ajax</i> drifted on, as the <i>Mary Ellen</i> was driving, before the +gale, the occupants of neither craft knowing aught of the others. And +the storm still raged.</p> + +<p>After a while Russ, for want of something better to do, began looking +over the motor. Presently he discovered something that made him shout +for joy.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" asked his companion. "Do you see the schooner?"</p> + +<p>"No, but I can make this boat run. Look, the propeller hasn't dropped +off at all! The set screws of the sleeve have become loose and the +propeller shaft didn't turn, that was all."</p> + +<p>If any of you know anything about motor-boats, you know that the shaft +which passes through the stuffing box, and to which shaft the propeller +is fastened, is joined to the shaft of the engine by a coupling, or +sleeve. If you take two lead pencils, and thrust an end of each into +each end of a hollow, brass pencil holder, you will get an idea of what +I mean. One pencil will represent the shaft to which the propeller is +fastened, <a name="Page_199" id="Page_199"></a>and the other the engine shaft. The brass holder is the +coupling, or sleeve. In order that the shafts will be held rigidly +together, turning at the same time, set screws in the sleeve are tightly +turned down on the shaft, binding both in the sleeve.</p> + +<p>It was the set screws on the propeller shaft that had loosed, allowing +the sleeve to slip uselessly around, that had caused all the trouble. +With a wrench Russ tightened the screws. He tested them, and, finding +them firm, started the engine. A moment later the <i>Ajax</i> was moving over +the waves under her own power.</p> + +<p>"Hurray!" cried Mr. Sneed. "This is great!"</p> + +<p>"And we don't need this any longer," Russ said, hauling in the drag +anchor. Then, able to mount the waves, the motorboat was in much better +condition for fighting the storm.</p> + +<p>On and on she rushed. Hour after hour passed, but the gale showed no +signs of abating. The two young men were weary and disheartened, when, +as there came a little rift in the clouds Russ, who stood up to look +about, gave a yell.</p> + +<p>"What is it now?" asked Mr. Sneed. "More trouble?"</p> + +<p>"No!" cried Russ. "I see a steamer. Help at last! I'm going straight for +her!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200"></a>CHAPTER XXIV</h2> + +<h3>A SIGNAL OF DISTRESS</h3> + + +<p>Russ had been running the motor at moderate speed, for he did not know +just how long the supply of gasoline would last, and he did not know as +yet what might be before him and his companion in distress. But the +sight of the steamer gave him hope, and he turned on full speed.</p> + +<p>The <i>Ajax</i> was a powerful craft, though even a mighty steamer would not +have found it easy to make headway in that sea and in that gale. The +motor craft responded gallantly, and shot up on the crest of each wave, +sliding down the opposite side as though she were going to investigate +the uttermost depths of Father Neptune's caverns.</p> + +<p>"Steamer! I don't see any steamer!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed, as he looked in +the direction toward which the face of Russ was turned.</p> + +<p>"You will when we both come on top of a wave at the same time," was the +answer. "You see we lie so low in the water she can't see us, <a name="Page_201" id="Page_201"></a>and we +can't glimpse her until we're both on a crest together. She's off to the +east there. Watch and you'll see her. Look now!"</p> + +<p>At that moment the <i>Ajax</i> rose on a mighty wave, which lifted her high +toward the sky, in which were now rifted clouds. Mr. Sneed glanced to +where Russ pointed, and saw the long, black hull of a steamer, from +whose stacks belched forth clouds of smoke, showing that her engines +were being driven at top speed to overcome the storm.</p> + +<p>"There she is!" cried Russ. "Now if we can only reach her, we'll be all +right, and we can help the others."</p> + +<p>"The others," murmured the actor.</p> + +<p>"Yes, those on the <i>Mary Ellen</i>. She must be in trouble in this storm, +for she isn't built for this sort of thing. It's a wonder she lasted as +long as she did."</p> + +<p>"Maybe she's at the bottom now," suggested Mr. Sneed.</p> + +<p>"Cheerful, aren't you?" remarked Russ. "I thought you'd given that sort +of thing up."</p> + +<p>"I meant to. I really did. I'm sorry!" the other exclaimed, contritely +enough. Really he was a different sort of Mr. Sneed from the "human +grouch" who often made matters so unpleasant for members of the Comet +Film Com<a name="Page_202" id="Page_202"></a>pany. Since he and Russ had so nearly faced death, Mr. Sneed +was much braver and more cheerful.</p> + +<p>"I think she'll keep afloat for some time," Russ went on, "as she is all +wood, you know. She may be pretty well battered, though."</p> + +<p>If he could only have seen the hapless <i>Mary Ellen</i> then, he would have +believed her quite battered indeed. For another rotten mast had fallen.</p> + +<p>"Do you mean you're going to ask those on the steamer to look for the +schooner," asked Mr. Sneed.</p> + +<p>"That's what I'm going to do, if we can get to her," Russ said. "It's +going to be nip and tuck, for she's going fast and she won't see us, as +we're so low in the water. She's not heading in our direction, either, +but I'll go after her on a long slant, and maybe I can reach her, or get +near enough to make her see us. This is a pretty fast boat."</p> + +<p>They were speeding over the waves, now down in a hollow, and again on +the crest. Sometimes they would lose sight of the steamer altogether, +and again they would catch a fleeting glimpse of her. And, when they +did, she seemed farther off than ever.</p> + +<p>"Oh, we'll never reach her!" said Mr. Sneed, despondently enough. +"She'll never give us any aid."</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_203" id="Page_203"></a>There you go!" cried Russ. "I thought you'd given up that sort of +thing!"</p> + +<p>"Well, I didn't mean just that," the actor said. "Perhaps we will make +her see us after all."</p> + +<p>"That's better!" exclaimed Russ. "We'll get her—or crack a cylinder!" +and he tried to get a few more revolutions out of the fly wheel.</p> + +<p>In spite of their brave front, Russ and his companion were sufficiently +miserable. Their boat constantly shipped water, and they had to use the +hand force pump, which, fortunately, was in the craft. A pump was +connected with the cylinder cooling apparatus, designed to free the +cockpit of bilge water, but the pump would not work.</p> + +<p>Russ and Mr. Sneed were wet through, for the cabin could not be entirely +closed against the spray. And they had nothing to eat except cold +victuals. There was a gasoline stove aboard, but there was nothing to +cook, for only an emergency ration had been put in the craft, and that +was more because of a whim on the part of Jack Jepson, than because he +really thought it would be needed.</p> + +<p>But more than once as they drank of the water, and nibbled the hard +biscuits, or crackers, in the water-tight box, Russ and his companion +blessed the forethought of honest Jack Jepson—I <a name="Page_204" id="Page_204"></a>beg his pardon, +Captain Jepson it was now, though neither Russ nor Mr. Sneed knew that.</p> + +<p>"I think I'll hoist a signal," said the actor, as they drove on, now +seeing the steamer, and again losing her.</p> + +<p>"Good idea," Russ agreed, as he busied himself with an oil can.</p> + +<p>Mr. Sneed managed to lash an oar upright, and on it he fastened a bit of +canvas. It stood out straight, like a board, so strong was the wind that +whipped it.</p> + +<p>"I hope they see that," commented the actor.</p> + +<p>"I hope so, too," added Russ. "It doesn't do any good to yell, for the +wind is blowing from them to us."</p> + +<p>More than once, as they urged their craft on a long slant toward the +steamer, they almost gave up hope. But it sprang up again, and finally, +as a break in the clouds let out a little rift of light, someone on the +watch aboard the steamer saw the fluttering signal.</p> + +<p>"She's seen us! She's seen us!" cried Russ in delight.</p> + +<p>"How can you tell?" demanded his companion.</p> + +<p>"She whistled. I saw the steam. You'll hear the blast in a second."</p> + +<p>And they did. Light travels faster than sound. They saw the steam from +the powerful whistle <a name="Page_205" id="Page_205"></a>before they heard the hoarse blast; even as one +sees the flash of a gun before hearing the report.</p> + +<p>The steamer changed her course, and came on toward the motorboat.</p> + +<p>"Suppose it's the English one, that wants to capture poor Jack," +suggested Mr. Sneed.</p> + +<p>"That doesn't make any difference," Russ said. "She'll save us, and then +look for the schooner. We can take up Jack's case later."</p> + +<p>It did not prove to be the English steamer. Instead it was a powerful +fruiter, hailing from New York, and Russ and Mr. Sneed were soon aboard, +the <i>Ajax</i> being hoisted to her deck. Then she resumed her course, but +it was a different one.</p> + +<p>For, on the earnest plea of Russ and Mr. Sneed, the steamer's captain +consented to turn back and search for the <i>Mary Ellen</i>.</p> + +<p>"I don't know as I'll find her," he said, "but we can't let all those +poor souls perish."</p> + +<p>So the search began. It lasted three days, during which the storm nearly +blew itself out. And on the morning of the fourth day, when the sullen +sea was trying to calm itself, and when the wind had died down to a +moderate gale, the lookout of the <i>Sirius</i> called out:</p> + +<p>"Sail ho!"</p> + +<p>"Where away?" came the demand.</p> + +<p>"Dead ahead. She's a schooner, low in the water, and she's flying a +signal of distress!"</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206"></a>CHAPTER XXV</h2> + +<h3>CLEAR SKIES</h3> + + +<p>Instantly there was commotion and excitement on board the <i>Sirius</i>, for +Russ and Mr. Sneed had told their story of the starting out to make a +pictured shipwreck, which shipwreck had evidently, now, become real.</p> + +<p>"That's the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, I'm sure of it!" Russ cried as he caught a +glimpse of the sighted schooner. "But what has happened to her?"</p> + +<p>"Masts are gone, and she's sinking," one of the steamer's officers told +him. "I guess we can't get to her any too quickly."</p> + +<p>And it was high time a rescue was made, for Captain Jepson, and Mr. +Pertell had decided to take to the boats with all on board.</p> + +<p>The <i>Mary Ellen</i> <i>was</i> sinking; there was no doubt of that. All that +could be done had been done, but to no avail.</p> + +<p>But hope revived when the steamer was sighted.</p> + +<p>A little later, the <i>Sirius</i> stood by. And high time, too. As a last +resort, when it was found <a name="Page_207" id="Page_207"></a>that the repaired pumps could not keep the +water down in the hold, so big was the leak, the signal of distress had +been hoisted. And, after many anxious hours, it had been thus +providentially answered.</p> + +<p>Then a thought came to Mr. Pertell. The weather had cleared. The +schooner would keep afloat a few hours more. Why not make the pictures +of the shipwreck now? It would be his only chance. True, they would not +be just as planned, but they would be better than losing all the efforts +that had been made.</p> + +<p>There was a brief talk with the captain of the <i>Sirius</i>. He consented to +stand by until the sea drama, quickly revised, was acted out—at least, +until shipwreck scenes were portrayed.</p> + +<p>It was rather an exciting time, the passengers dropping overboard from +the sinking schooner, and being rescued in boats. Russ, on board the +<i>Ajax</i>, which was again put into the sea, worked the camera. The <i>Mary +Ellen</i> made a more realistic wreck than had been hoped for. Former +Captain Brisco and Hen Lacomb, alone, refused to take any part in the +drama.</p> + +<p>At last the final film was run off, the last rescue was made by the +motor craft and small boats, and all, passengers and crew, from the +sinking schooner, were taken aboard the <i>Sirius</i>.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_208" id="Page_208"></a>There she goes!" said Alice softly, as, with a final lurch, and a +blowing up of her decks, from the compressed air under them, the old +craft, bow first went beneath the waves. Russ took the final pictures.</p> + +<p>"Game to the last!" said Captain Jepson. "She went down bow on, to show +she wasn't afraid of Davy Jones! That's the last of her, and the last of +Brisco's schemes to get her for his own use."</p> + +<p>"Tell me about that now," suggested Mr. Pertell. "I have time to listen +now, for we aren't trying to save a sinking ship."</p> + +<p>They were all now safely aboard the steamer, which had resumed her +course. The moving pictures had all been taken, save some that needed a +shore background, and these could be done later.</p> + +<p>"Did Brisco really plot to get the <i>Mary Ellen</i>?" asked the manager.</p> + +<p>"He did," said Jack Jepson. "I'll tell you the whole story." And he did. +Briefly it was this:</p> + +<p>On his first trip to the schooner, Jack had recognized Brisco as an +unscrupulous man who had been engaged in several shady ship +transactions. But Brisco denied his identity, and Jack pretended to have +been mistaken, in order to throw him off his guard. Brisco was also, +Jack said, <a name="Page_209" id="Page_209"></a>one of the mutineers of the <i>Halcyon</i>, but the plotter +denied this, and Jack admitted he may have been mistaken.</p> + +<p>Then came the advent of Hen Lacomb, whom Jepson recognized as a fellow +plotter with Brisco. The evil men knew him, too, after a bit, but they +counted on the charge of mutiny hanging over him to make him keep quiet, +and not reveal their plot.</p> + +<p>Brisco and Lacomb plotted to get the schooner for themselves. They were +not really going to endanger the lives of the passengers or crew, but +their game was to only pretend to sink the ship, and to raise such an +alarm that she would be hastily abandoned. Then they would come back to +her later, salvage her, and use her for their own ends.</p> + +<p>Jack Jepson had overheard this plot, and, as he had said, found the +incriminating document signed by Lacomb. This was hidden in a secret +compartment in what had formerly been his bunk, when the schooner was +the <i>Halcyon</i>.</p> + +<p>When Brisco and Lacomb discovered that Jepson knew their secret, they +tried to get rid of him, by a seeming accident. But Fate interfered with +their plans, and the storm made a big change. Then came the deposing of +Captain Brisco, and the rest of the story is known to my readers.</p> + +<p>"<a name="Page_210" id="Page_210"></a>Well, Jack Jepson—or, Captain Jepson, though you haven't now command +of any ship," said Mr. Pertell, "we owe much to you."</p> + +<p>"It's nothin' at all," Jack said, modestly enough. "When I saw this +steamer, though, I thought it was that Britisher coming back for me."</p> + +<p>"It's a shame that the charge of mutiny should hang over you!" exclaimed +Alice. "I think it should be wiped out."</p> + +<p>"I wish it could be," Jack said with a sigh.</p> + +<p>A steward, a little later, came to where the rescued ones were talking +together—Brisco and Lacomb having gone off by themselves—and the +steward said the steamer's captain wanted to talk to the schooner's +commander.</p> + +<p>"There he is," said Mr. Pertell, pointing to Jack Jepson. "That's our +new captain."</p> + +<p>The steward looked. A queer change came over his face.</p> + +<p>"Jack!" he cried. "Is it really you? I've looked all over the world for +you!"</p> + +<p>"Tom Buttle!" cried Jepson, leaping to his feet. "My old shipmate. Say, +if anyone knows, you do, that I never had a thing to do with that mutiny +on the <i>Halcyon</i>. Don't you know I didn't?"</p> + +<p>"Of course I do!" the steward cried. "I can <a name="Page_211" id="Page_211"></a>prove you were as innocent +as a babe, and I know others who can, too."</p> + +<p>"What's this—more of the mystery?" asked Alice.</p> + +<p>"It's the end of it, I hope," said Jack solemnly. "Tell 'em, Tom!"</p> + +<p>"There isn't much to tell," the steward said. "I was a shipmate with +Jack on the <i>Halcyon</i> or the <i>Mary Ellen</i>, in the old days. He's +probably told you of the mutiny. I was hurt in it, and lay unconscious +when they arrested him for it. I didn't recover until he had been put in +jail, and when I tried to give my evidence, I could get no one to listen +to me. Then I heard Jack had escaped and I rested easy. I never knew the +charge was hanging over him all this while.</p> + +<p>"I've been all over the world since, sailing in different vessels, and +in every port I'd inquire of Jack from those who knew him. But I never +found him until now. Clear him—of course I can clear him of the unjust +charge!"</p> + +<p>"Thank Heaven for that!" said Jack Jepson.</p> + +<p>"Everything is cleared up!" cried Alice gaily. "Even the sky—see how +blue it is!"</p> + +<p>In due time Jack's innocence was proved before the English courts, and +the charge against him wiped out. He was then free to come and go as he +pleased. But the mystery of the disap<a name="Page_212" id="Page_212"></a>pearance of Captain Watson, of the +<i>Halcyon</i>, or old <i>Mary Ellen</i>, and his companion, Mike Tullane, was +never solved.</p> + +<p>The <i>Mary Ellen</i>, all that was left of the reconstructed <i>Halcyon</i>, was, +of course, a total wreck. Brisco's plan failed. Nothing was done to him, +as it would have been difficult to prove a case against him.</p> + +<p>Arrangements were made for taking the needed land scenes of the sea +drama, and when this was done, the whole company returned to New York.</p> + +<p>"Well, Alice," remarked Ruth one day, as they were on their way up the +coast in a steamer, "did you have enough of sea-life this trip?"</p> + +<p>"I certainly did," was the answer. "No more shipwrecks for me!"</p> + +<p>"Same here!" put in Russ. "It's taking too many chances!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, you'd do it over again—or something like it—and so would you +girls, if you knew a good film would come of it," predicted Paul Ardite, +with a laugh.</p> + +<p>And here we will say good-bye to the Moving Picture Girls.</p> + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MOVING PICTURE GIRLS AT SEA***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 18699-h.txt or 18699-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/6/9/18699">http://www.gutenberg.org/1/8/6/9/18699</a></p> +<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution.</p> + + + +<pre> +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a> + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. + +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a> + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a> + +*** END: FULL LICENSE *** +</pre> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/18699-h/images/p001.jpg b/18699-h/images/p001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e074b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/18699-h/images/p001.jpg diff --git a/18699.txt b/18699.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d6a9bb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/18699.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6061 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Moving Picture Girls at Sea, by Laura Lee +Hope + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: The Moving Picture Girls at Sea + or, A Pictured Shipwreck That Became Real + + +Author: Laura Lee Hope + + + +Release Date: June 27, 2006 [eBook #18699] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MOVING PICTURE GIRLS AT SEA*** + + +E-text prepared by Marilynda Fraser-Cunliffe, Cori Samuel, and the Project +Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net/) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustration. + See 18699-h.htm or 18699-h.zip: + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/6/9/18699/18699-h/18699-h.htm) + or + (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/6/9/18699/18699-h.zip) + + + + + +THE MOVING PICTURE GIRLS AT SEA + +Or + +A Pictured Shipwreck That Became Real + +by + +LAURA LEE HOPE + +Author of "The Moving Picture Girls," "The Moving Picture +Girls at Rocky Ranch," "The Outdoor Girls Series," "The +Bobbsey Twins Series," Etc. + +Illustrated + + + + + + + +[Illustration: RUSS BEGAN TAKING MANY VIEWS OF THE PITCHING, TOSSING +SCHOONER.--_Page 157._] + + + +The World Syndicate Publishing Co. +Cleveland, O. New York, N. Y. +Copyright, 1915, by +Grosset & Dunlap +Printed in the United States of America +by +The Commercial Bookbinding Co. Cleveland, O. + + + + +CONTENTS + + CHAPTER PAGE + + I THE GREAT MARINE FILM 1 + + II JACK JEPSON 10 + + III SOMETHING OF A MYSTERY 21 + + IV THE SAILOR'S STORY 28 + + V THE MARY ELLEN 36 + + VI CAPTAIN BRISCO 45 + + VII JEPSON IS WORRIED 53 + + VIII HARD WORK 60 + + IX THE RISING TIDE 68 + + X TOO MUCH REALISM 76 + + XI A REVISED FILM 87 + + XII OVERHEARD 94 + + XIII "ALL ABOARD!" 104 + + XIV OVERBOARD 114 + + XV "SAIL HO!" 123 + + XVI THE ACCUSATION 133 + + XVII THE STORM 141 + + XVIII GRINDING AWAY 149 + + XIX DISABLED 158 + + XX IN THE VORTEX 165 + + XXI WRECKED 172 + + XXII "MUTINY!" 182 + + XXIII HELP AT LAST 188 + + XXIV A SIGNAL OF DISTRESS 200 + + XXV CLEAR SKIES 206 + + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE GREAT MARINE FILM + + +"Well, at last a breathing period, Ruth. Oh, I am surely tired!" and the +girl threw herself on the couch, without stopping to remove her light +jacket and hat. Her head sank wearily on a cushion. + +"Oh, Alice! Be careful! Look out!" exclaimed the other occupant of the +pleasant little room, a room made habitable by the articles of tasteful +adornment in it, rather than by the location of the apartment, or the +place itself. There was a "homey" air about it. + +"I'm too tired to look out, or even look in," was the answer, as the +younger girl closed her eyes. Truly she seemed much "fagged," and worn +out. + +"But, Alice, dear--your hat!" + +"It doesn't matter, Ruth. Please let me rest. I thought we'd never get +home." + +"But it isn't your old hat, Alice, and----" + +"It's an old hat from now on!" broke in the younger girl, not opening +her eyes. "It's spoiled anyhow. Some of the water from that parlor +scene, where Mr. Bunn upset the globe of gold fish, splashed on it, and +the spots never will come out." + +"Oh, Alice, is your hat spoiled?" + +"It doesn't matter. Mr. Pertell is going to buy me a new one. He said it +was up to the company to do that, especially as I did so well in that +burning room scene the other day. There!" and the girl on the couch +raised her small fist and plumped it full on the crown of the chic +little toque she was wearing. + +"Alice DeVere!" cried her sister, aghast. + +"Ruth DeVere--Lady Clarissa--Senorita Alamondi! Whatever you like, only +let me--alone! I've posed and acted and otherwise contorted myself +before at least five thousand feet of film today, and I'm not going to +be disturbed now, just for the sake of a hat that is as good as paid for +anyhow, so 'please go 'way and let me sleep,'" and Alice murmured the +chorus of a once popular song. + +Ruth sighed. Somehow, looking at her gentle and refined face, one +understood that a sigh, from her, was the only possible answer under the +circumstances. Not that the girl on the couch, with closed eyes, was +unrefined. But there was a wholesome air of good health about her that +caused one to think of a "jolly good fellow," rather than a girl who +needed to be helped on and off trolley cars. + +"You _are_ tired," commented Ruth, after a pause. "Shall I make you a +cup of tea, dear? Or we could go over to Mrs. Dalton's, if you like. You +know she told us always to come in when we came from the theatre, and +have tea." + +"No, dear, thank you. It's awfully good of you to offer, but I don't +want you to trouble. I'll be all right in a few minutes. I just want to +rest." + +"It was a tiresome day; wasn't it, dear?" + +"I should say so, 'and then--some,' as Russ would say." + +"You shouldn't quote Russ when he uses slang," was the older girl's +rebuke. + +"Can't help it, Ruth. That just seemed to fit. But you can't feel so +very rested yourself. You had some heavy parts today." + +"Oh, I don't mind. I really was in love with that role of Lady Clarissa. +I always did like English plays, anyhow." + +"Well, we are getting more than our share of them this season. I wish +Mr. Pertell would swing to a good American drama again. Say, didn't we +have fun at Rocky Ranch?" and as she asked this some of the weariness +seemed to slip off Alice as a discarded garment is let fall. She sat up, +her eyes flashing with fun, and her cheeks that had been pale were now +suffused with a heightened color. + +"Yes, we did have fun," assented Ruth. "But it was hard work, +too,--especially when that prairie fire came a little too close for +comfort." + +"That _was_ rather scary," assented Alice. "But it was outdoors, and +that was what I love. Oh, I can just smell that wonderful air yet!" and +she breathed in a long breath. A look of annoyance passed over her face, +and she made a gesture of disapproval, "wrinkling" her nose. + +"They're having corned beef and cabbage again downstairs," she said, +pointing to the apartment below them. + +"Well, they have a right to it," Ruth said, with a tolerant smile. + +"Not when daddy hates it so," disagreed Alice. "Come on, let's make a +cup of tea. And is there any cheese?" + +"Cheese?" + +"Yes," the younger girl went on. "I'm going to make a Welsh rarebit. +Daddy just adores them, and the smell of the toast will take away the +odor of that cabbage. Is there any cheese?" + +"I think so. But I thought you were tired." + +"I was, but I guess thinking of the moving picture days at Rocky Ranch +acted as a tonic. I'm rested now. There!" + +She tossed the hat, which she had so mistreated, on a chair, slipped off +her jacket and started for the kitchen. + +"I _think_ there is some cheese," went on Ruth, following her younger +sister. "But don't make the rarebit as you did last time. It was so +tough that Russ said it would do very well to half sole his rubber +boots." + +"That was because I put the milk in too suddenly. I won't do it that way +this time. Come on, we'll get up a nice little tea for daddy. He's sure +to be tired also. They had to film that big scene of the accusation over +three times before Mr. Pertell was satisfied." + +"Is that so? I didn't know that, I was so busy with that English play. +Then father will be late." + +"A little. He said he'd follow us in about an hour, though. So we'll +just about have it ready in time. Did Russ come out with you?" + +"No," and though she uttered but this simple word the cheeks of Ruth +took on a more ruddy hue. + +"I saw Pearl waiting for him," went on Alice. "But----" + +"You did?" cried Ruth, and then she added quickly: "Oh, I mean I suppose +he had to go with her to film that scene in Central Park, near the +lion's cage." + +"Don't get jealous now," teased Alice. "I said Pearl waited for him, +but, she is--still waiting, I guess." + +"What do you mean?" + +Ruth tried to appear indifferent, but it was not an unqualified success. + +"I mean that Russ got one of the other camera men to take his place, and +go out with Miss Pennington," said Alice with a laugh as she began +cutting the bread in thin slices for toast. + +"But Russ--" + +"He went up town. He told me to tell you he thought he could get that +book you spoke of." + +"Oh, I didn't want him to go to all _that_ trouble!" remonstrated Ruth, +looking at her sister, and then suddenly averting her gaze. + +"Guess he doesn't call much _trouble_ where _you_ are concerned," said +Alice significantly, cutting up some chunks of cheese which she put in a +double boiler with some lumps of butter. "He said if you wanted a book +to give you some of the details of the country, where that English play +was supposed to take place, you were going to have it." + +"It's awfully good of him," murmured Ruth. "I just casually mentioned +that I'd like to know something about the people of that section, and he +offered to get a book he had once heard of. But I didn't want him to +make such a fuss over it." + +"La-la-la!" chanted Alice, about nothing in particular. + +The girls busied themselves getting tea. The kettle was soon singing on +the gas stove, the crisp odor of toast had replaced the heavier one of +cabbage, and the rarebit was almost ready to serve, when a step was +heard out in the hall of the apartment house where the DeVere family had +their New York home. + +"There's daddy!" exclaimed Alice. + +"And just in time," added Ruth, as she poured the boiling water on the +tea, adding to the fragrant food perfumes that now filled the apartment. + +The key clicked in the lock, the door opened, and a rather imposing +figure of a man entered, laying aside his hat and light overcoat, for +the Spring day was a bit chilly. + +"Hello, Daddy!" called Alice, putting up her face to be kissed, as she +came in from the kitchen with a plate of delicately browned toast. +"You're just in time. And it's such a _lovely_ rarebit!" + +"That's good, my dear." + +"Oh, Father, how hoarse you are!" cried Ruth. "Is your throat bad +again?" + +"Well, this harbor dampness isn't just the best medicine for it. But I +shall spray it, and it will be better." + +He sank somewhat wearily into a chair as he spoke, and Ruth glided over +to him. + +"Daddy," she said, "you look worried. Has anything happened? Is anything +wrong at the moving picture studio?" + +"No, nothing wrong, but--" + +It was evident that something out of the usual had occurred. Even +light-hearted Alice sensed it. + +"What is it?" she asked. + +"Oh, nothing so much," her father said in weary tones. "I suppose I +shouldn't make such a fuss over it. But Mr. Pertell has finally decided +to film the great marine drama, and that means we shall have to go out +on the water, more or less. And with my sore throat that isn't just the +best thing in the world for me." + +"A marine drama!" cried Alice. "Oh, I shall just love _that_!" + +A look of worry still clouded Mr. DeVere's face. + +"Father, there is something else," insisted Ruth. "You haven't told us +all about this sea film." + +"No, I--I haven't," he said. "And, to tell the truth, I'd rather we +weren't going to be in that marine drama." + + + + +CHAPTER II + +JACK JEPSON + + +Hosmer DeVere's words and manner alike were alarming to his daughters. +Seldom had they seen him so moved, especially over such a seemingly +simple matter as the announcement of a new moving picture drama. He and +the girls, in common with the other members of the Comet Film Company, +had to portray many different scenes in the course of a season's work, +and though some of it was distasteful, it was seldom objected to by +anyone, unless perhaps by Pepper Sneed, the "grouch," or perhaps by Mr. +Wellington Bunn, an actor of the old school, who could not reconcile +himself to the silent drama. + +"Why, Daddy, what is the matter?" asked Alice. "I think it will be +perfectly fine to have a little trip out to sea, especially now that +Summer is coming on." + +"But not if the damp salty air is going to irritate his throat," +declared Ruth. + +"Oh, it isn't so much that," Mr. DeVere said, "but you girls evidently +don't know that the big scene in this drama is a shipwreck, and what +follows. I am to be 'cast' in that, and so are you." + +"Well, what of it?" asked Alice. "It won't be a _real_ shipwreck; will +it?" + +"Real? Of course not!" exclaimed Ruth. "The idea!" + +"I certainly hope it won't be real," Mr. DeVere said, "But--Oh, well, I +suppose I may as well admit the truth. You'll probably call me fussy and +all that, and laugh at the superstition of an old actor. But you know we +have our traditions, though I am free to confess that I have lost many +of them since entering on this moving picture work. But I had a dream +about this same shipwreck, and that was before I knew we were to be in +it, for I might mention that Mr. Pertell has included you girls in the +drama, and has prominent parts selected for you." + +"Oh, I'm glad!" cried Alice enthusiastically. + +"I'm not," her father said, and he did not smile. "As I said I had a +dream about this drama before I knew we were to have parts in it. And in +that dream I saw----" + +"Oh, Daddy! Now don't tell a depressing dream before tea!" begged Alice, +slipping her arms about his neck, and imprinting a kiss on a spot, +which, if it were not already bald, was fast becoming so. "Wait until +after supper--the rarebit will spoil if we don't eat it at once. Wait, +Daddy dear!" + +"All right, I will," he assented with a sigh. "Perhaps I may have a less +gloomy view of it after a cup of tea." + +And while the little family party is gathered about the table, I shall +take just a moment to tell my new readers something about the previous +books of this series. + +Ruth and Alice DeVere were moving picture girls, which you have probably +guessed already. That is, they were actresses for the silent film dramas +that make so much for enjoyment nowadays. Mr. DeVere was also an actor +in the same company. He had been a semi-tragedian of the "old school," +but his voice had failed, because of a throat ailment, and he could no +longer declaim his lines over the footlights. He was in distress until +it was suggested to him that he take up moving picture work. + +This suggestion came from young Russ Dalwood, who, with his widowed +mother and little brother, lived across the hall from the DeVere family, +in the Fenmore Apartment on one of the West Sixty streets of New York. +Russ had invented a new attachment for a moving picture camera, and he +himself was a camera operator of ability. + +At first Mr. DeVere had refused to consider moving picture work, but he +finally consented, and even allowed his daughters to take their parts in +the silent drama. In the initial book of the series, "The Moving Picture +Girls," I related their first experiences. + +All was not smooth sailing. Though Mr. Frank Pertell, manager of the +Comet Film Company, was a most agreeable man, the other members of the +theatrical company were like those of any other organization--some were +liked, and some were not. Among the former, at least from the standpoint +of Ruth and Alice, was Russ; Paul Ardite, who played juvenile leads; Pop +Snooks, the property man and one who did all the odd tasks; and Carl +Switzer, a round-faced German, who was funny without knowing it. + +But neither Ruth nor Alice cared much for Laura Dixon and Pearl +Pennington, two former vaudeville actresses who thought they were +conferring a favor on the cameras to pose for moving pictures. Mr. Bunn, +an actor of the kind styled "Hams", was in like case. + +Mr. Bunn was always bemoaning the fact that he had left the "legitimate" +drama with a chance of playing "Hamlet", to take up moving picture +work. But he might have been glad--especially on paydays--for he had +made more out of camera work than he could have done on the regular +stage. + +Pepper Sneed was never satisfied. He was of a gloomy nature, and always +looking for trouble. Sometimes he found it, and for a time he was happy +in saying "I told you so." But more often he proved a dismal failure as +a predicter of calamities. + +This was the company, with others whom you will meet from time to time, +in whose fortunes Ruth and Alice DeVere had cast their lots. + +After the girls' first introduction to the camera they went to Oak Farm +where a series of pictures were taken, and, incidentally, a mystery was +cleared up. Getting snowbound was another experience for our friends, +but they forgot the cruelties of Winter in the happy days under the +palms. And they had only recently come back from Rocky Ranch, where a +number of Western dramas had been filmed, when the little scene of our +opening chapter took place. + +Those of you who have read the previous books of this series do not need +to be told much about moving pictures. And even those who select this +volume as their first venture in becoming acquainted with our heroines +must well know how the film pictures look from the front of the screen. + +To the uninitiated I might say that in making picture plays a company, +somewhat like a regular theatrical organization, is gotten together. The +play is decided upon, but instead of the acts taking place before an +audience they are enacted before a camera and a man who acts as +director, or manager. + +Some of the action takes place out of doors, amid the surroundings of +nature, but most interior scenes are "filmed," or taken, in the studio, +under the brilliant glare of electric lights. The pictures are taken in +succession on a narrow strip of celluloid film, of the same nature as +those in any camera. The strips are of a standard length of one thousand +feet, though some plays may "split," and take only half a "reel" while +others will fill several. + +When the film has been exposed, it is developed in a dark tank, and from +that one "master" film, any number of "positives" can be made for use in +the projecting machines. Doubtless you know that the same machine which +takes the pictures does not show them on the screen. + +But enough of this detail. + +"Was the rarebit good?" asked Alice, smiling up into her father's face, +as the supper progressed. + +"You may give me some more, which is the best answer in the world, my +dear," he replied, smiling. + +"Be careful!" Ruth warned him. "You may have dreams, Daddy!" + +A shadow seemed to pass over the face of the old actor. He had been +jokingly gay during the meal, but now there seemed to be a sense of +depression. + +"Might as well tell us, and have it over with," suggested Ruth. "We +don't believe in dreams, anyhow. Do we Alice?" + +"Not a bit, and I've named the corners of my bed ever so many times," +and she laughed at that old sweethearts' superstition. + +"Well, my dream was very vivid," Mr. DeVere said. "I don't usually +believe in omens, but this one impressed me. I dreamed we were all at +sea, on a vessel in a storm, and, somehow, we became separated. I saw +you girls going down with the ship, while I was taken up on a life +raft." + +"Well, what of it, Daddy?" asked Alice. "I've often had unpleasant +dreams myself. Probably you ate something you ought not to have taken. +I'm rather sorry, now, I made this rarebit." + +"Oh, not at all! It was excellent!" he exclaimed. "I would perhaps, +have thought nothing of my dream had not Mr. Pertell, a short time ago, +told me something of his plans for the future. He spoke of a great +marine drama he had in prospect, and we are to have prominent parts in +it. But I was startled when he told me that one scene--the great one, in +fact--was to be a shipwreck. He has engaged an old vessel for this +purpose, and he is going to sink it with all on board." + +"All on board!" cried Ruth. "You don't mean----" + +"Well, that's how it will appear in the camera, anyhow. You girls are to +be well in front, and your swimming abilities will be very necessary, +for you will have to go into the water." + +"I hope it is warm," murmured Alice. + +"Oh, it will be Summer before we get to the shipwreck part," went on Mr. +DeVere. "But what worries me is my dream in connection with the drama. I +almost told Mr. Pertell we would have nothing to do with it." + +"Oh, Father! You can't do that!" exclaimed Ruth. She, as housekeeper, +knew how much money was required in these days of the high cost of +living. Though Mr. DeVere and his daughters received fair salaries, +there were many expenses to be met, and if they refused present +engagements they might not find it so easy to get others. + +"Oh, of course I didn't actually turn it down," said the old actor, "but +it gave me quite a turn, I must say. I haven't gotten over it yet, +seeing you girls disappear under the waves." + +"Don't think of it, Daddy!" urged Alice. "Have some of this apple slump. +Mrs. Dalwood sent it in." + +"Your idea is that a man's mind is in his stomach, isn't it, daughter," +laughed her father. "Well, I will have some of the dessert. Oh, but I +almost forgot, you will have to go down an hour earlier in the morning +to the studio." + +"Why?" Ruth wanted to know. + +"A heavy day's work on, and Mr. Pertell wants to sketch out the +preliminary scenes of the marine drama. We are actually going to sea, I +believe, and he has engaged some old sailors, or at least one so far, to +give it a proper nautical flavor. It's only for tomorrow that we have to +go earlier than usual." + +Mr. DeVere seemed more like himself after he had told his daughters of +his vision. It did not so depress him now, and the rest of the meal +passed off in a much more jolly manner. + +In the evening Russ Dalwood came in from across the hall, and they +played bridge whist, of which Mr. DeVere was fond. + +"Fancy daddy, Russ," laughed Alice, "wanting us to give up a chance to +go to sea just because he dreamed of a shipwreck!" + +"Oh, I didn't actually want you to give it up," her father remonstrated. +"Perhaps I was foolish even to mention it. But I can't forget it--I +can't!" and he seemed to look through the walls of the room on some +distant and fateful scene. + +"Well, I must be getting back," Russ said. "You've won the rubber, as +usual, Mr. DeVere. Lots to do tomorrow, and I have a new assistant to +break in, so I'll say good-night." + +There were busy times for all next day, in the studio of the moving +picture concern. In the big room brilliant with electric lights as well +as from the illumination that came through a sky-glass, there were +several scenes from different dramas being filmed at the same time. + +When Ruth and Alice DeVere entered with their father, Mr. Pertell, the +manager of the Comet company, was engaged off to one side, evidently +instructing a man in what he must do before the camera. The man was a +sailor, and it needed but a glance to show that he was a real one, and +not "made up" for the occasion. + +"You see," said Mr. Pertell, "you come into the shipping office, and +pretend to hand over the papers. But you slip the clerk the wrong ones, +and while he is examining them you reach over behind him and take the +documents you want." + +"Avast there! Belay!" came the hoarse voice of the sailor. "I do that +there, do I?" + +"Yes." + +"Steal the papers?" + +"Well, it isn't _stealing_, exactly. It's only----" + +"Stealin' is what I call it, and it can't be called by another name to +my way of thinkin'. It won't do, sir, it won't do! Jack Jepson got into +trouble once, but he isn't goin' to do it again. No sir! That stealin' +won't do for Jack Jepson. You've got to get someone else to sign them +articles for you. No stealin' for Jack Jepson!" and the figure of the +old sailor turned and, with a rolling gait, he started across the big +studio room. + + + + +CHAPTER III + +SOMETHING OF A MYSTERY + + +"Look out there!" + +"Where you going?" + +"Hold him back, somebody! Look out, you'll spoil that scene! Don't cross +in front of the camera!" + +Half a dozen frantic voices were calling to the sailor who, with dogged +persistence, kept on, shaking his grizzled and gray head, and muttering +over and over again: + +"It won't do for Jack Jepson! No sir! It won't do. I had one experience +with trouble and I don't want any more. No sir!" + +Evidently utterly unused to a moving picture studio, the old man kept on +his way. He was headed directly toward a camera that was "filming" an +elaborate ball room scene. + +If any figure came between the scene and the camera with the pictures it +was imprinting on the sensitive celluloid film (at the rate of sixteen +per second) part of the elaborate work would have to be done over +again. And as one of the characters in the little play was a celebrated +dancer, whose time was paid for at an almost unbelieveable sum per hour, +it would mean a heavy expense. + +"Stop him!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Come back here!" + +"Halt! Vamoose! Turn about!" Paul Ardite called to the worked-up +traveler of the deep blue sea. + +This had no effect. + +"Avast there! Belay!" cried Russ Dalwood, who was not at that moment +engaged at the crank of some camera. He used the same sea terms the old +man himself had uttered, but this salt-water "lingo," or translation of +the command to halt, had no effect either. + +Then came an interruption at a most opportune time. Just ahead of the +sailor a scene from a Wild West drama was being enacted. A group of +cowboys were engaged in a quarrel in the bunk house, which had been set +up in the studio. The outdoor scenes of the little play were to be made +later, for it is the custom in this business to make all the scenes, +taking place in one locality, at the same time, regardless of their +sequence in the finished play. Later the film is cut up into strips, +pasted together with the proper headings, or captions, and the finished +play results. + +And just as the old sailor, who called himself Jack Jepson, was about to +step in front of the ball room scene camera, to the frantic horror of +the operator, one of the cowboys, following out his lines, drew his +revolver, and fired a blank cartridge at the "villain." + +In the studio the noise was like that of a small cannon. + +"Mutiny!" yelled Jack Jepson, jumping in the air a foot or more. +"Mutiny!" + +But he stopped, and just in time. Two steps more would have brought him +in front of the clicking camera. + +"Mutiny!" he fairly roared. "What is this! Who's firin' a shot across my +bows? All hands on deck t' repel boarders! Avast there!" and he stood +looking around in bewilderment, while the smoke from the revolver +floated upward. + +"Come here!" called Mr. Pertell running forward, and grasping the arm of +the sailor before he could get away to step in front of any of the other +moving picture machines. "You don't understand, Mr. Jepson. I merely +want you to----" + +"Yes, I reckon I heard you say what you wanted me to do. Now look here! +I don't know much about you, but you come over t' our Sailors' Snug +Harbor, an' you took some pictures. That was all right, I'm not captain +there an' I haven't anything t' say. You said you wanted an old +able-bodied man for certain work, an' I volunteered. I didn't know where +the voyage was, but I signed on, an' come here; didn't I?" + +"You did," said Mr. Pertell. "But let me explain." + +"No, you listen to me, first!" exclaimed the old salt, shaking a +thickened and roughened finger at the manager. "I come here, willin' to +do anything from slushin' th' mast, or holystonin' th' decks t' furlin' +sail in a blow. But what do I get; eh? I ask you what do I get? Why an +order to steal shippin' papers, that's what I get! An' that's a serious +crime. I'm not goin' t' be mixed up with it. No sir! Not for Jack +Jepson!" and he tried to break away. + +"Wait a minute!" Mr. Pertell begged. "You don't understand. It's only +the business of stealing the papers, you know." + +"Well, it's mighty poor business for any man t' be in; that's my +opinion. I was raised honest, an', man and boy, I've lived honest for +fifty years, with one exception, an' that wasn't my fault, and now----" + +Again he made an effort to leave, which effort, if not blocked, would +have once more taken him in front of some clicking camera. + +"Oh, can't you understand!" cried the manager with a hopeless gesture. + +"Perhaps I could explain to him," suggested Ruth in a low voice. "I have +plenty of time, Mr. Pertell, and though I don't know this gentleman----" + +"Oh, I forgot. He's going to act with you and your sister, Miss DeVere," +said the manager. "Come over and be introduced. You too, Mr. DeVere. +He's to have a part in our great sea drama, that is, if I can ever get +it started. I began explaining to Jepson, here, about taking the papers +which have to do with the case, but he can't----" + +"You can't make me believe stealin's right, no matter how you go at it!" +interrupted the old salt, doggedly shaking his head. + +"Perhaps _I_ can," put in Ruth with a smile, as the manager mentioned +their names to the newest and, seemingly, the most refractory member of +the company. + +"Well, Miss," said the sailor, "you look honest. I would believe what +you'd tell me, for I know you couldn't do no wrong. Perhaps I was a bit +hasty, but you see this is all new to me--this play-actin', an' shootin' +at folks unexpected like. I wouldn't have tried it, only the captain at +the Sailors' Snug Harbor, over on Staten Island, where I'm berthed, +asked me as a favor to come here. But I don't like it!" + +"I didn't at first," said Alice, joining with her sister, in an attempt +to placate the old salt. "But I became used to it." + +"Ha! You're pretty young to be in this business," said Jack Jepson, who +evidently said what he thought. + +"Oh, I'm older than I look," replied Alice with a smile. "I just love +the sea. I wish you would tell me about some of your voyages, for I'm +sure you must have been on many." + +"That I have, Miss, but this is th' queerest cruise I ever started on," +and he looked around at the many scenes being enacted. + +Meanwhile Ruth had slipped to Mr. Pertell's side. + +"Give me a brief outline of the play," she suggested. "I think I can +make it plain to him. He is all fussed up because it's something new. +You haven't time to go into details." + +"That's right--I haven't," agreed the harassed manager. "Well, this is +enough for you to know just now. There's a plot to sink a ship, and it +is necessary that certain papers appear to be stolen. + +"I picked Jepson up, as he says, at a sailors' home, over on Staten +Island. He's a typical salt, but he balks at even a semblance of +wrong-doing." + +"I think I can make him understand," Ruth said as she took the +typewritten pages of the scenario, or plot, of the drama from the +manager. + +"I wish you would," Mr. Pertell said. "I've a thousand and one things to +do." + +Ruth started toward the old sailor. To her surprise her sister Alice was +now in earnest conversation with him. Jack Jepson seemed to have warmed +to Alice at once. And Ruth heard him saying, as she approached: + +"Well, Miss, you see it was this way. There was a mutiny, an' I was +accused, but I wasn't guilty. There was a mystery about it when the +captain disappeared, an' that mystery hasn't been solved yet, though I'd +give a good bit if it were. It's hangin' over me like a nightmare, Miss. +Now I'll tell you all about it, if I don't tire you." + +"I should love to listen!" exclaimed Alice, with dancing eyes and +flushed cheeks. + + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE SAILOR'S STORY + + +Ruth, on her way to explain to sailor Jack Jepson what was wanted of him +in the matter of acting for moving pictures, paused as she saw Alice and +the aged salt in earnest conversation. + +"I think I had better defer my explanations a while," Ruth told herself. +"Perhaps he will be in a bettor frame of mind to listen, after he has +talked with Alice. What a wonderful way she has of making friends!" the +older girl mused as she looked at the interested and flushed face of her +pretty sister. At that moment Alice glanced up and caught Ruth's gaze on +her. + +"Do come and listen," she called. "I'm going to hear a wonderful story, +Ruth dear." + +The old sailor looked up quickly, stopping in his progress toward a +bench, whither Alice was leading him. It was in a quiet corner of the +studio, some distance away from the various little groups that, in +three-sided rooms (before the open part of which cameras were placed, +and over which big lights hissed) were going through their parts in the +silent dramas. + +"This is my sister," Alice said. + +"Oh, yes, I remember now," Jack Jepson said. "There's so much goin' on +that I get a bit confused. But I can see you two look alike. Are you +goin' to put me reefin' sails or scrubbin' decks?" he asked. + +"Neither one," Ruth said with a smile. "I told Mr. Pertell, our manager, +that I'd explain what was wanted of you. It is very simple, and----" + +"I don't call it simple t' rob an' cheat!" cried Jack with energy, "an' +that's what he wanted _me_ to do." + +"I'll explain, and I think you'll find it all right," Ruth went on. "My +sister and I are in this business," she added, "and I don't believe you +think _we_ would do anything wrong." + +"Far be it--far be it," said the old salt, earnestly. + +"Oh, but before you came, Ruth dear," suggested Alice, "Mr. Jepson was +going to tell me----" + +"Avast there! Belay! Hold on!" exclaimed the sailor, his voice ringing +out through the studio, above the tones of those actors who, to give +greater verisimilitude to their work were talking their parts, as well +as going through them. They smiled at the old salt's energy. + +"Wait a minute, Miss," he went on in lower tones. "I didn't mean t' be +so quick, but that Mr. Jepson business won't do. Not at all!" + +"Why, isn't that your name?" asked Ruth. "I understood Mr. Pertell to +say----" + +"Oh, that's my name--at least the Jepson part of it is. But I don't like +the mister. I'm not used to it. The only time of late years when I was +called Mister was when I was up before the lawyers, and I didn't like it +then. Jest please call me Jack Jepson, an' 'twill sound more natural. I +ask it as a favor, Miss," and he looked from Ruth to Alice. + +"Why of course we'll call you Jack," assented the latter. "It will sound +nicer anyhow, I think," she added. "Now go on with your story. You said +there was a mystery in it. Has it anything to do with--buried treasure?" +and Alice leaned forward eagerly. + +"Buried treasure? No, Miss. What made you ask that?" + +"The idea!" exclaimed Ruth with a laugh. "I'm afraid you'll think my +sister very romantic, Mr.--er--Jack." + +"That's better!" he laughed. "Well, I don't know much about romance. My +life's been mostly hard work." + +"I just mentioned treasure," Alice said with a little laugh, and a +glance toward where Miss Pennington and Miss Dixon, having a rest from +their moving picture work, were curiously eyeing the old sailor and the +two girls. + +"Well, my mystery hasn't anything t' do with buried treasure," resumed +Jack Jepson. "It's about a mutiny that took place off th' Hole in th' +Wall, about five years ago, an'----" + +"Hole in the Wall!" interrupted Ruth. "I thought mutinies always took +place on the high seas." + +"Well, this _was_ the high seas," Jack answered. + +"But the Hole--?" + +"That's the name of a passage between Great Abaco Island and Eleuthera, +in the West Indies," the sailor replied. "I don't know why it's called +that, but it is." + +"A queer name," murmured Ruth. + +"Go on, please," urged Alice. + +"Well, I was second mate aboard a five masted schooner engaged in the +lumber business," went on Jack Jepson. "We were going down to South +America, in ballast t' bring back a cargo of hard woods, an' off the +Hole in the Wall th' trouble started. + +"Some of the crew kicked on account of the grub--that's the stuff we +eat on a ship," he explained. + +"Oh, we know _something_ of such talk," said Alice with a laugh. "We +haven't been out West among the cowboys for nothing!" + +"Well, some of th' hands laid it to the grub, an' others t' th' hard +work of sailing th' craft," went on Jack. "She was a mighty poor +schooner in ballast, an' owing t' storms an' rough weather we had t' be +takin' in or lettin' out reefs all th' while. It wasn't so bad up t' th' +time we got off th' Hole in th' Wall, but from then on it was fierce! + +"I'd heard rumors that th' crew was goin' t' mutiny an' demand that we +put in at some port, an' get better grub, an' more hands, for we was +short of sailors. But I didn't pay much attention to th' underhand talk +until it was too late. Then, all at once, when we had got away down +about off Anegada, th' mutiny broke in full force. The men riz up, an' +overpowered th' officers--th' captain was made a prisoner in his cabin, +an' I was given my choice of joinin' th' mutineers or walkin' th' +plank." + +"What's that?" asked Ruth, a bit startled. + +"That's when they blindfold a man, and make him walk a plank that is put +out over the bulwarks, or side of the ship," said Alice. + +"Why, if he were blindfolded I should think he'd fall off, not knowing +when he came to the end," Ruth remarked, with a little shudder. + +"He doesn't know," Alice said. "That's an easy way of sending a man to +his doom." + +"That's it, Miss!" chimed in Jack. "You got th' idea!" + +"But Alice, how did _you_ know that dreadful thing?" her sister +wonderingly demanded. + +"Read it in a book. Go on please, Mr.--er--Jack." + +"Of course I didn't want t' walk no plank," resumed the sailor, "so I +temporized. I thought maybe I could beat th' mutineers after all. So I +pretended t' join 'em. Things got pretty bad. Many of 'em was for +puttin' th' captain away--tossin' him overboard, an' there was a fight +about it. Matters got t' such a pass that pistols were fired, an' th' +captain would have been shot, an' killed, only a fellow named Mike +Tullane, a rough character, an' one of the leaders of th' mutiny, +stepped up sudden like an' saved th' captain's life by knockin' aside +th' ruffian's gun. + +"Well, of course there was a fight then, but Mike seemed t' come out all +right, bein' a leader, an' havin' th' men pretty well with him. Anyhow, +th' mutineers were in charge of th' ship, an' off Anegada, one of th' +little British Islands of the West Indies, we were put about t' run for +port. Jest what was t' be done no one seemed to know. After the men got +th' ship they didn't know what to do with her. + +"Then came th' mystery. One night th' captain an' Mike Tullane +disappeared. They was seen in th' cabin, talkin' together, an' some of +th' hot-headed ones thought Mike was goin' back on his pals. They was +for makin' him walk th' plank. + +"But cooler heads made 'em wait. They said they wanted t' give Mike a +chance to explain. But he never got it." + +"Do you mean they--" began Alice, somewhat horrified. + +"I mean that night he an' th' captain disappeared," Jack said. "They +couldn't be found anywhere. No boat was taken, so they couldn't have +gotten off in one of them craft, an' we wasn't near enough land t' make +swimmin' safe. But they totally disappeared, an' that was th' mystery. +Whether they had a fight, an' jumped overboard together in th' darkness, +no one ever knowed, for them mutineers didn't keep extra good watch. + +"But anyhow they was gone--mysteriously missin' as they say in the +paper. That sort of took the heart out of some of th' mutineers and they +got careless. First we knew a British vessel overhauled us, and, not +likin' th' looks of things, began to ask questions. Of course there +wasn't any captain, such as there should be on a ship, an' that made it +look suspicious. Th' worst of it was that nobody could say where the +captain was. None of us knew. + +"Then th' story of th' mutiny came out, of course, an' it was all up. +The Britisher took charge of us. I was arrested as the ringleader of the +mutiny, an' put in chains! An' I had no more to do with it than a baby, +Miss. No more than a baby!" and Jack Jepson looked from Ruth to Alice, +his blue eyes expressing the indignation he had felt at the time. + +"An' that's th' story of th' mystery, as I said I'd tell your sister," +he added turning to Ruth. + + + + +CHAPTER V + +THE MARY ELLEN + + +During the silence that followed the rather sudden ending of the old +salt's story, Ruth and Alice looked at each other with wonder in their +eyes. On all sides of them could be heard the clicking of the moving +picture cameras, the loud directions issued by the men who were managing +the different little dramas, and occasionally the sound of shots from +the cowboy play that was going on in front of where our friends were +seated on the bench, though at some distance away, for the studio was +large. + +"But that can't be all of it," said Alice, at length. + +"All of what, Miss?" Jack Jepson asked. + +"The mystery." + +"That's all there is to any mystery, Miss," he said. "A mystery is a +mystery, an' if it isn't solved, it's a mystery still, an' nobody can +make any more of it. Th' captain and Mike Tullane completely +disappeared, an' were never heard of afterward. That's th' mystery, an' +all there is to it, jest as I told you." + +"But about yourself?" asked Ruth. "You said you were put in chains, +under arrest, as the ringleader of the mutiny." + +"So I was." + +"But what became of you?" + +"Well, I escaped, Miss. It may not be a very nice thing to confess, but +I escaped. Th' British ship took us to a jail on some island--I forget +th' name of it. Anyhow I was locked up, an' so were a lot of th' others. +We were tried, an' I was accused of startin' th' mutiny. Some of th' +worst men on th' ship put th' blame on me, an' I wasn't a bit guilty. +But it was no use in denyin' it. They was all banded together t' accuse +me t' save themselves. I was found guilty, though I wasn't at all, an' I +was sentenced to a long imprisonment. I just escaped hanging by a hair, +for mutiny on th' high seas is a serious crime. + +"But I was innocent, an' I knew it, an' when I found th' trial goin' +against me, I took a chance that offered, an' planned t' escape. I found +a French vessel puttin' t' sea an' as they was short handed I signed on. +Since then I've been in many vessels, but I always keep away from +English ones, and from English ports, for I would be arrested the minute +I set my foot on shore in one. A big reward is out for me." + +"How long ago was all this?" asked Ruth. + +"Oh, some years." + +"But isn't the unjust charge outlawed now?" Alice wanted to know. + +"I'm afraid not, Miss. Such things are never outlawed. I daren't go t' +an English port, an' that's hampered me. I have to take what berths I +can get." + +"Can't you disprove the mutiny charge?" asked Ruth. + +"Not unless some of them involved was to confess, Miss. An' land knows +where those fellers are now. They've disappeared with th' captain an' +Mike Tullane. Of course if I could find either one of them, I could +prove my innocence, an' then I'd be free t' go where I pleased. But I've +about given _that_ up, Miss. + +"So I sort of come t' anchor in th' Sailors' Snug Harbor, an' when I +heard about this movin' picture business, and th' chance it gave t' make +a little money, I took it. But when it comes t' doin' some crime for it, +I draws th' line. As I said, I've always lived honest, man and boy, for +many years, an' that one charge is th' only one against me. I'm not +goin' t' take them papers, and substitute false ones." + +"But you don't exactly understand," Ruth said with a smile. "I am going +to explain it to you. Mr. Pertell said I might. Now here is the story we +are supposed to act out; and, mind you, it is only _supposing_--make +believe, as we children used to say." + +"Oh, it's make believe; is it?" asked Jack Jepson. + +"Yes, just make-believe." + +"I had a little gal once--long years ago," he said softly, "an' she used +to be great on make-believe games. Is this takin' of them papers a make +believe game?" + +"Exactly!" chimed in Alice. "My sister and I have to pretend every day. +It's fun!" + +"Well, of course I didn't know _that_," said Jack. "Maybe I made a +mistake in bein' so quick. There was nothin' wrong in it?" he +questioned. + +"Not the least in the world," said Ruth. "It is just a game, played for +the amusement of the public. I'll explain," and from the typewritten +scenario she held she went over the outlines of the big marine drama, as +one of the authors of the Comet company had written it. As she gave the +details, the simple, kindly face of the sailor cleared. His doubts +vanished. + +"Say, wasn't I th' old landlubber though!" he cried. "T' think I thought +I was really committin' a crime. Ha! Ha!" + +"Well, your past experience had made you careful," Alice said. + +"That's what it had, Miss. It's no fun t' be barred from the ports of +the country that has more of 'em than any nation of the world. It +hampers a man. But I daren't go on British soil." + +"Could they come here and take you?" asked Ruth. + +The old man looked around before replying. + +"They maybe wouldn't know me," he hoarsely whispered. "I've grown a +beard since those days." + +"Well, then, how would the British authorities know you?" asked Alice +with a smile. + +"I'm not takin' any chances, Miss," was the answer. And though it might +seem to an outsider that it would be safe, under those circumstances, +for Jepson to visit British ports, if he kept away from the island where +he had been imprisoned, he could not see it that way. + +"No sir!" he exclaimed. "No British ports for mine!" + +By this time Mr. DeVere, who had been engaged in finishing a few scenes +in a play that had started the day before, came up to join his +daughters. + +"Well, how is the great marine drama coming on?" he asked, his voice +being more hoarse than usual. He had done some talking, as he found it +helped to give a better idea of the characters he portrayed, but it was +not necessary, in these picture plays, to get his voice "over the +footlights." + +"There has been a halt," explained Ruth with a smile. "This is Jack +Jepson, Father. He is to have one of the principal parts, but he balked +at some underhand work, and--" + +"Pleased t' know you," Jack broke in with a jerky bow. "Your daughter's +a smart gal," he said. "She made everything as clear as daylight t' me. +I'm goin' on with th' play now." + +"That is when Mr. Pertell is ready," put in Alice. "He seems to have +found some difficulty in that cowboy drama." + +This was evident, for the Western play had been stopped, and the camera +operator, with a weary look on his face, was leaning against a post, as +if in despair of ever completing that day's run of film. + +"No, no, Mr. Bunn, you must not do it that way," the manager was saying. +"When Ardite, in the character of the young outlaw, shoots at you, stand +up without flinching. That's your part--to be indifferent to gunfire." + +"Oh, that's my part, is it? Just to be shot at!" cried the old "Ham" +actor. "Well, it's a mighty poor part, that's all I've got to say! It +will be the last time I ever take a part like that. Oh, why did I ever +leave the legitimate stage?" + +"Ha! Maybe it was because the stage would have left you, had you not +left it," said Mr. Switzer, who was dressed up as a German comedian, and +taking part in another play. + +"Ha! What is that?" asked Mr. Bunn pompously. But Mr. Switzer did not +repeat his remark. He was called to resume his part. + +"Now Mr. Bunn, stand up and be shot at!" commanded Mr. Pertell. "Come, +come! We can't lose all day on this little play. I've got to get busy on +the marine drama, and I want some of you in that. Ready with that gun +now, Paul!" + +"Yes, shoot him!" murmured Mr. Pepper Sneed, the human grouch. "Aim it +right at him. Of course they are only blank cartridges," he added +cheerfully, "but if the wadding hits you Bunn, lockjaw is almost sure to +follow. Go on and shoot. I know something will happen," and he looked as +though he would be disappointed if his prophesy were not borne out. "Go +on, shoot!" + +"No! No! I protest! I withdraw from this play!" cried Mr. Bunn, looking +around for his tall hat, without which he seldom was seen. It was his +one remnant of departed glory. + +"No, you'll not withdraw!" cried Mr. Pertell. "We've got half the film +run off with you on, and you've got to stick it out. Go on, Paul. And, +Mr. Sneed, you needn't trouble to stand here and look on, as you're not +in this cast. You have a--depressing effect." + +Mr. Sneed certainly did. However, he moved away, and the play went on. +It was successfully filmed, and then Mr. Pertell was free to take up, +where he had left off, the discussion of the preliminaries of the marine +drama. "Out on The Deep" it was to be called. + +"Well, how about it?" asked the manager, as he approached the moving +picture girls, their father and sailor Jack. "Have you succeeded in +convincing him?" + +"That's what they have, Mr. Pertell," the old salt said. "I'm sorry I +made such a fuss about those false papers. I didn't know it was only +make-believe." + +"Well, if that difficulty is over with, we'll go on, though we can do +only a few of the simple scenes today," the manager said. + +"Do you understand the play?" he asked of Mr. DeVere. + +"Not altogether. I will look over the scenario." + +"I can save you the trouble," the manager went on. "I'll outline it +briefly for you. 'Out on the Deep,' is, as you can tell by the name, a +marine story. Part of it will take place in a sailors' home. That will +be the Snug Harbor, where I found Jack Jepson. We will go over to +Staten Island some day and film those scenes. + +"Another part of the drama will take place in a shipping office. Of +course that will be a studio scene, taken right here. I was starting in +on that when Jack balked." + +"Well, I won't again," the sailor promised. + +"Glad to hear it," came from the manager. "But the big part of the play +will actually take place on deep water," Mr. Pertell resumed. "We are +going out in a big schooner, and----" + +"A real schooner?" asked Jack, eagerly. + +"Yes, a real schooner. It isn't a very good one, but it will answer our +purpose, especially as we have to wreck her, and she will be a total +loss. I had to pay pretty high for her, too. But I think it will be +worth it. The shipwreck scenes, in the storm, ought to be great. And +now, as I have decided to postpone the rehearsal of the play for a +while, I think it would be a good plan for some of us to go and look at +the _Mary Ellen_, and get familiar with her layout." + +"The _Mary Ellen_!" cried Sailor Jack. + +"Yes, that is the name of the schooner I have purchased to use as a +shipwreck," said the manager. + +"Why--th' _Mary Ellen_!" cried Jack. "That was th' name of th' vessel +where th' mutiny was!" and he started to his feet in great excitement. + + + + +CHAPTER VI + +CAPTAIN BRISCO + + +"Mutiny! What do you mean?" demanded Mr. Pertell, a little startled by +the action of the old sailor. + +"That's just what I mean, sir! Oh, I forgot you don't know. But I told +these young ladies about me being in a mutiny, an' I'm under suspicion +in connection with it still. I can't go in an English port, and that's a +nice blight to put on a man!" he said indignantly. + +Mr. Pertell looked bewildered. + +"Perhaps I can explain," said Ruth, "and if I go wrong, Jack, please +correct me." + +"That I will, Miss!" he exclaimed. + +Thereupon Ruth told the whole story, much more connectedly, and more +briefly, than would have been possible for the old salt. But Ruth had +the knack of condensing a long scenario into a few words. + +"Was that it?" she asked Jack, when she had finished. + +"That's it, Miss, an' you did me more credit in the story than I +deserved." + +"Oh, no I didn't," Ruth said, smiling. "I'd like to help you solve that +mystery, too--the mystery of the disappearance of the captain and Mike +Tullane." + +"That's it!" cried Jack. "If I could only find one of them, or if some +of th' real mutineers would confess, it would clear me an' I could be +free t' roam wherever I wanted t' in th' world. But it's too much t' +hope for that. But you said th' name of th' vessel we was t' make +believe be shipwrecked on was th' _Mary Ellen_, sir," and he turned to +the manager. "The _Mary Ellen_ was the name of the craft where the +mutiny occurred. Could it be--" he paused, hope showing on his eager +face. + +"No, there's hardly a chance that this is the same one," said Mr. +Pertell. "_Mary Ellen_ is a common name for vessels," he went on, "and +there must be scores with it painted on their bows. I don't know +anything about the vessel I have bought, but I doubt if she was ever in +a mutiny. She is a very old craft, and isn't really fit for service now. +But her owners say she will do for what I want. We are going to take her +to Southern waters, and the main scenes of the drama will be +photographed aboard her, and around her." + +"Where is the craft now, if I may ask?" inquired Mr. DeVere. + +"Over in Erie Basin," answered the manager. "I am having her fitted up, +and a crew is being engaged. Of course it will be some time before we +sail, but I want to get everything in readiness. So suppose we take a +run over there now, and look at her." + +"That suits me!" exclaimed Jack, to whom matters nautical were as the +breath of life. "And I hope you'll sign me on, sir; when it comes to +makin' up your crew, sir." + +"I intend to ship you," was the answer. "Captain Brisco said he would +need some good officers. You have a mate's certificate, have you not, +Jack." + +"Yes, sir, and mighty glad and proud I'll be to fill that berth, sir." + +"Oh, won't it be jolly to go sailing!" exclaimed Alice. "I shall just +_love_ it!" + +Mr. DeVere sighed resignedly. + +"I'm afraid it won't be very good for your throat, Daddy," said Ruth in +a low tone. "The damp air will be sure to make you cough." + +"Oh, well--" he began. + +Mr. Pertell overheard what was said. + +"I don't like to ask you, Mr. DeVere," he said, "to do anything that +will be bad for your health. But I certainly need your services, and +those of your daughters, in this sea drama. Otherwise I would not ask +you to run any risks with your throat. + +"But I will say this. We shall not be afloat until Summer, and, as we +shall be in a warm climate, perhaps the bad effects will not be so +pronounced." + +"No, I think so myself," the old actor admitted. "It may even do me +good. I will doctor up in the meanwhile. And I realize that if I do not +go, my daughters cannot. I would not like to have them miss this fine +opportunity." + +"Oh, Daddy! We wouldn't go if it harmed you!" Alice cried. + +"Oh, I dare say I can manage," her father replied. "The new treatment I +am taking seems to agree with me. Who knows? Perhaps, when it comes time +to sail, my throat may not trouble me at all." + +"Let us hope so," Alice broke in. "I do so love the water, and the +Southern sea will be a dream!" + +Perhaps if Alice could have looked ahead, and seen what lay before her, +she would not have been so enthusiastic in anticipating the future. + +Mr. Pertell saw that the other plays under way in the studio were +running smoothly, and then prepared to take Mr. DeVere, his daughters, +and the old sailor over to Erie Basin, to inspect the _Mary Ellen_, as +she lay in her slip, being refitted for another voyage--her last--for +she was to rest beneath the waves when she had played her part in the +moving picture play. + +"I wish I were going with you," said Russ Dalwood, as Ruth passed him +where he was having a moment's respite from grinding away at the crank +of a camera. + +"I wish so, too," she answered, in a low voice. + +"But I've got to stay here, and grind away at this film," he said +hopelessly. + +"We'll see you to-night," she called to him, as she went out. + +Paul Ardite waved to Alice as she "twinkled" her fingers at him. Paul +was in a cowboy costume, playing a scene in the cowboy story, which +seemed to be giving more and more trouble as it proceeded. + +"This is the fifth time we've done that act," Paul called to Alice in an +aside as she passed. "And all because Mr. Bunn is so fussy. They'll take +him out, if he isn't careful. Where are you going, Alice?" + +"Over to see _Mary Ellen_." + +"Who's she? A new actress?" + +"Yes, she's a 'she' I suppose, and she's going to have a big part in a +drama. I'll tell you about it later." + +The _Mary Ellen_ certainly did not present a very trim appearance as the +little party went aboard her at the dock in Erie Basin. The decks were +cluttered up with an assortment of ropes, planks, casks, boxes and other +things, so that it was impossible to move about without great care. On +coming in sight of the craft Jack Jepson's face wore a look of +expectancy. + +"She might be the same _Mary Ellen_ that I was on," he said. + +But when he saw that the craft had three masts, whereas the ship where +the mutiny had occurred boasted of five, Jack shook his head. + +"She isn't th' same ship," he murmured. + +Yet as he stepped on deck he gave a start, and an exclamation escaped +his lips. + +"What's the matter?" asked Alice, who was near him. + +"Well, Miss, you may think it strange," he said, "but if I had my eyes +shut, I'd say I was on my old ship--th' _Mary Ellen_ I was tellin' you +about." + +"But she had five masts, and this one----" + +"Yes, I know, Miss Alice. But, masts or no masts there's somethin' about +this craft that's strangely familiar. I'm sure I've been on her before, +and yet--no, it can't be--three masts can't make five, no matter how you +count." + +"Well, this is the ship," said Mr. Pertell to his guests. "This will be +our home when we get her fitted up in ship-shape. I don't know much +about such things myself, so I've given Captain Brisco full charge. He +is to get her in readiness." + +"Well, if you were to ask me I should say it would take the greater part +of a year to get this in ship-shape," said Ruth. "I never saw such +confusion--never!" and she gazed about the deck. + +"Why, Miss, this isn't anythin'--nothin' at all!" cried Jack Jepson. +"With a few of my old shipmates I could get this craft ready for a +voyage in half a day--that is, if she's all right below th' water line," +he added as an afterthought. + +"I'm trusting all that to Captain Brisco," said Mr. Pertell. "He was +recommended to me by the ones from whom I purchased this boat. I think +he will have everything in ship-shape for us in time." + +As they stood looking about the deck a man came up from below. From his +appearance he was unmistakably a sailor, and one in authority. He issued +several orders, on hearing which a number of men bestirred themselves, +and then, catching sight of the little party, he called out in rough +tones. + +"Come now! What's this? No visitors are allowed on board here. Get +ashore at once!" + +"Hello, Captain Brisco!" called Mr. Pertell. "That is, if that's the +proper nautical greeting." + +"Oh, Mr. Pertell. I didn't recognize you," said the commander of the +_Mary Ellen_. "I beg your pardon! Won't you walk this way?" + +"We are on a little tour of inspection," the manager went on. "These are +some of my principle moving picture actors, and I want them to get +familiar with the ship. And, Captain Brisco, this is an old salt who +will be with us. He is to be second mate, I believe. Jack Jepson, let me +present you to Captain Brisco." + +A strange look came over the old salt's face. He stepped forward and +burst out with: + +"I guess I've met Captain Brisco before, but that wasn't his +name--then!" + +Captain Brisco started back as though a shot had been fired near him. + + + + +CHAPTER VII + +JEPSON IS WORRIED + + +For an instant only did the commander of the _Mary Ellen_ show signs of +perturbation. He recovered himself with an effort, hardly obvious to the +moving picture girls who were watching. It was as though a cloud had +passed over the sun so quickly as to give an observer no time to glance +up and see it, before the shadow was gone. Then Captain Brisco smiled. + +"I think you've made a mistake, my man," he said, with the air of one +used to commanding. "I'm sure I don't know you, whether or not you think +you have had the pleasure of my acquaintance. How about it?" + +He turned a sharp look on Jack Jepson, and the latter faltered. + +"Well--well, maybe I am mistaken," he said slowly. "But I sure did take +you for an old shipmate of mine. I sure did--an old shipmate," and he +spoke the words slowly. + +"For instance--who?" asked Captain Brisco, and the words seemed to come +out like the closing of the jaws of a steel trap. + +"Oh--er--you wouldn't know if I told you," said Jack. "I guess I was +mistaken," he added. + +"And I'm sure of it," Captain Brisco said, coolly. "I don't know many in +these parts, for I've been away for some time. And--er--who might you +be?" he asked, with more of that commanding air. + +"This is the sailor who will be one of your mates on our little trip," +explained Mr. Pertell. "You said you would need officers, even for a +short voyage such as we intend making, so I picked up Jack Jepson. Do +you think he'll do?" + +"Depends on how much he knows of navigation," was the sharp answer. + +"Oh, I have my certificate," Jack answered. "If you want t' see it I +have it----" + +"Never mind now," interposed Captain Brisco. "There are a thousand and +one things to do, and nothing seems to be going right. Lay aloft there, +some of you!" he cried to a group of men. "Get those halyards reeved and +straightened out. Think we're going to lie here all Summer? Lively now! +I think I could use you, if you've any knack of handling men," he added +in lower tones, turning to Jack. "It's slow work, getting fitted out." + +"I could come any time," Jepson answered, and Alice noted that the old +sailor gazed furtively now and then at the captain. It was as though he +wanted to impress his memory with the face of the commander. "I'm over +in Sailors' Snug Harbor," Jepson went on, "I came over to do some +actin'----" + +"Yes, this play acting business is new to me, too," said Captain Brisco. +"But I suppose I can get used to it. Seems rather queer to go to all +this work and expense," he went on to Mr. Pertell, "just to fit a +schooner out, and then sink her. It's a waste of good money, I should +say." + +"We'll get our money back, never fear, if the film turns out all right," +said Mr. Pertell. "Now how are you coming on? That's what I came to see. +I want some of my principal actors to get familiar with the ship, so I +brought them down. I started with Jepson, up in the studio," he added in +a lower voice, for the benefit of Captain Brisco, "but he balked, I'll +tell you about it later. He can stay and help you if you like." + +"Well, I probably can use him," the commander said, as he looked at +Jepson, who was wandering about the deck with a curiously abstracted +air. + +"Sort of funny thinking he knew you, wasn't it?" commented Mr. Pertell, +while Alice, Ruth and Mr. DeVere looked on with interest at the various +activities connected with getting the _Mary Ellen_ ready for sea. + +"Oh, not at all queer," answered Captain Brisco, quickly. "I have +commanded so many men and ships in my day that I must be familiar by +name, at least, to hundreds of sailors. But I never saw this Jepson +before. However, he seems to be a good, honest soul." + +"Too honest, by far!" laughed Mr. Pertell. "He wouldn't even pretend to +take some false papers to carry out a film idea. Said he'd been in +enough trouble over being falsely accused in a mutiny!" + +"A mutiny!" exclaimed Captain Brisco. "A mutiny!" + +"Yes. Why, is that remarkable?" asked the manager, for Captain Brisco +seemed startled. + +"No, oh, no! I don't know as it is. I was only thinking if he was given +to starting mutinies, he wouldn't be a safe man to have on board here." + +"Oh, you needn't fear for Jepson," the manager said. "He was innocent in +that mutiny affair, I believe. But now as to details. I want to consult +with you in regard to certain matters." + +And while the captain and manager sought a quiet corner, where they +might converse, and go over the plot of the great marine drama, Alice +and Ruth wandered about the ship. The sailors who were fitting her out +looked curiously at the girls as they went to and fro. Mr. DeVere found +a sheltered spot where he said he would wait until Mr. Pertell was +finished with the captain. + +"Does your throat pain you much?" asked Alice solicitously. + +"Oh, not as much as I expected, coming so near the water. I think it +will be all right. Don't worry." + +"Isn't it perfectly wonderful, to think we're going to be on board this +schooner!" exclaimed Alice to her sister. "And are we going to sleep +here and eat here, Jack?" she asked, as the old sailor came toward them. + +"Well, Miss, if you goes on a voyage you can't walk off th' ship +whenever you want to, you know, to get a berth, and some grub. I mean +something to eat and a place to sleep," he quickly translated. "You has +to stay right on board until the voyage ends." + +"Oh, and could we see where we sleep?" asked Ruth. + +"The staterooms? Yes, of course," said Captain Brisco, who with Mr. +Pertell came forward just then. "Jepson, take the ladies below. If +you're a sailor you don't need to be told the way." + +"No, sir," was the respectful answer. Jack seemed to have acquired new +dignity since coming aboard; and it was noticeable, a little later, that +he took more pains with his talk, being more grammatical, and +pronouncing his words better, as befitted a mate. + +"And I want to see where they do the cooking," remarked Ruth. "What is +it they call it--the alley?" + +"The galley," corrected Alice. "Don't you remember?" + +"Oh, yes, so it is. What a funny name for a kitchen." + +"This way," directed Jack, as he started for the companionway. Meanwhile +Mr. Pertell and Captain Brisco having settled on certain details, called +Mr. DeVere into consultation, since that actor was to have a prominent +part in the scenes that would take place aboard the ship. + +Jack Jepson led his two pretty charges below, where some men were also +at work. They inspected the sleeping quarters, the galley and other +parts of the ship. Then, at the suggestion of Alice they penetrated to +the men's quarters--the forecastle, or "fo'cas'l," as Jack pronounced +it, sailor-fashion. + +As they passed two carpenters doing some "patch-work," Jack paused and +looked closely at what they were doing. Suddenly he turned to Alice and +asked: + +"Is this craft to make a voyage all by herself?" + +"A short one--yes," Alice answered, for she had looked over the +scenario. "Why do you ask?" + +"Oh, nothin'--nothin'--," answered Jack Jepson. "Only, oh, well, I +s'pose it's all right," he went on. But as he led the way forward Ruth +noticed a look of worriment on the face of the old sailor. It was so +evident that it startled her--the more so as she heard him murmur: + +"Going all by herself; eh? Well, she certainly needs a consort." + + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +HARD WORK + + +Ruth took advantage of the first opportunity to question Sailor Jack +Jepson. The memory of that look on his face haunted her. But it was not +until they had come from the _Mary Ellen_ that Ruth found her chance. + +While on board, arrangements had been made for taking some of the +preliminary scenes of the marine drama, and Mr. Pertell urged Captain +Brisco to hasten, as much as he could, the preparations for the voyage. + +But finally, when Alice and her father had gone on ahead, walking with +Mr. Pertell, and were deep in a discussion about a certain scene, Ruth +found a chance to ask: + +"Didn't you like what you saw downstairs in the _Mary Ellen_, Jack?" + +"Downstairs, Miss?" the sailor questioned, a puzzled look on his face. + +"Or whatever the right sea-term is for under the deck?" she went on. + +"Oh, you mean below." + +"Yes, didn't you like what you saw below?" asked Ruth. + +"What do you mean, Miss?" + +"Well, you didn't seem altogether pleased. I don't want them to hear," +she went on, motioning to her father and sister, "but you looked +worried. Was anything--wrong?" + +"Wrong? No, Miss, not exactly wrong. But some of them fellers didn't +seem to know their business in repairin' a ship, that was all. But we +aren't goin' on much of a voyage, so I don't s'pose it matters--much." + +"But we are going on a pretty long trip, and for a time we'll all be +alone on board the _Mary Ellen_, some distance from land," Ruth said. "I +know, for I've read the outlines." + +"Is that so, Miss? Why--I--I didn't exactly know that. I wonder if I'd +better----" + +Before Jack Jepson could continue Mr. Pertell turned back and called: + +"Oh, I believe I forgot to tell you people, but we are also to have a +motorboat in connection with the _Mary Ellen_. A big, powerful gasoline +craft, she is, called the _Ajax_. She'll follow us, part of the time, +for some of the pictures have to be taken from a distance, as she trails +along at the stern. We'll have plenty of time for rehearsal, though." + +"Ah, a motorboat to follow us. Then there isn't so much danger," said +Jack Jepson, and he seemed talking to himself. + +"Danger!" exclaimed Ruth. "What do you mean by that?" + +"Danger? Did I say danger, Miss?" he asked, and again Ruth was surprised +at the strange look on his face. + +"You certainly did say it," she replied. + +"Well, I didn't mean it," he said, though he spoke with an obvious +effort. "I meant it would be much more company--company for you folks as +aren't used to sailin' the seas. That's all, Miss. Oh, no, there's no +real danger--that is there won't be to _you_, as long as old Jack Jepson +can ward it off," he murmured under his breath. + +The little party went back to the studio, and, after lunch, some of the +easiest and less important scenes in the marine drama were rehearsed. +Sailor Jack soon understood what was wanted of him, and did very well. +Ruth and Alice took pleasure in coaching the honest, simple old salt. +His too-conscientious scruples about doing a seemingly wrongful act were +overcome when it was explained to him, and he went through the scene in +the studio shipping office very well. + +"And that will be all you'll have to do for a few days," Manager Pertell +told him. "You will not be needed to take part in any scenes until we +get ready for the second act. Meanwhile you had better arrange to stay +aboard the _Mary Ellen_, while she is in the Erie Basin, and help +Captain Brisco." + +"That I will! Aye, aye, sir!" exclaimed Jack. "And it'll be a relief to +be where I can feel the heave of a deck, even if the craft is anchored, +and to smell the real salt water again. I'll go aboard as soon as I can +get back to the Snug Harbor, and stow my dunnage in a bag." + +He really seemed delighted to make the change, and the worried look left +his face, though Ruth could not forget the shadow it had cast. What did +it mean? She asked herself this over and over again. + +Meanwhile there was hard work for the moving picture girls and Mr. +DeVere. A company engaged in the making of films does not content itself +with merely producing one big play. There are any number of small reels +that are needed, as "fillers." Some of them are called "split reels," +meaning that there are two plays, or sketches, on each one. And in the +intervals of going through scenes in "Out on The Deep," or rehearsing +for them, Ruth and Alice took part, with others of the Comet +organization, in the making of many pictures. + +Several weeks went by in this way. Spring was gradually turning into +Summer, to the delight of the girls, who loved the outdoors. Of course +they loved Winter, too, for they had many outdoor scenes to take part in +then, since snow effects are always easy to photograph. + +"But Summer is the best!" cried Alice, gaily dancing about the studio, +after she had finished in a little comedy scene, one day. + +"I think so, too," agreed Ruth. + +"And when we get out on the deep blue sea," the younger girl added, "it +will be ideal. Oh, I can hardly wait for the _Mary Ellen_ to start on +her last voyage. Isn't it too bad she has to be sunk?" she asked. + +"Yes, it is rather tragic," agreed Ruth. "I hope we get far enough away +when she takes her last plunge beneath the waves," she added with an +involuntary shudder. + +"Oh, trust Captain Brisco for that," Alice said. + +"I had rather trust--Sailor Jack Jepson," murmured Ruth in a low voice. + +Meanwhile work on refitting the schooner had gone on apace. The moving +picture girls, and their friends, had paid several visits to her, and +found Captain Brisco, Jack Jepson and the others hard at work making the +vessel a semblance of her former self. + +"She's an old tub," said Jack to the girls, "but she's in better shape +than she was when you were here afore, Missies." + +And indeed the _Mary Ellen_ did seem so. A new coat of paint added as +much to her appearance, as a new dress and hat does to a young lady, +though _Mary Ellen_ could no longer be classed as young. + +Then came a day when many members of the theatrical company, including +Jack Jepson, who now enjoyed that distinction, were taken down to the +seacoast, some distance from New York. They went in a tug specially +hired for the occasion. + +"Some of the scenes of the marine drama take place on the seacoast," +explained Mr. Pertell. "I want to get them now, when we have the chance. +I need a rocky shore, and this is the nearest one we can reach. Get +ready now. We have rehearsed these scenes, you remember." + +They were not easy scenes, and, even though they had been gone over in +the studio, when it came to actually going through them on the beach, +one difficulty after another arose. + +In the first place it was a raw, windy day, and there was a pretty high +sea, dashing up among the rocks of the shore, and sending a spray over +toward the cameras. + +"I can't do anything from this point!" finally complained Russ Dalwood, +who was at the machine. "I've spoiled about a hundred feet of film now. +We'll have to get around that point." + +"All right," agreed Mr. Pertell, "but the scenery isn't so good there." + +But when one difficulty was disposed of another one was found. Mr. Bunn +made trouble when he was asked to do a certain "fall" in the water. He +complained that he did not want to spoil his tall hat. + +"Oh, you and your tall hat!" impatiently exclaimed the manager. "Go on +with that scene, I tell you!" + +"But I--er--I--" expostulated the old actor. + +Before he could make further objection a mist of heavy spray dashed over +him, thoroughly wetting his beloved hat. + +"There!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Your tile is spoiled anyhow, now go on and +fall in. It can't get any wetter!" + +"Oh, what a life! What a life!" groaned the "Ham" actor, but he went +through the "business." Perhaps he realized that other engagements were +not any too plentiful for men of his talent. + +Nor did Ruth and Alice have an easy time. They had to scramble over +rocks, they had to escape from smugglers, they had to hide in caves, +and once Alice had to fall down on the rocks, and pretend to be hurt. It +was a very real fall, too, and she did not have to make much of a +pretense at limping. + +"Oh, I'm so sorry!" exclaimed Paul Ardite, hastening to her side. "Shall +I carry you?" he asked eagerly. + +"No indeed. I'm all right. I just----" + +"Keep back there, Paul! Keep back!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Don't get in +range and spoil the picture. That's fine, Miss DeVere. It's very +natural--that limp!" + +"It ought to be!" murmured Alice, biting her lips to keep back an +exclamation of pain. "It's real enough, especially the pain." + +Moving picture acting is not all as easy as it seems. + + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE RISING TIDE + + +"Well, that's very good, so far," said Mr. Pertell, when there came a +lull in the taking of the preliminary scenes of the marine film. "A +little more life wouldn't have hurt any, but the conditions aren't just +the best. It was fairly well done." + +"Huh! Fairly well done!" exclaimed Pepper Sneed. "I wonder what he +wants, anyhow? I nearly broke my neck scrambling over those rocks, and +the skin is all gone from the palms of my hands, and all he says is that +it was 'fairly well done!' I wonder what he wants, anyhow?" + +"Ha! He vants dot you shouldt altogedder preak your neck, ain't it?" put +in Mr. Switzer. "Dot vould be a real funny picture, alretty yet!" he +went on in his favorite character of a Dutch comedian. "Preak your neck, +Mr. Sneed, und let Russ make der picture." + +"Ha! I think I see myself!" exclaimed the "grouch," as he looked for a +seaweed-cushioned rock whereon to sit. "There's been a lot of trouble +today, but, mark my words, there'll be more before we have finished. +That's all I've got to say," and by the sour look on his face anyone +would have thought that he rejoiced in his prediction of trouble to +come. + +"What is the matter now?" asked Ruth, coming up in time to hear part of +the discussion. + +"Oh, Pepper is sure the world is going to come to an end before the +public has a chance to see him in his great rescue act of 'Out on The +Deep,' I guess," replied Paul Ardite. "Cheer up!" he added. "The worst +is yet to come." + +"You're right there," agreed Mr. Sneed, darkly. "There'll be an accident +before this day is over, mark my words!" + +"Oh, Alice, are you hurt?" asked Ruth quickly, as she saw her sister +limping toward her, for the little scene in which Alice had slipped and +hurt her ankle, had taken place when Ruth was busy in another part of +the play, farther down the shore line. + +"It isn't anything," the younger girl answered, bravely keeping back an +exclamation of pain. + +"Will you be able to go on?" Mr. Pertell asked. He had followed Alice, +when the scene closed, and when he had stopped Paul in time to prevent +the photographs from being spoiled. + +"Oh, yes, I can go on, of course," Alice said, with an effort. + +"Because you have some important parts yet to do," the manager +continued. He was not as heartless as this sounds. Really he was most +kind and considerate. Yet he knew the pictures must be made and the +present was the best time. If there were a delay, there was no telling +what might intervene. + +He knew that Alice herself realized this. She would not give up unless +positively unable to go on. The general public little realizes how often +those who entertain them do so under positive pain and suffering. Of +course moving picture scenes can be postponed more easily than can those +in a real theatre. But the general rule holds good for the movies, as +for the legitimate. "The show must go on!" That is the watchword of +manager and player alike. "The show must go on!" + +"I have a bottle of arnica with me," said Mrs. Maguire, the "old lady" +of the company. "I heard we were to do some rock-scrambling today and I +brought it along. I'll rub some of it on your ankle," she said to Alice. + +"Yes, doctor her up a bit," advised Mr. Pertell. "She's too important to +be left out of the film, for a while at least. I don't want to force +you, Miss DeVere," he went on, "but really----" + +"Oh, I'll be able to go on," Alice bravely said. "It is only a little +wrench, I think." + +Behind a screen of rocks Mrs. Maguire removed Alice's shoe and stocking, +and the motherly old lady and Ruth bathed the injured foot. It was not +as bad as Alice had feared, and when it was bound up again she found she +could use it by "favoring" it slightly. She would not have to take part +in a scene for nearly an hour, and she took advantage of the rest +afforded by the wait. + +Meanwhile Mr. DeVere and some other members of the company were going +through their parts. An old fisherman's hut had been found, a little way +down the beach, and for a small sum of money the grizzled old salt had +agreed to vacate for the morning, and allow the moving picture actors to +use his home as the background for several scenes. + +"It isn't just what the scenario calls for," said Mr. Pertell, "but we +can switch things around at the studio later, to make it fit." + +This is a secret of more than one film. The producer takes advantage of +things as he finds them. Often, after a film has all been planned, and +the pictures are being taken, a chance accident, or incident, will +suggest an advantageous change, and it is made on the spot. Later the +film is "cut" or added to, so that the change fits in. + +Again, on going to the outdoor scene called for in the scenario, the +manager may see a background that suits him better than one he intended +using. On the spot he will stop and have the act take place there, +altering, or adapting, the plot of the story to fit. And many an +accident has been turned to good account in making a film. But these are +secrets known only to the initiated, and the public that sees the +finished picture in some theatre little realizes how much chance had to +do with its making. + +Scene after scene was "filmed," Russ and his camera associates grinding +away at the machines. It was not easy work, for the wind and spray often +interfered with the clearness of the picture. But of course that only +added to the reality of it when the finished picture was shown. + +"Now for that scene on the far rocks," called Mr. Pertell when he had +brought to a satisfactory conclusion a difficult part of the drama. "Are +you able to go out there, Miss DeVere?" and he looked anxiously at +Alice. + +"Oh, yes, I'm much better," she answered. + +"All ready then!" called the manager. "Russ, I want one or two +'close-up' views in this, so prepare yourself accordingly." + +"All right," answered the operator, who was talking to Ruth. He put in a +fresh reel of film, and adjusted the camera. + +A "close-up" view, I might explain, is one taken with the person, or +subject, very close to the camera, so that it appears very large--larger +than usual. For instance, it might be necessary, in some play, to show a +certain ring. The hand of the person, with the ring on the finger would +be held close to the camera, so that the resultant picture on the screen +would show every detail of the ring clearly. You have often seen such +views in moving pictures, though you may not have known what they were +technically called. + +The "rock scene" that was to be filmed now was to take place out on a +little rocky group some distance from shore. It was reached by a long, +narrow rocky ledge that curved out into the bay. Alice, Ruth and Paul +were to be in this picture, and Russ would plant his camera on the rocky +ledge, between the actors and the shore. + +"Can you walk out there, Alice?" asked Paul, as he stepped along beside +her, Russ walking with Ruth. + +"Oh, yes," was the answer. "My ankle is much better now. It was silly of +me to slip that way." + +"You couldn't very well help it," he said. + +"That seaweed is very treacherous. I hope there is none on the rocks out +there." + +"Why?" she asked. "Is the water deep?" + +"Rather, so that fisherman said." + +"Well, I'm not going to slip," declared Alice. + +It was not easy work getting out to the group of rocks on the narrow +path of black stone, made slippery by the spray. But they managed it, +and finally Ruth, Alice and Paul took their places. + +"All ready," called Mr. Pertell, who, with a copy of the scenario in his +hand stood back of Russ to direct matters. "You are all supposed to be +talking together, and then Paul discovers a sail out on the bay. You +register surprise, Paul." + +"Very good," answered the young actor. + +I might explain that the word "register" is used to indicate that an +actor or actress is to depict, or go through, the "business" of showing +certain emotions, either by facial expression, or gestures. + +"And after Paul sights the vessel, you register hope, Miss Ruth," went +on the manager. "All ready now--begin." + +So the filming of that scene went on. + +"Very good," complimented the manager. "Just a little more force there, +Paul. Wait a minute, Russ. Do that one bit over." + +The scene was started over again, but it had proceeded only a minute or +so before Russ gave an exclamation of annoyance. + +"What's the matter?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"Spring broke," reported the operator. "I'll have to go get the other +camera, and it will take me half an hour to get it in shape." + +"Well, we'll have time enough," Mr. Pertell said, with a look at the +sun, which is a sort of god to photographers. Without its beams little +can be done. "I'll go back and help you," said the manager who used to +be an expert operator himself before he rose in the ranks. + +"You'll have to wait a bit," Russ called to Ruth, Alice and Paul. "Got +to fix another camera." + +"All right. We'll stay here," announced Alice. "I don't want to make +that trip again with my lame ankle," and she sat down in a niche of the +rocks. The others followed her example. The minutes passed quickly in +pleasant talk, but presently Paul jumped to his feet. There was alarm in +his action. + +"What's the matter?" asked Ruth, startled. + +"Look!" he said. He pointed toward the shore. The path of rocks was +broken midway by a stretch of water. The tide had risen, cutting off the +retreat to the beach. + + + + +CHAPTER X + +TOO MUCH REALISM + + +"Oh dear!" exclaimed Ruth. It seemed a silly, futile thing to say, but, +perhaps, very natural under the circumstances. Ruth arose, and put her +arms about her sister, who tottered a little as she stood upright. + +"The tide has risen?" asked Alice, and her tone was questioning. + +"That's what has happened," went on Paul. "Pshaw! I ought to have kept +watch of it. Russ was gone longer than I thought. But here we are now, +fairly caught." + +"Can't we--can't we wade back to shore?" faltered Alice. + +"I wouldn't like to have you try it," answered Paul, and he moved over +closer to the girl. + +"Why not?" she asked. "I'm not at all afraid of getting wet, and it +can't be so very deep over those rocks--not yet." + +"It isn't that you would get wet," Paul answered. "But the rocks were +slippery enough as they were. Covered with water, as they now are +between us and the shore, I'm afraid you'd slip off, especially as your +ankle will give you a twinge if you twist it." + +"It certainly will," agreed Alice. "It hurts worse now. But oh! We must +get back to shore!" she exclaimed. "We must!" + +"We--I--I think I could lift her over the place where the water is," +said Ruth. + +"But you might both slip in," objected Paul. "And the water is quite +deep on either side of this ledge of rocks. You see the ocean washes in +against them, and scoops out the sand. So that there is a deep channel, +ten feet or more, right alongside of the ledge of rocks. If you fell in +there----" + +"Oh, don't speak of it!" begged Alice. "I wouldn't mind swimming if I +were prepared for it but it isn't exactly Summer yet, and with a +disabled foot----" + +"It isn't to be thought of," finished Ruth. "But we _must_ get ashore +somehow, Paul. The water is getting higher every minute." + +"Yes, the tide has just begun to come in," said the young actor. "I +should have noticed it before, but I didn't. Now I wonder--" + +He did not finish, but gazed back toward the beach, nearly a quarter of +a mile away. To his surprise, and also alarm, not one of the members of +the moving picture company was in sight. + +"That's strange," thought Paul, but he did not speak his thought aloud. + +"Oh!" screamed Alice, so suddenly as to startle them all. + +"What is the matter?" demanded Ruth. + +"A wave splashed right up behind me! Look!" + +The rising wind was sending little waves over the outer edge of the +small island of rocks on which the three were marooned. It was another +evidence that the tide was getting higher and higher. + +"What _shall_ we do?" asked Ruth. + +"We must get help--_somehow_!" Alice said. Then she looked shoreward, in +the direction Paul was gazing, and she uttered the single expression: + +"Oh!" + +But it was fraught with meaning. + +"Why--they've gone!" gasped Ruth. "What--what----" + +"They'll be back!" Paul interrupted. "Probably Mr. Pertell just thought +of some scene he could get, and he took them off down the beach to put +them all in it. They'll be back in a little while, and then we can +signal to them." + +"If--if it isn't too--too late!" faltered Alice. + +"Too late? What do you mean?" demanded her sister. + +"I mean these rocks will soon be covered, and covered deep, too," Alice +said. "The high water mark is away above them." + +"Is it, Paul?" demanded the older girl. She wanted the statement of +Alice disproved. + +"I'm afraid it is," the young actor made answer. "And the tide, I am +sorry to say, is likely to be unusually high today. The moon has +something to do with it. But we will be taken off before then." + +"Suppose we aren't?" asked Alice. "The wind and the sea are rising, and +if we are swept off the rocks----" + +"Don't be so tragic about it!" broke in Ruth. "If we are to go to sea, +and be in a shipwreck, even if it is only pictured, we must learn to +face perils. And here we are only a little way from shore." + +"That's right!" cried Paul. "That's the way to look at it, Alice. +There's no danger!" + +"That's easy enough for you to say--you two who haven't a lame ankle," +the younger girl said, seriously enough. "But I don't believe I can even +swim!" + +"There will be no need of that," Paul said. "They are sure to come back +and see our plight soon. I can't see what's keeping Russ. He promised to +come back as soon as he fixed up another camera. It's very strange." + +Later they learned that when Russ and Mr. Pertell got back to the beach, +leaving, as they supposed Ruth, her sister and Paul safe on the rocks, +Pop Snooks, the veteran property man, discovered a certain nook that +would answer for an important scene in the play. Wishing to take +advantage of it at once, while the light was good, Mr. Pertell ordered +the entire company over there to go through the prescribed "business." +He took Russ and the two other camera operators with him, to make sure +of getting at least one film. + +That is why the beach opposite the rocks where the three were marooned +by the rising tide, was deserted just then. For the time both Mr. +Pertell and Russ forgot their three friends, or, if they thought of them +at all, it was to think that they were perfectly safe, and would come to +no harm by waiting a bit. + +The tide rose higher and higher. In a few minutes it would lap the feet +of the three marooned ones. A desperate resolve came into Paul's mind. + +"I'll swim, or wade, to shore," he said, "and get a boat." + +"And leave us here?" demanded Alice. + +"Yes. There is nothing else to be done," he answered, desperately. + +"No, please don't go!" begged Alice, putting a detaining hand on his +arm. "I can't bear to be left here." + +"But it will be only for a few minutes," Paul said, "and the tide isn't +rising so fast that it will sweep you away in that time." + +"I know--but--don't go!" begged Alice, her voice trembling. + +Paul looked at Ruth. + +"Perhaps you _had_ better stay," suggested the older girl. "They are +sure to come back soon, and--well, we don't want to be left here." + +"All right," agreed Paul. "But I think I could get back with a boat in +time." + +However, there was no need for him to go. A moment later the moving +picture company, headed by Russ and the two other camera men, came +around the turn of some sand dunes. + +"There they are!" cried Ruth. + +"Oh, come and get us!" fairly screamed Alice. + +Paul put his fingers to his mouth and sent out a shrill whistle. + +It needed only a glance on the part of Mr. Pertell and the others to +show the plight of the three marooned ones. + +"I forgot all about them!" the manager exclaimed. "Russ--Mr. +Bunn--Switzer--a boat--where's that fisherman--where's the life-saving +station? This is----" + +"Avast there! Belay!" came the deep tones of Jack Jepson, who had come +out to do certain parts in the shore scenes. "I'll take that boat out +and get 'em. Don't worry!" + +"Oh, but my daughters!" exclaimed Mr. DeVere, hoarsely. + +"And Alice with a sprained ankle!" gasped Mrs. Maguire. + +"Don't worry! I'll get 'em!" declared the old salt. "Come on," he called +to Mr. Bunn. "You look like you could handle an oar," and he started +toward a dory that was drawn up on the beach. + +"I--I can't row!" exclaimed the old actor. "Besides, I might----" + +"Yes, he might spoil his dignity," said Russ fiercely in an undertone. +"I'll go with you," he said to the sailor. "I can manage a boat!" + +"Good! That's the way to talk. Come on!" + +A few minutes later Russ and Jack had shoved out the fisherman's craft, +and were quickly rowing toward the rocks. The tide was now so high that +Paul and the two girls stood ankle-deep in the water that completely +covered the rocks. + +"Ahoy there! Ahoy!" sang out Jack, as he and Russ sent the boat over the +waves to the rescue. "Ahoy! We'll have you safe in a minute!" + +"Quick! Get that picture! Film it!" cried Mr. Pertell to one of the +other camera men. "I can work that scene in--somehow." + +There was very little that was not "grist" which came to the "mill" of +Mr. Pertell's cameras. The film began to unreel and before they knew it +Paul, Ruth and Alice were being depicted in the rescue scene, which, +when it was projected on the screen, made a series of effective +pictures. + +There was little real harm done save for wet feet and startled nerves. +Sufficient harm, one might think, but Ruth and Alice were beginning to +forget they had nerves, so many were the strange acts they were called +upon to perform in their moving picture work. + +Jack and Russ helped the three into the boat, and rowed to shore with +them, where mutual explanations were made, and Mr. Pertell was +sorrowfully apologetic for his forgetful share in it. + +"And the next time I forget about the tide, when I'm at the shore, I'll +fine myself a box of candy to be forfeit to you girls," Paul said. + +"Be sure you don't forget to pay the fine," Alice warned him. + +As the company had brought along several changes of costume, there were +dry shoes for the three marooned ones, and then, as it was too late to +finish the scene on the rocks, they went back to New York. Some other +day would have to be devoted, at least in part, to completing that film. + +In the days that followed, work on the _Mary Ellen_ went on apace. She +was almost ready for her voyage to sea. The big motorboat, _Ajax_, was +also being put in readiness. While Jack Jepson and the others were busy +at the schooner there were also busy scenes at the studio, where Mr. +DeVere and his daughters took part in many film plays. Nearly all the +studio scenes for "Out on The Deep," had been completed. + +"But we must get that river attack before we start on the voyage," said +Mr. Pertell one day. This "river attack" showed one phase of the big +marine drama. Ruth and Alice, in company with Mr. Bunn, as an old +'longshoreman, were supposed to be rowed across a river to escape harbor +thieves. To get good local color the location of the scene was fixed on +the Jersey side of the Hudson river, above the Palisades. Thither those +of the company required in the scene journeyed one day. + +All went well until the time when Mr. Bunn, rather against his will, was +rowing Ruth and Alice toward shore. They were being pursued by some +rough men in a second boat. It is needless to say that the "rough men," +were also moving picture actors. + +"Go on there, Mr. Bunn! Row! Row!" called Mr. Pertell, while Russ, who +was with him in a third boat, was making the reel hum in the camera. + +"I--I can't row any faster," said the old "Ham" actor. + +"But you _must_!" the manager cried. "That's better," he added as Mr. +Bunn showed a burst of speed. + +"Oh dear! If ever I get through this series of pictures I'll quit the +game!" groaned the former legitimate actor. + +Ruth and Alice "registered" the proper business as the men in the +pursuing boat came nearer and nearer. The flight was to continue along +the Jersey shore. + +"Jump out! Jump out!" commanded Mr. Pertell, giving directions from +behind a screen of bushes, where he and Russ, having landed, were now +hidden to take the land scenes. + +The girls and Mr. Bunn leaped ashore. The "villains" followed, firing +blank cartridges. + +"Fine! That's fine!" cried the enthusiastic manager, when suddenly, from +a road that ran along the shore, there sprang a number of country +officers. They had their clubs in one hand and had drawn their +revolvers. + +"Surrender! Surrender!" cried the leading officer to the "villains," who +were pursuing Mr. Bunn and the girls. "Surrender! We've got you covered! +We seen you chasin' these parties! Surrender!" and the police rushed +toward the actors. + +"Keep back! Keep back!" implored Mr. Pertell, leaping out of concealment +and waving his hands. But he was too late. + + + + +CHAPTER XI + +A REVISED FILM + + +Just what idea the local police had in mind when they rushed forward +would be hard to say. Evidently, however, they believed they were intent +on rescuing the girls from some imminent peril, for the leader of the +officers, showing not a little fear, even in the heroic role he was +playing, fired a shot into the air, and cried: + +"No you don't! No you don't! Nothin' like that there can be done while +Captain Wealson is around. Up an' at 'em, men!" + +He and his men rushed toward the pursuing "villains," got right in the +way of the camera, and proceeded to attack those whom they thought were +guilty of some crime. + +"There it goes!" cried Mr. Pertell. "The picture is spoiled! It will +have to be all done over again." + +In obedience to a gesture of despair from the manager, Russ ceased +grinding at the crank of the camera. + +"That's enough! Stop!" called Mr. Pertell, and Ruth, Alice and the +others who were making strenuous efforts (seemingly) to escape, came to +a halt. Many times before they had heard that command which meant that +something was going wrong, and that they might as well stop at once +without wasting effort. + +"Why, I wonder what's wrong," said Alice, who had not quite grasped the +interruption. "Everything seemed to be going beautifully." + +"Perhaps the film broke," suggested Ruth. + +"It's the police," Paul said, waving his hand at the officers, each of +whom had clutched a "prisoner," and was holding him. + +"The police?" echoed Alice. + +"Yes, they came in when they weren't wanted," Paul went on. + +"Oh, I thought they were part of the picture!" exclaimed Ruth. And so +she had. Often, to make a moving picture seem more realistic, a manager +will not tell the actors all he has prepared. Thus he gets the element +of surprise. Both Ruth and Alice, in this case, thought the local police +had been brought into the scene at the last moment to add a touch of +reality to the play. But, as it turned out, it was almost too much +reality. + +"Say, what do you fellows mean, anyhow?" demanded the manager, of the +police leader. "What do you mean, I say," and Mr. Pertell strode up with +an angry look on his face. + +"What do we mean? Ha! That's a good one! Listen to him, boys! What do we +mean? Why we mean to arrest these scoundrels, and we've done it, too!" +he added proudly, with a wave of his hand toward the persons his men had +made prisoners. + +"Well, you've made a big mistake," Mr. Pertell went on. + +"Mistake! Ha! I guess not!" cried the officer. "We don't make mistakes +up here! One of my men seen something queer goin' on out in the river, +and come and told me. Then I seen your boats puttin' off, and I knew +something was wrong. So I got my forces together, and we waited for +these fellows. We've got 'em, too! Every one of 'em!" he added proudly. +"Lock 'em up, men!" he ordered. "We'll show these fellows what Jersey +justice is like. Take 'em away." + +"Hold on!" cried Mr. Pertell, and this time he allowed a smile to show +on his hitherto glum face. "You don't seem to understand." + +"Oh, I think I do," said the police officer calmly. "I understand a +great deal more than you think I do. Come on." + +"Wait! I'll explain!" cried the manager. "It's for the moving pictures!" +he added. "This is only a pretended attack and pursuit. Ask the young +ladies themselves," he said, motioning to Ruth and Alice who were now +smiling. Certainly they did not seem to be in any great alarm or +distress over their recent adventure. Their appearance must have caused +the officer to doubt the wisdom of his course. + +"Weren't these fellers chasing you?" he demanded, motioning to the +prisoners. "Now don't say they wasn't, for I saw 'em." + +"Oh, yes, they were pursuing us," admitted Ruth, "but it was all in the +picture." + +"The picture?" questioned the officer. + +"Yes. We are moving picture actresses and actors," she went on, and her +father, coming up then, though he had had no active part in the chase, +confirmed what she said. + +For a moment the police captain maintained a silence, and then, as he +could no longer doubt what was said, since Mr. Pertell exhibited certain +credentials, the representative of Jersey justice said: + +"Well, this certainly is one on me! We'd better go back, boys," he added +to his men, "and we'd better keep quiet about this thing. But I sure +thought this was a kidnapping case." + +"And you spoiled my picture," groaned Mr. Pertell. "Now we've got to go +back to the middle of the river, and do it over from there." + +"Hold on a minute!" exclaimed Pop Snooks, who, as property man, was also +a sort of assistant manager. "Maybe this will turn out all right after +all." + +"How do you mean?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"Why, the police. We could have them try to stop the pursuers but get +worsted in the encounter, and the roughs could keep right on after the +girls. In that way we won't have to waste much film. Just go on with the +picture from the point where these policemen came in." + +Mr. Pertell thought for a minute. + +"That's the idea!" he suddenly cried. "It will make a better picture +that way. Say!" he went on to the police officers: "You're in on this!" + +"In on what?" asked the captain. + +"On this scene. I can use you and your men. You won't mind a little +rough and tumble work, will you?" + +"What do you mean?" + +Thereupon the manager explained that he would turn the police to good +advantage, and have them interfere in the attack, only to be outdone by +the "villains." + +"It's only fair for you to do this, as you came in where you weren't +needed and nearly spoiled the picture," the manager said. + +Whether it was this appeal to justice and fair play, or because he and +his men were anxious to get into a moving picture, was not made clear; +but the captain and the policemen consented to do their parts. + +There was a little coaching, something of a rehearsal and then that +scene went on again, with Ruth and Alice "fleeing" from the pursuers, +and the police charging downhill after the men. + +Then followed the improvised scene, of an attack by the police, and a +repulse by the "villains." + +"Good! That's great!" cried Mr. Pertell. "It will be better than I +thought it would. This is fine!" + +"Ha! Yes, maybe for you, but look at my eye!" cried Mr. Pepper Sneed. +"Look at it!" + +"Well, what's the matter with it?" asked Mr. Pertell. "It's a little +red, that's all I can see." The taking of pictures had stopped for the +time being. + +"A little red! A little!" fairly howled the grouch. "Say it will be +black and blue tomorrow. One of those policeman hit me in the eye with +his elbow. It was an awful blow. I shouldn't wonder but that I went +blind. Never again will I take part in anything as tough as this. I know +I'll be laid up for a week," and with this gloomy thought he limped off, +for he had been rather roughly handled in the melee. + +"I wonder if that's all for us today?" asked Alice, as she saw Russ +taking the legs off his camera. + +"Why, are you tired?" asked Ruth, solicitously. + +"A little, yes. I shall be glad when we get out to sea." + +"Perhaps we may have even harder work than this," suggested Ruth, for +the race along shore had not been easy. "A shipwreck isn't going to be +any society drama, Alice." + +"I know," agreed the younger girl. "But I think we shall like it." + +Neither of them realized what was in store for them. + + + + +CHAPTER XII + +OVERHEARD + + +"Well, I think this will do," Mr. Pertell announced, as the members of +his company gathered on the shore of the Hudson, ready to go back to the +larger boat, whence they had come in the two small ones, to depict the +pursuit. "It came out better than I expected when I saw that crowd of +policemen charging down on us." + +"I thought sure we were in for a spell in the lock-up," remarked one of +the extra men engaged as a member of the "pursuing villains." + +"You had a little extra work, doing part of the scene over again, so +we'll give you all a little bonus," said the manager. "We'll get back to +the studio now. There are a few scenes I want to make before we start +off on our trip to sea." + +"How soon do we go?" asked Alice. + +"As soon as we can get stocked up. Captain Brisco has a few little +repairs to make to the schooner, I believe." + +"Do you think the _Mary Ellen_ will prove to be a safe boat in which to +go to sea?" asked Mr. DeVere, when he, with his daughters, and the +others, were on their way back to New York. + +"Why not?" asked the manager. + +"Well, I heard Jack Jepson say the schooner was a pretty old one," +replied the veteran actor. + +"So she is," said Mr. Pertell, "if she hadn't been, our company never +could have afforded to buy her just to make a shipwreck of her. But she +is perfectly safe for what traveling we shall do. Brisco has assured me +of that, and has seen to it. What sort of a yarn was Jepson giving you?" +and Mr. Pertell seemed a bit annoyed. + +"Well, he merely said that the schooner was a pretty old one," went on +Mr. DeVere, "and that she had seen her best days." + +"He didn't say that she was unsafe, did he?" + +"No, oh, no! Nothing like that!" exclaimed the actor quickly. "I was +just wondering about her. I shouldn't like to take any chances you +know," and he glanced over toward his daughters who had no part in this +conversation. + +"Oh, the _Mary Ellen_ will be as safe as is necessary," the manager +continued. "Besides we will be in Southern waters after we leave here, +and there will be little danger from storms." + +"I am glad of that," Mr. DeVere said. "A warm Southern clime will be +beneficial to my throat. It does not take kindly to our Northern +weather, even at the best." + +In the days that followed there was plenty of work for the moving +picture girls in the film studio. They had to take part in several +little dramas that had to be completed before the sea scenes in the +ocean play were undertaken. + +"Anything much to do this afternoon?" asked Russ of Ruth as he passed +her near her dressing room one day about a week after the episode of the +mistaken policemen. + +"No, I am free," she announced. "They have postponed that 'In the Slums' +and I'm glad of it. I don't care for such characters as I have to assume +in a play like that." + +"Nor I. I'm off for the afternoon, too. What do you say we take Alice, +and go for a little trip to the Erie Basin?" + +"To see the _Mary Ellen_ again? There can't be much change since we saw +her last." + +"No, not exactly to see her, though we could pay a visit if we liked. +But you know we are to have a big motorboat follow us in the ocean +scenes--I'm to take pictures from it, in fact--and that motorboat--the +_Ajax_--is over in the Basin, near the old schooner. I thought maybe +you'd like to take a look at her." + +"I would!" exclaimed Ruth with enthusiasm. "I'll tell Alice. She is +disengaged, I know, for I heard Mr. Pertell tell her so." + +"I'm sorry we can't go for a trip in her," went on Russ, "but she isn't +in shape yet. I have to go over to give some directions about building a +platform for setting the camera on, and I thought we might combine +business and pleasure." + +"It will be a pleasure to go," said Ruth, as she went off to find her +sister. + +"Tell Paul, too, if you see him," Russ called after her. "We'll make a +party of it." + +"All right," Ruth answered. + +She found Paul and Alice together--just as she half expected--and +mentioned Russ's plan. + +Paul was cast for a role in a little play that afternoon, but he spoke +to Mr. Pertell about it, and the manager kindly postponed it, as it was +not very important. + +So, after lunch the four young people started for the place where the +_Ajax_ was being overhauled, not far from the dock of the _Mary Ellen_. +On the way they talked of their plans when they should be at sea. It had +been given out at the studio that they would all go aboard the _Mary +Ellen_, which would be headed for the Florida coast. Somewhere off that +peninsula, just where had not been decided, the moving pictures would be +made, and the shipwreck would take place. The details had not yet been +perfected. + +"Are you going to travel alone in the motorboat?" asked Alice of Russ. + +"No indeed. She is to be carried in a cradle on the deck of the _Mary +Ellen_, and----" + +"A cradle!" interrupted Alice. "Whoever heard of a boat being put in a +cradle, as if it were a baby!" + +"Well, the _Ajax_ is going to be rocked in the cradle of the deep, isn't +she?" asked Paul. + +"Oh, what a heartless joke!" mocked Ruth. + +"Just for that you'll be fined four ice cream sodas!" laughed Alice. + +"No, but speaking seriously," went on Russ, "the _Ajax_ will be cradled +on the deck of the schooner; that is, the motorboat will be set in two V +shaped affairs, called cradles. That's to prevent her rolling off into +the high seas." + +"Do you think it will be rough?" asked Ruth, with an apprehensive look +over her shoulder, as though she already saw a "hurricane in the +offing," as her sister laughingly put it. + +"Well, you know we have to wait for a storm, to get some of the scenes," +Russ said. "Of course the weather often gets pretty bad in these +Southern waters, in spite of their peaceful name," he continued, "but I +don't suppose Mr. Pertell will venture out far from the harbor in a bad +blow. Even a little wind will kick up enough sea to make it look pretty +rough in a picture." + +"Oh, I don't mind a storm!" exclaimed Alice. "I just love it." + +"Oh--Alice!" cried her sister. "You know you'll be as frightened as I'll +be." + +"We'll see," challenged the younger girl with sparkling eyes and a flush +on her cheeks. + +They found the _Ajax_, after some little difficulty, among a score of +other boats, in process of repair. + +"Oh, what a big one!" exclaimed Alice as she caught sight of the craft. +"I do hope you'll give us a ride in her, Russ." + +"Of course I shall, between times of taking pictures," he promised. +"What do you think of her, Paul?" + +"Pretty fine," agreed the young actor. "Has she any speed?" + +"Not much, I guess. It's an old sort of tub, but pretty steady in the +water, Mr. Pertell said. That's what I want for taking pictures. It +won't do to have her rolling and pitching. Well, let's go aboard, and +see how they're coming on." + +Russ had a permit to view the craft, and as he was expected to give some +instructions regarding the building of the platform, the man in charge +of the overhauling work welcomed the four young people. + +The _Ajax_ was, as Russ had said, rather a tub, but it was a large, +comfortable boat, and was capable of going on quite a cruise. There was +a partially enclosed cabin, and many comforts and conveniences. But just +for the present purpose, everything was being subordinated to the taking +of moving pictures. + +"I'm readjusting the motor," the head of the repair gang told Russ, "so +she'll start and stop, as well as reverse easily and quickly. That's +what you want, isn't it?" + +"That's it, yes. You see I can't tell when I'll have to shift, to make +allowances for what the actors and actresses will do. There's no telling +about these moving picture people," and Russ gave Ruth and Alice, as +well as Paul, a laughing look as though to indicate that they were very +temperamental, and hard to get along with. + +"Are these some of the actor folks?" asked the mechanic who was laboring +over the motor. + +"That's what they are, and good ones, too!" cried Russ. + +"Gee! They don't look it!" was the frank remark, and the two girls broke +into peals of laughter. + +Paul and Russ showed Ruth and Alice over the big motorboat, and then +leaving the three to their own devices for a while, the young camera +operator went into details of the work with the head mechanic. Russ was +told that the _Ajax_ would be ready in plenty of time for him. He +expressed himself as satisfied with the progress made, though he made +one or two slight changes in the platform, built on the forward deck of +the craft, where he was to stand when he took the pictures of the +shipwreck. + +"Well, how about those sodas now?" asked Russ of his companions when he +had finished. "There's a nice place a few blocks up, and it's about warm +enough for ice cream." + +"Couldn't we take just a look at the _Mary Ellen_ while we are here?" +asked Alice. "Isn't that she, over there?" and she pointed across the +basin. + +"You speak of that ship as if she were a person," objected Ruth. + +"And so she is!" Alice exclaimed. "A ship is always a lady, isn't she, +Paul?" + +"She ought to try to be, at least," he laughed. "How about it, Russ? +Shall we take the girls over to the schooner?" + +"Might as well, I guess. It won't take long, and it isn't far." + +A short time later the four of them stood at the gangplank of the _Mary +Ellen_. They saw no signs of any men on deck, but they were doubtless +below, making the repairs, which must be nearly finished. + +"Come on," said Russ, leading the way. "We'll go aboard." + +As they stood on deck, looking about them, they saw no one, but the +companionway was in plain sight, and they started toward it, intending +to go down into the main cabin. + +The place was rather dimly lighted, but when their eyes had become used +to the gloom, they caught sight of a solitary figure in the forward end +of the main compartment. + +"It's Jack Jepson," whispered Alice to her companions. "We'll give him a +surprise. Keep quiet now. His back is toward me and I'll tiptoe up +behind him and put my hands over his eyes. I'll make him guess who it +is. He'll think some British suffragette has taken him on that silly +charge of mutiny," she went on. + +"Be careful," admonished Ruth. "No pranks, Alice." + +"This isn't a prank. Keep quiet now." + +The old sailor was evidently not aware that visitors were in the cabin, +for they had made little noise in descending the companion stairs, and +what little they had caused was drowned by the distant noise of +carpenters' hammers. + +As Alice advanced, the others remaining back in the semi-darkness, they +all heard Jack Jepson break into a sort of monologue. He was talking to +himself, in fashion something like this. + +"It ought to be hereabouts, if it's anywhere, and I'm sure it is. I +can't be mistaken. They have cut her down, and made a lot of changes, +but they can't fool me. I was suspicious when I first came aboard, and +I'm more so every minute. I'm going to find out for sure, while I have +the chance. Let me think now." + +He leaned up against a bulkhead, while Alice glanced back at her friends +in some surprise. What meant the words they had overheard? The old +sailor seemed strangely excited, and he was passing his hand over the +paneling of the cabin as though in search of something long forgotten, +or dimly remembered. + +A moment later another step was heard in the apartment, and Captain +Brisco entered. He started at the sight of Jepson, though the commander +had not yet seen the four young people. + +"What are you doing here?" he asked in a hoarse voice. The old salt +started back as though caught in some guilty act. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +"ALL ABOARD!" + + +Ruth, Alice, Paul and Russ remained silent and unseen witnesses of the +little scene being enacted before them. It was like some section taken +from a moving picture drama, though they could not guess what the plot +was, nor what the outcome would be. + +"What are you doing here, Mr. Jepson?" asked Captain Brisco, and there +was sarcasm in the title he bestowed on his mate, for since he was third +in command, having been given the post of second mate, the old salt was +entitled to be called Mister. + +"I was jest--jest lookin'--lookin'--" Jepson faltered. + +"Well, you'd better look forward then," came, the harsh command. +"There's plenty to do there, if we're ever to start on this voyage, and +of all the----" + +At that moment Alice sneezed. She could not help it, and in trying to +hold it back, she made more of a commotion than if she had let the +sneeze come naturally. + +At the sound Captain Brisco and Jack Jepson turned and stared toward the +dimness that marked the companionway. + +"Who's there?" called Captain Brisco, sharply. + +"We just came aboard to see how matters were coming on," said Russ +stepping forward and under a skylight. + +"But we didn't expect to be welcomed with snuff," said Alice, as she +sneezed again. This time Ruth joined her. There was an irritating odor +noticeable in the cabin. + +"I beg your pardon," Captain Brisco said, as the others stepped closer +to Russ, so they could be discerned. "I didn't know who it was. I am +glad to see you. That's a paint-remover you smell. It is irritating. I +am very glad to see you." + +But he did not say it at all as though he meant it. Alice said afterward +she thought her sneeze had broken in on the captain's denunciation of +the proposed sea voyage. + +"It was just as though he were going to say it was the most foolish and +nonsensical thing of which he had ever heard," Alice explained. "Oh, why +_did_ I have to go and sneeze just then?" + +"Did you want to hear what he would have said?" asked her sister. + +"Yes, I did. I don't like Captain Brisco." + +"You mustn't say such things," Ruth cautioned her. But this was some +time later. + +Just at present the commander of the _Mary Ellen_ was trying to make his +unexpected guests feel a welcome he rather grudgingly extended. + +"We have been over looking at the _Ajax_," explained Russ, "and we +thought we'd stop in and pay you a call." + +"Oh, yes, I'm to carry the _Ajax_ on deck, I believe," the commander +said. "Well, you'll find us all pretty busy here," he went on. "Mr. +Jepson, will you kindly go forward and see how the men are coming on +with that caulking?" + +It was a very different voice from the one he had used when Ruth, Alice +and the others had been unseen listeners. + +"What about the mainmast?" asked Sailor Jack. "It's sprung, as I told +you it was, and unless those stays----" + +"I'll look after that!" interrupted the captain. "You do as I tell you, +and leave that mast to me." + +"But you said that it didn't need--" persisted the second mate. + +"Never you mind what I said!" and the commander's voice was harsh. "I'll +look after that. Now you go forward!" + +It was more in the nature of a command than is usual between captain +and mate. The girls felt this, as well as did the boys. But they said +nothing. + +"Come along and see how we are progressing," continued Captain Brisco in +more genial tones, as Jack Jepson left the cabin. + +"Then you are going to be ready in time?" asked Paul. + +"Ahead of time," said the commander, boastfully. + +"That's good!" exclaimed Russ. "Mr. Pertell is anxious not to be +delayed." + +"He won't be on _my_ account," Captain Brisco assured the young +operator. "A few more details, and we'll be ready for sea. About time, +too, for this good weather won't hold any too long down among those West +Indian islands." + +"Oh, are we going there?" asked Alice. "That will be delightful!" + +"I thought we were to go only to Florida," Ruth remarked. + +"There has been a slight change in the plans," the captain said. "Mr. +Pertell and I decided on it. I believe it is not generally known yet, +but there is no secret about it. I told him he could get better results +by going a little farther south than merely along the Florida coast, +down toward some of the West Indies, and he agreed with me." + +"The West Indies," mused Alice as she followed the others about the +refinished schooner. "I wonder if we will get near the 'Hole in the +Wall' that Jack told about? I'd like to see it, but I suppose a hole in +the water is a pretty hard thing to find." + +Alice wondered whether she would see the old sailor before they went +ashore again. She had taken quite a fancy to him, as had Ruth, and the +old salt, on his part, seemed to like the moving picture girls more than +any other members of the Comet Film Company. + +"I wonder what he was doing all alone there in the cabin?" mused Alice +as she hung back a little while the others were examining some changes +that had been made in the dining-cabin. "It seemed as though he were +trying to discover some secret panel, a passage or hiding place, or +something like that. And Captain Brisco certainly was rather brusque +about it. I do hope there won't be any quarreling or mutiny aboard the +_Mary Ellen_ when we put out to sea." + +For a time Alice was a little alarmed, but she soon recovered her +composure, and was able to take her part in the conversation. + +The _Mary Ellen_ was indeed assuming a "ship-shape" appearance. The +litter that had obstructed her decks on the first visit had given place +to a semblance of neatness. The craft had been newly painted and she +glistened in the sun, her brass work having been highly polished. + +"A few more days and we'll pull out of here," announced Captain Brisco, +as they went up on deck. "Then I suppose you folks will begin to cut up +all sorts of capers," and he smiled indulgently. He seemed to have +recovered his good nature, or, rather, perhaps, to have summoned some of +it to be used on this occasion. + +"Well, we'll leave the 'cutting-up' to Mr. Switzer," said Paul with a +laugh. "He's the comedian of the company." + +One of the workmen approached and asked the captain some question. It +seemed to be about pumps, though the girls did not understand it very +clearly. + +"You needn't bother to mend those valves," the commander said. "We +shan't need the pumps anyhow, and there's no use putting too much time +and work on the old hulk. Pertell told me to get her ready for sea so +she'd last a reasonable length of time. They're going to wreck her +anyhow, you know." + +"Yes, I know. But those pumps----" + +"Let 'em go!" the commander ordered. "Now about those stays," and he and +the sailor plunged into a mass of technical details in which the moving +picture girls were not interested, nor, I am sure, would you be, my +readers. + +In spite of all the work that had been done on the _Mary Ellen_, she was +still far from being a fine ship. Many things were left undone, as they +would not show in a picture. As the captain had said, Mr. Pertell was +not desirous of putting too much time or expense on her, just to send +her to the bottom after a few days' use. Still the craft had to be +rendered seaworthy, as some views were to be taken showing her progress +down the coast to the Florida Straits. + +A little later Captain Brisco was called below, and he took leave of his +visitors, saying he would be busy for some hours. + +"Well, it's time for us to go," Ruth said. "We promised to meet daddy at +dinner," she added to her sister. + +Alice assented and looked around, as though in search of someone. + +"What is it?" Ruth asked. + +"I was looking for Jack, to say good-bye. There he is over there," and +she pointed to the old man polishing the brass work of the binnacle in +front of the steering wheel. "I'm going over and speak to him," she +added. + +Jack Jepson had his back toward Alice, and was not aware of her +approach. She heard him murmuring to himself, and the words sounded +strange to her--as strange as the first ones she had overheard from him +that day. + +"It'll never do! It'll never do!" Jack Jepson was saying. "It's criminal +wrong, that's what it is. But I'll jest keep a sharp watch, an' at the +first sign of danger, I'll--" + +Then he heard the footfall of Alice on the deck, and turned quickly. He +smiled at her, and the smile was in strange contrast to his rather +ominous words. As Alice knew very little about the sea or boats, she +paid no attention. + +"I came to bid you good-bye," she said. "We are going back to New York +now, but we'll soon be aboard here for a long stay, I hope. My, how nice +everything looks!" + +"Yes, but it--it's too nice!" exclaimed Jack. + +"Too nice? What do you mean?" she asked wonderingly. + +"Oh, well, nothing, Miss Alice. You wouldn't understand. I'm glad to see +you. This isn't a mate's work, properly speakin'," he said, as he +indicated the box of polish, "but then we haven't started discipline +yet. We'll do that at sea." + +"And I'll hope we'll soon be out on the deep," voiced Alice. + +A week later the entire moving picture company that was to take part in +the marine drama assembled at the dock where the _Mary Ellen_ had been +refitted for her last voyage. Stores and provisions had been put aboard, +the _Ajax_ lay stowed in the cradle on deck, and the members of the +company, the moving picture operators and the manager and his +assistants, had sent their baggage aboard. There was plenty of extra +film. + +"All aboard!" called Captain Brisco, and the gangplank was about to be +hauled in. "All aboard! We won't wait for him!" he went on, speaking to +the first mate and to Mr. Pertell who stood near him. + +"Won't wait for whom?" Alice heard Mr. Pertell ask. + +"A new hand I hired at the last minute. He's a good navigator, better +than Jepson, and that's why I took him on. But he isn't here, and so +we'll go without him." + +"Not short-handed, are you?" asked the manager, rather anxiously. + +"No, not for this voyage. I think----" + +But the captain was interrupted by a shout up the wharf. A man, +seemingly a sailor, came running toward the schooner. + +"There he is now!" the captain exclaimed. "All aboard. Hurry up, my man, +or you'll be left." + +The man flung himself on the gangplank which was separated from the +dock by some little distance. He scrambled aboard, and just then, Alice, +standing near Jack Jepson, heard the old sailor utter an exclamation of +surprise, and murmur: + +"Can that be him? Can that be him--after these years? No, it can't be!" + +"All aboard!" cried Captain Brisco. And the _Mary Ellen_, in charge of a +fussy little tug, began moving away from the dock. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +OVERBOARD + + +Alice was so impressed with what she had heard sailor Jack say, that, in +spite of the desire to give all her attention to the start of the +voyage, destined to be so momentous, she looked first at Jepson and then +at the new arrival. The latter appeared to be an ordinary sailor, but +there was a commanding air about him, as though he were used to having +his own way. But he was sufficiently subservient to Captain Brisco, +saluting the commander in formal fashion. + +"You're late!" growled Captain Brisco. + +"Yes--couldn't help it," was the almost cheerful answer. "You knew I +wouldn't be left though, didn't you?" + +"Well, I wasn't sure of it," Alice heard the captain answer. "Get below, +and then we'll talk later." + +Alice turned to see how Jack Jepson was taking this. The old salt seemed +to be listening intently, but he had his back turned. + +"He knows that man who just came aboard," decided Alice, "and there is +something queer about it all. In fact there is something queer about +this vessel and Captain Brisco. I feel as though I were in the midst of +a mystery. I'm going to see if I can't solve it." + +That was Alice's way. She always did like to solve puzzles, from the +time when she was a small child, and she went at this one in much the +same way as had been her habit in the case of the simple ones in the +juvenile papers she took when a little girl. + +"There's something between Captain Brisco, Jack Jepson and this new +man," Alice decided. "Jack is afraid of being recognized, and yet he +wants to make sure who this new man is. Can it have anything to do with +the mutiny, I wonder?" + +It was a question she could not answer just then. She resolved to be on +the watch, to look and listen, without saying much, until she had in her +mental grasp some of the loose ends of the puzzle. + +Ruth was some distance off, talking to her father. Mr. DeVere, in spite +of the warmth of the day, had a light silk scarf about his throat, which +had pained him during the night. The other members of the company were +scattered about the schooner which was being towed out to sea. Miss +Pennington and Miss Dixon were waving to some young men who had come to +see them off. Mr. Wellington Bunn's face wore a glum look. Perhaps he +saw no chance of doing anything with his favorite role of Hamlet in this +marine story that was soon to be enacted. + +Alice heard Jack muttering to himself. She could not catch all the +words, but she heard him say: + +"Yes, it must be the same one! He hasn't changed much--not as much as I +have. He won't know me. But what am I to do?" + +The old salt's musings, however, were cut short, for Captain Brisco +called to him. + +"I say there, Mr. Jepson," ordered the commander, "will you go forward, +and see how the bitts are standing up under the strain of that hawser? I +don't want them to pull out, and they're none too strong. Lively now!" + +"Aye, aye, sir!" dutifully answered the second mate, and he shuffled off +along the deck, while Captain Brisco and the new arrival went below, +being, apparently, on very friendly terms. + +"And that is another queer part of it," mused Alice. "That new man is +supposed to be a common sailor--he must be, as all the offices, from +captain down, are filled. And yet Captain Brisco treats him as an +equal. I can't understand it." + +None of the others of the moving picture company appeared to find +anything odd in the reception of the man who had almost been left. In +fact, save for Alice and Jack Jepson, no one paid any attention to him. +As the captain and the new man whom he had addressed as "Hen Lacomb" +went below, the attention of Alice was taken by Ruth. + +"Don't you think, dear," her sister said, "that we had better get our +possessions in order. I understand that some pictures are to be taken +aboard the schooner here, and we will want to get our costumes out where +we can easily reach them." + +"I suppose so," murmured Alice. "But I wonder who he is?" she added, +half unconsciously. + +"What in the world are you talking about?" asked Ruth in some surprise. +"Do you mean that young man who was waving to Miss Dixon?" for a certain +youth seemed very loath to bid farewell to the former variety actress. + +"Yes. Who is he?" asked Alice, accepting this chance to get out of +answering, though what she had meant was the identity of the mysterious +Hen Lacomb, and not the youth on the dock. + +"I've seen him before," Ruth said. + +"Who?" asked Alice quickly, her mind still intent on the mystery. + +"Why, Alice, how odd you are! That young man of whom we are speaking, to +be sure. I mean I've seen him around the studio. He seems to be quite +impressed by Miss Dixon." + +"Yes," said Alice, vaguely. "Well, let's go below," she suggested. "You +notice how nautical I'm getting," she went on. + +"Forgetful you mean," supplemented Ruth. "Well, anyhow, we have fine +weather for the start." + +The schooner was well out from the dock now, and the pilot was in +charge, so there was nothing for Captain Brisco to do for the present. +He had gone to his cabin, and the stranger, or, rather, Hen Lacomb, to +give him the name bestowed on him, was with the commander. + +"I wish I knew what they were talking about," said Alice, and, without +intending to do so, she spoke aloud. + +"Who?" asked Ruth. "Really, you are saying the strangest things this +morning, Sister mine!" + +"Oh, I was thinking--thinking----" + +Alice was rather at a loss for words to explain. + +"You must have some of your new roles on the brain," went on Ruth. "I +know I've been doing a lot of thinking over mine. They are nearly all +nice ones, I'm glad to say, but I don't like the parts we have to take +in the shipwreck. Fancy having actually to jump into the water." + +That was one of the things required, according to the scenario. + +"There's no danger," Alice said, as she and her sister reached the +stateroom they were to share. + +"Oh, but think of _sharks_ in those Southern waters!" + +"I'm not going to think of them," declared Alice. "Besides, we shall be +in the water only a short time, and the motorboat will pick us up. It +will be nice and warm." + +The plan of the shipwreck included the jumping overboard of some of the +company, and their rescue in small boats, or by the motorboat _Ajax_, +that would follow, with Russ in it taking the moving pictures of the +"thrilling scenes." + +"Well, that doesn't come until toward the end," Ruth remarked, "so I'm +not going to think about it until then. Now let's unpack." + +Ruth and Alice had comfortable, if rather restricted, quarters in a +small cabin containing two bunks. Their father was near them, and the +other members of the company had rooms scattered about. The ship's crew, +of course, berthed forward, and the two mates, of whom Jack Jepson was +one, were quartered with the captain. Alice wondered what would be the +standing of Hen Lacomb. + +She learned a little later when she saw him taking his bag "aft." That +meant he was to be treated as an officer. There is all the difference in +the world on a sailing ship, whether a man bunks "forward" or "aft." In +the latter case he is either an officer or a passenger, and in the +former case he is classed as a member of the crew, a "foremast hand," +and, as such, has no authority. + +"Hen Lacomb is evidently someone in power," decided Alice, though she +said nothing to her sister or father, or even Jack. She managed to +learn, by judicious questions, that Hen, as she began to think of him, +was a friend of Captain Brisco, and a sort of passenger-helper on the +_Mary Ellen_. + +And now that the voyage was really started, those who were to take part +in the play began to consider their roles. + +In brief the plan was this. The schooner, under her own sail, would +proceed to the warm West Indian waters and clime, and there, when +suitable surroundings were found, the taking of the main scenes in the +big drama would begin. + +I shall not weary you with an account of the trip down. In spite of her +age, the schooner proved a good sailor, for she had been well refitted, +even if she was to be wrecked. Day after day passed and the sun shone +warmer as they came farther and farther south. + +Some few scenes were filmed aboard the craft, but there was not much +work for anyone, and the time was most enjoyable. Even Mr. Sneed, the +"human grouch," consented to smile, now and then. + +They passed Key West, but did not dock, and kept on. Alice wondered if +they would come near the "Hole in the Wall," but she did not like to +ask, for fear of making trouble for Jack. She did not know how much of +his story he wanted known to those aboard the ship. + +It was a warm, sunny day, and Mr. Pertell had announced that he would +begin some of the more important scenes of the drama in a short time. +The _Mary Ellen_ was plowing through the blue waters, bending over under +a good wind. Nearly all the members of the company were out on deck, +under awnings. Alice saw Jack Jepson at some work on the port rail, and +noticed Hen Lacomb and the captain stroll toward him. The two latter +seemed to converse for a few minutes, when suddenly there was a heavy +lurch and roll to the craft. + +"Mind your helm there!" sang out Captain Brisco angrily to the +steersman. At the same time there rang out a cry from Hen Lacomb. + +"Man overboard! Man overboard!" + +Alice, startled, leaped to her feet. Jack Jepson had disappeared! + + + + +CHAPTER XV + +"SAIL HO!" + + +Alice DeVere was not an ordinary sort of girl. She may have been, once, +but that was before her advent in moving pictures. There had been times +when a sudden emergency would cause her to feel faint, if not actually +to succumb to that interesting ailment, which is so useful, especially +in stories and books. + +But Alice, who was the nearest to the scene of what had just happened, +neither fainted, nor became unduly excited. She had seen too many +emergencies in the work of taking moving pictures to become "rattled," +which is not used in a slangy sense at all, but merely to indicate that +one's nerves vibrate too rapidly. Consequently, after her first scream, +Alice was almost as calm and collected as could be expected of a veteran +sailor. + +"Man overboard!" Alice cried, echoing the shout of Hen Lacomb, who, she +noticed, after his first hesitation, began lowering a boat, or trying +to, for it needed two at that task. + +"I'll help!" cried Alice rushing to the aid of the strange man who +seemed so friendly with Captain Brisco. + +"Oh--you----!" he exclaimed, with a swift look at her. Then he resumed +the work of loosing the ropes so they would run freely in the pulley +blocks of the davits. + +Meanwhile Captain Brisco had bawled out an order to the helmsman to +bring the ship up in the wind. A sailor had tossed overboard a +life-ring, and then came to help Lacomb lower the boat, for Alice found +it beyond her strength, eager as she was. + +"There he is!" cried Russ, as he rushed to the rail beside Alice. He +pointed to the water. Fortunately the sea was smooth, and rising and +falling on the waves could be seen the head of the old sailor. + +"Oh! Oh!" gasped Ruth, who glided over to the side of Alice. "If--if a +shark should come now." + +"There aren't any around here!" declared Russ. He did not know whether +there were or not, but he said that to make the girls feel more +comfortable. After all, if there were sharks, whatever he said would be +of no effect, and it was better to take the best view of it, he thought. + +"Lower away!" cried Hen Lacomb, and the boat went down to the water. +Two sailors, beside himself, slid down the ropes into it, and took the +oars. They cast off the davit blocks, and began rowing toward the +bobbing head. Old Jack could swim well, it seemed, in spite of his age. +The water was warm, and it was broad daylight, so he was in +comparatively little danger--except from sharks and from the fact that +he had on his clothes, which would soon become soaked and hamper him. + +But no sharks appeared; that menacing triangular fin which marks them +was not seen cutting the water, and no big twelve-foot man-eater was +observed to turn on his back in order to bring his curious, under-shot +mouth with its rows of keen teeth to bear on poor Jack Jepson. + +If a shark had appeared, it would probably have put an end to the plans +of Mr. Pertell to have his company give an idea of shipwreck by leaping +into the water. No one would have jumped into those waters had they been +shark-infested. But, as I have said, none of the tigers of the deep +showed, and, a little later, Jack was being lifted into the small boat. +They had reached him just when his strength was about exhausted. + +"Oh, have they saved him?" asked Miss Pennington, coming on deck very +pale. Alice said afterward she had not had time to put on her "war +paint." + +"I--I can't bear to look!" faltered Miss Dixon, following her friend. +"Tell me dear--is he--is he dead?" she asked of Alice. + +"Dead! No, of course not!" said Alice, none too politely. "Don't be +silly! He just fell overboard, and they got him back again; that's all." + +Miss Dixon looked angry and flounced back to her cabin with her chum. +Jack and his rescuers were hoisted up in the boat, the other sailors +hauling on the ropes, the blocks of which were hooked fast to rings in +the bow and stern posts of the rowing craft. + +"Well, you tried to leave us rather suddenly," said Mr. Pertell. "Don't +go trying that again, Jack--at least until we finish making the +pictures," he went on with a whimsical smile. "You're in too many +important scenes to be lost that way." + +"I haven't any fancy that way myself," said Jack, who seemed little the +worse for his unexpected bath. + +"How did it happen?" asked Captain Brisco of his mate, though it seemed +as though he had been near enough to have seen for himself. + +"Why, I was standing near the rail," Jack explained, "talkin' to Mr. +Lacomb, here," and he indicated the strange man, "when, all at once the +ship gives a lurch, and--well, I went over, that's all I guess," and he +looked at Lacomb, as though to get him to confirm the account. + +"Yes that's right," said the other. "I--I tried to grab him, but I was +too late. I nearly went over myself," he added, grimly. + +"Yes," assented the old salt, "you did," and he shot a look at the +other. + +Did Alice fancy it, or did Lacomb wince, and shrink back? And did a look +pass between him and Captain Brisco--a look full of meaning? + +Alice was puzzling over these questions in her own mind, when the +helmsman spoke. + +"It wasn't _my_ fault," he said. "I was steering all right, but Captain +Brisco came and spoke to me and handed me a paper. I took one hand off +the wheel, and the----" + +"No one has said it was your fault," broke in the commander quickly. "I +was giving you a copy of the sailing orders for the day. I wouldn't have +bothered you if I had known a puff of wind and a big wave were coming +along together, to snatch the wheel out of your grip. But it wasn't your +fault. However, no harm is done. You had better get below, Mr. Jepson, +and put on some dry clothes. Mr. Lacomb will stand watch until you feel +all right again." + +"Oh, I'll be all right in a little while," Jack said. "I don't need no +one to stand my trick on deck. I'll be back shortly." + +He went below, the water dripping from him. The ship was put back on her +course. The excitement had not lasted long. + +"Too bad you didn't have a camera ready, Russ," said Paul to the +operator, when matters were normal aboard the _Mary Ellen_ once more. +"You might have filmed a good rescue scene." + +"I was too much excited to think about that," Russ admitted. "Besides, +we are going to have plenty of rescue stuff in a few days, and this +wasn't a particularly thrilling one. Poor old Jack! I wonder how it +feels to fall overboard?" + +"Not very pleasant," Paul said. He had done it more than once in the +interests of the pictures. + +Alice, going below for something a little later, met the old salt on his +way to the deck again, he having changed to dry garments. + +"Oh, are you all right?" she asked anxiously, for she and her sister, as +well as Mr. DeVere, had taken a liking to Jepson. "Are you all right?" + +"All right, Miss Alice," he replied. "No harm done at all." + +"I thought sailors never fell overboard," she said, half jokingly. "I +supposed they were so sure-footed that accidents like that never +happened to them." + +"They don't--not usual like, Miss," said Jack with that earnest, honest +air that characterized him. + +"Then how did you come to do it?" + +"I--I didn't do it, Miss," Jack answered. "I didn't _fall_ overboard." + +"You didn't?" cried Alice, not noticing the accent Jepson put on one +word. + +"No, Miss. Not exactly." + +He looked around as though to make sure no one was listening, and then, +in a hoarse whisper, he said: + +"I didn't _fall_ overboard. I was _tossed_!" + +Then, before she could ask him what he meant, he gave her a warning +glance, and passed on. Just as he did so, Captain Brisco came along the +passage way. + +"I was just coming down to see how you were," he said, with a quick look +at Alice. "I didn't know you were here, Miss DeVere," he continued, +rather awkwardly. "Hope the accident didn't upset you." + +"Oh no," she said, glad that it was rather dark, and that the commander +could not notice how pale she had become at hearing the ominous words of +the old sailor. + +"Accidents will happen, but they don't always end so luckily," the +captain went on. Jack Jepson had passed up on deck, and Alice, not +feeling in the mood for talking, passed to her cabin. Captain Brisco, +after a moment of hesitation, went up on deck again, and, had anyone +observed him, they would have seen him in close conversation with Hen +Lacomb. The two men spoke in low tones. + +Jack Jepson was soon himself again, and on duty as though nothing had +happened. But he had created a very queer state of mind in Alice DeVere. +Her suspicious were increased, and she asked herself a multitude of +questions she could not answer. Nor dared she repeat them, even to her +sister. + +"If he were tossed overboard, who did it?" she asked herself. "And why? +The only one near him was Lacomb, and what object could he have in +wanting to drown Jack? Oh, I can't understand it! I _must_ ask Jack what +he meant." + +This was not so easy to do as Alice had expected. She wanted to speak to +the old sailor privately, but there was no chance. + +That afternoon there began the taking of some of the more important +scenes of the marine drama. These scenes were those that had to be +filmed on the ship itself, and they kept everyone busy. Besides, Alice +did not want to make too obvious an effort to talk to the old salt, as +she feared Captain Brisco would become suspicious. There was a nameless +mystery in the air that had its effect on Alice. Ruth noticed a +difference in her sister, and questioned her about it, but Alice was +able to say it was due to the difficult and exacting work of the new +drama, and, in part, it was. + +Several days passed, and she had had no chance to speak to Jack. Each +day was filled with work, or rehearsals, and some of the films had to be +taken several times, due to the uncertain footing on the deck of the +ship, which produced awkward motions on the part of the actors. + +It was on a warm afternoon, with a hint of a storm in the atmosphere, +when Mr. Pertell said: + +"Well, I guess that will do for a while. This will pretty nearly bring +us up to the shipwreck scene. We shall have to make a landing on one of +the islands here, to get the proper background." + +They were then well down among the West Indies. + +"Where do we land?" asked Alice, who was on deck with her sister, +standing near Jack Jepson, who was acting as lookout, with a telescope +in his hand. + +"Well, I'm not particular," Mr. Pertell said. "Perhaps Jack can suggest +a good place." + +"Well, I know something about the locality here," the old sailor +answered, and he looked at Alice with a friendly wink. "I shouldn't want +to go ashore at the place where I escaped from after that mutiny," he +went on. "They might not want to let me go again." + +"No, that's so," agreed Mr. Pertell. "It might not be just the thing, +though you could prove your innocence." + +"No, I can't! That's the trouble!" cried Jack, who had told his story to +the manager. "I don't want to be caught, and put in jail. I'm going to +keep away from that island where I was locked up." + +"Which one was it?" asked Ruth. + +"I don't know the name," Jack said, "but I can tell it the minute I set +eyes on it. I don't want to go there. I had enough----" + +Jack paused suddenly. The glass went to his eye, and he called out: + +"Sail ho!" + +"Where away?" demanded the helmsman. + +"Two points off on the lee bow. She's a small steamer, and she--she's +flying the British flag!" added the old man. + +A strange look of fear came over his face. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +THE ACCUSATION + + +"What's this?" demanded Captain Brisco, coming on deck just then. +"What's up?" + +"Sail ho!" repeated Jack Jepson. "Over there, Captain!" and he pointed, +and extended the telescope. Alice noticed that the hand of the old salt +trembled, though usually he was as steady as the proverbial surgeon. + +"Hum! Yes. One of the English revenue ships," remarked Captain Brisco. +"It's the first one we've met down here." + +"It is a British vessel, isn't it?" asked Jack Jepson, and there was a +queer strain in his voice. + +"Yes," replied his superior. "What of it?" + +"Oh, nothin' sir! Nothin'." + +But Alice thought it was something. + +"Well, we haven't any need to speak to her," went on Captain Brisco. +"We're going to anchor soon." + +"Anchor?" asked Jepson. + +"Yes, they want to take some of their pictures!" It was evident to +Alice, from the tone of voice in which Captain Brisco spoke, that he had +little sympathy with the work of the film actors. But he had been hired +to do his part with the ship, and must carry out his agreement with Mr. +Pertell. + +The captain handed back the glass, and went to consult with the manager +about making a landing. They were near several small islands, any one of +which would probably do as a background for some of the picture-play +scenes. + +Left to himself Jack Jepson took another long look at the oncoming +steamer. + +Alice watched him curiously. + +"Yes, she's a lime-juicer," he remarked, and something like a sigh +escaped him. + +"A--a lime-juicer?" repeated Alice in some surprise. "I thought you said +she was a _steamer_." + +"So she is. But we old sailors used to call all British ships +'lime-juicers,' because they used to be the only ones that was compelled +by law to carry lime juice." + +"Why lime juice?" Alice wanted to know. + +"To prevent scurvy, Miss. Lime juice, potatoes or anything like that +will keep sailors from the scurvy disease, Miss. They found it out, the +Britishers did, and made their ships carry such stuff. Lime juice is +easier to stow away than potatoes, and every sailor had to have his +share. + +"Scurvy is a bad disease, Miss. It's terrible, and though lots of fun +was made of the lime juice British ships, they done their duty, Miss. It +got so other nations had to fall into line. And, though lime juice isn't +as needful as it was, 'cause they have other things that do as well, +perhaps, I always think of a Britisher as a lime-juicer." + +"I see," murmured Alice. "Yes, I can see the English flag," she went on, +as she looked through the glass Jack passed to her. "She is headed right +for us, too." + +"That's what I make out, Miss. And I wish it was my watch below; I sure +do, Miss!" + +"Why, you aren't thinking that they may be after you, are you, Jack? +After you on that old mutiny charge?" + +"They might be, Miss," he said in a whisper, looking cautiously around. +"You see that charge isn't dead, and then there's the one of escapin' +from an English prison. They might overlook the mutiny, especially as +they may not have all their witnesses now--some of 'em may be dead. But +an English prison officer never forgets, nor forgives, an escape, and +the law doesn't either. If they was to see me, I'd be taken back to +stand the charges ag'in me." + +"But how would they know you?" asked Alice. "Besides, it isn't at all +likely that anyone on that vessel had anything to do with your being +taken into custody on the mutiny charge. That was years ago." + +"I know Miss, but they might remember me, even if I have changed a lot. +And this is mostly English waters around here. English islands, too. It +was somewhere about here I was imprisoned. Before I set foot on land, +I'm going to find out if it's English, and if it is, I'm goin' to stay +on board. I'm not goin' to take any chances." + +"But can't they arrest you at sea, if there should be such a possibility +that they recognized you?" + +"Not if I'm three miles from land, I think. Still, I may be wrong about +that. I wish I hadn't come on this voyage, that's a fact. I don't like +the sight of that English flag." + +"Don't worry," advised Alice. "There isn't one chance in a thousand that +you would be recognized after these years. In the first place, you have +changed a lot. And, in the second place, probably the English officers +who arrested you, and the others, are in some other part of the world +now. Why do you think they may be on that steamer?" + +"Well, things don't change down here as much as you might think," +replied Jack, as he and Alice watched the steamer coming nearer. "And an +Englishman is less likely to change than anybody else, Miss. He'll often +stay in the same berth until he dies. So it's likely some of the same +officers who were around here when I was arrested are here yet. And they +may be on that vessel." + +"But how can they recognize you?" Alice persisted. + +"Well, if they didn't know me, they might know this ship." + +"This ship! Why, this is only a small vessel, and yours was a big +five-master." + +"I know, Miss, I know," said Jack, with a nervous look over his +shoulder. "But here's a secret I haven't told to anyone yet. This may be +the _Mary Ellen_, but she used to be the _Halcyon_!" + +Alice started back in surprise. + +"The _Halcyon_!" she gasped. "How could it be?" + +"This way, Miss. They built her over, cut down her length, and changed +her so hardly anybody would recognize her. But I knew the _Mary Ellen_ +for the _Halcyon_ almost as soon as I came aboard." + +"And is that why you acted so--so queer?" + +"Partly--yes. You see she was first the _Mary Ellen_ and the mutineers +named her the _Halcyon_. Then, when she was rebuilt she became _Mary +Ellen_ again." + +"But I never knew they could make vessels over," Alice protested. + +--"Oh, yes, it's often done," the sailor assured her. "This certainly +was the old _Halcyon_, as she was called when the mutineers had her, and +anyone who had sailed in her would know it. A sailor's eye can't be +deceived. There's others on board as know it, too." + +"Others here? Of the mutinous crew?" + +"Hush, Miss, if you please! Not so loud! Yes, others who were in the +mutiny, but who got off scott free, while I was the one to suffer. But +they're tryin' to keep under cover. There's a game afoot, but I'll spoil +it if I can--that is, if this British steamer don't make trouble for +me." + +Alice's head seemed to swim. She was getting into the depths of the +mystery now with a vengeance. What did it all mean? To what did Jack +have reference? Could it be that Captain Brisco, and the man with whom +he was so friendly, were in a plot? + +Alice felt as if she must tell someone. It was too big a secret for her +to keep to herself. + +One thing seemed necessary. She must rid Jack of some of his fear of +being arrested again. + +"But if the ship is changed so, how could any of the British officers, +provided any are on that steamer, recognize her?" Alice asked. + +"I don't know how, but I'm sure they could," said Jack, rather +unreasonably. "And you mark my words. They'll see us and in spite of our +change of rig, they will want to speak us. A sailor never forgets a +ship. Of course there may be no officers on that steamer who would know +the old _Halcyon_, but ag'in, there may be. I'm afeered, Miss." + +"Oh, but you needn't be. Mr. Pertell will make it all right even if----" + +"He isn't bigger than Johnnie Bull," said Jack ominously, "though Mr. +Pertell is a good friend of mine. Ha! Didn't I tell you? There they come +right for us, and they're signallin' us to lay to." + +It was evident that something had taken place aboard the steamer. A +signal flag broke out at her mast, and Captain Brisco, seeing it, +exclaimed impatiently: + +"What can they want with us?" + +"They want to talk, that's evident," said Hen Lacomb, who stood near the +commander. + +"But what about?" + +"We'll soon know." + +As the _Mary Ellen_ lay almost motionless on the sea, for she had been +brought up sharply, the steamer approached. It was so calm that she +could come quite close without danger of a collision. A man, evidently +an officer, hailed through a megaphone. Jack dared not desert his place +as lookout. + +"What vessel is that?" demanded the officer of the British steamer. + +"The _Mary Ellen_, from New York," answered Captain Brisco. "Out on a +moving picture cruise. We're in a hurry." + +"Better not be," was the exasperating comment. "There's someone here who +wants to ask you a few questions." + +Another figure joined the speaker, and at the sight of this second +officer, old Jack Jepson groaned. + +"I knew it! I knew it," he whispered to Alice. "That's the man in charge +of the revenue cutter who arrested me years ago. See! He recognizes me! +I thought this would happen." + +It was evident that something out of the ordinary was taking place. + +"_Mary Ellen_ ahoy!" called the second officer. "If you didn't used to +be the _Halcyon_, I miss my guess. And there's a man aboard you I want! +There he stands!" and he pointed an accusing finger at Jack Jepson. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +THE STORM + + +The old sailor seemed to shrink down in his clothes and become smaller. +He cast an appealing glance at Alice who stood near him. + +"See!" he murmured. "What did I tell you?" + +"It may be all right yet," she answered. "Surely after these years they +can do nothing to you, especially when you were not guilty." + +"Ah, but it's the escape from the prison that hangs over me," he said. +"They want me more for that than on the mutiny charge. Oh, what shall I +do?" + +"Stay here and 'face the music,' as Russ or Paul would say," suggested +Alice. "I'll speak to my father, and to Mr. Pertell. You are an American +citizen, and----" + +But she had no time for further advice. Again came the hail from the +steamer. + +"Stand by there, _Mary Ellen_, or _Halcyon_, as your name used to be," +was the sharp order. "I'm going to send a boat aboard you. We want that +man!" and once more he pointed accusingly at Jack. + +"I don't know what you're talking about," blustered Captain Brisco. +"That man is my second mate, and you can't take him from me that way. +This isn't war time," and he seemed disposed to protect Jack. + +"Don't let them take me, Captain!" the old sailor pleaded. "You know +what it means. Don't let them take me away!" + +"I won't!" declared Captain Brisco, and for the moment the heart of +Alice warmed to him. She fancied she had misjudged him. But as she +looked at him, she saw a look on his face that made her doubt. It was a +look that made his words seem insincere. And when the moving picture +girl saw the captain speaking in an aside to Hen Lacomb, her doubts were +redoubled. + +"Stand by!" someone on the steamer ordered. "We're sending a boat to +take the prisoner." + +"This is a pretty how-d'-do!" blustered Captain Brisco. "They're going +to leave me short-handed, and just at a time when I'm likely to need +every man I can get, too," and he cast an anxious look around the +horizon. It had suddenly become quite dark. A bank of clouds, slate +colored, and fringed with an ominous yellow, had gathered in the west, +and there was a moaning in the air as though a far-off wind were sending +a message to those in peril to beware of its breath. + +The sea, too, had a glassy look. The big waves rose sullenly, and sank +back into troughs, with an oily smooth motion as though they resented +being thus confined. It was like the action of some raging beast in +leash. There was a curious oppressiveness in the air, too, and more than +one found difficulty in breathing. + +"What is it? Oh, what is it?" asked Ruth, as she came toward her sister. +"I feel as though something terrible were going to happen." + +"Something _has_ happened!" Alice exclaimed. "They've got poor old Jack! +Isn't it a shame, when everything was going so nicely?" + +"Got him!" questioned Ruth. "What do you mean?" + +"It's those Britishers! They recognized this ship as the one on which +the mutiny occurred. She's been built over--the ship I mean--but the +steamer knew her--I mean some officer did. And they're going to take +Jack away. You know he told us how he broke out of jail, after he was +locked up on an unjust charge. Well, they want him for that, but he +doesn't want him to go--at least he pretends he doesn't." + +Alice paused for breath--she needed it. + +"Well!" exclaimed Ruth. "You may understand what you mean, but I don't, +my dear. Who wants whom, and who doesn't want whom--and what?" + +Thereupon Alice explained how Captain Brisco had declared Jack should +not be taken, and yet how Alice, herself, believed he would give him up. + +"But what does it all mean--that enmity you say Captain Brisco has +against Jack?" Ruth asked Alice, for Alice spoke about the time Jack had +fallen overboard, and mentioned how the sailor had said he was tossed +over the rail. + +"I don't know what it means," the younger girl replied. "It is all queer +and mysterious, and it's getting worse. But I think there is some secret +between Captain Brisco and that Hen Lacomb that Jack has found out, and +they're afraid he'll tell. That's why I think they would be glad to see +him taken away--no matter what happened to him. It's all very well for +Captain Brisco to say he doesn't want Jack to go, but I believe he's +glad this happened." + +"Oh, Alice! What a thing to say!" + +"I don't care! I believe it!" + +All this while preparations had been under way aboard the steamer to +lower a small boat, but there seemed to be some delay. + +Meanwhile Jack Jepson remained as lookout on the _Mary Ellen_, though +there was no need of him there, for the schooner was now merely +drifting, with sails aback, and the steamer, too, was at the call of the +wind and currents. + +"Come on, mate!" hoarsely whispered a sailor to Jack. "Slip below, mate, +and we'll hide you. If they try to take you, we'll stand 'em off. I +don't like the Britishers anyhow. I was shanghaied into one of their +lime-juicers once, an' I never forgot it! Slip below!" + +"No, I'll take my medicine!" said Jack grimly. "Might as well get it +done with. This thing has been hangin' over my head a number of years +now, and I'll be glad to hear the last of it. It's a terrible thing for +an innocent man." + +"Perhaps some way may be found for clearing you," suggested Alice. "I'll +speak to my father. He knows some prominent lawyers in New York, and +they will induce the government to take up your case. Go quietly, Jack, +and we'll do all we can for you." + +"Oh, I shan't raise a row, Miss, never fear. No good'd come of that, and +it would only make trouble. I'll go quietly enough." + +"Ha! What is going on?" asked Mr. DeVere, who had been down below. "Has +anything happened?" + +Alice and Ruth tried to tell him at once, the former eager to enlist +his sympathies in Jack's cause. Mr. DeVere promised readily enough. + +"Though I can't hold out any hope for you," he said. "I know nothing of +law, but international affairs are always slow." + +"But I ought to get justice in the end, ought I not?" asked Jack, +respectfully. + +"You ought, my man, and I'll do all I can for you," said Mr. DeVere. + +"Oh, what a pretty sight!" exclaimed the voice of Miss Dixon, as she +emerged from a companionway with her chum, Miss Pennington. "Isn't it +romantic--stopping to speak to a steamer at sea?" + +"Delightful," agreed Miss Pennington. "I wonder if the captain of the +steamer will ask us to tea? It's a British vessel, and Englishmen are so +fond of tea." + +"Yes, and they are so romantic and good-looking," agreed Miss Dixon. +"But perhaps this is only for moving pictures." + +"Oh, pshaw! Perhaps it is!" sighed her companion, and the two of them, +who had been taking surreptitious glances in mirrors, enclosed in the +flaps of their bags, ceased "primping," until they could be sure whether +or not there was any object in it. + +"What's it all about?" asked Miss Dixon again. + +"Oh, they're going to take one of our men, I believe," said Pop Snooks, +the property "angel," as the ladies often called him. + +"Oh dear! What are they? Pirates?" gasped Miss Pennington. + +"No, it's Jack Jepson they're after. Some old charge, I believe." + +"Ha! I knew something would happen on this voyage!" exclaimed Mr. Pepper +Sneed. "I felt it in my bones all along." + +"Good thing you're not disappointed," murmured Alice. + +"Oh dear!" sighed her sister. "It's too bad. And I liked Jack so." + +"So did I," returned Alice. "But they're a long while sending that +boat." + +It did seem so, for there were no signs yet, of one being lowered over +the side, though Captain Brisco, after the command to lay to, had +ordered his accommodation ladder lowered to receive the visitors. + +Then came another hail from the steamer. + +"_Mary Ellen_ ahoy!" + +"Aye, aye!" + +"We won't send a boat right away. A hurricane is sweeping up fast, and +this is a bad locality in which to be caught," called one of the +steamer's officers through a megaphone. "We'll have to get out of here, +and so had you better. There's no sea-room here. We'll pick you up +later, and don't forget you are in English waters, and subject to our +orders. We're going to have that man!" + +"Well, if you put it that way, of course I'll have to give in," said +Captain Brisco. "I'll wait for you after the blow." + +"Well, that's a respite, anyhow, but not a very pleasant one," said +Alice. + +"No," agreed Jack Jepson, who breathed easier now. "We're in for a bad +storm, I reckon. We'll have to make everything snug." + +"Attention!" once more came the hail from the steamer, and when Captain +Brisco answered, he was ordered to follow a certain course by compass, +as being safest. + +"Then I can pick you up!" the steamer captain cried as the propellers +began to churn the water. The British vessel swept away, leaving Jack +Jepson still on the schooner, but under threat of arrest. + +Then the forerunner of the storm came, filling the sails of the _Mary +Ellen_, and heeling her over until the lee scuppers were awash. + +"Make everything snug!" cried Captain Brisco. "It's coming on to blow +great guns!" + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +GRINDING AWAY + + +Events aboard the _Mary Ellen_ did not transpire at all slowly. In a +comparatively short space of time she had been converted from an old +hulk into a good sailing vessel, she had put to sea with a party of +moving picture workers, including a sailor accused of mutiny, who had +broken jail. She had been stopped by the English ship, and now the old +schooner was starting to scud before the blast of a hurricane. For the +time being the accusation against Jack Jepson was forgotten. + +"Lively now, everyone!" cried Captain Brisco. "When a storm breaks down +here, it isn't any child's play. Double reefs in all sails, and two men +at the wheel. Lash everything fast, pass life-lines, and passengers keep +below." + +"Oh, but I want to see the storm!" exclaimed Alice. + +"Oh, how can you!" remonstrated Ruth. "It is going to be--awful!" + +And indeed, if the evidence of sky and sea, and the moaning of the wind, +were any indication, a great storm was in prospect. + +The billows that had been rolling with oily smoothness now began to show +little feathery crests of foam, and they were following one another with +greater quickness, as if impatient to be at their shattering work. + +The wind seemed most ominous of all. It was as though it came from afar +off, down behind the horizon line that showed black, with a fringe of +angry yellow in the west. A low, mumbling, roaring, moaning wind it was, +that whistled mournfully through the rigging of the schooner, and howled +down the companionways. + +"Oh dear!" sighed Ruth, as she slipped her arm into that of her sister, +and started for their cabin. "Come on, Alice. I'm afraid!" + +"Nonsense! What of? Nothing has happened--yet." + +"No, but there is going to be a terrible storm!" + +"And I just love a blow. I've never seen one at sea, and, as this may be +the only chance I'll get, I'm not going to miss it. Stay up with me, +Ruth. Don't be like those sillies, and go below," and she motioned to +Miss Pennington and Miss Dixon who were scurrying for cover, as the wind +and the sea increased. + +"Well, I'll stay up a little while," agreed Ruth. "But I--I'm afraid all +the same." + +"Nonsense!" cried Alice gaily. "We have a good ship under us. It went +through a mutiny, and I guess it can weather a storm." + +"That's just the point--can it?" asked Ruth in a low voice. + +"What do you mean?" Alice asked in a curiously strained voice. + +"I mean that this is an old vessel, 'made over,' as we would say of a +dress, Alice, it can't be as good and strong as a new one would be, and +in a storm----" + +"Oh, don't be nervous!" broke in Alice. "Here, I'll ask Mr. Blake," and +she stopped the first mate who was hurrying to and fro directing the men +at their work of making everything snug below and aloft. + +"Isn't she safe, Mr. Blake?" Alice appealed. + +"Who?" the first mate wanted to know. + +"This ship." + +"I--I think so," he said. "Yes, surely," he added quickly. "We will ride +out the storm, never fear. It hasn't gotten here yet, and we may only +get the outer edge of it. But you must excuse me now," and he hastened +along the deck. + +"There!" cried Alice. "What did I tell you?" she asked triumphantly. + +"Well, I'll stay here with you a little while," Ruth agreed. "Then I'm +going below and----" + +"Bundle up all your possessions and sit on a life preserver," broke in +Alice with a laugh. "Oh, Ruth, you are--hopeless!" + +"Yes, but look at that!" and the older sister pointed to the west. There +had been a rapid change. There was more yellow in the clouds now and +less blackness, though there was enough of that ominous color too. +"Doesn't it scare you, Alice?" + +"Not so much, no. Of course I've never been in a bad storm down here, +and I don't know what they do to one. But I think we'll weather it, as +the sailors say. But I wonder what Mr. Pertell is doing?" + +She motioned to the manager who was seen amidships, talking to Russ, the +chief camera operator. They were near the big motorboat _Ajax_, which +still rested in the cradle on deck. + +Mr. DeVere was also in conversation with the manager and his chief +helper. + +"Let's go over and see what it is," suggested Alice. "Maybe they are +frightened too." + +"I wouldn't blame them," murmured Ruth, with a nervous glance over her +shoulder at the oncoming storm. + +The two girls joined their father and the others. Pop Snooks, the +property man, who could make almost anything from a brick wall to a +king's palace, on short notice, was called into the consultation. + +"I'm sure they're going to do something!" Alice exclaimed, as she +noticed Mr. Pertell beckon Captain Brisco to him. And when the girls +reached the group they learned what was afoot. + +"Why yes, you'd have time for some pictures before the storm gets here," +Captain Brisco was saying. "It's evidently going to be slow in +breaking." + +"And it wouldn't be too rough for the motorboat?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"Oh, no. She's built dory fashion, and bigger waves than these wouldn't +swamp her. It's a question though, if your man is game." + +"Oh, don't worry about me!" exclaimed Russ Dalwood. "I'll make pictures +as long as the light will hold good. How is the boat? Is she all ready +to start?" + +"All ready to put into the water," the captain assured him. "She has +been that way since we reached this locality. What do you say?" he asked +the manager. "Shall we lower away?" + +"I think so," was the answer from Mr. Pertell. "I want to get some views +of the schooner sailing off before the storm. It will be a sort of +introduction to the shipwreck that is to come later." + +"All right!" exclaimed Russ. "That suits me. I'll get the camera and +films ready. I'll need a helper." + +"Oh, of course," agreed the manager. "You can't manage the boat and the +engine and work the camera too. Grinding away at the film will keep you +busy, especially as the water's a bit rough." + +"A _bit_ rough!" exclaimed Russ with a smile. "I like the way you say +it. But the rougher it is the better effect we'll get on the film. I'll +be ready when you are, Captain Brisco." + +"All right, I'll have the boat over at once," and the commander gave the +necessary orders for lowering the _Ajax_ over the side. This had been +provided for when she was cradled, so there was little delay at this +task. + +"Are we to do any 'stunts,' while Russ is taking pictures?" asked Alice +of the manager. + +"No, you are just to stand around on deck, and look a bit anxious. You +are supposed to be an old-time passenger packet you know, on a long +voyage, and you are running away from the storm. We don't want many feet +of this film--just enough to indicate what is to come. The real +shipwreck--that is the imitation of it--will come later, when this +storm blows over. Get on the side where the motorboat will be," the +manager directed, "and line up along the rail." + +While Russ was "loading" his camera, Ruth and Alice watched the sailors +getting the _Ajax_ ready. The engine had been tested, and seemed to work +well. Jack Jepson came along with a small keg of water, and a bundle +done up in a piece of sail cloth. + +"What's that for?" asked Alice. + +"Provisions and water," answered the old sailor. + +"But they're only going to be away a few minutes," the girl objected. +"They won't want anything to eat or drink." + +"It's a rule of th' sea," said old Jack, "never to put a boat over the +side without provisioning and watering her. You never can tell what will +happen on th' ocean. I've seen boats put out just for a little row +around, and a fog would come up, and they'd be away nearly a week. And +when they didn't have any water or food aboard--well, Miss, them's not +nice things to talk about to ladies," he said simply. And Alice +understood. + +The storm seemed to be holding off, at least for a time. Far away the +dark mass of the British steamer could be seen. The _Ajax_ was soon +ready, and lowered to the heaving water. + +"Mr. Sneed, you get in and help Russ," ordered Mr. Pertell. "You know +something about motor-boats, don't you?" + +"A little, yes. But I--er--I don't like to get in one when a storm is +coming up." + +"Nonsense!" the manager ejaculated. "There's no danger! You are going +only a short distance away from the schooner, to get some views of her +as she rides the waves. It will make a good film, the coming storm, and +the waters rising and falling. Get aboard, Mr. Sneed, and do whatever +Russ wants you to. He'll be busy with the camera so you will have to +steer, and run the engine. The last won't bother you though, for it has +a self-starter on and a gear clutch. You'll be in no danger." + +Mr. Sneed did not seem anxious to go. However, orders were orders, and +members of the company, even Mr. Wellington Bunn, thought twice before +refusing Mr. Pertell. So, when Russ came up with his cameras, bringing +two in case of emergency, Mr. Sneed was already in the boat, which was +rising and falling at the foot of the accommodation ladder over the side +of the schooner. + +"All aboard!" sang out Russ gaily, as he prepared to descend, his +cameras having been lowered to Mr. Sneed by a rope. "Look pleasant, +girls, you're going to have your pictures took," and he laughed. + +There was an ominous hush in the air now. The moaning of the wind seemed +to have died down, at least for the time being, but the waves were +higher, the swells were long, and did not break much. + +It was lighter, also, though the light was of a sickly yellowish cast. +However, it would serve for a few pictures. + +"Let her go, Pepper!" called Russ to his actor-helper and the motor +whirred, as the _Ajax_ started away from the side of the schooner. Russ, +setting his camera up on the platform made for it in the bow, began +grinding at the crank, taking many views of the pitching, tossing +schooner as it rose and fell on the bosom of the heaving ocean. + +"I don't like this!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed, when a dash of spray wet him, +as he sat at the wheel. "I wish I hadn't come. I'm sure something will +happen!" + +"Something sure _will_, if you don't keep her headed up into the seas," +declared Russ. "We'll be swamped, that's what will happen. Steady now. +I'm getting some good ones," and he worked away at the camera, while the +schooner sailed farther and farther away. Russ wanted to give the idea +of distance on the film. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +DISABLED + + +"How much longer you going to be?" asked Mr. Pepper Sneed, as he saw +Russ change slightly the position of the camera. + +"Oh, not much longer now," was the answer. "I have about all they'll +want, I guess. This is only a sort of 'cut-in' effect, anyhow--a +preliminary to the grand performance that is to come later. Poor old +_Mary Ellen_, we'll soon see the last of her, I expect." + +"Burr-r-r!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed as he shifted his helm. "Don't talk that +way. It sounds rather prophetic, you know, seeing the last of the ship, +and all that, you know." + +"Well, I meant that they're going to sink her. You knew that, didn't +you?" + +"Oh, yes, worse luck! I'm to be one of the last to jump over the side, I +believe. I don't like it." + +"Well, it won't be for long," Russ said. "It will be all over in a few +minutes--I mean the shipwreck proper, though there'll be a lot of +rescue scenes, and then the castaways on an island, and all that sort of +thing. Put me over a little more to the left, Pepper. I can get a fine +view that way, with the light shining on the passengers at the rail." + +He clicked away at the camera crank, and then exclaimed: + +"No, no! I said to the left. You're putting me to the right." + +"Oh, so I am. I was watching that storm. I don't like the looks of +things, Russ. I believe we're going to be in for it sooner than they +thought." + +"It does look as though it were going to burst," Russ agreed, as he +looked up from the "finder" of his machine long enough to take a glimpse +at the weather. "Mr. Pertell said he'd signal us with a flag when he +thought we had enough, but I don't see anything of a signal, do you?" + +"No," answered the gloomy actor, who had not been needed in the present +scenes. "And I wish I _could_ see it. It's getting too rough out here +for me, even if we have a good boat," and he adjusted the gasoline feed +to give a little more power to the engine. + +"Well, it's getting almost too dark to get any more pictures, anyhow," +Russ declared. "We sure are in for a blow. It's coming up fast too. +We'd better get back to the ship without waiting for a signal. They may +have hoisted one, that we didn't see." + +"That's it, I think!" cried the other. "Say, where is the schooner, +anyhow?" + +Russ, who was taking the tripod from his camera looked up quickly. + +"Why, can't you see her?" asked the young operator. + +"No, and I don't believe you can, either, nor can your camera find her. +She's disappeared!" + +"Disappeared? Nonsense!" Russ cried. "It's just that the sea mist has +come up and hidden her. It will blow away in a moment. Say, but it is +getting rough!" + +Well might he say that, for he could hardly keep his footing on the +platform where he had stood to make the views. He came down into the +half-covered cabin which formed the forward part of the _Ajax_. + +"Well, where is the schooner, if you can see her?" growled Pepper Sneed. +"Steer for her if you can sight her--I can't!" + +He seemed morose and angry. Perhaps it was just fear. Russ did not stop +to determine that point. The operator took the steering wheel, first +standing up to get an idea of his course. + +"Say, it _is_ getting dark!" he cried. "Well, we'll have to go it blind. +We'll pick up the schooner in a minute or two, I expect. She ought to be +right over there," and he pointed. + +"Where?" asked Mr. Sneed. + +"There," said Russ again. + +"Humph! You're away off!" declared his companion. "The last I saw her, +and I was headed right for her, she was over there," and he indicated a +direction differing from that Russ had shown by at least forty-five +degrees. + +"I wish they'd show a light!" Russ murmured as he tried to peer through +the mist and the gathering darkness. "Why don't they show a light? We +could see that!" + +"Maybe they don't know we're lost," suggested Pepper Sneed. + +"Lost!" cried Russ. "We're not lost! We'll be up to them in a minute or +so, but I do wish they'd show a light." + +The motorboat _Ajax_ was chugging over the heaving water at good speed, +but as far as the eyes of either of her occupants could see, she might +have been driving straight into the utter desolation of a vast ocean, +for not an object was in sight. + +The wind had again taken up that nerve-racking moaning and groaning +sound, as of an unseen giant in distress, and the spray from the crests +of the waves blew in the faces of the two young men, as they crouched +down behind the shelter of the half-cabin. + +It seemed as though the storm had begun, had halted in its purpose, or +had gone off momentarily in some other direction, and was now headed +back, to sweep destruction down on those aboard the _Mary Ellen_, and +the two in the motorboat. + +But where was the _Mary Ellen_? + +That was a question Russ and Mr. Sneed asked of themselves over and over +again as they drove into the very teeth of the storm. They had to head +into it, as in the small boat no other course would have been safe. +Fortunately the _Ajax_ was built dory-fashion, with high bow and stern, +after the pattern of the skiffs in which the fishermen of the New +Foundland banks go out in heavy weather. + +"What are you going to do?" asked Mr. Sneed, as Russ increased the speed +of the engine, so that the small craft fairly tore up the inclined hills +of green waters, which the waves represented, and slid down them with +sickening speed on the other slope. + +"I'm going to keep on until I find her--find the schooner," Russ said, +grimly. "That's all we can do. But I can't understand why they don't +show a light." + +"Maybe they're having troubles of their own," suggested the actor. + +"Well, they could shout, so as to let us know where to steer," Russ went +on, rather provoked. + +"We could do that ourselves," Pepper Sneed said. + +"Do what?" asked Russ, hardly conscious of what he was saying, for just +then a heavy wave threatened to swamp the dory, and it required skillful +handling to keep her from being swamped. + +"We could yell," suggested Mr. Sneed. "Come on, give 'em a call!" + +Russ agreed to this, and, standing up, so their voices would carry +better, and bracing themselves against the tumbling, swaying motion of +the craft, they sent out a cry for aid--and yet not so much a cry for +aid, as they were not yet in distress, but a cry for direction. + +"If I could only see where to steer," Russ exclaimed, when they had +paused in their yelling, well-nigh exhausted, "it wouldn't be so bad! +But I can't see a thing. It's getting darker every minute. I never saw +such a funny storm." + +"It's coming up all right," declared the actor. "Going to blow great +guns soon." + +"It's blowing them now," said Russ, grimly, as he clung to the wheel. +"I can hardly keep her on the course." + +"What's the use of steering a course when you don't know whether it's +right or not?" asked the actor. + +"Well, I'm not going to give up," Russ said, grimly. "I think I'm headed +for the schooner, though I ought to have fetched her sooner than this, +at the speed we're going." + +"Perhaps she's blowing away from us," suggested Mr. Sneed. + +"That's it!" Russ cried. "Why didn't I think of that before? She's +running away from us. She can't help it, though, for she must scud +before this storm. We've got to increase our speed to catch up to her. +The wind and our engine ought to be more than a match for her sails +alone. I'll put on more speed." + +The wind was now a howling gale. + +Suddenly, as they drove on, the motor seemed to increase its speed. + +"What's that?" asked Mr. Sneed. "I thought you had her running at her +limit." + +"So did I," Russ answered, bending over the machinery. Then he cried: +"She's racing! We've lost our propeller! We're disabled in this storm!" + + + + +CHAPTER XX + +IN THE VORTEX + + +"Haven't we looked distressed long enough?" + +"I'm going below. I can't bear to watch that storm!" + +The speakers were Alice and Ruth DeVere respectively, and they were +leaning over the rail of the _Mary Ellen_, peering off into the swirl of +driving mists, and across the heaving waters toward where the motorboat +had been last seen. + +"Yes, I think Russ has enough pictures," Mr. Pertell said in answer to +the remark of Alice. "I think you all looked sufficiently distressful. +If the scenes of the shipwreck itself go as well as the first part of +the drama has gone, we'll have a fine film." + +"Then may I go below?" asked Ruth. "I don't like the looks of the +weather." + +"It does seem as though we'd get the storm after all," her father +remarked. + +"Go below, by all means," assented the manager. "We have done enough for +today, and I'll signal Russ to come in, if he hasn't already started to +do so. My, but this wind is blowing a regular gale!" + +Others than Ruth found it uncomfortable on deck, and there was a general +movement toward the cabins which had been fitted up with considerable +comfort, even if the craft was an old one. + +But just then, when there was a partial calm before another burst of +fury on the part of the storm, something occurred that threw the ship +into a flurry of excitement for a time. The sailors were making some +changes in the craft's canvas, when suddenly the throat and peak +halyards of the mainsail either parted, or, coming loose from the +cleats, came down on the run. The effect was to lower the sail so +quickly, and in such a fashion, with the wind blowing hard against it, +that there was a crash, a banging and booming of the canvas, and the +boom and gaff. The first mate, who was standing near the mast, was +knocked down, narrowly escaping going overboard. + +"Oh, what has happened?" cried Ruth. + +"Be still!" commanded Alice, clutching her sister by the arm. "Yelling +isn't going to do any good. We're not hurt." + +They were standing near a companionway, well out of reach of the falling +sail. + +"Oh, we're sinking! We're sinking!" screamed Miss Dixon. + +"And the sharks! The terrible sharks in the water!" hysterically added +her friend. + +The other ladies of the party were very much frightened, naturally, not +only by the accident to the sail, but by the screams of the two former +vaudeville actresses. + +"Lively now, men!" called Jack Jepson, who happened to be nearest the +confusion of tangled ropes and sail. "Get him below. He doesn't seem to +be much hurt." + +He pointed to the motionless body of the first mate. A quick examination +showed that the man was badly stunned, but that seemed to be the extent +of his injuries, as far as could be told. + +"Up with her now! Up with her!" the second mate cried, as he gave orders +for hoisting the sail again, for the schooner was not under proper +control with the main canvas down, and a storm coming up rapidly. The +sail had been reefed, so the gaff had not fallen as far as otherwise +would have been the case. + +"What's the matter?" shouted Captain Brisco who came up from his cabin +with Hen Lacomb. The two were seldom apart of late. A glance served to +tell the commander what had happened. He saw that Jack Jepson had +matters well in hand, and though Alice guessed that Captain Brisco had +no love for his second mate, the commander knew seamanship when he saw +it. + +"Lively now!" he cried. "That's the idea! We'll run before the gale +now." + +"But the motorboat!" cried Ruth, who had conquered her desire to flee to +the cabin, and hide her eyes and ears from such nerve-racking sights and +sounds. "Where is the _Ajax_--and Mr. Sneed--and--Russ?" she faltered. + +"They'll probably be coming in now," the captain said, but he did not +take the trouble to look around and see. "We can't wait for them in this +wind," he went on. + +"But we _must_ wait for him!" Ruth cried, getting excited. "We can't go +off and leave them in that motorboat, on the ocean, in a storm! We must +wait!" She started toward Captain Brisco, with her hands held out +appealingly. + +Alice was wildly looking around for a sight of the smaller craft. She +had seen it just before the sail fell, but now there was nothing about +the schooner but a bare waste of waters. + +She knew enough about the technical side of moving pictures to realize +that for some time, it had been too dark to take any film. Russ must +have known that, too, and would have started back for the schooner. But +if he had, where was he now? + +Alice asked herself that question as she looked around. + +"You must wait for him!" cried Ruth. + +"Who? What's this?" demanded Mr. Pertell, for he had been hurrying to +and fro, making sure none of the members of his company had been injured +in the slight accident. + +"Russ hasn't come back," volunteered Alice, who almost always spoke +ahead of her sister. + +"He's out there!" Ruth found voice to say, "and Captain Brisco isn't +going to wait for him." + +"You can't hold a ship still on the ocean, and a storm coming up!" the +commander cried, as though to justify himself. "We've got to run for it. +It would be madness now to lay to." + +"But we can't desert Russ and Mr. Sneed!" cried the manager. "I thought +he was coming in. What shall we do? We must do something! I shouldn't +have asked him to risk it!" + +The schooner was rapidly forging ahead, even under reefed sails, so +powerful was the wind. + +"We could work around," said Jack Jepson, who had come up on deck after +seeing the first mate comfortably bestowed in his berth. "We could work +around and----" + +"Who's in charge of this ship; you or me?" snapped Captain Brisco. + +"You are, of course," was the quiet answer. + +"Well then, have the goodness to keep still and let me manage matters. +I'm giving orders--not you!" + +Poor Jack slunk back, smarting under the undeserved rebuke. + +"I don't care who is in command!" cried Mr. Pertell. "This is my ship +and you're under my orders, Captain Brisco. I order you to pick up that +motorboat!" + +"And I tell you we can't do it! They've got to come to us, we can't go +to them. They're not dependent on the wind as we are. They can travel +any direction they like, and they'll have to head for us." + +"But we must make some effort to find them!" cried the manager. "It +would be wicked--criminal not to." + +"Look here!" cried Captain Brisco. "You are the owner of this schooner, +it is true, and as such you are my superior, but the law gives me +supreme command of this craft at sea, unless I'm dead, or otherwise +deposed. And I tell you I won't risk all these lives by trying to beat +back in the teeth of this wind, to pick up a motorboat. It would be +worse than criminal--worse than wicked to do it. It would endanger all +on board!" + +There was some logic in that. Even Mr. Pertell, exercised as he was by +the threatened danger to Russ, could appreciate that. + +"But we must do something," the manager repeated. + +"I'm doing all I can," Captain Brisco replied. "I'll shorten sail down +to the minimum; that will keep us before the wind, and out of the trough +of the sea! More I can't do. We must depend on them to pick us up. They +ought to be able to do it. You told me Dalwood could manage a boat." + +"So he can--but--" + +There was ominous meaning in the broken-off sentence. + +"Well, we'll do the best we can," concluded Captain Brisco. "They will +have to take chances, as we're doing." + +He went forward to give some orders. + +Those aboard the schooner peered anxiously over the storm swept waters +for a sight of the motor craft, but they saw nothing. They shouted and +called, but only the wind howled back at them. + +Then, with a suddenness that was appalling, they seemed to be flung into +the midst of a hurricane. The wind lashed the sea to fury, and the _Mary +Ellen_ spun around like some gigantic top. + +"We're in the vortex!" cried Jack Jepson. "We're in the vortex of a +cyclone! All hands look to themselves!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +WRECKED + + +Confusion on board a ship in a storm may be real confusion and riot, or +it may only seem so to those not used to the sea. Often what is a +hopelessly tangled mass of sails, ropes, spars and gears to the +landsman, is as clear to a sailor as a skein of yarn is to an +experienced knitter, who can ply her needles in the dark. + +It was so on the _Mary Ellen_ when the storm, that had been so long +threatening, and half-performing, broke in all its fury. + +There was a tangle of ropes, a banging and slamming of canvas, which, +stretched taut and to its utmost, was as stiff as a board. There was a +rattling of blocks and the creaking of the boom-crotches against the +masts. The squeak of the gaffs higher up added to the din. + +The shouting of Captain Brisco, and the answering calls of his men did +not lessen the confusion. + +"Lower away! Lower away!" the commander cried, ordering even the already +doubly-reefed sails gotten down, so the powerful wind would have less +resistance. Even with the small area of canvas shown, the craft was +being heeled over until the scuppers--or the holes by which water runs +off the deck--dipped under the waves, and there was plenty of sea +aboard. + +"Set that storm jib!" came the next order, when the main sails had been +furled, and that was no easy task with the sharp pitching and tossing of +the schooner. Not a very seamanlike job was made of it, but there was no +time for the finer touches. The sails were just clewed up to prevent +them from blowing away, until more time could be devoted to them. + +The storm jib, which is the sail furthest front on a vessel, unless it +be a flying jib, was set to give her enough way so she would respond to +the helm, for it was necessary to keep the craft before the wind, and +head on to the seas--that is, the big waves must be cut and broken by +the sharp prow, or bow, for had they come at the schooner sideways, she +would have been swamped instantly. + +Even the small area of the storm jib was hardly necessary. The _Mary +Ellen_, in that blow, would have scudded along fairly well "under bare +poles," that is with no sails set at all. Even Captain Brisco had his +doubts about the storm jib resisting. It might pull away from the +holding ropes at any moment. But its loss would do no harm, for it would +only be blown out to sea, and there were enough spare sails. + +So, as I have said, order came out of confusion, but even the order was +somewhat confused, at least to the members of the moving picture +company. They had been ordered below, and had managed, somehow, to get +there, though more than one received bumps and bruises on the pitching, +tossing companionway. + +"Oh, what an awful storm!" complained Miss Dixon, when they were huddled +in the cabin. + +"Isn't it awful--terrible!" agreed her companion. "I am frightened to +death. We may sink at any minute." + +"Oh, not so much danger of that in a wooden ship," said Paul +consolingly. He wished the two former vaudeville actresses would try to +have a little courage. + +"I am so frightened," murmured Miss Pennington. "I wish Captain Brisco +would come down here." + +"What for?" asked Alice, hardly able to keep the contempt out of her +voice. + +"So he could tell us if we are in any danger, and what we ought to do," +was the selfish answer. "He _must_ save us!" + +"He's trying to save the ship!" said Alice, "and you two ought to be +ashamed of yourselves at a time like this. Think of poor Russ and Mr. +Sneed out in that motorboat all alone!" + +"Oh, but they--they're men," faltered Miss Dixon. + +"Then why don't you try to be women!" snapped Alice. + +"Hush, my dear," said her sister gently. + +"I can't!" was the answer. "When I think of poor Russ----" + +"I'm going to put on a life preserver," exclaimed Miss Pennington, +favoring Alice with a frosty stare. + +"Perhaps that would be a good plan for us, my dears," said Mr. DeVere to +his daughters. "It can do no harm, at all events." + +"No," admitted Alice. "But we appear to be all right--for the time +being, at least." + +It seemed quieter up on deck now, for the sailors had ceased rushing +about adjusting the canvas, though there was still plenty of noise. +There was the rattle and bang of blocks, the whipping about of ends of +ropes, the slap, now and then, of the storm jib, as it was whipped back +and forth. Now and then a heavy sea would fall on deck with a crash. + +At such times the _Mary Ellen_, stout as she was, would tremble from +stem to stern, and those in the cabin would shiver and look at one +another apprehensively. + +"Come on, Laura," called Miss Pennington to her companion. "Let's take +all the precautions we can. We'll put on life preservers. But oh, I +daren't think of being in the water with all those sharks." + +"Don't talk that way!" said Paul in a sharp whisper, as he saw Ruth +shrink back at the word "shark." + +Miss Pennington did not deign to answer, but she and her friend were +soon struggling with the straps of a life preserver. At this moment +Captain Brisco came down into the cabin. + +"What does this mean?" he asked, and his voice was stern. + +"We--we are getting ready for an--an emergency," faltered Miss +Pennington. + +"Well, there won't be any emergency--at least not for a while," the +commander said grimly "We are doing very well. If you want to be +uncomfortable do so, and put on those cork jackets. But there is no need +of it. I'll give you plenty of warning if the ship is likely to founder, +and we'll lower the boats." + +"Is there any real danger, Captain?" asked Mr. DeVere. + +"Well, of course there always is, in a storm at sea. But we are in no +more danger than hundreds of others. This is a wooden ship, and it will +be a long time sinking, even if it gets to that point, which is far off. +We haven't leaked a drop yet, and we're running before the storm nicely. +You need have no fears." + +"That's what I thought!" exclaimed Alice, with a look at the two former +stage actresses. + +"Humph!" sniffed Miss Dixon. "Any one would think you were a sailor." + +"She's a good deal better 'n some," said Jack Jepson coming into the +cabin then to report something to Captain Brisco. + +"Then you would not advise us to put on life preservers?" asked Mr. +DeVere. + +"Not now, at least," the captain replied. "I have done everything +possible, and the only thing now is to run before the storm. We are in +good shape. The _Mary Ellen_ is a better craft than I gave her credit +for being. The only thing to do is to wait, and hope for the best." + +"Have you plenty of lifeboats?" the old actor wanted to know. + +"Yes, enough for all hands. They are provisioned and watered, and are +staunch craft. My men have orders to stand by in case of any real +danger, and put the small boats over. But we will stick to the ship +until the last, though that is not saying, mind you, that we will have +to desert her." + +"Oh! I couldn't think of going in one of those small boats!" cried Miss +Dixon. "They are so low in the water. I should faint every time I looked +over the side." + +"Well if she looked once, and fainted and stayed so, it would be a good +thing for all hands," murmured Paul Ardite. + +"Oh, don't say that," Alice reproached him. + +"That's how I feel about her," he answered. + +"What can be done about picking up the motorboat?" asked Mr. DeVere. +They all looked anxiously toward Captain Brisco. + +"I have a man on the lookout," answered the commander. "It may seem to +some of you heartless to go away and leave her." + +"It was," murmured gentle Ruth. But she only whispered the words. There +were tears in her eyes. + +"But I could do nothing else," resumed Captain Brisco. "As I told you, a +vessel can't remain stationary on the sea. We had to move on before the +gale. And, as I also said, the motorboat has a better chance of going +where she wants to than have we, who must depend on our sails. I have no +doubt but that the two in the _Ajax_ are safe." + +But if Captain Brisco, or any of those then huddled in the cabin of the +_Mary Ellen_, could have seen Russ and Mr. Sneed just then they would +not have envied them. + +With the racing of the engine, indicating to Russ that the propeller had +dropped off into the sea, he at once shut off the power. Without the +resistance of the screw the machine would soon have racked itself to +pieces. + +"Well, what's to be done?" asked Mr. Sneed. + +"That's the way to talk," was the response. "We've got to do something, +that's sure." + +The storm which at that moment was enveloping the _Mary Ellen_ was, at +the same time, buffeting about the smaller motorboat. When she lost +headway by the stopping of her engine she no longer took the seas head, +or bow, on. She fell into the trough, and was in imminent danger of +being swamped. + +"We've got to bring her up, the first thing we do," Russ decided. "What +we need is a drag anchor. That will bring her head on to the waves, and +we can ride them better until help comes." + +"Will help ever come?" asked the actor, despondently. + +"Of course it will. Or else we'll find the schooner, or they us!" +responded Russ. + +While he was talking, he was looking about for something to use as a +drag anchor. + +"That will do!" Russ decided as he saw a heavy wooden box. "I'll use +that." Quickly he tied a rope to it, and tossed the box out. + +"This is better!" exclaimed Russ. "Now let's take an account of stock, +and see what else we can do. We may be here for some time." + +"We can't live very long in this awful weather!" groaned, rather than +spoke, Mr. Sneed. + +"Oh, don't give up so easily," said Russ. + +But when the storm grew worse, and the tiny craft was buffeted about, +shipping considerable water, even stout-hearted Russ was not as hopeful +as he had been. He had stowed the camera in a safe place, and put the +films in a water-tight box well forward. Then the only thing to do was +to wait. In vain he scanned the sea through the storm for a sight of the +schooner. He could catch no glimpse of her. + +Meanwhile the lookout on the _Mary Ellen_ was eagerly watching for any +signs of the _Ajax_, but he had even less chance of seeing her than Russ +and Mr. Sneed did of sighting the larger vessel. + +The storm was constantly growing worse. As old Jack had said, the +schooner had actually been caught in the very vortex of it, but the +whirling motion, imparted by the meeting of two different wind +currents, had been the saving of the craft. She had been shunted to the +outer edge, as a cork, going around in a whirlpool, is sometimes tossed +to safety by the very violence of the motion. + +Then she had scudded before the gale. + +All that night they scudded before the storm, not knowing where they +were, and when morning came there was a wild and tumultuous waste of +waters all about them. Alice ventured up on deck, against the advice of +her father and sister. + +She saw Jack Jepson and some sailors amidships. They seemed to be in +earnest consultation. Alice drew near them, intending to ask if there +were any news. + +As she came near the mainmast, there was a sudden veer to the craft, a +snapping, splintering sound, and the mast, with its gear of sail, boom +and gaff crashed over the side, smashing the stout bulwarks. + +"Look out, gal!" hoarsely cried Old Jack, and he snatched Alice back +only just in time, for the mast splintered down right in front of her. + +With the crash and splintering of the wood, and the breaking of the side +of the schooner, there arose the cry of: + +"We're wrecked! We're wrecked!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +"MUTINY!" + + +Jack Jepson's first thought was to get Alice to a place of safety. + +"You shouldn't have come up!" he shouted in her ear, as he fairly +carried her along the sloping deck. He had to shout to be heard above +the roar of the wind, the pounding of the broken mast against the side +of the schooner, and the swish of the salt water whipped into spray by +the powerful gale. + +Jack set Alice down at the head of the companionway, and indicated by +gestures, rather than words, that she was to go below. As she descended +the sloping stairs, holding to the rope rail to prevent stumbling, she +saw Captain Brisco spring forward. Whatever else he was, the commander +did not shrink from any emergency. + +"Cut away that mast!" he cried. "She'll have us stove in if we don't cut +her loose!" + +"Aye, aye, sir!" answered Jack. + +He and several other sailors had seized axes as soon as the result of +the crash was seen, and now sprang to the broken bulwarks, over which +the mainmast lay, the jagged end of it in the water, pounding against +the side of the schooner at every roll, and threatening to punch a hole +in her as a battering ram punctures a wall. + +"Strike hard, men!" called Jack, and the sound of their axes followed. +Ropes were severed with a blow, but the wire shrouds were tougher, and +it was not until several minutes had passed that the mast, with its +tangle of sails and ropes, was chopped free to float away on the crest +of a billow. + +"Get up the mizzen storm sail!" ordered Captain Brisco. "She's falling +off!" + +The schooner was indeed in danger of wallowing in the trough of the big +waves. + +Pausing only for a moment, the sailors who had labored so valiantly at +cutting loose the broken mast, sprang to get more sail on the craft. She +was deprived of the reefed, or shortened, one that had been on the stick +which was now overboard, and the jib was not enough to hold her head to +the waves. + +"What is it? Oh what is it?" gasped Miss Pennington as Alice fell, +rather than walked down the companionway into the cabin. + +"Are we sinking?" demanded Miss Dixon. + +"Not at all!" answered Alice, catching her breath, and, with a shake of +her head freeing her face from the salty spray that had drenched her. +"It isn't anything at all." + +She determined to make light of it, even though her own heart was +beating like a hammer at the thought of her narrow escape from possible +death. + +Alice really did not know whether there was any danger or not from the +fall of the mast. She had often read of such things happening, and she +remembered that the masts were always "cut away." So she supposed, as +long as this was being done, that the proper course was being followed. + +"There's no danger at all," she said, speaking more calmly now. + +"No danger!" cried Miss Pennington. "Listen to that!" + +It was the noise of sailors on deck chopping away the mast-gear. + +"Oh, one of those upright sticks, that they hang the sails on, fell +over. Not enough glue on it, I guess," said Alice, calmly. + +"Not enough glue!" gasped Paul. "Well, I never--" + +"Can't you take a joke?" Alice whispered to him, as she saw that her +minimizing of the accident was having its effect. + +"Oh, yes, of course!" Paul exclaimed. "Not enough glue on it--Oh yes!" +and he had to turn away to keep from smiling at the idea of a +mast,--that is the most firmly set of anything on a ship, (being indeed +almost an integral part of it)--the idea of that being stayed with glue +was enough to make almost anyone smile, even in the midst of danger. + +The sounds on the deck gradually became more quiet. The danger seemed to +be over for the time being. The moving picture actors and actresses +crowded around Alice to hear her story of the accident. She carefully +avoided mentioning her own peril, but she resolved to properly thank old +Jack later. Just now Alice did not want her father to worry. His throat +was troubling him, because of the amount of salt spray in the air. + +On deck Captain Brisco and Jack Jepson took charge of matters until the +wreckage had been cleared away. And a lot of wreckage there was. The +_Mary Ellen_ looked little like the trim, schooner that had left New +York a few weeks before. + +Jack Jepson stepped close to the stump of the mainmast. He gave one look +at it, and uttered a single word. + +"Rotten!" he exclaimed. + +"What's that?" cried Captain Brisco sharply. + +"Rotten!" repeated the mate. "That mast had dry rot to the very core. +Only the varnish held her together." + +"What's that to you?" cried the captain in angry tones. "You keep your +opinions to yourself! When I want 'em, I'll ask for 'em! Now get below +and see if we're taking in any water." + +"Very well, sir," was the answer, but Jack gave the captain a queer +look. + +He found some water coming in, but not more, he thought, than the pumps +could take care of, so he reported the matter only to Captain Brisco. + +"That's good," the commander said, seemingly well pleased. "I guess they +can have their fake shipwreck after all, if the weather clears." + +As the day advanced, the storm lulled slightly, but it was still rough. +Those of the moving picture company who ventured up on deck went below +again with white, scared faces at the sight of the wreckage of the +mainmast. For it did look doleful. + +"This shipwreck comes pretty near being real," said Mr. Pertell. "If we +could only photograph it now, it would make a fine film." + +"Can't you?" asked Alice. + +"Yes, I suppose I could make some views." + +A few hundred feet of film were exposed by one of the operators, but the +pretended shipwreck would need to be taken from a small boat, and the +sea was too rough to admit of that. + +Then the storm, that had given them a brief respite, began again, worse +than before. The schooner was tossed about like a toy, and the +mizzenmast was sprung so that no sail could be rigged on it. + +Then when a great wave struck the craft, washing over her from stem to +stern, the work of the ocean and the storm elements seemed completed. +The _Mary Ellen_ staggered under the blow like some living thing, and +she did not rise to it as buoyantly as she had before. + +Jack Jepson came rushing up from below. + +"We're leaking fast!" he cried. "We'd better take to the boats, Captain +Brisco! The pumps won't work!" + +"The boats! Nonsense!" the captain cried. "We'll ride it out here. The +schooner is all right!" + +"I tell you she's sinking!" yelled Jack. "We must take to the boats." + +"What? Do you dare give orders in my face!" stormed Captain Brisco. +"This is mutiny, sir! This is mutiny! I'll put you in irons!" and with +raised fist he started toward the old sailor. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +HELP AT LAST + + +Jack Jepson was a brave man. He proved it then by standing unflinchingly +in front of the angry captain, when shrinking back might have meant a +blow that would have brought about a general fight. Seeing him standing +there fearlessly, made Captain Brisco pause. And that gave the others +time for action. + +"What does this mean?" cried Mr. Pertell. + +"He is trying to start a mutiny as he did once before!" fairly yelled +Captain Brisco. + +"I never started a mutiny before, and I'm not trying to do so now!" +retorted Jack, and he seemed to have lost much of his timid simplicity. +"I tell you the ship is sinking, and we had best take to the boats while +there is time." + +"And I tell you that you are wrong!" snarled Captain Brisco. "I order +you below!" + +"And I won't go, until I have told these people what is going on here!" +retorted Jack Jepson. + +"If that isn't mutiny, I'd like to know what is," cried the captain. + +"Well, if that's mutiny, then I'm glad to be a mutineer!" shouted the +old salt, "and any court in the land would uphold me, for I am trying to +save lives, and you're trying to throw 'em away." + +"Throw 'em away! What do you mean?" + +"You know what I mean," replied Jack, and there was significance in his +voice. "I won't say anything about putting to sea in a ship that wasn't +fit--with masts that were nothin' but dry rot, and with pumps that only +half work at best. And I won't say anything about your plot--there isn't +time now. But I will say----" + +"A plot!" cried Alice, who, with Ruth, stood near her father. + +"Yes, a plot, Miss!" Jack Jepson cried. "I'll tell you about it later. +But now we've got to do something. The water's comin' in fast, and if we +can't stop it, we'll have to take to the boats." + +"Look here!" stormed Captain Brisco, and his voice was almost in keeping +with the howl of the gale all about them, and almost as raucous as the +salty spray that flew over everything. "Look here! Who is captain of +this ship?" + +"You are," replied Jack quietly enough. He looked the angry man full in +the eye, and the half-raised fist of the commander fell again. + +"Then if I'm captain, I'm going to be obeyed!" came next. "I order you +below, Jepson. You're no longer mate of this craft. You're deposed! Hen +Lacomb, I hereby appoint you first mate until my regular one recovers, +and you, Hankinson, you're second mate. Lively now. Jepson, go below, +and if he makes any more trouble, Hen, clap him in irons," he added +significantly. + +For a moment there was silence following this announcement--that is, as +much quiet as the storm permitted. Then Alice cried out: + +"Father, won't you say something! Mr. Pertell, you're not going to +permit this, are you? I'm sure Jack Jepson is honest and that he is +faithfully warning us. Don't let him be put down this way. Ask him what +he means by a plot!" + +"Oh, Alice!" protested her sister. "At a time like this--when we may all +be drowned!" + +"We'll all be drowned worse, maybe, if Jack's advice isn't taken. What +is it?" she asked, appealing to the old sailor. "What is the plot you +spoke of?" + +"Ask him?" cried the old salt, pointing an accusing finger at the +captain. "Ask him, and if he doesn't tell you, I will. Talk about a +mutiny! It wouldn't be half as bad as his plot for getting possession of +this vessel." + +"What's that!" cried Captain Brisco, starting forward. "You dare accuse +me----" + +"Yes, you and Hen Lacomb!" cried Jack, who seemed to have acquired a new +boldness. "I charge you with plotting to make a fizzle of the shipwreck +these picture people planned. You were going to pretend the vessel was +sinking, before the time set for the pictures, and you were going to get +them to abandon the schooner. Then you and Lacomb were going to come +back to the ship later, take her to some secret port, fit her out again +and use her for your own purposes. + +"That's the plot! That's what I overheard you and Lacomb plannin', and +when you suspected I knew, you thought I'd be better off in the sea. +That's how I happened to go overboard. I was thrown! That's what I +charge you with. Deny it if ye dare!" and he pointed an accusing finger +at the two men. "You threw me overboard, Hen Lacomb! And Captain Brisco +planned to have you do it!" + +Captain Brisco appeared to struggle with some emotion. His face went red +and white by turns. He seemed unable to speak. But at last he choked +out: + +"What! You dare say that to me. You accuse me----!" + +"Yes, and I have the proof!" cried Jack. "Here's the agreement you made +Lacomb sign. You were afraid to trust to him unless he made a promise +in writing, and here it is. I found it in the secret compartment in your +cabin. Your cabin that used to be mine in the old _Mary Ellen_. That's +how I made sure this ship was the old one I used to serve on, made over. +I found this agreement! It's the proof of what I say. Deny it if you +can." + +"Why--why--" stammered the captain. "Do you dare--" but it seemed he +could not get any farther. He glanced at Hen Lacomb who stood near him. +A meaning look passed between the two men, and Hen started edging around +toward Jack Jepson. + +"Father! Mr. Pertell!" cried Alice. "Let us have this settled! Jack has +made charges. They may be true or they may not be. But our lives surely +are in danger if this vessel is sinking." + +"And I say she isn't sinking! She's as sound as a bell below the water +line!" cried the captain. + +"And I say she has a hole stove in her, an' unless it's stopped we'll be +at the bottom in a few hours!" cried Jack. "The mast knocked a hole in +her and she's takin' water fast. The pumps are no good, but they can be +fixed with a little work on 'em." + +"Keep still!" the captain shouted. "You're under arrest as a mutineer." + +"No he isn't!" exclaimed Mr. Pertell. "This is my vessel. I'm the chief +owner of it, and I here and now depose you as captain, Mr. Brisco, and +appoint Jack Jepson in your place!" + +There was a gasp of baffled rage from the former commander. + +"Jack, take charge," said Mr. Pertell. "Select as mates whoever you +want. We'll go into this matter of the plot later. Just now we must save +the ship if we can. Everything must give way to that. Do you accept?" + +"What! Him captain?" cried Hen Lacomb, who was edging nearer and nearer +to Jack all this while. + +"Why not?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"He doesn't know how to navigate. He'll run us aground." + +"I wish he _would_ run us on der ground!" murmured Mr. Switzer. "I haf +hat enough of der ocean. Der ground is goot enough for me." + +"I can navigate!" cried Jack. "I hold a master's certificate, though +I've only filled mates' berths of late." + +"I--I refuse to serve under him," stormed Captain Brisco. "And when we +reach port, I shall lay this matter before the authorities. You can't +depose a captain this way!" + +"Can't I?" asked Mr. Pertell coolly. "I rather think I can. I looked up +the law on the rights of owners before I started on this voyage. Jack +Jepson is captain." + +"And I refuse to serve under him." + +"Very well. Then you can either work your passage, or pay for your +passage, I don't care which. But I'm going to save this ship, and the +lives of those aboard her, if I can." + +There was a sudden little scuffle near Jack Jepson, and Hen Lacomb went +sprawling on the deck. + +"No you don't!" drawled Mr. Switzer in his most German comedian voice. +"I think you haf fallen. Dit you hurt yourself?" he asked of the +prostrate Hen. + +The latter, with a growl, got to his feet, an angry look on his face. + +"What happened?" asked Mr. Pertell. + +"Oh, noddings dit happen," was the reply. "It iss only vat might haf +happenet. He vas getting so close by Jack dot Jack might fall ofer board +again, und ve don't vant to lose our new captain so soon yet," explained +Mr. Switzer cheerfully. + +He thus made light of the affair, but later it came out that Hen Lacomb +had evidently had the intention of at least trying to pitch Jack +overboard, as the easiest solution of the trouble of Captain Brisco and +his crony. + +"This is enough!" cried Mr. Pertell. "Jack, you're captain. Do what you +like to insure the safety of us and the ship. Captain Brisco is no +longer in command of this vessel," the manager went on to a wondering +group of sailors. "I call for three cheers for Captain Jack Jepson!" + +They were given with a will, for evidently Jack was a favorite, and the +deposed captain was not. The latter slunk below followed by Hen Lacomb. + +"We've got to try to stop that leak first of all!" said Jack, as he +carefully put in his pocket the paper he had claimed was an agreement +between Brisco and his crony. "I appoint Jim West as first mate and +Frank Snyder as second!" the new captain went on. "Come below, you two, +and we'll see what we can do. We've got to mend the pumps. Keep her +about as she is," he ordered the steersman. + +"Aye, aye, sir!" was the respectful answer. Jack was already developing +new qualities as a commander. + +"This is a distressing state of affairs," said Mr. DeVere. + +"Not as bad as it might be," Mr. Pertell answered. "There is a chance +for us now. I never dreamed that Brisco was such a scoundrel." + +"Oh, I'm so glad Captain Jack is in charge!" cried Alice. "And I'm so +glad he found out about the plot. Maybe this will help to clear him of +the other unjust charge," she went on. + +"Perhaps," agreed Ruth. "But oh, Alice! If we should sink!" + +"Nonsense! We're not going to sink!" + +And so it proved--at least the _Mary Ellen_ was not doomed to go to the +bottom at once. The storm still raged with seemingly unabated violence, +but the sailors, under the direction of Captain Jepson, got a heavy +piece of canvas over the worst leak, and then the repaired pumps kept +the water in the hold down to a normal level. + +The failure of the pumps to work, until Jack and the men fixed them was +due to criminal negligence on the part of Brisco. He put to sea with +this necessary part of a ship in poor condition, not thinking they would +be needed. + +Brisco was a desperate man, and so was Lacomb. They had been involved in +more than one shady transaction, and though both may have been aboard +with Jack, during the mutiny, they successfully covered their tracks. + +Brisco and Lacomb sulked below, and, for the time being, no effort was +made to bring them up and set them to work, though every hand was +needed. Some of the members of the film company turned in and helped. It +was thought better not to incite a fight. + +So the _Mary Ellen_ lurched on through the storm, a mere semblance of +the gallant craft she had appeared to be on leaving port. And those +aboard labored desperately to keep her afloat. + +"Talk about a shipwreck!" gasped Mr. Pertell, as a wave drenched him, +"this is the most realistic I ever saw. If I could only picture this!" + +But it was impossible. How the planned drama of the sea would end, no +one could tell. + +"And oh! to think of poor Russ and Mr. Sneed out in this--if they _are_ +still out in it," murmured Alice, as she and Ruth clung to one another +in their cabin. + +"The _Ajax_ may have survived," Ruth said, hopefully. + +And indeed, at that moment, the motorboat was making the best of the bad +weather. + +The sea anchor which Russ had rigged provided the necessary drag and +steerage way, and the boat's head was kept to the waves. Her high bow, +and covered fore-part, enabled her to ride seas that would have swamped +another craft of like size. And her dory-build added to her safety. The +bank fishermen know well how to shape a boat to meet heavy seas. + +"Well, we seem to be doing fairly well," said Russ, as he and his +companion settled down in the shelter, to nibble at a bit of hard tack +and drink some of the water Jack had put on board. + +"Yes, I suppose it might be worse," agreed Mr. Sneed. And that, for him, +was saying a great deal. + +So the _Ajax_ drifted on, as the _Mary Ellen_ was driving, before the +gale, the occupants of neither craft knowing aught of the others. And +the storm still raged. + +After a while Russ, for want of something better to do, began looking +over the motor. Presently he discovered something that made him shout +for joy. + +"What is it?" asked his companion. "Do you see the schooner?" + +"No, but I can make this boat run. Look, the propeller hasn't dropped +off at all! The set screws of the sleeve have become loose and the +propeller shaft didn't turn, that was all." + +If any of you know anything about motor-boats, you know that the shaft +which passes through the stuffing box, and to which shaft the propeller +is fastened, is joined to the shaft of the engine by a coupling, or +sleeve. If you take two lead pencils, and thrust an end of each into +each end of a hollow, brass pencil holder, you will get an idea of what +I mean. One pencil will represent the shaft to which the propeller is +fastened, and the other the engine shaft. The brass holder is the +coupling, or sleeve. In order that the shafts will be held rigidly +together, turning at the same time, set screws in the sleeve are tightly +turned down on the shaft, binding both in the sleeve. + +It was the set screws on the propeller shaft that had loosed, allowing +the sleeve to slip uselessly around, that had caused all the trouble. +With a wrench Russ tightened the screws. He tested them, and, finding +them firm, started the engine. A moment later the _Ajax_ was moving over +the waves under her own power. + +"Hurray!" cried Mr. Sneed. "This is great!" + +"And we don't need this any longer," Russ said, hauling in the drag +anchor. Then, able to mount the waves, the motorboat was in much better +condition for fighting the storm. + +On and on she rushed. Hour after hour passed, but the gale showed no +signs of abating. The two young men were weary and disheartened, when, +as there came a little rift in the clouds Russ, who stood up to look +about, gave a yell. + +"What is it now?" asked Mr. Sneed. "More trouble?" + +"No!" cried Russ. "I see a steamer. Help at last! I'm going straight for +her!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +A SIGNAL OF DISTRESS + + +Russ had been running the motor at moderate speed, for he did not know +just how long the supply of gasoline would last, and he did not know as +yet what might be before him and his companion in distress. But the +sight of the steamer gave him hope, and he turned on full speed. + +The _Ajax_ was a powerful craft, though even a mighty steamer would not +have found it easy to make headway in that sea and in that gale. The +motor craft responded gallantly, and shot up on the crest of each wave, +sliding down the opposite side as though she were going to investigate +the uttermost depths of Father Neptune's caverns. + +"Steamer! I don't see any steamer!" exclaimed Mr. Sneed, as he looked in +the direction toward which the face of Russ was turned. + +"You will when we both come on top of a wave at the same time," was the +answer. "You see we lie so low in the water she can't see us, and we +can't glimpse her until we're both on a crest together. She's off to the +east there. Watch and you'll see her. Look now!" + +At that moment the _Ajax_ rose on a mighty wave, which lifted her high +toward the sky, in which were now rifted clouds. Mr. Sneed glanced to +where Russ pointed, and saw the long, black hull of a steamer, from +whose stacks belched forth clouds of smoke, showing that her engines +were being driven at top speed to overcome the storm. + +"There she is!" cried Russ. "Now if we can only reach her, we'll be all +right, and we can help the others." + +"The others," murmured the actor. + +"Yes, those on the _Mary Ellen_. She must be in trouble in this storm, +for she isn't built for this sort of thing. It's a wonder she lasted as +long as she did." + +"Maybe she's at the bottom now," suggested Mr. Sneed. + +"Cheerful, aren't you?" remarked Russ. "I thought you'd given that sort +of thing up." + +"I meant to. I really did. I'm sorry!" the other exclaimed, contritely +enough. Really he was a different sort of Mr. Sneed from the "human +grouch" who often made matters so unpleasant for members of the Comet +Film Company. Since he and Russ had so nearly faced death, Mr. Sneed +was much braver and more cheerful. + +"I think she'll keep afloat for some time," Russ went on, "as she is all +wood, you know. She may be pretty well battered, though." + +If he could only have seen the hapless _Mary Ellen_ then, he would have +believed her quite battered indeed. For another rotten mast had fallen. + +"Do you mean you're going to ask those on the steamer to look for the +schooner," asked Mr. Sneed. + +"That's what I'm going to do, if we can get to her," Russ said. "It's +going to be nip and tuck, for she's going fast and she won't see us, as +we're so low in the water. She's not heading in our direction, either, +but I'll go after her on a long slant, and maybe I can reach her, or get +near enough to make her see us. This is a pretty fast boat." + +They were speeding over the waves, now down in a hollow, and again on +the crest. Sometimes they would lose sight of the steamer altogether, +and again they would catch a fleeting glimpse of her. And, when they +did, she seemed farther off than ever. + +"Oh, we'll never reach her!" said Mr. Sneed, despondently enough. +"She'll never give us any aid." + +"There you go!" cried Russ. "I thought you'd given up that sort of +thing!" + +"Well, I didn't mean just that," the actor said. "Perhaps we will make +her see us after all." + +"That's better!" exclaimed Russ. "We'll get her--or crack a cylinder!" +and he tried to get a few more revolutions out of the fly wheel. + +In spite of their brave front, Russ and his companion were sufficiently +miserable. Their boat constantly shipped water, and they had to use the +hand force pump, which, fortunately, was in the craft. A pump was +connected with the cylinder cooling apparatus, designed to free the +cockpit of bilge water, but the pump would not work. + +Russ and Mr. Sneed were wet through, for the cabin could not be entirely +closed against the spray. And they had nothing to eat except cold +victuals. There was a gasoline stove aboard, but there was nothing to +cook, for only an emergency ration had been put in the craft, and that +was more because of a whim on the part of Jack Jepson, than because he +really thought it would be needed. + +But more than once as they drank of the water, and nibbled the hard +biscuits, or crackers, in the water-tight box, Russ and his companion +blessed the forethought of honest Jack Jepson--I beg his pardon, +Captain Jepson it was now, though neither Russ nor Mr. Sneed knew that. + +"I think I'll hoist a signal," said the actor, as they drove on, now +seeing the steamer, and again losing her. + +"Good idea," Russ agreed, as he busied himself with an oil can. + +Mr. Sneed managed to lash an oar upright, and on it he fastened a bit of +canvas. It stood out straight, like a board, so strong was the wind that +whipped it. + +"I hope they see that," commented the actor. + +"I hope so, too," added Russ. "It doesn't do any good to yell, for the +wind is blowing from them to us." + +More than once, as they urged their craft on a long slant toward the +steamer, they almost gave up hope. But it sprang up again, and finally, +as a break in the clouds let out a little rift of light, someone on the +watch aboard the steamer saw the fluttering signal. + +"She's seen us! She's seen us!" cried Russ in delight. + +"How can you tell?" demanded his companion. + +"She whistled. I saw the steam. You'll hear the blast in a second." + +And they did. Light travels faster than sound. They saw the steam from +the powerful whistle before they heard the hoarse blast; even as one +sees the flash of a gun before hearing the report. + +The steamer changed her course, and came on toward the motorboat. + +"Suppose it's the English one, that wants to capture poor Jack," +suggested Mr. Sneed. + +"That doesn't make any difference," Russ said. "She'll save us, and then +look for the schooner. We can take up Jack's case later." + +It did not prove to be the English steamer. Instead it was a powerful +fruiter, hailing from New York, and Russ and Mr. Sneed were soon aboard, +the _Ajax_ being hoisted to her deck. Then she resumed her course, but +it was a different one. + +For, on the earnest plea of Russ and Mr. Sneed, the steamer's captain +consented to turn back and search for the _Mary Ellen_. + +"I don't know as I'll find her," he said, "but we can't let all those +poor souls perish." + +So the search began. It lasted three days, during which the storm nearly +blew itself out. And on the morning of the fourth day, when the sullen +sea was trying to calm itself, and when the wind had died down to a +moderate gale, the lookout of the _Sirius_ called out: + +"Sail ho!" + +"Where away?" came the demand. + +"Dead ahead. She's a schooner, low in the water, and she's flying a +signal of distress!" + + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +CLEAR SKIES + + +Instantly there was commotion and excitement on board the _Sirius_, for +Russ and Mr. Sneed had told their story of the starting out to make a +pictured shipwreck, which shipwreck had evidently, now, become real. + +"That's the _Mary Ellen_, I'm sure of it!" Russ cried as he caught a +glimpse of the sighted schooner. "But what has happened to her?" + +"Masts are gone, and she's sinking," one of the steamer's officers told +him. "I guess we can't get to her any too quickly." + +And it was high time a rescue was made, for Captain Jepson, and Mr. +Pertell had decided to take to the boats with all on board. + +The _Mary Ellen_ _was_ sinking; there was no doubt of that. All that +could be done had been done, but to no avail. + +But hope revived when the steamer was sighted. + +A little later, the _Sirius_ stood by. And high time, too. As a last +resort, when it was found that the repaired pumps could not keep the +water down in the hold, so big was the leak, the signal of distress had +been hoisted. And, after many anxious hours, it had been thus +providentially answered. + +Then a thought came to Mr. Pertell. The weather had cleared. The +schooner would keep afloat a few hours more. Why not make the pictures +of the shipwreck now? It would be his only chance. True, they would not +be just as planned, but they would be better than losing all the efforts +that had been made. + +There was a brief talk with the captain of the _Sirius_. He consented to +stand by until the sea drama, quickly revised, was acted out--at least, +until shipwreck scenes were portrayed. + +It was rather an exciting time, the passengers dropping overboard from +the sinking schooner, and being rescued in boats. Russ, on board the +_Ajax_, which was again put into the sea, worked the camera. The _Mary +Ellen_ made a more realistic wreck than had been hoped for. Former +Captain Brisco and Hen Lacomb, alone, refused to take any part in the +drama. + +At last the final film was run off, the last rescue was made by the +motor craft and small boats, and all, passengers and crew, from the +sinking schooner, were taken aboard the _Sirius_. + +"There she goes!" said Alice softly, as, with a final lurch, and a +blowing up of her decks, from the compressed air under them, the old +craft, bow first went beneath the waves. Russ took the final pictures. + +"Game to the last!" said Captain Jepson. "She went down bow on, to show +she wasn't afraid of Davy Jones! That's the last of her, and the last of +Brisco's schemes to get her for his own use." + +"Tell me about that now," suggested Mr. Pertell. "I have time to listen +now, for we aren't trying to save a sinking ship." + +They were all now safely aboard the steamer, which had resumed her +course. The moving pictures had all been taken, save some that needed a +shore background, and these could be done later. + +"Did Brisco really plot to get the _Mary Ellen_?" asked the manager. + +"He did," said Jack Jepson. "I'll tell you the whole story." And he did. +Briefly it was this: + +On his first trip to the schooner, Jack had recognized Brisco as an +unscrupulous man who had been engaged in several shady ship +transactions. But Brisco denied his identity, and Jack pretended to have +been mistaken, in order to throw him off his guard. Brisco was also, +Jack said, one of the mutineers of the _Halcyon_, but the plotter +denied this, and Jack admitted he may have been mistaken. + +Then came the advent of Hen Lacomb, whom Jepson recognized as a fellow +plotter with Brisco. The evil men knew him, too, after a bit, but they +counted on the charge of mutiny hanging over him to make him keep quiet, +and not reveal their plot. + +Brisco and Lacomb plotted to get the schooner for themselves. They were +not really going to endanger the lives of the passengers or crew, but +their game was to only pretend to sink the ship, and to raise such an +alarm that she would be hastily abandoned. Then they would come back to +her later, salvage her, and use her for their own ends. + +Jack Jepson had overheard this plot, and, as he had said, found the +incriminating document signed by Lacomb. This was hidden in a secret +compartment in what had formerly been his bunk, when the schooner was +the _Halcyon_. + +When Brisco and Lacomb discovered that Jepson knew their secret, they +tried to get rid of him, by a seeming accident. But Fate interfered with +their plans, and the storm made a big change. Then came the deposing of +Captain Brisco, and the rest of the story is known to my readers. + +"Well, Jack Jepson--or, Captain Jepson, though you haven't now command +of any ship," said Mr. Pertell, "we owe much to you." + +"It's nothin' at all," Jack said, modestly enough. "When I saw this +steamer, though, I thought it was that Britisher coming back for me." + +"It's a shame that the charge of mutiny should hang over you!" exclaimed +Alice. "I think it should be wiped out." + +"I wish it could be," Jack said with a sigh. + +A steward, a little later, came to where the rescued ones were talking +together--Brisco and Lacomb having gone off by themselves--and the +steward said the steamer's captain wanted to talk to the schooner's +commander. + +"There he is," said Mr. Pertell, pointing to Jack Jepson. "That's our +new captain." + +The steward looked. A queer change came over his face. + +"Jack!" he cried. "Is it really you? I've looked all over the world for +you!" + +"Tom Buttle!" cried Jepson, leaping to his feet. "My old shipmate. Say, +if anyone knows, you do, that I never had a thing to do with that mutiny +on the _Halcyon_. Don't you know I didn't?" + +"Of course I do!" the steward cried. "I can prove you were as innocent +as a babe, and I know others who can, too." + +"What's this--more of the mystery?" asked Alice. + +"It's the end of it, I hope," said Jack solemnly. "Tell 'em, Tom!" + +"There isn't much to tell," the steward said. "I was a shipmate with +Jack on the _Halcyon_ or the _Mary Ellen_, in the old days. He's +probably told you of the mutiny. I was hurt in it, and lay unconscious +when they arrested him for it. I didn't recover until he had been put in +jail, and when I tried to give my evidence, I could get no one to listen +to me. Then I heard Jack had escaped and I rested easy. I never knew the +charge was hanging over him all this while. + +"I've been all over the world since, sailing in different vessels, and +in every port I'd inquire of Jack from those who knew him. But I never +found him until now. Clear him--of course I can clear him of the unjust +charge!" + +"Thank Heaven for that!" said Jack Jepson. + +"Everything is cleared up!" cried Alice gaily. "Even the sky--see how +blue it is!" + +In due time Jack's innocence was proved before the English courts, and +the charge against him wiped out. He was then free to come and go as he +pleased. But the mystery of the disappearance of Captain Watson, of the +_Halcyon_, or old _Mary Ellen_, and his companion, Mike Tullane, was +never solved. + +The _Mary Ellen_, all that was left of the reconstructed _Halcyon_, was, +of course, a total wreck. Brisco's plan failed. Nothing was done to him, +as it would have been difficult to prove a case against him. + +Arrangements were made for taking the needed land scenes of the sea +drama, and when this was done, the whole company returned to New York. + +"Well, Alice," remarked Ruth one day, as they were on their way up the +coast in a steamer, "did you have enough of sea-life this trip?" + +"I certainly did," was the answer. "No more shipwrecks for me!" + +"Same here!" put in Russ. "It's taking too many chances!" + +"Oh, you'd do it over again--or something like it--and so would you +girls, if you knew a good film would come of it," predicted Paul Ardite, +with a laugh. + +And here we will say good-bye to the Moving Picture Girls. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MOVING PICTURE GIRLS AT SEA*** + + +******* This file should be named 18699.txt or 18699.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/8/6/9/18699 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/18699.zip b/18699.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9279ef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/18699.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0c21d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #18699 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/18699) |
